Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAboutAgreement_General _11/08/2018_Florida Design Group1 r ' PROJECT MANUAL ' FOR VILLAGE OF TEQUESTA ' WATER TREAMENT PLANT UPGRADES Ih IMAY 2018 I CONTRACT SET 1 KIMLEY-HORN AND ASSOCIATES, INC. 1920 Wekiva Way, Suite 200 West Palm Beach, FL 33411 Ph 561-845-0665 Fax 561-863-8175 ll TABLE OF CONTENTS IN V iTATiON TO BID INV- 1 only INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS I13-1 thru IB -9 BID, BID BOND, AND POWER OF ATTORNEY 7 pages CONSTRUCTION AGREEMENT 1 thru 6 PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BONDS 10 pages AND POWER OF ATTORNEY INSURANCE CERTIFICATE 1 page GENERAL CONDITIONS 1 thru 42 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS TO THE SGC -1 thru SGC -15 GENERAL CONDITIONS TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Paae Number Section 01019 General Requirements 01019-1 thru 01019-8 Section 01150 Measurement & Payment 01150-1 thru 01150-2 Section 01300 Submittals 01300-1 thru 01300-4 Section 01400 General Quality Control 01400-1 thru 01400-2 Section 01650 Starting of Systems 01650-1 thru 01650-2 Section 01720 Record Drawings 01720-1 thru 01720-2 DIVISION 2 - SITE WORK Section 02050 Demolition 02050-1 thru 02050-4 Section 02485 Grassing 02485-1 only Section 2610 Pipe and Fittings 02610-1 thru 02610-9 Section 02640 Valves, Gauges and Miscellaneous 02640-1 thru 02640-4 DIVISION 3 — CONCRETE Section 03000 Cast -in -Place Concrete 03000-1 thru 03000-7 Section 03100 Concrete Formwork 03100-1 thru 03100-3 Section 03200 Concrete Reinforcement 03200-1 thru 03200-3 DIVISION 4 — MASONRY Section 04200 04200-1 thru 04200-7 Unit Masonry DIVISION 5 — METALS Section 05145 Aluminum Fabrications 05145-1 thru 05145-3 Section 05500 Metal Fabrications 05500-1 thru 05500-3 DIVISION 6 — WOODS AND PLASTICS Section 06600 Fabricated Fiberglass 06600-1 thru 06600-2 DIVISION 7 — THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION Section 07900 Joint Sealants 07900-1 thru 07900-4 DIVISION 8 — DOORS AND WINDOWS Section 08120 Flush Aluminum Doors and Frames 08120-1 thru 08120-4 Section 08700 Hardware 08700-1 thru 08700-5 DIVISION 9 — FINISHES Section 09200 Plaster and Stucco 09200-1 thru 09200-3 Section 09800 Coatings 09800-1 thru 09800-11 DIVISION 10 —SPECIALTIES Section 10520 Portable Fire Extinguishers 10520-1 only DIVISION 11 —EQUIPMENT Section 11301 Chemical Feed and Storage Systems and Appurtenances 11301-1 thru 11301-3 DIVISION 15 — MECHANICAL Section 15100 Mechanical Equipment - General 15100-1 thru 15100-3 DIVISION 16 — ELECTRICAL Section 16000 Electrical 16000-1 thru 16000-18 Section 16040 600 VAC Class Motor Control Center 16040-1 thru 16040-7 Section 16900 Instrumentation and Control 16900-1 thru 16900-6 Section 16920 Programmable Logic Controller 16920-1 thru 16920-16 Section 16950 Custom Power and Control Panels 16950-1 thru 16950-10 APPENDIX A Palm Beach County Health Department Permit APPENDIX B Asbestos Test Report ADDENDUMS ADDENDUM NO. 1 AND 2 iv 11 pages 8 pages 8 pages '1 ' INVITATION TO BID VILLAGE OF TEQUESTA WATER TREATMENT PLANT UPGRADES BID NO. 2018-02 WTP ' Sealed bids will be received by the undersigned, addressed to Village Clerk, Village of Tequesta, 345 Tequesta Drive, Tequesta, FL 33469, until 2:00 p.m. on August 14, 2018, at which time and ' place they will be publicly opened and read aloud. Receipt of a bid in any other Village office does not satisfy this requirement. The work for which this bid is to be submitted includes replacement of the existing sulfuric acid and ' sodium hydroxide bulk and day tanks, replacement of existing motor operated valves on six (6) pressure sand filters, upgrades to the pressure filter controls, replacement of older MCC sections, demolition of an emergency generator and upgrades to the MCC room. ' All work performed shall be in accordance with the Contract Documents pertaining thereto, which may be examined at the office of Kimley-Horn, Inc., 1920 Wekiva Way, Ste. 200, West Palm Beach, Florida 33411. One copy of the Contract Documents, including blank bid forms, may be obtained at ' the office of Kimley-Horn, Inc., upon payment of $250.00, which amount will not be refunded. A mandatory pre-bid conference will be held at the project site on July 26, 2018, at 9:30 AM. All ' prospective bidders are required to attend. A certified or cashier's check on a national or state bank or a bid bond in a sum not less than five percent (5%) of the amount of the base lump sum bid amount, made payable to the Village of Tequesta, Florida, shall accompany each bid as a guarantee that the bidder will not withdraw from the competition after the opening of bids. In the event that the contract is awarded to the bidder, it will enter into the contract and furnish and pay for the required performance and payment bonds. ' Failure to do so may result in the Owner retaining the bid deposit as liquidated damages. Bids shall be prepared, addressed and submitted in compliance with detailed instructions as set forth in the Instructions to Bidders. The performance and payment bonds in the full amount of the Contract price shall be written by a surety company, acceptable to the Owner, licensed to do business in the State of Florida and listed in the Department of Treasury Federal Register. All bonds (bid, performance, payment) shall be countersigned by a Florida resident agent and otherwise satisfy the ' requirements of Paragraph 5.01 of the General Conditions. Surety shall have a rating of "A+" or "A" by Best's Rating Guide. The Owner reserves the right to reject any or all bids with or without cause, to waive technical errors and informalities, or to accept the bid which in his judgment best serves the Owner. ' Owner: Village of Tequesta Published On: July 1, 2018 July 8, 2018 INV -1 ' 040097017 ' INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS ' 1.01 SEALED BIDS: Sealed bid will be received at the time and place designated and then publicly opened and read aloud for furnishing all transportation, labor, materials, tools, supplies, plant equipment and machinery necessary, and performing all operations required for the ' completion of the Work g eCifiari nnri as shown on the drawings. The bid elate and time shall be scrupulously observed. Under no circumstances shall bids received after the date and time specified be considered. Such bids will be returned to the bidder unopened. 1.02 DELIVERY OF PROPOSALS: All proposals, whether mailed or delivered in person, shall be submitted in sealed envelopes bearing on the outside the words "BID ENCLOSED" and, the name of the bidder and its address and clearly marked: ' "Bid for the Village of Tequesta Water Treatment Plant Upgrades" I and addressed to F, Village Clerk Village of Tequesta 345 Tequesta Drive Tequesta, FL 33469 1.03 BID FORMS: Submit bid in triplicate on the forms, or an exact copy of the forms, furnished herewith. The blank spaces shall be filled in correctly for each item and every item for which a bid is tendered. State the price, typewritten or written in black ink and insert numerals for which he proposes to do each item of the Work; in case of conflict, words will take precedence. Discrepancies between the indicated sum of any column of figures and the correct sum thereof will be resolved in favor of the correct sum. Failure to complete all indicated blanks in the designated manner may result in the bid being declared non-responsive. Qualifications for bidders deemed non-responsive will be rejected without further analysis. Declaration of the non -responsiveness of a bidder shall be at the sole discretion of the Owner. 1.04 SIGNATURE ON BID: Sign bid correctly. If the bid is made by an individual, his name and post office address shall be shown. If made by a firm or partnership, the name and post office address of each member of the firm or partnership shall be shown. If made by a corporation, the person signing the bid shall show the name of the state under the laws of which the corporation was chartered, also the names and business addresses of its President, Secretary, and Treasurer. The proposal shall bear the seal of the corporation attested by the Secretary. Anyone signing the bid as agent shall file with the bid, legal evidence of his authority to do so. Signing and submitting a bid for this work will constitute an incontrovertible representation by Bidder that Bidder has complied with every requirement of these Documents, that without exception the Bid is premised upon performing and furnishing the Work required by the Contact Documents and that such means, methods, techniques, sequences, procedures of construction and all other information as may be indicated in or required by the Contract Documents are sufficient in scope and detail to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for performance and furnishing of the Work. 1.05 MANDATORY PRE-BID CONFERENCE: A mandatory pre-bid conference will be held at the project site (Water Treatment Plant, 901 N. Old Dixie Hwy., Tequesta, FL 33469) on July 26, 2018, at 9:30 AM. Prospective bidders and their subcontractors are invited to attend. Bids will not be accepted from Contractors who are not in attendance or represented at the pre-bid conference. For purposes of "representation" at the pre-bid conference, one person may not represent more than one Contractor. 1.06 FAMILIARITY WITH LAWS: The bidder is assumed to be familiar with all federal, state and local laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, codes, guidelines, and directives that may in any IB -1 040097017 manner affect the Work. The failure to be familiar with applicable laws will in no way relieve him from responsibility. 1.07 EXAMINATION OF SITE AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: The bidder is required, before submitting their proposal, to visit the site of the proposed Work and familiarize themselves with the nature and extent of the Work and any local conditions including, but not limited to, surface and sub -surface conditions, that may in any manner affect the cost, progress or performance of the Work to be done, including the equipment, materials and labor required. On request in advance, Owner will provide each bidder access to the site to conduct such explorations and tests as each bidder deems necessary for submission of a Bid. Bidder shall fill all holes, clean up, and restore the site to its former condition upon completion of such explorations. The Bidder is required to examine carefully the Contract Documents and form of performance and payment bonds and to be informed thoroughly regarding any and all conditions and requirements that may in any manner affect the Work to be performed under this contract. Failure on the part of the bidder to fully understand the existing site conditions, or contract documents, shall not relieve him of the obligations and responsibilities of the Agreement, and will not be cause for additional compensation or extension of time. 1.08 CONFIDENTIAL FINANCIAL STATEMENT: If requested by the Owner, a bidder under consideration for award shall furnish a confidential certified financial statement, current within the past year, which must be a complete report of the financial resources and liabilities, equipment available, past performance record, personnel and organization experience. At the Owner's discretion a different time period for the confidential financial statement may be requested. 1.09 QUALIFICATION OF BIDDER: The contract will be awarded only to a responsive contractor qualified by experience to do the Work specified. The bidder shall submit, prior to award of contract, satisfactory evidence of his experience in like Work and that he is fully prepared with the necessary organization, capital, equipment and machinery to complete the Work to the satisfaction of the Owner within the time limit stated. In addition to the above, the Contractor shall satisfy the following criteria: 1. Have been in the General Contracting business under the present name of the organization for a minimum of the previous ten (10) years, except as may be altered under Item 7 below. 2. Be properly licensed to perform work as a General Contractor in the State of Florida, Palm Beach County, and the Village of Tequesta. 3. Have been awarded and performed as a General Contractor on a minimum of five (5) similar projects during the past ten (10) years. For purposes of this discussion, a "similar" project shall be considered to include installation or construction of water or wastewater treatment equipment and mechanical piping/pumping systems. "Similar" projects shall have a minimum value of $500,000. 4. During the lifetime of the organization, as presently named, the Contractor shall not have defaulted to a bonding company for the completion of all or any projects referenced under item 3, above. 5. The electrical subcontractor shall have direct experience with municipal or industrial water or wastewater treatment facilities, including, but not limited to, at least ten (10) separate projects of minimum electrical value of $250,000 each within the past ten (10) years. Each of the projects shall have been completed effectively, properly and completely. The electrical subcontractor shall be IB -2 040097017 7 U properly licensed and been in the business of providing electrical contracting services to water or wastewater treatment facilities under its current name, or ' that of a predecessor organization, for at least the past five (5) years. Confirmatory information shall be submitted and accepted prior to award of the project. ' 6. The instrumentation subcontractor (system integrator) shall have direct experience with municipal or industrial wastewater treatment facilities, including, but not limited to, at least five (5) separate projects of minimum instrumentation (system integration) value of $200,000 each within the past 10 years. Each of the projects shall have been completed effectively, properly and completely. At least three (3) of the named projects shall incorporate system integration and ' software development that includes Ethernet networks and also automatic report generation with interactive operator screens. The instrumentation subcontractor shall be properly licensed and been in the business of providing instrumentation contracting services to water and/or wastewater treatment facilities under its ' current name, or that of a predecessor organization, for at least the past five (5) years. The instrumentation subcontractor's main office and primary fabrication shop shall be located within 175 miles of the project and within the State of Florida. Confirmatory information shall be submitted and accepted prior to award of the project. ' 7. For purposes of determining satisfaction of the General Contractor or electrical and/or instrumentation subcontractor experience requirement, the specified "separate" or "similar" projects shall have been effectively and completely performed by the General Contractor or subcontractor under the present name of the organization, or the name of a wholly owned predecessor organization. The intent is that the experience be accredited to the incorporated entity. Experience of current employees of the organization will also be accorded ' weight but may not be substituted or used in lieu of corporate experience for satisfaction of the experience requirement(s). The electrical and/or instrumentation subcontractor shall have been in business providing electrical and/or instrumentation services to water and/or wastewater treatment facilities for at least the past five (5) years under its present name, or that of a predecessor organization. ' Failure to satisfy any of the above criteria shall be grounds for rejection of the bid, at the Owner's discretion. At the Owner's sole discretion, portions, or all, of the above criteria may be waived. However, bidders are advised that it is the general intent of the Owner to adhere to the ' stipulated criteria. The Owner will consider all known qualifications of the Contractor and subcontractors, particularly for electrical and instrumentation systems in awarding the bid. At their discretion, the Owner may elect to consider the percentage of work the Bidder proposes to ' perform with personnel in their direct employ as opposed to subcontractor. More weight and value will be generally given to Contractor performing work with their own personnel. Bidders are advised that the Owner reserves the sole right to award the project to the bidder which, in the Owner's sole opinion, best serves the interest of the Owner. By submitting a bid, the Contractor and Owner acknowledge that this evaluation process is to some degree subjective. The Contractor further acknowledges that the Owner may apply substantial weight to qualifications and the anticipated ability to perform in a timely fashion in the selection process. 1.10 SUBCONTRACTORS: For the Owner to be assured that only competent and qualified subcontractors will be employed on this project, each Bidder shall submit in the bid a list of the subcontractors performing work on this project. This subcontractors list shall include each firm's ' name, address, telephone number, contact person and work to be performed. Subcontractors shall be properly registered or licensed with the State of Florida, Palm Beach County and the IB -3 1 040097017 Village of Tequesta. Subcontractors shall, in the Owner's opinion, be qualified both technically and financially to perform the work. The Owner reserves the right to reject any subcontractor who is deemed by the Owner to be unacceptable technically or financially, or has previously performed work which the Owner believes to be unsatisfactory. No change may be made to this list of subcontractors by the Contractor, before or after contract award, without the express written consent of the Owner. If, prior to award, the Owner rejects any subcontractor, the Contractor shall be afforded the opportunity to submit qualifications for an alternate subcontractor with no attendant increase in the base lump sum bid amount, adjustment of contract time or alteration of the bid documents. Such qualifications will be due within ten (10) days of receipt of notification of subcontractor rejection. Failure to submit an acceptable alternate subcontractor may result in rejection of the bid. In this event, the bid bond shall be returned to Contractor without claim by the Owner and with forfeiture of all claim rights by the Contractor. 1.11 DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDER: The submittal of more than one bid from an individual, firm, partnership, corporation or association under the same or different names will not be considered and will be cause for rejection of all Bids submitted by a bidder. 1.12 AWARD OF CONTRACT: The award of the contract, if it is awarded, will be to the lowest and best responsible bidder whose qualifications indicate the award will be to the best interest of the Owner and whose bid shall comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents. Also, Owner reserves the right to reject the Bid of any bidder if Owner believes that it would not be in the best interest of the Owner to make and award to the bidder. The determination of lowest responsible bidder will be based on the base lump sum bid amount inclusive, or exclusive, of additive or deductive items, if any, as the Owner chooses. In evaluating bids, the Owner will consider the qualifications of the bidders, whether or not the bids comply with the prescribed requirements, and other data, as may be requested in the bid or prior to the Notice of Award. Time is of the essence for this project and the perceived ability of the bidder to complete the project within the prescribed time frame will be accorded weight by the Owner in the determination of the best bid. Owner may consider the qualifications and experience of subcontractors, suppliers and other persons and organizations proposed for those portions of the Work. Owner also may consider operating costs, maintenance requirements, performance data, and guarantees of major items of materials and equipment proposed for incorporation in the Work. Owner may conduct such investigations as Owner deems necessary to assist in the evaluation of any bid and to establish responsibility, qualifications and financial ability of bidders, proposed subcontractors, suppliers, and other persons and organizations to perform and furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents to Owner's satisfaction. In no case will the award be made until all necessary investigations have been made into the responsibility of the low bidders and subcontractors and the Owner is satisfied that the bidders and subcontractors are qualified to do the Work and have the necessary organization, capital, experience and equipment to carry out the provisions of the contract to the satisfaction of the Owner within the time specified. The Owner reserves the right, at Owner's discretion, to reject any or all bids with or without cause, to waive technical errors and informalities, to negotiate contract terms with the successful bidder, to disregard all non -conforming, non-responsive, unbalanced or conditional bids and to accept the bid which in his judgment best serves the Owner. 1.13 RETURN OF BID GUARANTY: As soon as the bids have been compared, the Owner may, at its discretion, return the guaranty deposit accompanying such bids as in its judgment would not likely be considered in making the award. All other bid guaranties will be held until the contract and bonds have been executed, after which they will be returned to the respective bidders whose bids they accompany. �I IB -4 040097017 , 1.14 FAILURE TO EXECUTE THE CONTRACT: The failure on the part of the successful bidder to execute the contract as required will be just cause for the amount of guaranty deposited with the bid, either in the form of a certified or cashier's check or a bid bond, to be retained or be paid upon demand by the Owner, not as a forfeiture, but rather will be for liquidated damages, it being agreed to by each bidder in advance that the Owner will sustain certain damages by reason of the failure of the bidder to sign the contract and that such damages equal the amount of the bid security, or exceed the same, and in no event shall the bidder thereafter be permitted to contest to the contrary and does waive such right upon submitting a bid. 1.15 INTERPRETATIONS AND CLARIFICATIONS OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: All questions about the meaning or intent of the Contract Documents shall be submitted to ' Engineer in writing. Replies will be issued by Addenda if the reply alters the documents to all parties recorded by the Engineer as having received the Bidding Documents. Questions received less than ten days prior to the date for opening of Bids will not be answered. Only questions answered by formal written Addenda will be binding. Receipt of all addenda must be acknowledged in the space provided on the bid form. Oral and other interpretations or clarifications will be without legal effect. ' 1.16 TIME OF AWARD AND AGREEMENT EXECUTION: The Owner reserves the right to hold all bids and bid guaranties for a period not to exceed one hundred twenty (120) days after the date of bid opening stated in the Invitation to Bid. If project is to be awarded, the Owner will ' issue a Notice of Award within 120 days of the bid date, unless said time is extended at the request of the Owner and with the concurrence of the bidder. Owner shall, in a timely manner subsequent to the issuance of the Notice of Award prepare and deliver to the bidder a suitable number of unsigned Agreements and other Contract Documents. Within 15 days thereafter, the ' Contractor shall execute and deliver all provided copies of the Agreement and Contract Documents to Owner or Engineer with the required bonds and other relevant items. ' 1.17 BID MODIFICATIONS AND WITHDRAWAL: Modifications or bid withdrawal requests will be received from bidders prior to opening of first bid. Modifications or bid withdrawal requests may be telegraphic or in other written or printed form, but shall be sealed and dated with time stamp before delivery to the Owner. If, within twenty-four hours after bids are opened, any bidder files a duly signed, written notice with Owner and promptly thereafter demonstrates to the reasonable satisfaction of Owner that there was a material and substantial mistake in the preparation of its bid, that bidder may withdraw its bid and the bid security will be returned. Thereafter, that bidder will be disqualified from further bidding on the Work to be provided under the Contract Documents. ' 1.18 MANUFACTURERS: The Contractor shall use only the named manufacturers, except as noted in the General Requirements, Section 01019. 1.19 CONTRACT SECURITY: Sections 5.01 and 5.02 of the General Conditions set forth the ' Owner's requirements with regard to performance and payment bonds. Properly executed performance and payment bonds shall be delivered to the Owner with the executed agreement. All performance and payment bonds for this project shall be in an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Price. The bonds must be executed on the forms provided in these documents and be countersigned by a Florida resident agent. Bonds must accompany the Agreement when delivered to the Owner for execution. 1.20 EXISTING PLANS: Copies of available Owner's records of existing facilities which may impact the proposed construction are available for review at the offices of Kimley-Horn, Inc., and the Village of Tequesta Water Treatment Plant. No guaranty as to the completeness or ' accuracy of this information is made, or implied, by the Owner or the Engineer. IB -5 040097017 1.21 PUBLIC ENTITY CRIMES: A person or affiliate who has been placed on the convicted vendor list following a conviction for a public entity crime may not submit a Bid on a Contract to provide any goods or services to a public entity, may not submit a Bid on a Contract with a public entity for the construction or repair of a public building or public work, may not submit Bids on leases of real property to a public entity, may not be awarded to perform Work as a Contractor, supplier, subcontractor, or consultant under a Contract with any public entity, and may not transact business with any public entity in excess of the threshold amount provided in Section 287.017, for CATEGORY TWO for a period of 36 months from the date of being placed on the convicted vendor list. Vendors doing business with the Village are prohibited from discriminating against any employee, applicant, or client because of race, creed, color, national origin, sex, or age with regard to but not limited to the following: employment practices, rates of pay or other compensation methods, and training selection. Lack of knowledge by the Bidder shall in no way be a cause for relief from responsibility, or constitute a cognizable defense against the legal effect thereof. 1.22 SITE USAGE AND SECURITY: Security at the construction site is given a very high priority by the Owner. The Contractor shall recognize that this project is sensitive in nature as a result of homeland security concerns and the security criteria stipulated herein constitutes a material inducement of the Owner to enter into this contract with the Contractor. It is acknowledged that the project will require construction activities at multiple locations on the project site. However, in recognition of the Owner's security focus and the fact that this is an active and functioning facility, the Contractor shall take reasonable scheduling steps to minimize the degree to which the entire facility is simultaneously impacted by this construction project. The Owner reserves the right to require timing adjustment of certain activities where the impact is judged by the Engineer to have a comparatively minor, or no, effect on construction efficiency. The Contractor shall restrict all parking, office placement and equipment trailers, stored material storage, lay -down areas, pre -fabrication work areas and other related items strictly to the Contractor staging area shown on the drawings. The existing site is fully secured. The integrity of the perimeter or fence must be maintained at all times. Accordingly, the Contractor shall provide temporary fencing of equal or greater security value to the existing as required. It is further noted that the Owner has implemented site security measures which restrict and control entrance to, and exit from, the site. The Contractor shall anticipate and work within the requirements of the Owner's security measures. The Owner reserves the right to require the Contractor to perform a background check on all agents, licensees, invitees, employees, subcontractors, material -men, workers and suppliers entering the site and supply the results to the Owner. Should this occur, the Contractor shall secure appropriate releases and authorizations from the affected parties prior to performing the background checks. All background checks, if required by the Owner, shall be performed prior to allowing the workers on to the project site. The Owner reserves the right but not the obligation to disallow entrance to the work site of any persons or entities as a result of the background check or other relevant information, regardless of the result of such background check or other relevant information. Background checks shall be in such form and fashion as is acceptable to the Owner but at a minimum shall be performed through the Palm Beach County Sheriff's Department and the Florida Department of Law Enforcement or such other entity, firm or individual acceptable to the Owner, in its' sole discretion. The Contractor shall allow for the time to perform the necessary background checks within the project schedule. Nothing herein shall confer liability upon the Owner as a result of the security steps and provisions set forth in this contract. Each party who has had a background check performed IB -6 040097017 7, LJ L shall be required to carry a photo identification and a clearance tag. Such identification and clearance tag shall be required to enter the site and shall be maintained with the person at all times while on site. The Contractor shall provide to the Owner a complete roster of all parties to enter the work site pursuant to this construction and to keep said roster updated and current on at least a monthly basis. 1.23 PERMITS: The Contractor shall be responsible for securing building permits and licenses from applicable entities, including the Village of Tequesta for this project. The Contractor shall pull building permits relative to the determination of prime or subcontractor as required by the ' Village. Such determination shall in no way otherwise alter the standing or identification of a subcontractor or contractor relative to the requirements and definitions of this contract. The Owner shall make no separate payment to the Contractor for expenses associated with securing the required licenses, permits or related approvals. The Contractor shall notify the Owner of any fees due to the Village of Tequesta for such licenses and permits. The Owner shall make direct payment to the appropriate Department of all such fees due to the issuing Department. The Contractor will be responsible for securing all occupational licenses, or other licenses as set forth elsewhere in this specification, as necessary to perform work in Palm Beach County and the Village of Tequesta. The Contractor shall be responsible for complying with the terms and conditions of all permits issued pursuant to the construction of this project. A copy of the Palm Beach County Health Department Permit is included for information in Appendix A. This shall include, but not be limited to, completion of all forms, maintenance of all records and data, preparation of summary and/or periodic reports to agencies, etc. 1.24 OSHA COMPLIANCE: By submitting a bid, bidders agree that the products furnished and ' construction methods used will comply with the Williams -Steger Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 and/or the Florida Division of Safety, whichever is applicable. ' 1.25 MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEETS: The selected bidder shall provide a copy to the Owner through the Engineer of the Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) for all chemicals used in the execution of their work in compliance with Chapter 442, Florida Statutes. 1.26 TIE BIDS: Tie bids may be awarded to one of the bidders based on the following: 1. Availability or completion period. 2. Service availability or facility. ' 3. Previous vendor record. 4. Drug -Free Workplace (as evidenced by completion of Village DFW form attached to the Instruction to Bidders. The completed DFW form shall be submitted with the bid). ' 5. Closeness to the project site. 1.27 DISPUTES: Any actual or prospective Bidder who disputes the reasonableness, necessity or competiveness of the terms and conditions of the Invitation to Bid, bid selection or contract award recommendation shall file such protest in form of a petition in compliance with Rule 13A- 1.006, Florida Administrative Code. Failure to file a protest within the time prescribed in Section ' 120.53(5), Florida Statutes shall constitute a waiver of proceedings under chapter 120, Florida Statutes. 1.28 AVAILABILITY OF FUNDS: The obligations of the Village to make a Bid award and sign ' an agreement under the terms of this "Invitation to Bid" are contingent upon funds lawfully IB -7 1 040097017 appropriated for this purpose. Should funds not be appropriated for this purpose, the Village, at its sole discretion, shall have the right to reject all bids. 1.29 FLORIDA TRENCH SAFETY ACT: By submitting a bid, the Contractor acknowledges full compliance with the Florida Trench Safety Act including, but not limited to, the submittal of information related to the cost of compliance. plias ice. 1.30 BIDDING DOCUMENTS AND SPECIFICATION CROSS-REFERENCING: Complete sets of Bidding Documents must be used in preparing bids; neither Owner nor Engineer assumes any responsibility for errors or misrepresentations resulting from the use of incomplete sets of Bidding Documents. The Contractor is advised that the specification is not fully cross referenced. Any section may have information relevant to each trade or equipment requirement. 1.31 WORK AREAS: The lands upon which the Work is to be performed, rights-of-way and easements for access thereto and other lands designated for use by Contractor in performing the Work are identified in the Contract Documents or otherwise assumed to be within public rights-of-way or on the work site owned by the Village. The Contractor shall, as directed by the Engineer, minimize the disruptive impact of his activities on the normal day-to-day operational needs of the Owner's facilities. All additional lands and access thereto required for temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment, if any, are to be provided by Contractor. 1.32 CONSTRUCTION SEQUENCING: The Contractor is specifically advised that certain elements of the project will require completion before other elements can be commenced. In addition, certain demolition work shall not occur until the replacement equipment is available. Refer to Section 01019 for additional detail. 1.33 DRAWING SCALES: The Contractor is cautioned that scales indicated on the drawings are based on full size (22" X 34") plans. Reduced size plans do not have the indicated scales adjusted to reflect the actual plan size. 1.34 ADDENDA: The Owner reserves the right to revise or amend the Contract Documents prior to the bid receipt. Any addenda issued prior to bid receipt shall be binding as if originally written into the Contract Documents. Receipt of all addenda must be acknowledged on the bid form. 1.35 OFFICE OF THE INSPECTOR GENERAL: Palm Beach County has established the Office of the Inspector General, which is authorized and impowered to review past, present, and proposed municipal programs, contracts, transactions, accounts and records. The Inspector General has the power to subpoena witnesses, administer oaths, require production of records and monitor existing projects and programs. The Inspector General may, on a random basis, perform audits on all Village contracts. IB -8 040097017 1 IDRUG FREE WORKPLACE Preference shall be given to businesses with drug-free workplace programs. Whenever two or more Bids are equal with respect to price, quality and service are received by the Village for the procurement of commodities or contractual services, a Bid received from business that certified that it has implemented a drug free workplace program shall be given preference in the award process. Established procedures for processing tie bids will be followed if none of the tie vendors have a drug-free workplace program. In order to have a drug-free workplace program, ' a business shall: 1. Publish a statement notifying employees that the unlawful manufacture, distribution, dispensing, possession, or use of a controlled substance is prohibited in the workplace and specifying the actions that will be taken against employees for violations of such prohibition. 2. Inform employees about the dangers of drug abuse in the workplace, the business's policy ' of maintaining a drug-free workplace, any available drug counseling, rehabilitation, and employee assistance programs, and the penalties that may be imposed upon employees for drug abuse violations. ' 3. Give each employee engaged in providing the commodities or contractual services that are under Bid a copy of the statement specified in subsection (1). ' 4. In the statement specified in subsection (1), notify the employees that, as a condition of working on the commodities or contractual services that are under Bid, the employee will abide by the terms of the statement and will notify the employer of any conviction of, or plea ' of guilty or nolo contendere to, any violation of Chapter 893 or of any controlled substance law of the United States or any state, for a violation occurring in the workplace no later than five (5) days after such conviction. ' 5. Impose a sanction on, or require the satisfactory participation in a drug abuse assistance or rehabilitation program if such is available in the employee's community, by any employee who is so convicted. 6. Make a good faith effort to continue to maintain a drug-free workplace through implementation of this section. As to the person authorized to sign the statement, I certify that this firm complies fully with the ' above requirements. '�J Contractor's Signature Date SUBMIT THIS FORM WITH BID. Do not execute unless representations made are valid. IB -9 1 040097017 1 ORIGINAL I H The undersigned agrees to do all the Work and furnish all mate -dais called for by the Contract Documents, in the manner prescribed therein and to the standards of quality and performance established by the Engineer for the base lump sum bid amount listed in the spaces herein provided, for each of the items or combination of items stipulated. The undersigned accepts all of the terms and conditions of the advertisement and/or Invitation to Bid and instructions to Bidders, ineluding, but not limited to, those dealing vifth disposition of bid security. The undersigned represents that this bid is genuine and not made in the interest of, or on behalf of, any undisclosed person, firm or corporation; bidder has not directly or indirectly induced or solicited any other bidder to submit a false or sham bid; bidder has not any person firm OF corporation to refrain from bidding; bidder has not sought by collusion to obtain for itself any advantage over- other bidder or over Owner. The undersign covenants that it is qualified to do business in the State of Florida, Palm Beach County and the Village of Tequesta, and has attached evidence of bidder's qualification to do business as such, or if not attached, bidder covenants to obtain and deliver such evidence within five days of request by Owner to produce such evidence. a BID VILLAGE OF TEQUESTA WATER TREATMENT PLANT UPGRADES Bid of Florida Design Contractors, Inc. (Name) 1326 South Killian Drive, Lake Park, FL 33403 (Address) to furnish all materials, equipi-nent and labor and to perform all Work in accordance \Aflth the Contract Documents for the Village of Tequesta Water Treatment Plant Upgrades. To: Village of Tequesta 345 Tequesta Drive Tequesta, FL 33469 Gentlemen: The undersigned bidder has -carefully examined the Contract Documents and the site of the proposed Work and is familiar v&h the nature and extent of the Work and any local conditions that may in any manner affect the Work to be done, H The undersigned agrees to do all the Work and furnish all mate -dais called for by the Contract Documents, in the manner prescribed therein and to the standards of quality and performance established by the Engineer for the base lump sum bid amount listed in the spaces herein provided, for each of the items or combination of items stipulated. The undersigned accepts all of the terms and conditions of the advertisement and/or Invitation to Bid and instructions to Bidders, ineluding, but not limited to, those dealing vifth disposition of bid security. The undersigned represents that this bid is genuine and not made in the interest of, or on behalf of, any undisclosed person, firm or corporation; bidder has not directly or indirectly induced or solicited any other bidder to submit a false or sham bid; bidder has not any person firm OF corporation to refrain from bidding; bidder has not sought by collusion to obtain for itself any advantage over- other bidder or over Owner. The undersign covenants that it is qualified to do business in the State of Florida, Palm Beach County and the Village of Tequesta, and has attached evidence of bidder's qualification to do business as such, or if not attached, bidder covenants to obtain and deliver such evidence within five days of request by Owner to produce such evidence. a IN BASE LUMP SUI` BID AM tiNT The base lump scam bid amount for the Village of Tequesta Water Treatment Plant Upgrades including all work specified in thesee documents is: dollars and, cents ($4 l ( � Mote, the bidder shalt include a. $75,000 bidding allowance in the Base Lump Burn Bird Amount, Thisamount shall: be to cover additional work on this project, not otherwise identified by these documents and is subject to separate writtgn approval by the Engineer. Additive Alternative. The Contractor shall supply and install upgrades to the 14.2..SO4 feed system {to include an additional feed pump) and appurtenant other changes) as shown on Plan Sheet M-07, E-16, E-17, E-18,1-28,1-29 and 1-30. The Additive Alternative amount is: dollars ancents A. panyir this bid is a certified or cashier's check or a bid bond in the amount of $ (not less than 5% of the bid) made payable to the Village of Wellington which is to be forfeited as liquidated damages if, in the event this bid is accepted, the undersigned fails to execute the agreement and furnish and pay for satisfactory performance and payment bonds under the conditions and within the time specified =n the bid, otherwise said certified or cashier's check or bid bond is to be returned to the undersigned. Additional requirements for the bid bond are set forth in the Invitation to Bid and Instructions to Bidders. The undersigned agrees within fifteen (15) days from the date of acceptance of this bid, to execute the agreement and furnish and pay for performance and payment bonds satisfactory to the Owner, in the amount of 100% of the Contract price, guaranteeing the faithful performance of the work and payment of bills. Said bonds shall be in accordance with the reclorements of Section 255.05, Florida Statutes and satisfy all criteria setforth in this document. The undersigned also agrees to substantially complete the entire project scope of work within two hundred seventy (270) days after the date when the Contract time commences to run and to be completed and ready for final payment within three hundred fifteen (315) days after the Contract Time commences to run_ The undersigned further agrees to reimburse the Owner, for each calendar day elapsing between the date herein specified as ffie date of substantial completion and the actual date of such substantial completion of the contract Work in the amount of $500 per calendar day as liquidated damages. The undersigned further agrees to reimburse the Owner, for each calendar day elapsing between the date herein specified as the date of final completion and the actual date of such final completion of the Contract Work in the amount of $300 per calendar day as liquidated damages. B-2 040097017 N �y r U 1 1 1 1 1 111 t I I I The undersigned further agrees to reimburse the Owner To,, each hour elapsing behyeen the times contractually allocated for total or partial plant shutdown and actual plant shutdown period in the arnount of i1GD per full hour as liquidated darnages. The Contractor acknowledges existence of, and guarantees full compliance with the Florida Trench Safety Act The Bidder acknowledges the receipt of Addenda No's. _I,- 2 The following is a complete list of the subcontractors to be used if the undersigned is awarded the Contract for this project. Failure to list all subcontractors will give the Owner the right to require a change in subcontractors without any change in the contract time or cost, or rejection of the bid> , Subcontractors performing more than $25,000 in work (equipment and labor) on the project must be named below as well as subcontractors for disciplines listed below. List subcontractors other than for the indicated disciplines to the extent necessary to satisfy the $25,00.0 criteria. Subcontractors named below may not be changed by the Contractor, The owner may request a change under the tennis of applicable sections of the General Conditions. If a work type category listed below is to be performed by the General Contractor, write the words 'Not by Subcontractor' on the applicable line. lype of Work Name. address, and telephone number of Subcontractor L67/, Electrical 41J, 4 Instrumentation C -C, CM- AFYO1 � W (System Integrator) S— :31, q r'C—oatings cyv, B-3 The Contract -or shall circle the name of the manufacturer for the fallmVing equipment items that will be used and was used in the computation of the Base Lump Sum Bid Amourrt. Circle only one of the named manufacturers for each item. Failure to circle one of the named rnanu%aturars in each cat -gory may result in rejection of the entire Nd. f—I EM MANUFACTURER Chen-fical Tank Manufacturer Polyprocessing, Snyder 11iis bid is submitted by: Name (print). - Thomas .H. Clarke who is an Officer of the above firm duly authorized to sign bids and enter into contracts. I certify that this bid is made without prior unders-taryding, agreement, or connection with any corporation, firm, or person submitting a bid for the same materials, supplies, or equipment, and is in all respects fair and without c -allusion or fraud. I understand collusive bidding is a violation of State and Federal law and can result in fines, prison sentences, and civil damage -awards. I agree to abide by all conditions of this bid. Dated this '14th day of August 21318 (month) Contractor., Florida Design Contractors, Inc. Address, 1326 South Killian Drive., Lake Park, FL 33403 i3Y. President 'Y'this bid Is rendered by a corporation, tine corporate seat attested by the secretary shall be affixed below. Any agent signing this bid shall attach to this form evidence of legal authority. B-4 0400970V 5 THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS AIA Document A310 Bid Bond KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, THAT WE Florida Design Contractors Inc. 1326 S. Killian Drive Lake Park FL 33403 as Principal, hereinafter called the Principal, and Fidelity and Deposit Company of Maryland 1299 Zurich Way, 5th Floor, Schaumburg IL 60196-1056 a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of MD tas Surety, hereinafter called the Surety, are held and firmly bound unto Village of Tequesta 345 Tequesta Drive Tequesta FL 33469 as Obligee, hereinafter called the Obligee, in the sum of Five Percent of Amount Bid Dollars ($ 5% ), for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, the said Principal and the said Surety, bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. WHEREAS, the Principal has submitted a bid for Village of Tequesta - WTP Upgrades NOW, THEREFORE, if the Obligee shall accept the bid of the Principal and the Principal shall enter into a Contract with the Obligee in accordance with the terms of such bid, and give such bond or bonds as may be specified in the bidding or Contract Documents with good and sufficient surety for the faithful performance of such Contract and for the prompt payment of labor and materials furnished in the prosecution thereof, or in the event of the failure of the Principal to enter such Contract and give such bond or bonds, if the Principal shall pay to the Obligee the difference not to exceed the penalty hereof between the amount specified in said bid and such larger amount for which the Obligee may in good faith contract with another party to perform the Work covered by said bid, then this obligation shall be null and void,,p�ibM..,ise; to remain in full force and effect. a'y.t4a Signed and sealed this 14th day of August: L t) ; Florida Desi antractors/1-0c I (Ptincipair-V j//11 (Seal) H. President V Fidelity and Deposit Company of Maryland Kathryn e y (rNitness) � Artomey-ii-Fact b. Michael Stevens AIA DOCUMENT A310 • BID BOND • AIA • FEBRUARY 1970 ED. • THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARM. TECTS,1735 N.Y. AVE., N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 t ZURICH AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY COLONIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND POWER OF ATTORNEY KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That the ZURICH AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY, a corporation of the State of New York, the COLONIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY, a corporation of the State of Maryland, and the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND a corporation of the State of Maryland (herein collectively called the "Companies"), by MICHAEL BOND, Vice President, in pursuance of authority granted by Article V, Section 8, of the By -Laws of said Companies, which are set forth on the reverse side hereof and are hereby certified to be in full force and effect on the date hereof do hereby nominate, constitute, and appoint Don A. LAMBERT JR., Don A. LAMBERT, III and D. Michael STEVENS, all of Jupiter, Florida, EACH its true and lawful agent and Attorney -in -Fact, to make, execute, seal and deliver, for, and on its behalf as surety, and as its act and deed: any and all bonds and undertakings, and the execution of such bonds or undertakings in pursuance of these presents, shall be as binding upon said Companies, as fully and amply, to all intents and purposes, as if they had been duly executed and acknowledged by the regularly elected officers of the ZURICH AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY at its office in New York, New York., the regularly elected officers of the COLONIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY at its office in Owings Mills, Maryland., and the regularly elected officers of the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND at its office in Owings Mills, Maryland., in their own proper persons. The said Vice President does hereby certify that the extract set forth on the reverse side hereof is a true copy of Article V, Section 8, of the By -Laws of said Companies, and is now in force. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Vice -President has hereunto subscribed his/her names and affixed the Corporate Seals of the said ZURICH AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY, COLONIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY, and FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND, this 24th day of August, A.D. 2017. ATTEST: f L52 ZURICH AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY COLONIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND S tray .... -.-joz 1� h Assistant Secretary Vice President Dawn E. Brown Michael Bond State of Maryland County of Baltimore On this 24th day of August, A.D. 2017, before the subscriber, a Notary Public of the State of Maryland, duly commissioned and qualified, MICHAEL BOND, Vice President, and DAWN E. BROWN, Assistant Secretary, of the Companies, to me personally known to be the individuals and officers described in and who executed the preceding instrument, and acknowledged the execution of same, and being by me duly sworn, deposeth and saith, that he/she is the said officer of the Company aforesaid, and that the seals affixed to the preceding instrument are the Corporate Seals of said Companies, and that the said Corporate Seals and the signature as such officer were duly affixed and subscribed to the said instrument by the authority and direction of the said Corporations. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed my Official Seal the day and year fust above written. POA -F 031-0102A 1 I1 Constance A. Dunn, Notary Public My Commission Expires: July 9, 2019 POA -F 031-0102A 1 I1 DRUG FREE WORKPLACE Preference shall be given to businesses with drug-free workplace programs. Whenever two or more Bids are equal with respect to price, quality and service are received by the Village for the procurement of commodities or contractual services, a Bid received from business that certified that it has implemented a drug free ,voftlace program shall be adven preference in the award process. Established procedures for processing be bids will be followed if none of the tie vendors have a drug-free workplace program. In order to have a drug-free workplace program, a business shall, 1. Publish a statement notifying employees that the unlawful manufacture, distribution, dispensing, possession, or use of a controlled substance is prohibited in the workplace, and specifying the actions that will be taken against employees for violations of such prohibition. 2. Inform employees about the clangers of drug abuse in the workplace, the business's Policy of maintaining a drug-free workplace, any available drug counseling, rehabilitation, and efliployee assistance programs, and the penalties that may be imposed upon employees for drug abuse Violations. 3. Give each employee engaged in providing the commodities or contractual services that are under Bid a copy of the statement specified in subsection (1). 4, In the statement specified in subsection (1), notify the employees that; as a condition of working on the commodities or contractual services that are under Bid, the employee will abide by the terms of the statement and will notify the employer of any conviction of, or plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, any violation of Chapter 893 or of any controlled substance law of the United States or any state, for a Violation occurring in the workplace no later than five (5) days after such conviction. 5. Impose a sanction on, or require the satisfactory participation in a drug abuse assistance or rehabilitation program if such Is available In the employee's community, by any employee who is so convicted. 6. Make a good faith effort to continue to maintain a drug-free workplace through implementation of this section. As to the person aautld to sign the staternent, I certify that this firm complies fully With the above requirerne 8/14/2018 Date SUBMIT THIS FORM WITH BID. Do not execute unless representations made are valid. M ' AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR ON THE BASIS OF A STIPULATED PRICE THIS AGREEMENT is dated as of the q day of Q1eCt#Abt1 in the year 2018, by and ' between the Village of Tequesta (hereinafter called OWNER) and Florida Design Contactors, Inc. (hereinafter -called CONTRACTOR). OWNER and CONTRACTOR, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth, agree as follows: Article 1. WORK CONTRACTOR shall complete all Work as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents. The Work is generally described as follows: The Village of Tequesta Water Treatment Plant Upgrades. The Project, for which the Work under the Contract Documents may be the whole or only a part, is generally described as follows: The Village of Tequesta Water Treatment Upgrades. Article 2. ENGINEER. The Project has been designed by: Kimley-Horn, Inc. 1920 Wekiva Way, Ste. 200 West Palm Beach, FL 33411 (561) 561-845-0665 ' who is hereinafter called ENGINEER and who is to act as OWNER's representative, assume all duties and responsibilities and have the rights and authority assigned to ENGINEER in the Contract Documents in connection with completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. ' Article 3. CONTRACT TIME. 3.1. The Work will be substantially completed within two hundred seventy (270) days from the date when the Contract Time commences to run as provided in paragraph 2.03 of the General Conditions, and completed and ready for final payment in accordance with paragraph 14.07 of the General Conditions within three hundred fifteen (315) days from the date when the Contract Time commences to run. 3.2. Liquidated Damages. OWNER and CONTRACTOR recognize that time is of the essence of ' this Agreement and that OWNER will suffer financial loss if the Work is not completed within the times specified in paragraph 3.1 above, plus any extensions thereof allowed in accordance with Article 12 of the General Conditions. They also recognize the delays, expense and difficulties involved in proving, in a legal or arbitration proceeding, the actual loss suffered by OWNER if the 1 Work is not completed on time. Accordingly, instead of requiring such proof, OWNER and CONTRACTOR agree that as liquidated damages for delay (but not as a penalty) CONTRACTOR shall pay OWNER Five Hundred Dollars ($500.00) for each day that expires after the time specified ' in paragraph 3.1 for Substantial Completion until the Work is substantially complete. After Substantial Completion if CONTRACTOR shall neglect, refuse, or fail to complete the remaining Work within the Contract Time or any proper extension thereof granted by OWNER, CONTRACTOR shall pay OWNER Three Hundred Dollars ($300.00) for each day that expires after the time specified in paragraph 3.1 for completion and readiness for final payment. The Contractor further i 040097017 agrees to reimburse the Owner, as liquidated damages, for each hour elapsing between the contract times allocated for total or partial plant shutdown and actual shutdown periods the amount of $100 per full hour. 3.3. No extension of time shall be granted for delays resulting from normal, annual average, weather conditions prevailing in the area. Article 4. CONTRACT PRICE. 4.1. OWNER shall pay CONTRACTOR for completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents in current funds for the Base Lump Sum Amount of: One million, eight hundred one thousand, five hundred dollars and 00 cents ($1,801,500.00) The amount paid to the contractor excludes the Additive Alternative. Said price includes the various allowances which may be utilized only per the terms set forth in the contract documents. Article 5. PAYMENT PROCEDURES. CONTRACTOR shall submit Applications for Payment in accordance with Article 14 of the General Conditions. Applications for Payment will be processed by ENGINEER as provided in the General Conditions. 5.1. Progress Payments. OWNER shall make progress payments on account of the Contract Price on the basis of CONTRACTOR's Applications for Payment as recommended by ENGINEER, on or about the 20th day of each month during construction as provided below. All progress payments will be on the basis of the progress of the Work measured by the schedule of values established in paragraph 2.07 of the General Conditions or, in the event there is no schedule of values, as provided in the General Requirements. 5.1.1. Prior to Substantial Completion, progress payments will be made in an amount equal to the percentage indicated below, but, in each case, less the aggregate of payments previously made and less such amounts as ENGINEER shall determine, or OWNER may withhold, in accordance with paragraph 14.02 of the General Conditions. 90% of work completed and 90% of materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work (but delivered, suitably stored and accompanied by documentation satisfactory to OWNER as provided in paragraph 14.02 of the General Conditions), 14.02 of the General Conditions, except as modified by paragraph 5.3 of this Agreement. 5.1.2. Upon Substantial Completion, in an amount sufficient to increase total payments to CONTRACTOR to 95% of the Contract Price, less such amounts as ENGINEER shall determine, or OWNER may withhold, in accordance with paragraph 14.02 of the General Conditions. 5.2. Final Payment. Upon final completion and acceptance of the Work in accordance with paragraph 14.07 of the General Conditions, and settlement of all claims, OWNER shall pay the remainder of the Contract Price as recommended by ENGINEER as provided in said paragraph 14.07. 5.3 Retainage Reduction: In accordance with Florida Statues 255.078, when the construction reaches 50% completion, the Contractor may apply for a reduction in retainage. For purposes 2 040097017 �I F� 17 L 17 ' of this determination, "completion" shall exclude stored material and general "job costs" such as mobilization, bond and insurance, field office cost, etc. Additionally, for purposes of this ' determination each major discipline (electrical, instrumentation, structural, mechanical) shall, independently, each achieve 50% project completion in order for the entire project to be considered 50% complete. Regardless of the foregoing, nothing herein shall require the Owner ' to reduce retainage to the Contractor if the Owner has determined that the Contractor is in default, or if the Owner or any of its consultants reasonably believes that the retainage and/or future payments to the Contractor will not be enough for the Owner to complete the project or cover its damages as a result of Contractor breach or default or for any other reason, or there is a good faith dispute by the Owner against its bonding company. The Owner shall have the right, but not the obligation, to withhold from payment, at a minimum, the Owner's or Engineer's estimated cost of completion for the list of items prepared pursuant to Article14.02 A. of the General Conditions. Article 6. INTEREST (NOT APPLICABLE) Article 7. CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATIONS In order to induce OWNER to enter into this Agreement CONTRACTOR makes the following representations: 7.1. CONTRACTOR has familiarized itself with the nature and extent of the Contract Documents, Work, site, locality, and all local conditions and Laws and Regulations that in any manner may affect cost, progress, performance, or furnishing of the Work. 1 7.2 CONTRACTOR has studied carefully all reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions and drawings of physical conditions which are identified in the Supplementary Conditions as provided in paragraph 4.02 of the General Conditions, and accepts the determination set forth in paragraph SGC -4.02 of the Supplementary Conditions of the extent of the technical data contained ' in such reports and drawings upon which CONTRACTOR is entitled to rely. 7.3. CONTRACTOR has obtained and carefully studied (or assumes responsibility for obtaining and carefully studying) all such examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, reports and studies (in addition to or to supplement those referred to in paragraph 7.2 above) which pertain to the subsurface or physical conditions at or contiguous to the site or otherwise may affect the cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work as CONTRACTOR considers necessary for the performance or furnishing of the Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Time and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents, including specifically the provisions of paragraph 4.02 of the General Conditions; and no additional examinations, ' investigations, explorations, tests, reports, studies or similar information or data are or will be required by CONTRACTOR for such purposes. 7.4 CONTRACTOR has reviewed and checked all information and data shown, indicated or referenced on the Contract Documents with respect to existing underground facilities at or contiguous to the site and assumes responsibility for the accurate location of said underground facilities. No additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, reports, studies or similar information or data in respect of said underground facilities are or will be required by CONTRACTOR in order to perform and furnish the Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Time and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents, including 1 specifically the provisions of paragraph 4.04 of the General Conditions. 7.5. CONTRACTOR has correlated the results of all such observations, examinations, ' investigations, explorations, tests, reports, and studies with the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. 1 3 040097017 7.6. CONTRACTOR has given ENGINEER written notice of all conflicts, errors, or discrepancies that he has discovered in the Contract Documents and the written resolution thereof by ENGINEER is acceptable to CONTRACTOR. Article 8. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. The Contract Documents, which comprise the entire agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR concerning the Work, consist of the following: 8.1. Instructions to Bidders (pages IB -1 to I13-9). 8.2. This Agreement (pages 1 to 6, inclusive). 8.3. Performance and Payment Bonds, consisting of 10 pages. 8.4. Notice of Award. 8.5. General Conditions (pages 1 to 42, inclusive). 8.6. Supplementary Conditions (pages SGC -1 to SGC -15, inclusive). 8.7. Specifications bearing the title Village of Tequesta Water Treatment Plant Upgrades and consisting of the "Front End" documents and 13 technical divisions, as listed in table of contents thereof. 8.8. Appendices A and B to this Agreement. 8.9. Drawings, consisting of a cover sheet and sheets numbered 1 through 65, inclusive, with each sheet bearing the following general title: Village of Tequesta Water Treatment Plant Upgrades. 8.10. Addendum numbers 1 through 2, inclusive. 8.11. CONTRACTOR's Bid (7 pages). 8.12. The following, which may be delivered or issued after the Effective Date of the Agreement and are, not attached hereto: All Written Amendments and other documents amending, modifying, or supplementing the Contract Documents pursuant to paragraph 3.04 of the General Conditions. 8.13. The documents listed in paragraphs 8.1 and following, above, are attached to the Agreement (except as expressly noted otherwise above). There are no Contract Documents other than those listed above in this Article. The Contract Documents may only be amended, modified, or supplemented as provided in paragraph 3.04 of the General Conditions. Article 9. MISCELLANEOUS. 9.1. Terms used in this Agreement, which are defined in Article 1 of the General Conditions, will have the meanings indicated in the General Conditions. 9.2. No assignment by a party hereto of any rights under or interests in the Contract Documents will be binding on another party hereto without the written consent of the party sought to be bound; and 4 040097017 n n ' specifically but without limitation monies that may become due and monies that are due may not be assigned without such consent (except to the extent that the effect of this restriction may be limited ' by law), and unless specifically stated to the contrary in any written consent to an assignment no assignment will release or discharge the assignor from any duty or responsibility underthe Contract Documents. 9.3. OWNER and CONTRACTOR each binds itself, its partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives to the other party hereto, its partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives ' in respect of all covenants, agreements and obligations contained in the Contract Documents. Article 10. INDEMNIFICATION. ' 10.1 The parties agree that 1 % of the total compensation paid to the Contractor for performance of this Agreement shall represent the specific consideration for the Contractor's indemnification of the Owner and the Engineer as is set forth in Paragraphs 6.20 of the General Conditions. ' 10.2 It is the specific intent of the parties hereto that the foregoing indemnification complies with Florida Statute 725.06 (Chapter 725). It is further the specific intent and agreement of the parties that all of the Contract documents on this Project are hereby amended to include the foregoing ' indemnification and the "Specific Consideration" therefore. 10.3 Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Village, its officers and employees, from liabilities, damages, losses and costs, including, but not limited to, reasonable attorney's fees, to the extent caused by the negligence, recklessness, or intentional wrongful misconduct of the Contractor and persons employed or utilized by the Contractor in the performance of this construction contract. 1 1 5 040097017 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, OWNER and CONTRACTOR have signed this Agreement in triplicate. One counterpart each has been delivered to OWNER, CONTRACTOR, and ENGINEER. All portions of the Contract Documents have been signed or identified by OWNER and CONTRACTOR or by ENGINEER on their behalf. This Agreement will be effective on b6( . 42018. on ► Village f equesta B: c ATTEST: M LC I 1 Village Clerk [SEAL] Address for giving noti 345 Tequesta Drive Tequesta, FL 33469 APPROVED LEGAL dU54 Pv Rpp - GO AqT� SEAL INCORPORATED 4, ATTEST: ,������rrrrrrri [CORR�Ei�41 ; p O . 1992 , Address. er'gavin�notice*� 1326 Soutiil{i�i�%`��`` Lake Park, FL AMM License No. CGC040304 ORM AND Agent for service of process: -rh0 n1't5 C l c>`IL b ak�_ ?0dAk R�' 33 YO -8 (If Contractor is eecorporation, attach evidence of authority to sign.) C fl 0 0 u 6 '040097017 COLLINSWORTH, ALTER, LAMBERT RISK MANAGEMENT, BONDING & INSURANCE November 15, 2018 Village of Tequesta 345 Tequesta Drive Tequesta, FL 33469 Re: Florida Design Contractors, Inc. Water Treatment Plant Upgrades Bond No. 09086960 Dear Sir or Madam: This letter will serve as Fidelity & Deposit Company of Maryland's authority for the Village of Tequesta to date the Performance Bonds, Payment Bonds, and the necessary Powers of Attorney for the above captioned. We acknowledge that this must be handled in this manner, as the necessary forms must be filed with the Village of Tequesta prior to the physical execution of the contract. Yours truly, D. Michael Stevens Attorney -in -Fact Fidelity & Deposit Company of Maryland LM Contract No.: 2018-02 WTP Contractor Name: Florida Desiqn Contractors Inc. Address: Phone Number: Owner Name: Address Phone Number: Contract Amount 1326 S. Killian Drive Lake Park, FL 33403 (561) 845-1233 Village of Tequesta Surety Bond No.: 09086960 Surety Company: Fidelity and Deposit Company Of Maryland Address: 1299 Zurich Way Schaumburg, IL 60196 Phone Number: (847) 605-6000 Project Name: Water Treatment Plant Upgrades 345 Tequesta Drive Project Location: Tequesta, FL Tequesta, FL 33469 (561) 768-0700 One Million E_ig-ht Hundred One Thousand Five Hundred 00/100 $1,801,500.00 Description of Work: Construction Legal Description of Project: N/A This bond is given to comply with section 255.05 Florida Statutes and any action instituted by a claimant under this bond for payment must be in accordance with the notice and time limitation provisions in Section 255.05(2), Florida Statutes. Any provision of this bond which conflicts with or purports to grant broader or more expanded coverage in excess of the minimum requirements of the applicable statute shall be deemed deleted herefrom. This bond is a statutory bond, not a common law bond. This is the front page of the perform ancelpayment bond(s) regardless of preprinted numbers on other pages issued in compliance with Florida Statute 255.05. 1 Performance Rolla Bond No. 09086960 Any singular reference If, Contractor. Stn ct}. Owner or other party shall be considered }Aural where applicable, CONTRACTOR (Name and Address): SUPT -TY (Name and Address of Principal Place ' Florida Design Contractors, Inc. of Business): 1326 S. Killian Drive, Lake Park, FL 33403 Fidelity and Deposit Company of Maryland OWNER (Nanle and Address): 1299 Zurich Way vlx.LAUE OF Tr:QLJI:sTA Schaumburg, IL 60196 345 TEQUESTA DRIVE TI -QUESTA, FL 33469 CONTRACT Date: D e C. e a. 6er 4 of o f Amount: One Million Eight HunAred One Thousand Five Hundred 00/100 Desu•iption (Name and Location): Water Treatment Plant Updates, Tequesta, FL BOND :Date (Not earlier than Contract Date): ' Amount: One Million Eight Hundred One Thousand Five Hundred 00/100 Modifications to Ibis Bond Form: None Surety and Contractor, intending to be legally IZgta)lr.I iIIr t��s�14 -'get to the teens printed on the reverse side hereof: do each cause this Payment I3ctnd to be duly executed on its btl'►ild��t�t�s' 3t}jM dicer, agent, or representative. p`G oR Ogg •'S'y '; CONTRACT OR AS P tCIPAL � Q- ; G �'• �� `SLiRI;I'Y Coulpan} Florida n Contracto ( yt . 0 _ Coinpaol,,:Fidelit and Deposit Company fir, nc);e tl) 1"1 1 P. :� Sig1ature: 1992 Sigtlalure:1 Name a itl . Clark r • * •,•'�� Name cant} 1"irle: D. ichael Stevens, Attorney -in -Fact ��'�•��ORIDP (Attach PtmorofAtlorney) ,� � (Space is provided below for signatures of additionaf I)M4112s. tf�required.) CONTRACTOR AS PRINCIPAL SURI•' }'1' ' Company: (Cor}). Sea]) Company: (C'o.rp. Sca3j Signature:__ Siguaturc: ' Name an 'Title: Name and Title: This Bond is a Florida Statutes 255.05 Bond in accordance with tale Contract Documents. ' IJ(_ D(` No. 1910-28-A (1996 Edition) Originally prepared throut a the joint efforts of the Sureiv Assoea.0}on uC' 1an.rira. l nftrtects JOilll 1)00t.inlenis Committee. rite Asxx i.tt d Cicncral Contractors of America, the American Institute of Architects. the American Suhconuaciors Association. unci tale .%SS0611ted tip1 cialfy ('ontracttn:. t. I ht ('()N f'RACTOii and tltc Suraty,jr iutly Caul stYeT till. bittd themselves. CONI R 1C OR It N !c no tthllganon wider ?his 13emd. e\cept w pamoilaie in their hen,, exeeuton, alatirtistraton, suceessuistuid tss)ut: to the ownertorthe- vomterence,s as provided in parapraph 3.1. performance of the Contract, which is imcorpotated herein by reference. 3 R'ther i n3 (ANN R 1)efauit. the Surety obiif attcan tamla this l3ond shall I. tf the CONTRACT01k performs the f'onuact, die S fcty and the .wise after 3.1 Th (AVNI;12 [lie, nttific•d the CONTRACT(m and the suteh at the t.chrss.s: cs nbcd in rruaeratlh 1(: )tictir, that the 011'\!cR is tern>idetin+ 00610-1 1-1 ' 040097()17 u 1 declarinc a CONT LAt 'I OR Default and has requested find attempted to arTnng a conference with the e_'rtNTHACI OR arid the Surety to be held lint hater than tifern days aftrr receipt of such notice it, discuss nicihods of perfilrming the C'onlract. 11 til,, owner, the CONTRAIL" FOR and the Surety agree, tic CONTRA(TFOR shall be allowed a reasonable lint;.., poTii)ina the Contract, but such an agtuenwnt shall not wuivc the OWNE Ws ri±;hf, if cmc subsequently to decline n CONTRAC I OR Default, and I 2 The owner has declared a C.ON V—AC I OR Definult and f'otrrially ternttnated the C_ONTKACTOR'�right toconiplr.etheContract. SuchCOtirfRAC:TOR Default shrill not he declared earlier than twenty days after the C'i)i'; fltr'yCTOR and tiff: Sucety-hate tcreivctl natic;cas prof°idol in paracraplt 3.I: and 3 3 The owner has agreed to pay the Balnncc of the Contract Price to: 3 3,1. The Surety in accordance with file terms oftlhc Contract: 3.3:1. Another contractur selected pur€want to paragraph 4.3 to perform the contract. the aurcunht of this Bend. but subleei to commitment by the OWNE.RuCihe Bala nce of tine Contract Price to mitigratiott ofco. s and cartages on rhe Cunhact, the Surely Is ubhrarcd without duplication for n. I 1 -he responsibilities of the cON l"It AL' ft)R Cot coaection of detective Work and co mlalc'tion of the C_untra411_ J, :% 'U,biwnal led dcsh n protessional and delay ::osis rc�u4ing front life C t \ r 1C TOR s Default. and resulting from the action, or failure to act of !I -.c .Scicty under paangiapl 1, and n.3 1 iquidated daniaues, of hl ria iIcluidared datna_'cs are spec ii'ied in Clic teem '.i. a :utl damages c::us.xl by delayed liciformanLe of 1llin-pxlffit3miL'hee Or fliv C'ONIIi ACTOR 7. The Surety shall not be liable to the OWNER or oilicis for obligatioli, of the CON IRACfOR that are tmrelited to the Contract; and the Balance of the Contract Price :hall not be ,educed or set off on a:xount of aur such unrelated obligations. No right 4 aetion shall eccrne oil this Bond of any person or entity other than the 0WXLR or its heirs, execufors administrators, eu sueeessurs. 4. When the corner has sansiaed "lie conditions of puragiaph 3. the Sorely Shall 8, The. Surety hereby w rives notice of am , :r,.._, including changes of time, to the ' promptly uud at the Surety's expense take one ,f the fbtowing fictions: Conti act or to related subconu nets. purcha,u of cLTr :tad other obligations, 4.1 Anatase for time cONTRACII)R, with consent of the OWNER, to perforin and complete ale Contract: (IT ' 4.2 ElidertaLc to perform anti complete. the Contract itself. through irs a[enis or thruuJi independent contractois: or i f)btnin bids or lw ,bated proposids front qualified contractoi,t :. ptahiv to the (M N- R for t contract fol pe form u z e and cunlpletion o' the Contract. arrange for a contract to be piepaicd far execution by the OWNER and die contractor -,cleeiehd with file (AV11.1.1t's emcurlence, to be secured with performance and payment bonds cNeculed by a qualified surety equivalent to the Bonds issued on the ComtracL and pay to the OWNER the amount of damaecs as described in paragraph 6 in excess of the Iialunce ofthe Contract Price incurred by the OWNER result ing from the CON fRACTOR Default, or 1.4 Waive its right to perform anduirnplcle, arrange tt)T completion or ob lain a ' new ennrauur acid with reason able pronipmess under tic ctrcutm f ria, 4.4.1. After investigations, determine: the amount fur which it only be Iiable to the OWNER and, as soon is practicable after tic amount is determined. tender payment thereto; to the 0WISI R_ or 4.4.2. Deny liability ill whole or in part and notify the OWNER citing reasons therelin. j. If the Surety doe, lint proceed tis provided in panapraph .1 with reasonable ' prtniptnes,, the Surety shall be deemed to be in default on this Rand litiv n stays affet receipt of au additional written notice from the OWNER In rte Surety dernauding that the Surely perform its obligations under this Rood. and the OWNLR shall be entitled to enforce any rcmeciv- available to the OAVNER. if the Suiery proceeds as provided in paTaaraph 4.4, and the CANER refuses the payment tendered or the Surety has d,mml pliability_ in whole or in pmt, without further notice tine OWNER shaft h� entitled int cnforce any remedy available to the OWNER. 6. After uta Ol1'NFI1 has terminated th4 CONTRACTOR's right to complete the ' Contract. and if the Surety elects to act under palagraph 4.1 , 2, or 4.3 above, therm the responsibilities of tie Surety to tine OWNER shall not be greater than those of the CONTRACTOR under the Contract, and ale responsibilities of tae OWNER to tine Surely shall not he greater than those of the OW"ivTR under the Contract To a limit of 1 9. Any proceeding, legal or equitable, under this Bund may be instituted in any court of competent jurisdiction in the location in which the Work or part of tate Work is lucatui and shall be instituted within two years after CONTRACTOR Defaultorwithin fwn years ilia the CON R1C f01tecased a erki n. one. hw ti+o y c;it, adler the Surety refuscs or ,ails to, Im o.oh it, obhvatii>n, undo :13i, llond. Wlichemit oceans first. lfthe1310', ions of this nae^ralih if Noid o: p:ohibnevn by laws file ininimuni period of limitation at,u:ahle til til3:IL> i1° a is iei:sc if] ihr Imisdictton of the suit shrill be applicable. ICL Notice to the tiurrre the OWNER or the CONT11AC'TOR shall lie: mailed or cieliveretl to the addresses Shown on tic siguanne page. 11. When this Bond has been furnished to comply with a statumv or other fecal requirement in the location where the Contract was to be perthrmed. any prom ision tit this Bond conflicting with said statutur} to legal requirement shall he deen.ed delettxl herefroru and provisions colifcutit inc to such statutory or other Icgal requirement shall be leaned tucorporaird Itetcin. The inleru is, that oris Bund shell he t:oi�snved as a stauni,n :3und and not as a common law brind_ J2. f)UPNIfIONS 121 Balance Milt: Contract Price. The toad amount payable by the OWNF It to the CONTRACTOR under the Contract after all proper adinstments have been rnade= including allowance to the CONTRA(:FM of any amounts received or to he received by the ()N,'Ni:R int setticntelit of inSnTanee of other Claims for datuages to which the CONTRACTOR is cntuled, iedmo d by all valid and proper payments made pat or on behalf of the CON fRAC!'OR under this Contract 12.' Conrr cl. Tlic ii-,rc•efnent between the OWNFR tend dic CON'1R.AC 1'OR identified oda file signature page. including• all Contract Documents and changes thereto. 12.3 CONTRACTOR Default. iraihuc of the CONTRACTOR, which has neither barn is oudied not waived, to perform or otbeneise io compl a,fill the terms of the Conliact 12.4 OWNER Default: Failmc al"tire OWNliR, mvhich has neither leen rentcdial nor waived, to pay the CON fRAC,roii as required by !lir Contract or to perform and complete or comply with the other terms taerent. 006 10-2 1 040097017 ZURICH AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY COLONIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND POWER OF ATTORNEY KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That the ZURICH AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY, a corporation of the State of New York, the COLONIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY, a corporation of the State of Maryland, and the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND a corporation of the State of Maryland (herein collectively called the "Companies"), by MICHAEL BOND, Vice President, in pursuance of authority granted by Article V, Section 8, of the By -Laws of said Companies, which are set forth on the reverse side hereof and are hereby certified to be in full force and effect on the date hereof, do hereby nominate, constitute, and appoint Don A. LAMBERT JR., Don A. LAMBERT, III and D. Michael STEVENS, all of Jupiter, Florida, EACH its true and lawful agent and Attorney -in -Fact, to make, execute, seal and deliver, for, and on its behalf as surety, and as its act and deed: any and all bonds and undertakings, and the execution of such bonds or undertakings in pursuance of these presents, shall be as binding upon said Companies, as fully and amply, to all intents and purposes, as if they had been duly executed and acknowledged by the regularly elected officers of the ZURICH AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY at its office in New York, New York., the regularly elected officers of the COLONIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY at its office in Owings Mills, Maryland., and the regularly elected officers of the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND at its office in Owings Mills, Maryland., in their own proper persons. The said Vice President does hereby certify that the extract set forth on the reverse side hereof is a true copy of Article V, Section 8, of the By -Laws of said Companies, and is now in force. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Vice -President has hereunto subscribed his/her names and affixed the Corporate Seals of the said ZURICH AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY, COLONIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY, and FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND, this 24th day of August, A.D. 2017. ATTEST: Assistant Secretary Dawn E. Brown ZURICH AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY COLONIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND a DEPps 0'11MSij'.�9q:'�'�'C�,�, w1r � ��,.ro,���Q �4aG•coR°°a4rp'ti�,i SEAL Vice President Michael Bond State of Maryland County of Baltimore On this 24th day of August, A.D. 2017, before the subscriber, a Notary Public of the State of Maryland, duly commissioned and qualified, MICHAEL BOND, Vice President, and DAWN E. BROWN, Assistant Secretary, of the Companies, to me personally known to be the individuals and officers described in and who executed the preceding instrument, and acknowledged the execution of same, and being by me duly sworn, deposeth and saith, that he/she is the said officer of the Company aforesaid, and that the seals affixed to the preceding instrument are the Corporate Seals of said Companies, and that the said Corporate Seals and the signature as such officer were duly affixed and subscribed to the said instrument by the authority and direction of the said Corporations. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed my Official Seal the day and year first above written. Constance A. Dunn, Notary Public My Commission Expires: July 9, 2019 POA -F 031-0102A EXTRACT FROM BY-LAWS OF THE COMPANIES "Article V, Section 8, Attorneys -in -Fact. The Chief Executive Officer, the President, or any Executive Vice President or Vice President may, by written instrument under the attested corporate seal, appoint attorneys -in -fact with authority to execute bonds, policies, recognizances, stipulations, undertakings, or other like instruments on behalf of the Company, and may authorize any officer or any such attorney-in-fact to affix the corporate seal thereto; and may with or without cause modify of revoke any such appointment or authority at any time. CERTIFICATE I, the undersigned, Vice President of the ZURICH AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY, the COLONIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY, and the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND, do hereby certify that the foregoing Power of Attorney is still in full force and effect on the date of this certificate; and I do further certify that Article V, Section 8, of the By -Laws of the Companies is still in force. This Power of Attorney and Certificate may be signed by facsimile under and by authority of the following resolution of the Board of Directors of the ZURICH AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY at a meeting duly called and held on the 15th day of December 1998. RESOLVED: "That the signature of the President or a Vice President and the attesting signature of a Secretary or an Assistant Secretary and the Seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile on any Power of Attorney ... Any such Power or any certificate thereof bearing such facsimile signature and seal shall be valid and binding on the Company." This Power of Attorney and Certificate may be signed by facsimile under and by authority of the following resolution of the Board of Directors of the COLONIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY at a meeting duly called and held on the 5th day of May, 1994, and the following resolution of the Board of Directors of the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND at a meeting duly called and held on the 10th day of May, 1990. RESOLVED: "That the facsimile or mechanically reproduced seal of the company and facsimile or mechanically reproduced signature of any Vice -President, Secretary, or Assistant Secretary of the Company, whether made heretofore or hereafter, wherever appearing upon a certified copy of any power of attorney issued by the Company, shall be valid and binding upon the Company with the same force and effect as though manually affixed. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto subscribed my name and affixed the corporate seals of the said Companies, this day of 120 8EAL o 00 oti b� tcee+����; ,,,,, •7 w............ ur David McVicker, Vice President TO REPORT A CLAIM WITH REGARD TO A SURETY BOND, PLEASE SUBMIT ALL REQUIRED INFORMATION TO: Zurich American Insurance Co. Attn: Surety Claims 1299 Zurich Way Schaumburg, IL 60196-1056 4 11 Payment Bond. Bond No. 09086960 Any singular reference to Contractor. Surety, Owner or other party shall be considered plural where applicable. CONTRACTOR (Nance and Address).- Florida ddress).Florida Design Contractors, Inc. 1326 S. Killian Drive, Lake Park, FL 33403 OWNER (Name and Address): VILLAGE OF TBQUESTA 345 TEQITI-STA DRIVE TEQUESI'A, FI, 33469 SIJRF YY (Name and Address of Principal Place of Business): Fidelity and Deposit Company of Maryland 1299 Zurich Way Schaumburg, IL 60196 CONTRACT Date: DeC -e-mkw 4, %D 1 k Amount:One Million Eight Hundred One Thousand Five Hundred 00/100 Description (Name and Location): Water Treatment Plant Updates, Tequesta, FL BOND C' Date (Not earlier than Contract Date): Amount: One Million Eight Hundred One Thousand Five Hundred 00/100 Modifications to this Bond Form: None %0%%111111110,11 Study and Contractor_ intending be n y: sit Etre terms printed on the reverse side .hereof, do each cause this Payment Bond to be drily exe e 'ori tch, i. ioac; fuer, agent, or representative. Jt : O - CONTRACTOR AS PR ;LJ' 1, = CC t = SURETY Com anyFlorida D ntract " Fidel' and Deposit Company M land. P � t as . . Compatt��: CT �. Signaturi,. 'c, ......P ' Signatiu•e: Namt a Tit1eT Clar rr ,��`� Name and Tltle: D. Michael Stevens, Attorney -in -Fact (Attach Power of Attorney) ' (Space is provided below for silznaiures of additional patties, if required.) CONTRACTOR AS PRINCIPAL, SURETY Company: (Corp. Seal) Company: ((orp. Seal) ' Signature: — - -- -- Signature: ',tante and Title: Namc and'i isle: 'fibs Bond is a Florida Statutes 255.05 Bond i.n accordance with -.he Contract. Documents, EJCDC No. 1910-28-B (1996 Edition) Oribinally preparedthrough thejoint efforts of the. Sureth Association ol'A.rricrica. Unginrxrs Joint Documents C•ontntittee, ihe:Associated General Contractors ofAmcdca, the American hislitute of.krehitects, the American Subcontractors ,Association. and the Associated Speciialtl Contractors. ).The CO NTRAC FOR. and the Surety, jointly and ,e eually. hind themselves, 3. Willi n p.ct it, Ihc. owner. thi u'i'i ration shat[ he null and coil if fire their heirs. executors, admhtisttatcas. sucua ors and asAgns to the Owner to CONTRACTOR RA( TOR pay iia, labor. materials and equipment fin ished for use to the perhmn:mce of 11. Promptl' makes patntcnt_. dacc•Qy or indirectiv. lin ah stats due lhe. Cotaract. which is inwlporated herein by refereucc'- Claimants. and ' Defends, indemnifies and holds h i r d. s, the M NER from all claims, materials or equtlartent liar use in the peirorrnance of the demands, liens or suits by am person of nail who furnished labor% proidcd the CM.NER has poutptl) notified the COl1RAL 1oRand 100620-1 the Surety (at the addtcsses described in paragraph 12) of any claims, demands, hens or suits and lcndcred dcfense of such claims, dernands, liens or snits to tate t'O,\ 1'RA("1"C}R and the Surety, and provided there is Do OWNER Default. 3 With respect to Claimants. this obligation shall b:: null and void i£' the CONTRACTOR promptly makes pa3 ments, directly or indirectly. for all suuhs due. 4 The Surety shall have uo obligation to Clatimn s: under this Bond unlit: iA Claimants whir are employed br or have a direct contract with file ' CCI,N'IRACTOR have given notice to the Surety (at ale :addresses described in paragraph 12) find sent a copy. or notice thereat: to the OWNER., stating that a claim is being made under this Bond and, with substantial accuracy, the amount ofthe claim. 1 Ul 4.2 Claimants who do not have it direct contract with the CONTRACTOR 1. have furnished voitten notice so ll -.e CONTRACTOR and sent a copy, ur notice lhereof; to fife 01WNER. +eitnin 90 days after having last performed labor or last furnished water iats or equipment included in the claim statin!;, with substantial accuse v. thzi amount aaf the cI-iIII and the name of the party bo whom the mat rials furnished or supplied or for whom [lie labor ayes clone or perfor mcd; and 2. [lave either received a reicction in whole or in pail front the CON'1'RAt " TOR or not received within 30 drys of ftintishing tate above notice any communication front the CONT'1LACT'OR by which the CONTRACTOR had indicated the claim will be paid directly or indirectly; and 3. Not having been paid within elle above .30 days, have scut a written notice n) the Surety and Sint a cop). or notice thereof to tine OWNL-R, stating that a clairn is licitly made tinder this Bond azul eucla;in, a copy ofthe previous wri:lcn no'ice fiunished to the CONTRACTOR. 5. if a notice required by paragraph 4 is given br the DWNE.R to the CON I'RACTOR or to theSurety. Ilial is sufficient complinncc. 6. When the Claimant has satisfied tire conditions of paragraph 4 the Surety shall promptly and at the Surety's expense take file following actions: 6.1 Send an answer ui the Claimautt• a ill) it copy, to tine OR'NFR. within 45 date after receipt of the claim, statins-- the wrounts that are undisputed and the basis for challenging any amounts that arc dr,pmcd. 6.2 Pay or arrange for payment of any undisputed amounts. 7. The SurcIN's total obligation shall not exceed the amount ofthis Bond. and the amount of this Bond shall be credited liter aft} paymcuts made in good fnith by the Surety. bi. Amounts owed by the OWNER to the CONTRACTOR. tinder the Contract shall be used for the perliati ince ofthe Contract and fit satisfy claims, ifany, under -,my Performance Bond. By the CONTILACTOR furnishing and the OWNL'R acceptmr this Bond, they agree that all finds carried by tile CONTRACTOR in the perfornnance of the Contract ate, dedicated to satisfy obligations of life CONTRACTOR and the Sutct+ tinder this Bond. subject to the Olk']xtf R's ptiority to use the funds for Ilse completion ofthe Rork. 9 The Surcty shall not be liable to the OWNER, Claimants or others for obligations et the CION"fRAC''fOR trial art unrelated to ilio C'onu act. The OWNER shall not be 1tabEe 1<rr i)avntem of any costs tsr expenses of any Claimant uruler flats Bund, and shall have hider this Bond no obligation, to make payments to, give notices on behall'of. or othcnti�;e have obhnatious ;o C'lainiauis under this Bond. 10. Tin Surcty hereb} WiM es Douce of am change. including chin[gta of iinic. to [he Contra:,t or io =Aired Subcontracts, purchase orders and other ohhgations 1 L No suit or action shall be cornmcneed by a Churna it under th i., Bond other that in is cuui i of competent juristhclion in the location in which t.lte Work Or part of the Work is located or after the expiation of'one year from the date ( 1) on which the Claimant gave the notice required by pivapaph 4.1 or paragraph 4.2..3, or (2) on which the hast labor of set vice wtt� performed liv anyone or tine last materials or equipment were fiantislied by anyone under ill,! ( onstruction Contnia, whicbcvcrof (I) or t2) first occurs. If the provisions o£'this paragraph arevoid ar prohibited by iawv ti -,c minirmmn, period of limitatitrn available to surditics as a defense in tile jurisdiction of file suit shall he applicable. 12. Noncan to Ow Sul +1 Ilre CAN NER Or the CONTRACTOR shall the mailed or delivcrsci to theaddt+s +, she,»n on the saynntnrc page. Actual receipt o£ nonce by Suimy, tine OWNER or the CO\TRACTOR, however acecmtplished, shall be suf is ieut compliance as of the date received at the address shown on the signattsrc page. 1.3 When this Bond has been furnisihed to) comply with a statuton, or other legal tequircraci t in the location where flu: Conniaet was to be perh)rined, any provision in this Bond cotnilicting with �a id siaunoiy or legal requiremcut shall be deemed deleted IicFebooi and provisions conforming to +uch statutory or other legal requirenhcni sh.:il be accused face*pouted herein. The intent is. that this Bond shall he construed as n >twrilon' Bond and oat as a comanon lave bund. 14. 11pnr, rrtp:cst of any pcasctt m anti-+ ant, ennrsy_. to he a lhnlatuia( beneficinrT of this Bond, the CON I R-- C J OK shall piociptly furnish a copy of Itis Bond m shall persist ititcopy to be made. 15. DEFINITIONS 15.1 Claimant: An individual fir canny having it direct contract with the CONiTLACT'OR or with s Subcontractor of the CONTRACTOR. to 1:urnish labor, miller tai s or equipment for Ilse in the per fol mance of file Contract. 'iTie intcut of this i3onnd shall be so include without limirainrl in ih terms Asibor. maw.i ink or equipment' that part of ++ r cr, lira power. ])Pill, heat oil,' ilisoltnr Iclephonc sen ice Ot lentil equipment Used in the C Ontricn arctuteciurul and en_�intli nig. sc:n ices rccpnr•d aur perfornancc of the Woik of tote Ct.3NTRACfOR and Ilse CON FRACTOI'C'a Subcontractors, and all other Items for which a meclmw,'s lien nuny he asserted in the jurisdiction where the labor, materials or equipment were firinished. 15.2 Contract: The agreement Mween file OWNER aur! the CON"CRAG OR identified on the sit_nate-re page. including all Contract Documents and changes thereto. 15.3 OWNER Default: Failure of the OWNER, which has neither been remedied nor waived, to pay the CONTRACTOR as required by die Contnau r:r to perforin and complete or comply with the other fonts, thereof. 0(1620-2 040097017 Fji J ZURICH AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY COLONIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND POWER OF ATTORNEY KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That the ZURICH AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY, a corporation of the State of New York, the COLONIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY, a corporation of the State of Maryland, and the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND a corporation of the State of Maryland (herein collectively called the "Companies"), by MICHAEL BOND, Vice President, in pursuance of authority granted by Article V, Section 8, of the By -Laws of said Companies, which are set forth on the reverse side hereof and are hereby certified to be in full force and effect on the date hereof, do hereby nominate, constitute, and appoint Don A. LAMBERT JR., Don A. LAMBERT, III and D. Michael STEVENS, all of Jupiter, Florida, EACH its true and lawful agent and Attorney -in -Fact, to make, execute, seal and deliver, for, and on its behalf as surety, and as its act and deed: any and all bonds and undertakings, and the execution of such bonds or undertakings in pursuance of these presents, shall be as binding upon said Companies, as fully and amply, to all intents and purposes, as if they had been duly executed and acknowledged by the regularly elected officers of the ZURICH AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY at its office in New York, New York., the regularly elected officers of the COLONIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY at its office in Owings Mills, Maryland., and the regularly elected officers of the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND at its office in Owings Mills, Maryland., in their own proper persons. The said Vice President does hereby certify that the extract set forth on the reverse side hereof is a true copy of Article V, Section 8, of the By -Laws of said Companies, and is now in force. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Vice -President has hereunto subscribed his/her names and affixed the Corporate Seals of the said ZURICH AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY, COLONIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY, and FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND, this 24th day of August, A.D. 2017. ATTEST: i 4t; 34 k) `&lt BY Assistant Secretary Dawn E. Brown ZURICH AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY COLONIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND SRAL Vice President Michael Bond State of Maryland County of Baltimore On this 24th day of August, A.D. 2017, before the subscriber, a Notary Public of the State of Maryland, duly commissioned and qualified, MICHAEL BOND, Vice President, and DAWN E. BROWN, Assistant Secretary, of the Companies, to me personally known to be the individuals and officers described in and who executed the preceding instrument, and acknowledged the execution of same, and being by me duly swom, deposeth and saith, that he/she is the said officer of the Company aforesaid, and that the seals affixed to the preceding instrument are the Corporate Seals of said Companies, and that the said Corporate Seals and the signature as such officer were duly affixed and subscribed to the said instrument by the authority and direction of the said Corporations. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed my Official Seal the day and year first above written. POA -F 031-0102A Constance A. Dunn, Notary Public My Commission Expires: July 9, 2019 L_f EXTRACT FROM BY-LAWS OF THE COMPANIES "Article V, Section 8, Attorneys -in -Fact. The Chief Executive Officer, the President, or any Executive Vice President or Vice President Lf may, by written instrument under the attested corporate seal, appoint attorneys -in -fact with authority to execute bonds, policies, recognizances, stipulations, undertakings, or other like instruments on behalf of the Company, and may authorize any officer or any such attorney-in-fact to affix the corporate seal thereto; and may with or without cause modify of revoke any such appointment or authority at any �- l time." CERTIFICATE I, the undersigned, Vice President of the ZURICH AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY, the COLONIAL AMERICAN , CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY, and the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND, do hereby certify that the foregoing Power of Attorney is still in full force and effect on the date of this certificate; and I do further certify that Article V, Section 8, of the By -Laws of the Companies is still in force. This Power of Attorney and Certificate may be signed by facsimile under and by authority of the following resolution of the Board of , Directors of the ZURICH AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY at a meeting duly called and held on the 15th day of December 1998. RESOLVED: "That the signature of the President or a Vice President and the attesting signature of a Secretary or an Assistant Secretary and the Seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile on any Power of Attorney ... Any such Power or any certificate thereof bearing such facsimile signature and seal shall be valid and binding on the Company." This Power of Attorney and Certificate may be signed by facsimile under and by authority of the following resolution of the Board of Directors of the COLONIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY at a meeting duly called and held on the 5th day of May, 1994, and the following resolution of the Board of Directors of the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND at a meeting duly called and held on the 10th day of May, 1990. RESOLVED: "That the facsimile or mechanically reproduced seal of the company and facsimile or mechanically reproduced signature , of any Vice -President, Secretary, or Assistant Secretary of the Company, whether made heretofore or hereafter, wherever appearing upon a certified copy of any power of attorney issued by the Company, shall be valid and binding upon the Company with the same force and effect as though manually affixed. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto subscribed my name and affixed the corporate seals of the said Companies, , this day of 120 w� Oflps� JG-;�U�6� s int 40�r� ��� � � r f1V �• David McVicker, Vice President TO REPORT A CLAIM WITH REGARD TO A SURETY BOND, PLEASE SUBMIT ALL REQUIRED INFORMATION TO: Zurich American Insurance Co. Attn: Surety Claims 1299 Zurich Way Schaumburg, IL 60196-1056 FLORDES-02 KKENNEDY ,a►coizos CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE F ­DATE 1 1/16/2018 Y) 11 /16/2018 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER, AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must have ADDITIONAL INSURED provisions or be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). RODUCER olllnsworth, Alter, Lambert, LLC Eganfuskee Street ite 102 piter, FL 33477 iINSURED CONTACT Lori B. Gleason NAME: PHONE 561 776-9001 FAX (A/C, No, Ext): ( ) (A/C, Ne):(561) 427-6730 A DARE , Igleason@calllc.com INSURER(S) AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC # INSURERA:Amerisure Mutual Ins Co 23396 CPP20522711002 INSURER B:Amerisure Insurance Co 19488 INSURER C: North River Insurance Company 21105 Florida Design Contractors, Inc. INSURER D: Asen American Insurance CompanV 43460 1326 S. Killian Drive Lake Park, FL 33403 X X,C,U Included INSURER E INSURER F : OVERAGES CERTIFICATE NUMBER: REVISION NUMBER: THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. R R TYPE OF INSURANCE ADDL INSD SUBR WVD POLICY NUMBER POLICY EFF MM/DD/YYYY POLICY EXP MM/DD/YYYY LIMITS X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CLAIMS -MADE a OCCUR CPP20522711002 03/01/2018 03/01/2019 EACH OCCURRENCE $ 1,000,000 DAMAGETORENTED 100,000 PREMI E Ea occurrence) $ X X,C,U Included MED EXP (Any oneperson) $ 5,000 X Contractual Liab. PERSONAL & ADV INJURY $ 1,000,000 GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: POLICY A PROLOC GENERAL AGGREGATE $ 2,000,000 PRODUCTS - COMP/OP AGG $ 2,000,000 $ OTHER: B AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT 1,000,000 Ea accident $ BODILY INJURY Per person)$ X ANY AUTO CA20523031001 03/01/2018 03/01/2019 OWNED SCHEDULED AUTOS ONLY AUTOS BODILY INJURY Per accident $ PROPERTY DAMAGE Per accident $ X HIRED X NON -OWNED AUTOS ONLY AUTOS ONLY PIP Coverage $ 10,000 X UMBRELLA LIAB X OCCUR EACH OCCURRENCE $ 5'000'000 EXCESS LIAB CLAIMS -MADE 5811102495 03/01/2018 03/01/2019 AGGREGATE $ 10,000,000 DED X RETENTION $ 0 $ WORKERS COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY Y / N ANY PROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED? N (Mandatory in NH) N / A WC210809800 03/01/2018 03/01/2019 X PER OTH- TAJUTER E.L. EACH ACCIDENT $ 1,000,000 E.L. DISEASE - EA EMPLOYEE $ 1'000,000 If yes, describe under DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below E.L. DISEASE - POLICY LIMIT $ 1,000,000 Inland Marine IMZ209918 03/01/2018 03/01/2019 Rented/Leased Equip. 250,000 Inland Marine IMZ209918 03/01/2018 03/01/2019 Scheduled Equipment tificate holder is included as additional insured including ongoing and completed operations for general liability per CG7048, auto liability, and umbrella trillCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS / LOCATIONS / VEHICLES (ACORD 101, Additional Remarks Schedule, may be attached if more space is required) tywhen required by written contract. General Liability is primary and non contributory when required by written contract. Waiver of subrogation applies to General Liability, Auto, Umbrella, and Workers' Compensation coverages for the additional insureds when required by written contract. The Umbrella rage is excess over the General Liability, Automobile, and Employers Liability coverages. Should any of the above described policies be cancelled, 1",e will be delivered in accordance with the policy provisions. Village of Tequesta 345 Tequesta Drive Tequesta, FL 33469 CAN SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE ACORD 25 (2016/03) © 1988-2015 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. Thr! ACORD name and loan aro ranictororl markc of ACr)Rn I� J r 1 LI u This document has important legal consequences; consultation with an attorney is encouraged with respect to its use or modification. This document should be adapted to the particular circumstances of the contemplated Project and the Controlling Law. STANDARD GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT Prepared by ENGINEERS JOINT CONTRACT DOCUMENTS COMMITTEE and Issued and Published Jointly By PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERS TN PRIVATE PRACTICE a practice division of the NATIONAL SOCIETY OF PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERS AMERICAN CONSULTING ENGINEERS COUNCIL AMERICAN SOCIETY OF CIVIL ENGINEERS This document has been approved and endorsed by The Associated General Contractors of America Construction Specifications Institute These General Conditions have been prepared for use with the Owner -Contractor Agreements (No. 1910-8-A-1 or 1910-8- A-2) (1996 Editions). Their provisions are interrelated and a change in one may necessitate a change in the other. Comments concerning their usage are contained in the EJCDC User's Guide (No. 1910-50). For guidance in the preparation of Supplementary Conditions, see Guide to the Preparation of Supplementary Conditions (No. 1910-17) (1996 Edition). IEJCDC No. 1910-8 (1996 Edition) ITABLE OF CONTENTS ' ARTICLE 3 - CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: INTENT, AMENDING, REUSE........................................_................................10 3.01 Intent ...............................................................................................................................................................10 3.02 Reference Standards..........................................................................................................................................10 3.03 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies...........................................................................................................11 3.04 Amending and Supplementing Contract'Documents..................................................................................••••"11 3.05 Reuse of Documents.......................................................................................................................................... ARTICLE 4 - AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS.....................................................................................................................................................................11 4.01 Availability of Lands .................................................. .......................................................................................11 4.02 Subsurface and Physical Conditions................................................................................................................12 4.03 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions...................................................................................................12 4.04 Underground Facilities.....................................................................................................................................13 4.05 Reference Points................................................................................................................................................14 4.06 Hazardous Environmental Condition at Site....................................................................................................14 ARTICLE5 - BONDS AND INSURANCE..................................................................................................................................15 5.01 Performance, Payment, and Other Bonds........................................................................................................15 ARTICLE I - DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY................................................................................................................6 1.01 Defined Terms...................................................................................................................................................6 1.02 Terminology.......................................................................................................................................................8 ' ARTICLE 2 - PRELIMINARY MATTERS..................................................................................:...............................................9 2.01 Delivery of Bonds..............................................................................................................................................9 2.02 Copies of Documents.........................................................................................................................................9 ' 2.03 Commencement of Contract Times; Notice to Proceed...................................................................................9 2.04 Starting the Work..............................................................................................................................................9 2.05 Before Starting Construction............................................................................................................................9 6.01 Supervision and Superintendence.....................................................................................................................18 6.02 Labor; Working Hours...........:..........................................................................................................................19 2.06 Preconstruction Conference.............................................................................................................................10 2.07 Initial Acceptance of Schedules........................................................................................................................10 ' ARTICLE 3 - CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: INTENT, AMENDING, REUSE........................................_................................10 3.01 Intent ...............................................................................................................................................................10 3.02 Reference Standards..........................................................................................................................................10 3.03 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies...........................................................................................................11 3.04 Amending and Supplementing Contract'Documents..................................................................................••••"11 3.05 Reuse of Documents.......................................................................................................................................... ARTICLE 4 - AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS.....................................................................................................................................................................11 4.01 Availability of Lands .................................................. .......................................................................................11 4.02 Subsurface and Physical Conditions................................................................................................................12 4.03 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions...................................................................................................12 4.04 Underground Facilities.....................................................................................................................................13 4.05 Reference Points................................................................................................................................................14 4.06 Hazardous Environmental Condition at Site....................................................................................................14 6.05 Substitutes and "Or -Equals ...............................................................................................................................19 6.07 Patent Fees and Royalties. .21 ARTICLE5 - BONDS AND INSURANCE..................................................................................................................................15 5.01 Performance, Payment, and Other Bonds........................................................................................................15 5.02 Licensed Sureties and Insurers.........................................................................................................................15 5.03 Certificates of Insurance ...................................................................................................................................15 5.04 CONTRACTOR 's Liability Insurance..............................................................................................................15 5.05 OWNER's Liability Insurance..........................................................................................................................16 5.06 Property Insurance............................................................................................................................................16 5.07 Waiver of Rights ...........................................................................................................................................17 5.08 Receipt and Application of Insurance Proceeds..............................................................................................18 5.09 Acceptance of Bonds and Insurance; Option to Replace.................................................................................18 5.10 Partial Utilization, Acknowledgment of Property Insurer...............................................................................18 ARTICLE 6 -CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBiLITIES..............................................................................................................18 6.01 Supervision and Superintendence.....................................................................................................................18 6.02 Labor; Working Hours...........:..........................................................................................................................19 6.03 Services, Materials, and Equipment.................................................................................................................19 6.04 Progress Schedule.............................................................................................................................................19 6.05 Substitutes and "Or -Equals ...............................................................................................................................19 6.07 Patent Fees and Royalties. .21 6.08 Permits...............................................................................................................................................................22 6.09 Laws and Regulations.......................................................................................................................................22 6.10 Taxes..................................................................................................................................................................22 6.11 Use of Site and Other Areas..............................................................................................................................22 6.13 Safety and Protection........................................................................................................................................23 6.14 Safety Representative........................................................................................................................................23 6.15 Hazard Communication Programs...................................................................................................................23 6.16 Emergencies........................................................ .....................24 .......................................................................... 6.17 Shop Drawings and Samples............................................................................................................................24 6.18 Continuing the Work.........................................................................................................................................25 6.19 CONTRACTOR's General Warranty and Guarantee......................................................................................25 6.20 Indemnification ..................................................................................................................................................25 ARTICLE7 - OTHER WORK.......................................................................................................................................................26 7.01 Related Work at Site..........................................................................................................................................26 7.02 Coordination.................................................................................. ........ ARTICLE 8 - OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES...........................................................................................................................27 8.01 Communications to Contractor........................................................................................................................27 8.02 Replacement of ENGINEER .............................................................................................................................27 8.03 Furnish Data.....................................................................................................................................................27 8.04 Pay Promptly When Due...................................................................................................................................27 8.05 Lands and Easements; Reports and Tests........................................................................................................27 8.06 Insurance........................................................ .......................27 ............................................................................ 8.07 Change Orders..................................................................................................................................................27 8.08 Inspections, Tests, and Approvals.....................................................................................................................27 8.09 Limitations on OWNER's Responsibilities.......................................................................................................27 8.10 Undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition..........................................................................................27 8.11 Evidence of Financial Arrangements...............................................................................................................27 ARTICLE 9 - ENGINEER'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION........................................................................................27 9.01 OWNER'S Representative.................................................................................................................................27 9.02 Visits to Site.......................................................................................................................................................27 9.03 Project Representative......................................................................................................................................28 9.04 Clarifications and Interpretations....................................................................................................................28 9.05 Authorized Variations in Work.........................................................................................................................28 9.06 Rejecting Defective Work..................................................................................................................................28 9.07 Shop Drawings, Change Orders and Payments...............................................................................................28 9.09 Decisions on Requirements of Contract Documents and Acceptability of Work............................................29 9.10 Limitations on ENGINEERSs Authority and Responsibilities..........................................................................29 ARTICLE 10 - CHANGES IN THE WORK; CLAIMS...............................................................................................................29 10.01 Authorized Changes in the Work....................................................................................................................29 10.02 Unauthorized Changes in the Work................................................................................................................29 10.03 Execution of Change Orders...........................................................................................................................29 10.04 Notification to Surety ......................................................................................................................................30 10.05 Claims and Disputes ................................. :............ ......................................................................................... ARTICLE 11 - COST OF THE WORK; CASH ALLOWANCES; UNIT PRICE WORK.........................................................30 11.01 Cost of the Work..............................................................................................................................................30 11.02 Cash Allowances.............................................................................................................................................32 11.03 Unit Price Work..............................................................................................................................................32 -4- I -1 L �I L7 1 ARTICLE 12 -CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE; CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIMES.......................................................33 ARTICLE 14 - PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION..................................................................................37 14.01 Schedule of Values........................................................................................................:.................................37 14.02 Progress Payments..........................................................................................................................................37 14.03 CONTRACTOR's Warranty of Title...............................................................................................................38 14.04 Substantial Completion...................................................................................................................................39 14.05 Partial Utilization...........................................................................................................................................39 Inspec 14.06 Finaltia...............................................................................................................................................39 Paym. 14.07 Final Payment ..40 14.09 Waiver of Claims.............................................................................................................................................40 ARTICLE 15 - SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION............................................................................................41 15.01 OWNER May Suspend Work.........................................................................................................................41 15.02 OWNER May Terminate for Cause................................................................................................................41 15.03 OWNER May Terminate For Convenience....................................................................................................41 15.04 CONTRACTOR May Stop Work or Terminate..............................................................................................42 ARTICLE16 - DISPUTE RESOLUTION.....................................................................................................................................42 16.01 Methods and Procedures................................................................................................................................42 12.01 Change of Contract Price...............................................................................................................................33 ' 12.02 Change of Contract Times..............................................................................................................................34 12.03 Delays Beyond CONTRACTOR's Control.. ........................................ .......................................................... 34 12.04 Delays Within CONTRACTOR's Control.......................................................................................................34 17.02 Computation of Times.....................................................................................................................................42 12.06 Delay Damages...............................................................................................................................................34 ARTICLE 13 - TESTS AND INSPECTIONS; CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE ..42 WORK.......................................................................................................................................................................34 13.01 Notice of Defects.............................................................................................................................................34 17.04 Survival of ...................................................................................................................................42 13.02 Access to Work................................................................................................................................................34 17.05 Controlling Law..............................................................................................................................................42 13.03 Tests and Inspections......................................................................................................................................34 13.04 Uncovering Work............................................................................................................................................35 13.05 OWNER May. Stop the Work.................................•..................._......................_............................................, 35 13.06 Correction or Removal of Defective Work.....................................................................................................35 ' 13.07 Correction Period...........................................................................................................................................36 13.08 Acceptance of Defective Work........................................................................................................................36 13.09 OWNER May Correct Defective Work...........................................................................................................36 ARTICLE 14 - PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION..................................................................................37 14.01 Schedule of Values........................................................................................................:.................................37 14.02 Progress Payments..........................................................................................................................................37 14.03 CONTRACTOR's Warranty of Title...............................................................................................................38 14.04 Substantial Completion...................................................................................................................................39 14.05 Partial Utilization...........................................................................................................................................39 Inspec 14.06 Finaltia...............................................................................................................................................39 Paym. 14.07 Final Payment ..40 14.09 Waiver of Claims.............................................................................................................................................40 ARTICLE 15 - SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION............................................................................................41 15.01 OWNER May Suspend Work.........................................................................................................................41 15.02 OWNER May Terminate for Cause................................................................................................................41 15.03 OWNER May Terminate For Convenience....................................................................................................41 15.04 CONTRACTOR May Stop Work or Terminate..............................................................................................42 ARTICLE16 - DISPUTE RESOLUTION.....................................................................................................................................42 16.01 Methods and Procedures................................................................................................................................42 1 ARTICLE17 - MISCELLANEOUS..............................................................................................................................................42 17.01 Giving Notice...................................................................................................................................................42 17.02 Computation of Times.....................................................................................................................................42 17.03 Cumulative Remedies Obligationss ..42 17.04 Survival of ...................................................................................................................................42 17.05 Controlling Law..............................................................................................................................................42 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS ARTICLE t - DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY 1.01 Defined Terms A. Wherever used in the Contract Documents and printed with initial or all capital letters, the terms listed below will have the meanings indicated which are applicable to both the singular and plural thereof. 1. Addenda—Written or graphic instruments issued prior to the opening of Bids which clarify, correct, or change the Bidding Requirements or the Contract Documents. 2. Agreement --The written instrument which is evidence of the agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR covering the Work. 3. Application for Payment—The form acceptable to ENGINEER which is to be used by CONTRACTOR during the course of the Work in requesting progress or final payments and which is to be accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents. 4. Asbestos --Any material that contains more than one percent asbestos and is friable or is releasing asbestos fibers into the air above current action levels established by the United States Occupational Safety and Health Administration. 5. Bid --The offer or proposal of a bidder submitted on the prescribed form setting forth the prices for the Work to be performed. 6. Bidding Documents—The Bidding Requirements and the proposed Contract Documents (includ- ing all Addenda issued prior to receipt of Bids). 7. Bidding Requirements—The Advertisement or Invitation to Bid, Instructions to Bidders, Bid security form, if any, and the Bid form with any supplements. 8. Bonds --Performance and payment bonds and other instruments of security. 9. Change Order --A document recommended by ENGINEER which is signed by CONTRACTOR and OWN- ER and authorizes an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Times, issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement. 10. Claim --A demand or assertion by OWNER or CONTRACTOR seeking an adjustment of Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, or other relief with respect to the terms of the Contract. A demand for money or services by a third party is not a Claim. 11. Contract --The entire and integrated written agreement between the OWNER and CONTRACTOR concerning the Work. The Contract supersedes prior negotiations, representations, or agreements, whether written or oral. e 7 J 12. Contract Documents --The Contract Documents establish the rights and obligations of the parties and include the Agreement, Addenda (which pertain to the Contract Documents), CONTRACTOR's Bid (including documenta- tion accompanying the Bid and any post Bid documentation submitted prior to the Notice of Award) when attached as an exhibit to the Agreement, the Notice to Proceed, the Bonds, these General Conditions, the Supplementary Conditions, the Specifications and the Drawings as the same are more specifically identified in the Agreement, together with all Written Amendments, Change Orders, Work Change Directives, Field Orders, and ENGINEER's written interpretations and clarifications issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement. Approved Shop Drawings and the reports and drawings of subsurface and physical conditions are not Contract Documents. Only printed or hard' copies of the items listed in this paragraph are Contract Documents. Files in electronic media format of text, data, graphics, and the like that may be furnished by OWNER to CONTRACTOR are not Contract Documents. 13. Contract Price—The moneys payable by OWN- ER to CONTRACTOR for completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents as stated in the Agreement (subject to the provisions of paragraph 11.03 in the case of Unit Price Work). 14. Contract Times—The number of days or the dates stated in the Agreement to: (i) achieve Substantial Completion; and (ii) complete the Work so that it is ready for final payment as evidenced by ENGINEER's written recommendation of final payment. 15. CONTRACTOR—The individual or entity with whom OWNER has entered into the Agreement. 16. Cost of the Work—See paragraph 11.01.A for definition. s n 'J 17. Drawings --That part of the Contract Documents prepared or approved by ENGINEER which graphically shows the scope, extent, and character of the Work to be performed by CONTRACTOR. Shop Drawings and other CONTRACTOR submittals are not Drawings as so defined. 18. Effective Date of the Agreement --The date indicated in the Agreement on which it becomes effective, but if no such date is indicated, it means the date on which the Agreement is signed and delivered by the last of the two parties to sign and deliver. 19. ENGINEER --The individual or entity named as such in the Agreement. 20. ENGINEER's Consultant --An individual or entity having a contract with ENGINEER to furnish services as ENGINEER's independent professional associate or consultant with respect to the Project and who is identified as such in the Supplementary Conditions. 21. Field Order --A written order issued by ENGI- NEER which requires minor changes in the Work but which does not involve a change in the Contract Price or the Contract Times. 22. General Requirements --Sections of Division I of the Specifications. The General Requirements pertain to all sections of the Specifications. 23. Hazardous Environmental Condition—The presence at the Site of Asbestos, PCBs, Petroleum, Hazardous Waste, or Radioactive Material in such quantities or circumstances that may present a substantial danger to persons or property exposed thereto in connection with the Work. 24. Hazardous Waste --The term Hazardous Waste shall have the meaning provided in Section 1004 of the Solid Waste Disposal Act (42 USC Section 6903) as amended from time to time. 25. Laws and Regulations; Laws or Regulations -- Any and all applicable laws, rules, regulations, ordinances, codes, and orders of any and all governmental bodies, agencies, authorities, and courts having jurisdiction. 26. Liens—Charges, security interests, or encumbrances upon Project funds, real property, or personal property. 27. Milestone --A principal event specified in the Contract Documents relating to an intermediate completion date or time prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work. 28. Notice of Award --The written notice by OWN- ER to the apparent successful bidder staring that upon timely compliance by the apparent successful bidder with the conditions precedent listed therein, OWNER will sign and deliver the Agreement. 29. Notice to Proceed --A written notice given by OWNER to CONTRACTOR fixing the date on which the Contract Times will commence to run and on which CONTRACTOR shall start to perform the Work under the Contract Documents. 30. OWNER --The individual, entity, public body, or authority with whom CONTRACTOR has entered into the Agreement and for whom the Work is to be performed. 31. Partial Utilization—Use by OWNER of a substantially completed part of the Work for the purpose for which it is intended (or a related purpose) prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work. 32. PCBs --Polychlorinated biphenyls. 33. Petroleum --Petroleum, including crude oil or any fraction thereof which is liquid at standard conditions of temperature and pressure (60 degrees Fahrenheit and 14.7 pounds per square inch absolute), such as oil, petroleum, fuel oil, oil sludge, oil refuse, gasoline, kerosene, and oil mixed with other non -Hazardous Waste and crude oils. 34. Project --The total construction of which the Work to be performed under the Contract Documents may be the whole, or a part as may be indicated elsewhere in the Contract Documents. 35. Project Manual --The bound documentary information prepared for bidding and constructing the Work. A listing of the contents of the Project Manual, which may be bound in one or more volumes, is contained in the table(s) of contents. 36. Radioactive Material—Source, special nuclear, or byproduct material as defined by the Atomic Energy Act of 1954 (42 USC Section 2011 et seq.) as amended from time to time. 37. Resident Project Representative—The autho- rized representative of ENGINEER who may be assigned to the Site or any part thereof. 38. Samples --Physical examples of materials, equipment, or workmanship that are representative of some portion of the Work and which establish the standards by which such portion of the Work will be judged. 39. Shop Drawings --All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules, and other data or information which are specifically prepared or assembled by or for CON- TRACTOR and submitted by CONTRACTOR to illustrate some portion of the Work. 40. Site --Lands or areas indicated in the Contract Documents as being famished by OWNER upon which the Work is to be performed, including rights-of-way and easements for access thereto, and such other lands furnished by OWNER which are designated for the use of CONTRACTOR. 41. Specifications --That part of the Contract Documents consisting of written technical descriptions of materials, equipment, systems, standards, and workmanship as applied to the Work and certain administrative details applicable thereto. 42. Subcontractor—An individual or entity having a direct contract with CONTRACTOR or with any other Subcontractor for the performance of a part of the Work at the Site. 43. Substantial Completion --The time at which the Work (or a specified part thereof) has progressed to the point where, in the opinion of ENGINEER, the Work (or a specified part thereof) is sufficiently complete, in accordance with the Contract Documents, so that the Work (or a specified part thereof) can be utilized for the purposes for which it is intended. The terms "substantially complete" and "substantially completed" as applied to all or part of the Work refer to Substantial Completion thereof. 44. Supplementary Conditions—That part of the Contract Documents which amends or supplements these General Conditions. 45. Supplier --A manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, distributor, materialman, or vendor having a direct contract with CONTRACTOR or with any Subcontractor to famish materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work by CONTRACTOR or any Subcontractor. 46. Underground Facilities—All underground pipelines, conduits, ducts, cables, wires, manholes, vaults, tanks, tunnels, or other such facilities or attachments, and any encasements containing such facilities, including those that convey electricity, gases, steam, liquid petroleum products, telephone or other communications, cable television, water, wastewater, storm water, other liquids or chemicals, or traffic or other control systems. 47. Unit Price Work—Work to be paid for on the basis of unit prices. 48. Work --The entire completed construction or the various separately identifiable parts thereof required to be provided under the Contract Documents. Work includes and is the result of performing or providing all labor, services, and documentation necessary to produce such construction, and furnishing, installing, and incorporating all materials and equipment into such construction, all as required by the Contract Documents. 49. Work Change Directive—A written statement to CONTRACTOR issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement and signed by OWNER and recommended by ENGINEER ordering an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work, or responding to differing or unforeseen subsurface or , physical conditions under which the Work is to be performed or to emergencies. A Work Change Directive will not change the Contract Price or the Contract Times. but is evidence that the parties expect that the change ordered or documented by a Work Change Directive will be incorporated in a subse- quently issued Change Order following negotiations by the parties as to its effect, if any, on the Contract Price or Contract Times. 50. Written Amendment—A written statement modifying the Contract Documents, signed by OWNER and , CONTRACTOR on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement and normally dealing with the nonengineering or nontechnical rather than strictly construction -related aspects of the Contract Documents. 1.02 Terminology ' A. Intent of Certain Terms or Adjectives 1. Whenever in the Contract Documents the terms "as allowed," "as approved," or terms of like effect or import are used, or the adjectives "reasonable," "suitable," "acceptable," proper," "satisfactory," or adjectives o like effect or import are used to describe an action or determination of ENGINEER as to the Work, it is intended that such action or determination will be solely to evaluate, in general, the completed Work for compliance with the requirements of and information in the Contract Documents and conformance with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as shown or indicated in the Contract Documents (unless' there is a specific statement indicating otherwise). The use of any such term or adjective shall not be effective to assign to ENGINEER any duty or authority to supervise or direct the performance of the Work or any duty or authority to undertake responsibility contrary to the provisions of paragraph 9.10 or any other provision of the, Contract Documents. B. Day l 1 1. The word "day" shall constitute a calendar day of 24 hours measured from midnight to the next midnight. C. Defective 1. The word "defective," when modifying the word "Work," refers to Work that is unsatisfactory, faulty, or deficient in that it does not conform to the Contract Documents or does not meet the require- ments of any inspection, reference standard, test, or approval referred to in the Contract Documents, or has been damaged prior to ENGINEER's recom- mendation of final payment (unless responsibility for the protection thereof has been assumed by OWNER at Substantial Completion in accordance with paragraph 14.04 or 14.05). D. Furnish, Install, Perform, Provide 1. The word "furnish," when used in connec- tion with services, materials, or equipment, shall mean to supply and deliver said services, materials, or equipment to the Site (or some other specified location) ready for use or installation and in usable or operable condition. 2. The word "install," when used in connec- tion with services, materials, or equipment, shall mean to put into use or place in final position said services, materials, or equipment complete and ready for intended use. 3. The words "perform" or "provide," when used in connection with services, materials, or equipment, shall mean to furnish and install said services, materials, or equipment complete and ready for intended use. 4. When "furnish," "install," "perform," or "pro- vide" is not used in connection with services, materials, or equipment in a context clearly requiring an obligation of CONTRACTOR, "provide" is implied. E. Unless stated otherwise in the Contract Documents, words or phrases which have a well-known technical or construction industry or trade meaning are used in the Contract Documents in accordance with such recognized meaning. ARTICLE 2 - PRELIMINARY MATTERS 2.01 Delivery of Bonds A. When CONTRACTOR delivers the executed Agreements to OWNER, CONTRACTOR shall also deliver to OWNER such Bonds as CONTRACTOR may be required to furnish. 2.02 Copies of Documents A. OWNER shall furnish to CONTRACTOR up to ten copies of the Contract Documents. Additional copies will be furnished upon request at the cost of reproduction. 2.03 Commencement of Contract Times; Notice to Proceed A. The Contract Times will commence to run on the thirtieth day after the Effective Date of the Agreement or, if a Notice to Proceed is given, on the day indicated in the Notice to Proceed. A Notice to Proceed may be given at any time within 30 days after the Effective Date of the Agreement. In no event will the Contract Times commence to run later than the sixtieth day after the day of Bid opening or the thirtieth day after the Effective Date of the Agreement, whichever date is earlier. 2.04 Starting the Work A. CONTRACTOR shall start to perform the Work on the date when the Contract Times commence to run. No Work shall be done at the Site prior to the date on which the Contract Times commence to run. 2.05 Before Starting Construction A. CONTRACTOR's Review of Contract Documents: Before undertaking each part of the Work, CONTRACTOR shall carefully study and compare the Contract Documents and check and verify pertinent figures therein and all applicable field measurements. CONTRACTOR shall promptly report -in writing to ENGINEER any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy which CONTRACTOR may discover and shall obtain a written interpretation or clarification from ENGINEER before proceeding with any Work affected thereby; however, CONTRACTOR shall not be liable to OWNER or ENGINEER for failure to report any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy in the Contract Documents unless CONTRACTOR knew or reasonably should have known thereof. B. Preliminary Schedules: Within ten days after the Effective Date of the Agreement (unless otherwise specified in the General Requirements), CONTRACTOR shall submit to ENGINEER for its timely review: 1. a preliminary progress schedule indicating the times (numbers of days or dates) for starting and completing the various stages of the Work, including any Milestones specified in the Contract Documents; 2. a preliminary schedule of Shop Drawing and Sample submittals which will list each required submittal and the times for submitting, reviewing, and processing such submittal; and 3. a preliminary schedule of values for all of the Work which includes quantities and prices of items which when added together equal the Contract Price and subdivides the Work into component parts in sufficient detail to serve as the basis for progress payments during performance of the Work. Such prices will include an appropriate amount of overhead and profit applicable to each item of Work. C. Evidence oflnsurance: Before any Work at the Site is started, CONTRACTOR and OWNER shall each deliver to. the other, with copies to each additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions, certificates of insurance (and other evidence of insurance which either of them or any additional insured may reasonably request) which CONTRACTOR and OWNER respectively are required to purchase and maintain in accordance with Article 5. 2.06 Preconstruction Conference A. Within 20 days after the Contract Times start to run, but before any Work at the Site is started, a conference attended by CONTRACTOR, ENGINEER, and others as appropriate will be held to establish a working understanding among the parries as to the Work and to discuss the schedules referred to in paragraph 2.053, procedures for handling Shop Drawings and other submittals, processing Applications for Payment, and maintaining required records. 2.07 Initial Acceptance of Schedules A. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Docu- ments, at least ten days before submission of the first Application for Payment a conference attended by CON- TRACTOR, ENGINEER, and others as appropriate will be held to review for acceptability to ENGINEER as provided below the schedules submitted in accordance with paragraph 2.05.B. CONTRACTOR shall have an additional ten days to make corrections and adjustments and to complete and resubmit the schedules. No progress payment shall be made to CONTRACTOR until acceptable schedules are submitted to ENGINEER 1. The progress schedule will be acceptable to ENGINEER if it provides an orderly progression of the Work to completion within any specified Mile- stones and the Contract Times. Such acceptance will ' not impose on ENGINEER responsibility for the progress schedule, for sequencing, scheduling, or progress of the Work nor interfere with or relieve CONTRACTOR from CONTRACTOR's full respon- sibility therefor. 2. CONTRACTOR's schedule of Shop Drawing and Sample submittals will be acceptable to ENGINEER if it provides a workable arrangement for reviewing and processing the required submittals. 3. CONTRACTOR's schedule of values will be acceptable to ENGINEER as to form and substance if it provides a reasonable allocation of the Contract Price to component parts of the Work. ARTICLE 3 - CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: INTENT, AMENDING, REUSE 3.01 Intent I A. The Contract Documents are complementary; what is called for by one is as binding as if called for by all. B. It is the intent of the Contract Documents to describe a functionally complete Project (or part thereof) to be constructed in accordance with the Contract Documents. Any labor, documentation, services, materials, or equipment that may reasonably be inferred from the Contract Documents or from prevailing custom or trade usage as being required to produce the intended result will be provided whether or not specifically called for at no additional cost to OWNER C. Clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents shall be issued by ENGINEER as provided in Article 9. 3.02 Reference Standards A. Standards, Specifications, Codes, Laws, and Regulations 1. Reference to standards, specifications, manuals, or codes of any technical society, organiza- tion, or association, or to Laws or Regulations, whether such reference be specific or by implication, shall mean the standard, specification, manual, code,, or Laws or Regulations in effect at the time of opening of Bids (or on the Effective Date of the Agreement if -10- 1 L u 1 there were no Bids), except as may be otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents. 2. No provision of any such standard, specification, manual or code, or any instruction of a Supplier shall be effective to change the duties or responsibilities of OWNER, CONTRACTOR, or ENGINEER, or any of their subcontractors, consul- tants, agents, or employees from those set forth in the Contract Documents, nor shall any such provision or instruction be effective to assign to OWNER, ENGINEER, or any of ENGINEER's Consultants, agents, or employees any duty or authority to supervise or direct the performance of the Work or any duty or authority to undertake responsibility inconsistent with the provisions of the Contract Documents. 3.03 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies A. Reporting Discrepancies 1. If, during the performance of the Work, CONTRACTOR discovers any conflict, error, ambi guity, or discrepancy within the Contract Documents or between the Contract Documents and any provision of any Law or Regulation applicable to the perfor- mance of the Work or of any standard, specification, manual or code, or of any instruction of any Supplier, CONTRACTOR shall report it to- ENGINEER in writing at once. CONTRACTOR shall not proceed with the Work affected thereby (except in an emergency as required by paragraph 6.16.A) until an amendment or supplement to the Contract Documents has been issued by one of the methods indicated in paragraph 3.04; provided, however, that CONTRACTOR shall not be liable to OWNER or ENGINEER for failure to report any such conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy unless CON- TRACTOR knew or reasonably should have known thereof. B. Resolving Discrepancies 1. Except as may be otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents, the provisions of the Contract Documents shall take precedence in resolving any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepan- cy between the provisions of the Contract Documents and: a. the provisions of any standard, specification, manual, code, or instruction (whether or not specifically incorporated by reference in the Contract Documents); or b. the provisions of any Laws or Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work (unless such an interpretation of the provisions of the Contract Documents would result in violation of such Law or Regulation). 3.04 Amending and Supplementing Contract Documents A. The Contract Documents may be amended to provide for additions, deletions, and revisions in the Work or to modify the terms and conditions thereof in one or more of the following ways: (i) a Written Amendment; (ii) a Change Order; or (iii) a Work Change Directive. B. The requirements of the Contract Documents may be supplemented, and minor variations and deviations in the Work may be authorized, by one or more of the following ways: (i) a Field Order, (ii) ENGINEER's approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample; or (iii) ENGINEER's written interpreta- tion or clarification. 3.05 Reuse of Documents A. CONTRACTOR and any Subcontractor or Supplier or other individual or entity performing or furnishing any of the Work under a direct or indirect contract with OWNER: (i) shall not have or acquire any title to or ownership rights in any of the Drawings, Specifications, or other documents (or copies of any thereof) prepared by or bearing the seal of ENGINEER or ENGINEER's Consultant, including electronic media editions; and (ii) shall not reuse any of such Drawings, Specifications, other documents, or copies thereof on extensions of the Project or any other project without written consent of OWNER and ENGINEER and specific written verification or adoption by ENGINEER. This prohibition will survive final payment, completion, and acceptance of the Work, or termination or completion of the Contract. Nothing herein shall preclude CONTRACTOR from retaining copies of the Contract Documents for record purposes. ARTICLE 4 - AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS 4.01 Availability of Lands A. OWNER shall furnish the Site. OWNER shall notify CONTRACTOR of any encumbrances or restrictions not of general application but specifically related to use of the Site with which CONTRACTOR must comply in performing the Work. OWNER will obtain in a timely manner and pay for easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing facilities. If CONTRACTOR and OWNER are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, as a result of any delay in OWNER's furnishing the Site, CONTRACTOR may make a Claim therefor as provided in paragraph 10.05. B. Upon reasonable written request, OWNER shall furnish CONTRACTOR with a current- statement of record legal title and legal description of the lands upon which the Work is to be performed and OWNER's interest therein as necessary for giving notice of or filing a mechanic's or construction lien against such lands in accordance with applicable Laws and Regulations. C. CONTRACTOR shall provide for all additional lands and access thereto that may be required for temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment. 4.02 Subsurface and Physical Conditions A. Reports and Drawings: The Supplementary Conditions identify: 1. those reports of explorations and tests- of subsurface conditions at or contiguous to the Site that ENGINEER has used in preparing the Contract Docu- ments; and 2. those drawings of physical conditions in or relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at or contiguous to the Site (except Underground Facilities) that ENGINEER has used in preparing the Contract Documents. B. Limited Reliance by CONTRACTOR on Technical Data Authorized.• CONTRACTOR may rely upon the general accuracy of the "technical data" contained in such reports and drawings, but such reports and drawings are not Contract Documents. Such "technical data" is identified in the Supplementary Conditions. Except for such reliance on such "technical data," CONTRACTOR may not rely upon or make any Claim against OWNER, ENGINEER, or any of ENGINEER's Consultants with respect to: 1. the completeness of such reports and drawings for CONTRACTOR's purposes, including, but not limited to, any aspects of the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction to be employed by CONTRACTOR, and safety precautions and programs incident thereto; or 2. other data, interpretations, opinions, and information contained in such reports or shown or indicated in such drawings; or -12- 3. any CONTRACTOR. interpretation of or conclusion drawn from any "technical data" or any such other data, interpretations, opinions, or infor- mation. 4.03 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions A. Notice: If CONTRACTOR believes that any subsurface or physical condition at or contiguous to the Site that is uncovered or revealed either: 1. is of such a nature as to establish that any "technical data" on which CONTRACTOR is entitled to rely as provided in paragraph 4.02 is materially inaccurate; or 2. is of such a nature as to require a change in the Contract Documents; or J 3. differs materially from that shown or indicated in the Contract Documents; or I 4. is of an unusual nature, and differs materially from conditions ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in work of the character provided for in the Contract Documents; then CONTRACTOR shall, promptly after becoming aware thereof and before further disturbing the subsurface or physical conditions or performing any Work in connection therewith (except in an emergency as required by paragraph 6.16.A), notify OWNER and ENGINEER in writing about such condition. CONTRACTOR shall not further disturb such condition or perform any Work in connection therewith (except as aforesaid) until receipt of written order to do so. B. ENGINEER's Review: After receipt of written notice as required by paragraph 4.03.A, ENGINEER will promptly review the pertinent condition, determine the necessity of OWNER's obtaining additional exploration or tests with respect thereto, and advise OWNER in writing (with a copy to CONTRACTOR) of ENGINEER's findings and conclusions. C. Possible Price and Times Adjustments I. The Contract Price or the Contract Times, or both, will be equitably adjusted to the extent that the existence of such differing subsurface or physical condition causes an increase or decrease in CONTRACTOR's cost of, or time required for, performance of the Work; subject, however, to the following: u a. such condition must meet any one or more of the categories described in paragraph 4.03.A; ' and b. with respect to Work that is paid for on a Unit Price Basis, any adjustment in Contract Price will be subject to the provisions of paragraphs 9.08 and 11.03. 2. CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times if: a. CONTRACTOR knew of the existence of such conditions at the time CONTRACTOR made a final commitment to OWNER in respect of Contract Price and. Contract Times by the submis- sion of a Bid or becoming bound under a negotiat- ed contract; or b. the existence of such condition could reasonably have been discovered or revealed as a result of any examination, investigation, explo- ration, test, or study of the Site and contiguous areas required by the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents to be conducted by or for CONTRACTOR prior to CONTRACTOR's ' making such final commit-nient; or c. CONTRACTOR failed to give the written ' notice within the time and as required by para- graph 4.03.A. 3. If OWNER and CONTRACTOR are ' unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, a Claim may be made therefor as provided in paragraph 10.05. However, OWNER, ENGINEER, and ENGINEER's Consultants shall not be liable to CONTRACTOR for any claims, costs, losses, or damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) sustained by CONTRACTOR on or in connection with any other project or anticipated project. 4.04 Underground Facilities A. Shown or Indicated. The information and data shown or indicated in the Contract Documents with respect to ' existing Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the Site is based on information and data famished to OWNER or ENGINEER by the owners of such Underground Facilities, including OWNER, or by others. Unless it is otherwise expressly provided in the Supplementary Conditions: I -13- 1. OWNER and ENGINEER shall not be responsible for the accuracy or completeness of any such information or data; and 2. the cost of all of the following will be included in the Contract Price, and CONTRACTOR shall have full responsibility for: a. reviewing and checking all such informa- tion and data, b. locating all Underground Facilities shown or indicated in the Contract Documents, c. coordination of the Work with the owners of such Underground Facilities, including OWNER, during construction, and d. the safety and protection of all such Under- ground Facilities and repairing any damage thereto resulting from the Work. B. Not Shown or Indicated 1. If an Underground Facility is uncovered or revealed at or contiguous to the Site which was not shown or indicated, or not shown or indicated with reasonable accuracy in the Contract Documents, CONTRACTOR shall, promptly after becoming aware thereof and before further disturbing conditions affected thereby or performing any Work in connection therewith (except in an emergency as required by paragraph 6.16.A), identify the owner of such Underground Facility and give written notice to that owner and to OWNER and ENGINEER. ENGI- NEER will promptly review the Underground Facility and determine the extent, if any, to which a change is required in the Contract Documents to reflect and document the consequences of the existence or location of the Underground Facility. During such time, CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the safety and protection of such Underground Facility. 2. If ENGINEER concludes that a change in the Contract Documents is required, a Work Change Directive or a Change Order will be issued to reflect and document such consequences. An equitable adjustment shall be made in the Contract Price of Contract Times, or both, to the extent that they are attributable to the existence or location of any Underground Facility that was not shown or indicated or not shown or indicated with reasonable accuracy in the Contract Documents and that CONTRACTOR did not know of and could not reasonably have been. expected to be aware of or to have anticipated. If OWNER and CONTRACTOR are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any such adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times, OWNER or CONTRACTOR may make a Claim therefor as provided in paragraph 10.05. 4.05 Reference Points A. OWNER shall provide engineering surveys to establish reference points for construction which in ENGINEER's judgment are necessary to enable CON- TRACTOR to proceed with the Work. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for laying out the Work, shall protect and preserve the established reference points and property monuments, and shall make no changes or relocations without the prior written approval of OWNER. CONTRACTOR shall report to ENGINEER whenever any reference point or property monument is lost or destroyed or requires relocation because of necessary changes in grades or locations, and shall be responsible for the accurate replacement or relocation of such reference points or property monuments by professionally qualified personnel. 4.06 Hazardous Environmental Condition at Site A. Reports and Drawings: Reference is made to the Supplementary Conditions for the identification of those reports and drawings relating to a Hazardous Environmental Condition identified at the Site, if any, that have been utilized by the ENGINEER in the preparation of the Contract Documents. B. Limited Reliance by CONTRACTOR on Technical Data Authorized: CONTRACTOR may rely upon the general accuracy of the "technical data" contained in such reports and drawings, but such reports and drawings are not Contract Documents. Such "technical data" is identified in the Supplementary Conditions. Except for such reliance on such "technical data," CONTRACTOR may not rely upon or make any Claim against OWNER; ENGINEER 'or any of ENGINEER's Consultants with respect to: 1 . the completeness of such reports and drawings for CONTRACTOR's purposes, including, but not limited to, any aspects of the means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction to be employed by CONTRACTOR and safety precautions and programs incident thereto; or 2. other data, interpretations, opinions and information contained in such rep6rts or shown or indicated in such drawings; or 3. any CONTRACTOR interpretation of or conclusion drawn from any "technical data" or any -14- such other data, interpretations, opinions or information. C. CONTRACTOR shall not be responsible for any Hazardous Environmental Condition uncovered or revealed at the Site which was not shown or indicated in Drawings or Specifcations or identified in, the Contract Documents to be a�.,, within the scope of the Work. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for a Hazardous Environmental Condition created with any materials brought to the Site by CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, Suppliers, or anyone else for whom CON- TRACTOR is responsible. D. If CONTRACTOR encounters a Hazardous Environmental Condition or if CONTRACTOR or anyone for whom CONTRACTOR is responsible creates a Hazardous Environmental Condition, CONTRACTOR shall immedi- ately: (i) secure or otherwise isolate such condition; (ii) stop all Work in connection with such condition and in any area affected thereby (except in an emergency as ,required by paragraph 6.16); and (iii) notify OWNER and ENGINEER (and promptly thereafter confum such notice in writing). OWNER shall promptly consult with ENGINEER concerning the necessity for OWNER to retain a qualified expert to evaluate such condition or take corrective action, if any. E. CONTRACTOR shall not be required to resume Work in connection with such condition or in any affected area until after OWNER has obtained any required permits related thereto and delivered to CONTRACTOR written notice: (i) specifying that such condition and any affected area is or has been rendered safe for the resumption of Work; or (ii) specifying any special conditions under which such Work may be resumed safely. If OWNER and CONTRACTOR cannot agree as to entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, as a result of such Work stoppage or such special conditions under which Work is agreed to be resumed by CONTRACTOR., either party may make a Claim therefor as provided in paragraph 10.05. i a r, F. If after receipt of such written notice CONTRACTOR does not agree to resume such Work based , on a reasonable belief it is unsafe, or does not agree to resume such Work under such special conditions, then OWNER may order the portion of the Work that is in the area affected by such condition to be deleted from the Work. If OWNER and CONTRACTOR cannot agree as to entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times as a result of deleting such portion of the Work, then either party may make a Claim therefor as provided in paragraph 10.05. OWNER may have such deleted portion of the Work performed by OWNER's own' forces or others in accordance with Article 7. 7 0 7 n G. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, OWNER shall indemnify and hold harmless CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Consultants and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, other consultants, and subcontractors of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to a Hazardous Environmental Condition, provided that such Hazardous Environmental Condition, (i) was not shown or indicated in the Drawings or Specifications or identified in the Contract Documents to be included within the scope of the Work, and (ii) was not created by CONTRACTOR or by anyone for whom CONTRACTOR is responsible. Nothing in this para- graph 4.06.E shall obligate OWNER to indemnify any individual or entity from and against the consequences of that individual's or entity's own negligence. H. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, CONTRACTOR shall indemnify and hold harmless OWNER, ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Consultants, and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, other - consultants, and subcontractors of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitratior or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to a Hazardous Environmental Condition created by CONTRACTOR or by anyone for whom CONTRACTOR is responsible. Nothing in this paragraph 4.06.E shall obligate CONTRACTOR to indemnify any individual or entity from and against the consequences of that individual's or entity's own negligence. I. The provisions of paragraphs 4.02, 4.03, and 4.04 are not intended to apply to a Hazardous Environmental Condition uncovered or revealed at the Site. ARTICLE 5 - BONDS AND INSURANCE 5.01 Performance, Payment, and Other Bonds A. CONTRACTOR shall fiunish performance and payment Bonds, each in an amount at least equal to the Contract Price as security for the faithful _performance and payment of all CONTRACTOR's obligations under the Contract Documents. These Bonds shall remain in effect at least until one year after the date when final payment becomes due, except as provided otherwise by Laws or Regulations or by the Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR shall also furnish such other Bonds as are required by the Contract Documents. 1 -15- B. All Bonds shall be in the form prescribed by the Contract Documents except as provided otherwise by Laws or Regulations, and shall be executed by such sureties as are named in the current list of "Companies Holding Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds and as Acceptable Reinsuring Companies" as published in Circular 570 (amended) by the Financial Management Service, Surety Bond Branch, U.S. Department of the Treasury. All Bonds signed by an agent must be accompanied by a certified copy of such agent's authority to act. C. If the surety on any Bond furnished by CON- TRACTOR is declared bankrupt or becomes insolvent or its right to do business is terminated in any state where any part of the Project is located or it ceases to meet the requirements of paragraph 5.01.13, CONTRACTOR shall within 20 days thereafter substitute another Bond and surety, both of which shall comply with the requirements of paragraphs 5.01.B and 5.02. 5.02 Licensed Sureties and Insurers A. All Bonds and insurance required by the Contract Documents to be purchased and maintained by OWNER or CONTRACTOR shall be obtained from surety or insurance companies that are duly licensed or authorized in the jurisdiction in which the Project is located to issue Bonds or insurance policies for the limits and coverages so required. Such surety and insurance companies shall also meet such additional requirements and qualifications as may be provided in the Supplementary Conditions. 5.03 Certificates of Insurance A. CONTRACTOR shall deliver to OWNER, with copies to each additional insured identified in the Supple- mentary Conditions, certificates of insurance (and other evidence of insurance requested by OWNER or any other additional insured) which CONTRACTOR is required to purchase and maintain. OWNER shall deliver to CONTRACTOR, with copies to each additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions, certificates of insurance (and other evidence of insurance requested by CONTRACTOR or any other additional insured) which OWNER is required to purchase and maintain. 5.04 CONTRACTOR's Liability Insurance A. CONTRACTOR shall purchase and maintain such liability and other insurance as is appropriate for the Work being performed and as will provide protection from claims set forth below which may arise out of or result from CONTRACTOR's performance of the Work and CONTRACTOR's other obligations under the Contract Documents, whether it is to be performed by CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor or Supplier, or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable: 1. claims under workers' compensation, disability benefits, and other similar employee benefit acts; 2. claims for damages because of bodily injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death of CONTRACTOR's employees; 3. claims for damages because of bodily injury, sickness or disease, or death of any person other than CONTRACTOR's employees; 4. claims for damages insured by reasonably available personal injury liability coverage which are sustained: (i) by any person as a result of an offense directly or indirectly related to the employment of such person by CONTRACTOR, or (ii) by any other person for any other reason; 5. claims for damages, other than to the Work itself, because of injury to or destruction of tangible property wherever located, including loss of use resulting therefrom; and 6. claims for damages because of bodily injury or death of any person or property damage arising out of the ownership, maintenance or use of any motor vehicle. B. The policies of insurance so required by this paragraph 5.04 to be purchased and maintained shall; 1. with respect to insurance required by para- graphs 5.04.A.3 through 5.04.A.6 inclusive, include as additional insureds (subject to any customary exclu- sion in respect of professional liability) OWNER, ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Consultants, and any other individuals or entities identified in the Supple- mentary Conditions, all of whom shall be listed as additional insureds, and include coverage for the respective officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, and other consultants and subcontractors of each and any of all such additional insureds, and the insurance afforded to these additional insureds shall provide primary coverage for all claims covered thereby; 2. include at least the specific coverages and be written for not less than the limits of liability provided in the Supplementary Conditions or required by Laws or Regulations, whichever is greater, 0 include completed operations insurance; 4. include contractual liability insurance ' covering CONTRACTOR's indemnity obligations under paragraphs 6.07, 6.11, and 6.20; 5. contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be canceled, materially changed or renewal refused until at least thirty days prior written notice has been given to OWNER and CONTRACTOR and to each other additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued (and the certificates of insurance famished by the CONTRAC- TOR pursuant to paragraph 5.03 will so provide); 6. remain in effect at least until final payment and at all times thereafter when CONTRACTOR may be correcting, removing, or replacing defective Work in accordance with paragraph 13.07; and 7. with respect to completed operations insur- ance, and any insurance coverage written on a claims - made basis, remain in effect for at least two years after final payment (and CONTRACTOR shall famish OWNER and each other additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions, to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued, evidence satisfactory to OWNER and any such additional insured of continuation of such insurance at final payment and one year thereafter). 5.05 OWNER's Liability Insurance A. In addition to the insurance required to be provided by CONTRACTOR under paragraph 5.04, OWNER, at OWNER's option, may purchase and maintain at OWNER's expense OWNER's own liability insurance as will protect OWNER against claims which may arise from operations under the Contract Documents. 5.06 Property Insurance A. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, OWNER shall purchase and maintain property insurance upon the Work at the Site in the amount of the full replacement cost thereof (subject to such deductible amounts as may be provided in the Supplementary Conditions or required by Laws and Regulations). This insurance shall: n 0 0 I I n 0 1 . include the interests of OWNER, CON- , TRACTOR, Subcontractors, ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Consultants, and any other individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions, and the officers, directors, partners, employees,' -16- 1 agents, and other consultants and subcontractors of be canceled or materially changed or renewal refused until at each and any of them, each of whom is deemed to least 30 days prior written notice has been given to OWNER have an insurable interest and shall be listed as an and CONTRACTOR and to each other additional insured to additional insured; whom a certificate of insurance has been issued and will contain waiver provisions in accordance with paragraph 5.07. 2. be written on a Builder's Risk "all-risk" or ' open peril or special causes of loss policy form that shall at least include insurance . for physical loss or damage to the Work, temporary buildings, false work, ' and materials and equipment in transit, and shall insure against at least the following perils or causes of loss: fire, lightning, extended coverage, theft, vandal- ism and malicious mischief, earthquake, collapse, debris removal, demolition occasioned by en- forcement of Laws and Regulations, water damage, and such other perils or causes of loss as may be u specifically required by the Supplementary Conditions; 3. include expenses incurred in the repair or replacement of any insured property (including but not limited to fees and charges of engineers and archi- tects); 4. cover materials and equipment stored at the Site or at another location that was agreed to in writing by OWNER prior to being incorporated in the Work, provided that such materials and equipment have been included in an -Application for Payment recommended by ENGINEER; 5. allow for partial utilization of the Work by OWNER; 6. include testing and startup; and 7. be maintained in effect until final payment is made unless otherwise agreed to in writing by OWNER, CONTRACTOR, and ENGINEER with 30 days written notice to each other additional insured to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued. B. OWNER shall purchase and maintain such boiler and machinery insurance or additional property insurance as may be required by the Supplementary Conditions or Laws and Regulations which will include the interests of OWNER, CONTRACTOR., Subcontractors, ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Consultants, and any other individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions, each of whom is deemed to have an insurable interest and shall be listed as an insured or additional insured. ' C. All the policies of insurance (and the certificates or other evidence thereof) required to be purchased and maintained in accordance with paragraph 5.06 will contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not D. OWNER shall not be responsible for purchasing and maintaining any property insurance specified in this paragraph 5.06 to protect the interests of CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, or others in the Work to the extent of any deductible amounts that are identified in the Supplementary Conditions. The risk of loss within such identified deductible amount will be borne by CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, or others suffering any such loss, and if any of them wishes property insurance coverage within the limits of such amounts, each may purchase and maintain it at the purchaser's own expense. 1 -17- E. If CONTRACTOR requests in writing that other special insurance be included in the property insurance policies provided under paragraph 5.06, OWNER shall, if possible, include such insurance, and the cost thereof will be charged to CONTRACTOR by appropriate Change Order or Written Amendment. Prior to commencement of the Work at the Site, OWNER shall in writing advise CONTRACTOR whether or not such other insurance has been procured by OWNER 5.07 Waiver of Rights A. OWNER and CONTRACTOR intend that all policies purchased in accordance with paragraph 5.06 will protect OWNER, CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Consultants, and all other individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Condi- tions to be listed as insureds or additional insureds (and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, and other consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them) in such policies and will provide primary coverage for all losses and damages caused by the perils or causes of loss covered thereby. All such policies shall contain provisions to the effect that in the event of payment of any loss or damage the insurers will have no rights of recovery against any of the insureds or additional insureds thereunder. OWNER and CONTRACTOR waive all rights against each other and their respective officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, and other consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them for all losses and damages caused by, arising out of or resulting from any of the perils or causes of loss covered by such policies and any other property insurance applicable to the Work; and, in addition, waive all such rights against Subcontractors, ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Consultants, and all other individuals or entities identified in the Supplemen- tary Conditions to be listed as insureds or additional insureds (and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, and other consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them) under such policies for losses and damages so caused. None of the above waivers shall extend to the rights that any party making such waiver may have to the proceeds of insurance held by OWNER as trustee or otherwise payable under any policy so issued. B. OWNER waives all rights against CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Consultants, and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, and other consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them for: 1. loss due to business interruption, loss of use, or other consequential loss extending beyond direct physical loss or damage to OWNER's property or the Work caused by, arising out of, or resulting from fire or other peril whether or not insured by OWNER; and 2. loss or damage to the completed Project or part thereof caused by, arising out of, or resulting from fire or other insured peril or cause of loss covered by any property insurance maintained on the completed Project or part thereof by OWNER during partial utilization pursuant to paragraph 14.05, after Substan- tial Completion pursuant to paragraph 14.04, or after final payment pursuant to paragraph 14.07. C. Any insurance policy maintained by OWNER covering any loss, damage or consequential loss referred to in paragraph 5.073 shall contain provisions to the effect that in the event of payment of any such loss, damage, or consequential loss, the insurers will have no rights of recovery against CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, ENGINEER, or ENGINEER's Consultants and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, and other consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them. 5.08 Receipt and Application oflnsurance Proceeds A. Any insured loss under the policies of insurance required by paragraph 5,06 will be adjusted with OWNER and made payable to OWNER as fiduciary for the insureds, as their interests may appear, subject to the requirements of any applicable mortgage clause and of paragraph 5.08.13. OWNER shall deposit in a separate account any money so received and shall distribute it in accordance with such agree- ment as the parties in interest may reach. If no other special agreement is reached, the damaged Work shall be repaired or replaced, the moneys so received applied on account thereof, and the Work and the cost thereof covered_ by an appropriate Change Order or Written Amendment. B. OWNER as fiduciary shall have power to adjust and settle any loss with the insurers unless one of the parties in interest shall object in writing within 15 days after the occurrence of loss to OWNER's exercise of this power. If -18- such objection be made, OWNER as fiduciary shall make settlement with the insurers in accordance with such agreement as the parties in interest may reach. If no such agreement among the parties in interest is reached, OWNER as fiduciary shall adjust and settle the loss with the insurers and, if required in writing by any party in interest, OWNER as fiduciary shall give bond for the proper performance of such duties. 5.09 Acceptance of Bonds and Insurance; Option to ' Replace A. If either OWNER or CONTRACTOR has any objection to the coverage afforded by or other provisions of the Bonds or insurance required to be purchased and maintained by the other party in accordance with Article 5 on the basis of non-conformance with the Contract Documents, I the objecting party shall so notify the other party in writing within 10 days after receipt of the certificates (or other evidence requested) required by paragraph 2.05.C. OWNER and CONTRACTOR shall each provide to the other such additional information in respect of insurance provided as the other may reasonably request. If either party does not purchase or maintain all of the Bonds and insurance required of such party by the Contract Documents, such party shall' notify the other party in writing of such failure to purchase prior to the start of the W ork, or of such failure to maintain prior to any changA in the required coverage. Without prejudice to any other right or remedy, the other party may elect to obtain equivalent Bonds or insurance to protect such other party's interests at the expense of the party who was required to provide such coverage, and a Change Order shall' be issued to adjust the Contract Price accordingly. 5.10 Partial Utilization, Acknowledgment of Property t Insurer A. If OWNER finds it necessary to occupy or use a portion or portions of the Work prior to Substantial' Completion of all the Work as provided in paragraph 14.05, no such use or occupancy shall commence before the insurers providing the property insurance pursuant to paragraph 5,06' have acknowledged notice thereof and in writing effected any changes in coverage necessitated thereby. The insurers providing the property insurance shall consent by endorse- ment on the policy or policies, but the property insurance' shall not be canceled or permitted to lapse on account of any such partial use or occupancy. ' ARTICLE 6 - CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES 6.01 Supervision and Superintendence 7 7 A. CONTRACTOR shall supervise, inspect, and direct the Work competently and efficiently, devoting such attention thereto and applying such skills and expertise as may be necessary to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction, but CONTRACTOR shall not be responsible for the negligence of OWNER or ENGINEER in the design or specification of a specific means, method, technique, sequence, or procedure of construction which is shown or indicated in and expressly required by the Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible to see that the completed Work complies accurately with the Contract Documents. B. At all times during the progress of the Work, CONTRACTOR shall assign a competent resident superin- tendent thereto who shall not be replaced without written notice to OWNER and ENGINEER except under extraordinary circumstances. The superintendent will be CONTRACTOR's representative at the Site and shall have authority to act on behalf of CONTRACTOR- All communications given to or received from the superintendent shall be binding on CONTRACTOR. 6.02 Labor; Working Hours A. CONTRACTOR shall provide competent, suitably qualified personnel to survey, lay out, and construct the Work as required by the Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR shall at all times maintain good discipline and order at the Site. B. Except as otherwise required for the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the Site or adjacent thereto, and except as otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, all Work at the Site shall be performed during regular working hours, and CONTRACTOR will not permit overtime work or the performance of Work on Saturday, Sunday, or any legal holiday without OWNER's written consent (which will not be unreasonably withheld) given after prior written notice to ENGINEER. 6.03 Services, Materials, and Equipment A. Unless otherwise specified in the General Re- quirements, CONTRACTOR shall provide and assume full responsibility for all services, materials, equipment, labor, transportation, construction equipment and machinery, tools, appliances, fuel, power, light, heat, telephone, water, sanitary facilities, temporary facilities, and all other facilities and incidentals necessary for the performance, testing, start-up, and completion of the Work. I -19- B. All materials and equipment incorporated into the Work shall be as specified or, if not specified, shall be of good quality and new, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. All warranties and guarantees specifically called for by the Specifications shall expressly run to the benefit of OWNER If required by ENGINEER, CONTRACTOR shall furnish satisfactory evidence (including reports of required tests) as to the source, kind, and quality of materials and equipment. All materials and equipment shall be stored, applied, installed, connected, erected, protected, used, cleaned, and conditioned in accordance with instructions of the applicable Supplier, except as otherwise may be provided in the Contract Docu- ments. 6.04 Progress Schedule A. CONTRACTOR shall adhere to the progress schedule established in accordance with paragraph 2.07 as it may be adjusted from time to time as provided below. 1. CONTRACTOR shall submit to ENGI- NEER for acceptance (to the extent indicated in paragraph 2.07) proposed adjustments in the progress schedule that will not result in changing the Contract Times (or Milestones). Such adjustments will conform generally to the progress schedule then in effect and additionally will comply with any provi- sions of the General Requirements applicable thereto. 2. Proposed adjustments in the progress schedule that will change the Contract Times (or Milestones) shall be submitted in accordance with the requirements of Article 12. Such adjustments may only be made by a Change Order or Written Amend- ment in accordance with Article 12. 6.05 Substitutes and "Or -Equals " A. Whenever an item of material or equipment is specified or described in the Contract Documents by using the name of a proprietary item or the name of a particular Supplier, the specification or description is intended to establish the type, function, appearance, and quality required. Unless the specification or description contains or is followed by words reading that no like, equivalent, or "or -equal" item or no substitution is permitted, other items of material or equipment or material or equipment of other Suppliers may be submitted to ENGINEER for review under the circum- stances described below. I . "Or -Equal " Items: If in ENGINEER's sole discretion an item of material or equipment proposed by CONTRACTOR is functionally equal to that named and sufficiently similar so that no change in related Work will be required, it may be considered by ENGINEER as an "or -equal" item, in which case review and approval of the proposed item may, in ENGINEER's sole discretion, be accomplished without compliance with some or all of the require- ments for approval of proposed substitute items. For the purposes of this paragraph 6.05.A.1, a proposed item of material or equipment will be considered functionally equal to an item so named if. a. in the exercise of reasonable judgment ENGINEER determines that: (i) it is at least equal in quality, durability, appearance, strength, and design characteristics; (ii) it will reliably perform at least equally well the function imposed by the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole, and; b. CONTRACTOR certifies that: (i) there is no increase in cost to the OWNER; and (ii) it will conform substantially, even with deviations, to the detailed requirements of the item named in the Contract Documents. 2. Substitute Items a. if in ENGINEER's sole discretion an item of material or equipment proposed by CON- TRACTOR does not qualify as an "or -equal" item under paragraph 6.05.A.1, it will be considered a proposed substitute item. b. CONTRACTOR shall submit sufficient information as provided below to allow ENGI- NEER to determine that the item of material or equipment proposed is essentially equivalent to that named and an acceptable substitute therefor. Requests for review of proposed substitute items of material or equipment will not be accepted by ENGINEER from anyone other than CON- TRACTOR- c. ON- TRACTOR c. The procedure for review by ENGINEER will be as set forth in paragraph 6.05.A.2.d, as supplemented in the General Requirements and as ENGINEER may decide is appropriate under the circumstances. d. CONTRACTOR shall first make written application to ENGINEER for review of a proposed substitute item of material or equipment that CONTRACTOR seeks to furnish or use. The application shall certify that the proposed substi- tute item will perform adequately the functions and achieve the results called for by the general design, be similar in substance to that specified, and be suited to the same use as that specified. The application will state the extent, if any, to ' which the use of the proposed substitute item will prejudice CONTRACTOR's achievement of Substantial Completion on time, whether or not ' use of the proposed substitute item in the Work will require a change in any of the Contract Docu- ments (or in the provisions of any other direct contract with OWNER for work on the Project) to ' adapt the design to the proposed substitute item and whether or not incorporation or use of the proposed substitute item in connection with the ' Work is subject to payment of any license fee or royalty. All variations of the proposed substitute item from that specified will be identified in the application, and available engineering, sales, maintenance, repair, and replacement services will be indicated. The application will also contain an itemized estimate of all costs or credits that will result directly or indirectly from use of such substitute item, including costs of redesign and claims of other contractors affected by any resulting change, all of which will be considered by ENGINEER in evaluating the proposed substitute item. ENGINEER may require CON- TRACTOR to furnish additional data about the proposed substitute item. B. Substitute Construction Methods or .procedures: If , a specific means, method, technique, sequence, or procedure of construction is shown or indicated in and expressly required by the Contract Documents, CONTRACTOR may furnish or utilize a substitute means, method, technique, sequence, or procedure of construction approved by ENGI- NEER CONTRACTOR shall submit sufficient information to allow ENGINEER, in ENGINEER's sole discretion, to determine that the substitute proposed is equivalent to that expressly called for by the Contract Documents. The proce- dure for review by ENGINEER will be similar to that provided in subparagraph 6.05.A.2. C. Engineer's Evaluation: ENGINEER will be allowed a reasonable time within which to evaluate each proposal or submittal made pursuant to paragraphs 6.05.A and 6.05.B. ENGINEER will be the sole judge of accept- ability. No "or -equal" or substitute will be ordered, installed or utilized until ENGINEER's review is complete, which will be evidenced by either a Change Order for a substitute or an approved Shop Drawing for an "or equal." ENGINEER will advise CONTRACTOR in writing of any negative, determination. D. Special Guarantee: OWNER may require CON- TRACTOR to furnish at CONTRACTOR's expense a special' performance guarantee or other surety with respect to any substitute. -20- 1 t E. ENGINEER's Cost Reimbursement: ENGINEER will record time required by ENGINEER and ENGINEER's Consultants in evaluating substitute proposed or submitted by CONTRACTOR pursuant to paragraphs 6.05.A.2 and 6.05.13 and in making changes in the Contract Documents (or in the provisions of any other direct contract with OWNER for work on the Project) occasioned thereby. Whether or not ENGINEER approves a substitute item so proposed or submitted by CONTRACTOR, CONTRACTOR shall reimburse OWNER for the charges of ENGINEER and ENGINEER's Consultants for evaluating each such proposed substitute. F. CONTRACTOR's Expense: CONTRACTOR shall provide all data in support of any proposed substitute or "or -equal" at CONTRACTOR's expense. 6.06 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others A. CONTRACTOR shall not employ any Subcon- tractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity (including those acceptable to OWNER as indicated in paragraph 6.06.13), whether initially or as a replacement, against whom OWNER may have reasonable objection. CONTRACTOR shall not be - required to employ any Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity to famish or perform any of the Work against whom CONTRACTOR has reasonable objection. B. If the Supplementary Conditions require the identity of certain Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other individuals or entities to be submitted to OWNER in advance for acceptance by OWNER by a specified date prior to the Effective Date of the Agreement, and if CONTRACTOR has submitted a list thereof in accordance with the Supplementary Conditions, OWNER's acceptance (either in writing or by failing to make written objection thereto by the date indicated for acceptance or objection in the Bidding Documents or the Contract Documents) of any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity so identified may be revoked on the basis of reasonable objection after due investigation. CON- TRACTOR shall submit an acceptable replacement for the rejected Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity, and the Contract Price will be adjusted by the difference in the cost occasioned by such replacement, and an appropriate Change Order will be issued or Written Amendment signed. No acceptance by OWNER of any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity, whether initially or as a replacement, shall constitute a waiver of any right of OWNER or ENGINEER to reject defective Work. C. CONTRACTOR shall be fully responsible to OWNER and ENGINEER for all acts and omissions of the Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of the Work just as CONTRACTOR is responsible for CONTRACTOR's own acts and omissions. Nothing in the Contract Documents shall -21- create for the benefit of any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity any contractual relationship between OWNER or ENGINEER and any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other individual or entity, nor shall it create any obligation on the part of OWNER or ENGINEER to pay or to see to the payment of any moneys due any such Subcon- tractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity except as may otherwise be required by Laws and Regulations. D. CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for scheduling and coordinating the Work of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of the Work under a direct or indirect contract with CONTRACTOR. E. CONTRACTOR shall require all Subcontractors, Suppliers, and such other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of the Work to communicate with ENGI- NEER through CONTRACTOR. F. The divisions and sections of the Specifications and the identifications of any Drawings shall not control CONTRACTOR in dividing the Work among Subcontractors or Suppliers or delineating the Work to be performed by any specific trade. G. All Work performed for CONTRACTOR by a Subcontractor or Supplier will be pursuant to an appropriate agreement between CONTRACTOR and the Subcontractor or Supplier which specifically binds the Subcontractor or Supplier to the applicable terms and conditions of the Contract Documents for the benefit of OWNER and ENGINEER. Whenever any such agreement is with a Subcontractor or Supplier who is listed as an additional insured on the property insurance provided in paragraph 5.06, the agreement between the CONTRACTOR and the Subcontractor or Supplier will contain provisions whereby the Subcontractor or Supplier waives all rights against OWNER, CONTRACTOR, ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Consultants, and all other individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions to be listed as insureds or additional insureds (and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, and other consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them) for all losses and damages caused by, arising out of, relating to, or resulting from any of the perils or causes of loss covered by such policies and any other property insurance applicable to the Work. If the insurers on any such policies require separate waiver forms to be signed by any Subcontractor or Supplier, CONTRACTOR will obtain the same. 6.07 Patent Fees and Royalties A. CONTRACTOR shall pay all license fees and royalties and assume all costs incident to the use in the performance of the Work or the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product, or device which is the subject of patent rights or copyrights held by others. If a particular invention, design, process, product, or device is specified in the Contract Documents for use in the performance of the Work and if to the actual knowledge of OWNER or ENGINEER its use is subject to patent rights or copyrights calling for the payment of any license fee or royalty to others, the existence of such rights shall be disclosed by OWNER in the Contract Documents. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, CONTRACTOR shall indemnify and hold hanrtless OWNER, ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Consultants, and the officers, directors, partners, employees or agents, and other consultants of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to any infringement of patent rights or copyrights incident to the use in the performance of the Work or resulting from the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product, or device not specified in the Contract Documents. 6.08 Permits A. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, CONTRACTOR shall obtain and pay for all construction permits and licenses. OWNER shall assist CONTRACTOR, when necessary, in obtaining such permits and licenses. CONTRACTOR shall pay all governmental charges and inspection fees necessary for the prosecution of the Work which are applicable at the time of opening of Bids, or, if there are no Bids, on the Effective Date of the Agreement. CONTRACTOR shall pay all charges of utility owners for connections to the Work, and OWNER shall pay all charges of such utility owners for capital costs related thereto, such as plant investment fees. 6.09 Laws and Regulations A. CONTRACTOR shall give all notices and comply with all Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. Except where otherwise expressly required by applicable Laws and Regulations, neither OWNER nor ENGINEER shall be responsible for monitoring CONTRACTOR's compliance with any Laws or Regulations. B. If CONTRACTOR performs any Work knowing or having reason to know that it is contrary to Laws or Regulations, CONTRACTOR shall bear "all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such Work; however, it shall not be CONTRACTOR's primary L responsibility to make certain that the Specifications and Drawings are in accordance with Laws and Regulations, but this shall not relieve CONTRACTOR of CONTRACTOR's' obligations under paragraph 3.03. C. Changes in Laws or Regulations not known at the time of opening of Bids (or, on the Effective Date of the Agreement if there were no Bids) having an effect on the cost or time of performance of the Work may be the subject of an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times. If OWNER and CONTRACTOR are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any such adjustment, a Claim may be made therefor as provided in paragraph 10.05. 6.10 Taxes , A. CONTRACTOR shall pay all sales, consumer, use, and other similar taxes required to be paid by CONTRAC- TOR in accordance with the Laws and Regulations of the place of the Project which are applicable during the performance of the Work. , 6.11 Use of Site and Other Areas A. Limitation on Use of Site and Other Areas ' 1. CONTRACTOR shall confine construction equipment, the storage of materials and equipment, and the operations of workers to the Site and other areas permitted by Laws and Regulations, and shall not unreasonably encumber the Site and other areas with construction equipment or other materials or , equipment. CONTRACTOR shall assume full responsibility for any damage to any such land or area, or to the owner or occupant thereof, or of any adjacent land or areas resulting from the performance of the Work. 2. Should any claim be made by any such, owner or occupant because of the performance of the Work, CONTRACTOR shall promptly settle with such other party by negotiation or otherwise resolve' the claim by arbitration or other dispute resolution proceeding or at law. 3. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and, Regulations, CONTRACTOR shall indemnify and hold harmless OWNER, ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Consultant, and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, and other consultants of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other' professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to any claim or action, legal or equitable, brought by any, -22- 1 '1 1 n F1 such owner or occupant against OWNER, ENGINEER, or any other party indemnified hereunder to the extent caused by or based upon CONTRACTOR's performance of the Work. B. Removal of Debris During Performance of the Work: During the progress of the Work CONTRACTOR shall keep the Site and other areas free from accumulations of waste materials, rubbish, and other debris. Removal and disposal of such waste materials, rubbish, and other debris shall conform to applicable Laws and Regulations. C. Cleaning: Prior to Substantial Completion of the Work CONTRACTOR shall clean the Site and make it ready for utilization by OWNER. At the completion of the Work CONTRACTOR shall remove from the Site all tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery, and surplus materials and shall restore to original condition all property not designated for alteration by the Contract Documents. D. Loading Structures:, CONTRACTOR shall not load nor permit any part of any structure to be loaded in any manner that will endanger the structure, nor shall CONTRACTOR subject any part of the Work or adjacent property to stresses or pressures that will endanger it. 6.12 Record Documents A. CONTRACTOR shall maintain in a safe place at the Site one record copy of all Drawings, Specifications, Addenda, Written Amendments, Change Orders, Work Change Directives, Field Orders, and written interpretations and clarifications in good order and annotated to show changes made during construction. These record documents together with all approved Samples and a counterpart of all approved Shop Drawings will be available to ENGINEER for reference. Upon completion of the Work, these record documents, Samples, and Shop Drawings will be delivered to ENGINEER for OWNER. 6.13 Safety and Protection A. CON'T'RACTOR shall be solely responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work. CONTRACTOR shall take all necessary precautions for the safety of, and shall provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to: 1. all persons on the Site or who may be affected by the Work; 2. all the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the Site; and -23- 3. other property at the Site or adjacent thereto, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pave- ments, roadways, structures, utilities, and Under- ground Facilities not designated for removal, reloca- tion, or replacement in the course of construction. B. CONTRACTOR shall comply with all applicable Laws and Regulations relating to the safety of persons or property, or to the protection of persons or property from damage, injury, or loss; and shall erect and maintain all necessary safeguards for such safety and protection. CONTRACTOR shall notify owners of adjacent property and of Underground Facilities and other utility owners when prosecution of the Work may affect them, and shall cooperate with them in the protection, removal, relocation, and replacement of their property. All damage, injury, or loss to any property referred to in paragraph 6.13.A.2 or 6.13.A.3 caused, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, by CON- TRACTOR, any Subcontractor, Supplier, or any other individual or entity directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, shall be remedied by CONTRACTOR (except damage or loss attributable to the fault of Drawings or Specifications or to the acts or omissions of OWNER or ENGINEER or ENGINEER's Consultant, or anyone employed by any of them, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, and not attributable, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, to the fault or negligence of CONTRACTOR or any Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity directly or indirectly employed by any of them). CONTRACTOR's duties and responsibilities for safety and for protection of the Work shall continue until such time as all the Work is completed and ENGINEER has issued a notice to OWNER and CONTRACTOR in accordance with paragraph 14.073 that the Work is acceptable (except as otherwise expressly provided in connection with Substantial Completion). 6.14 Safety Representative A. CONTRACTOR shall designate a qualified and experienced safety representative at the Site whose duties and responsibilities shall be the prevention of accidents and the maintaining and supervising of safety precautions and programs. 6.15 Hazard Communication Programs A. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for coordi- nating any exchange of material safety data sheets or other hazard communication information required to be made available to or exchanged between or among employers at the Site in accordance with Laws or Regulations. 6.16 Emergencies A. In emergencies affecting the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the Site or adjacent thereto, CONTRACTOR is obligated to act to prevent threatened damage, injury, or loss. CONTRACTOR shall give ENGINEER prompt written notice if CONTRACTOR believes that any significant changes in the Work or variations from the Contract Documents have been caused thereby or are required as a result thereof. If ENGINEER determines that a change in the Contract Documents is required because of the action taken by CONTRACTOR in response to such an emergency, a Work Change Directive or Change Order will be issued. 6.17 Shop Drawings and Samples A. CONTRACTOR shall submit Shop Drawings to ENGINEER for review and approval in accordance with the acceptable schedule of Shop Drawings and Sample submittals. All submittals will be identified as ENGINEER may require and in the number of copies specified in the General Requirements. The data shown on the Shop Drawings will be complete with respect to quantities, dimen- cions, specified performance and design criteria, materials, and similar data to show ENGINEER the services, materials, and equipment CONTRACTOR proposes to provide and to enable ENGINEER to review the information for the limited purposes required by paragraph 6.17.E. B. CONTRACTOR shall also submit Samples to ENGINEER for review and approval in accordance with the acceptable schedule of Shop Drawings and Sample submittals. Each Sample will be identified clearly as to material, Supplier, pertinent data such as catalog numbers, and the use for which intended and otherwise as ENGINEER may require to enable ENGINEER to review the submittal for the limited purposes required by paragraph 6.17.E. The numbers of each Sample to be submitted will be as specified in the Specifications. C. Where a Shop Drawing or Sample is required by the Contract Documents or the schedule of Shop Drawings and Sample submittals acceptable to ENGINEER as required by paragraph 2.07, any related Work performed prior to ENGINEER's review and approval of the pertinent submittal will be at the sole expense and responsibility of CONTRACTOR. D. Submittal Procedures 1. Before submitting each Shop Drawing or Sample, CONTRACTOR shall have determined and verified: 3. At the time of each submittal, CONTRAC- TOR shall give ENGINEER specific written notice o such variations, if any, that the Shop Drawing or Sample submitted may have from the requirements of the Contract Documents, such notice to be in a written' communication separate from the submittal; and, in addition, shall cause a specific notation to be made on each Shop Drawing and Sample submitted to ENGI- NEER for review and approval of each such variation. E. ENGTNEER's Review 1. ENGINEER will timely review and, approve Shop Drawings and Samples in accordance with the schedule of Shop Drawings and Sampl submittals acceptable to ENGINEER. ENGINEER' review and approval will be only to determine if the items covered by the submittals will, after installatio or incorporation in the Work, conform to th11 information given in the Contract Documents and be compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by th� Contract Documents. 2. ENGINEER's review and approval will no � extend to means, methods, techniques, sequences, o procedures of construction (except where a particular means, method, technique, sequence, or procedure of. construction is specifically and expressly called for b -24- 1 a, all field measurements, quantities, dimen- sions, specified performance criteria, installation requirements, materials, catalog numbers, and similar information with respect thereto; b. all materials with respect to intended use, fabrication, shipping, handling, storage, assembly, and installation pertaining to the performance of the Work; c. all information relative to means, methods,' techniques, sequences, and procedures of construc- tion and safety precautions and programs incident thereto; and ' d. CONTRACTOR shall also have reviewed and coordinated each Shop Drawing or Sample with other Shop Drawings and Samples and with the requirements of the Work and the Contract Documents. 2. Each submittal shall bear a stamp or specif- ic written indication that CONTRACTOR has satis- fied CONTRACTOR's obligations under the Contract Documents with respect to CONTRACTOR's review' and approval of that submittal. 3. At the time of each submittal, CONTRAC- TOR shall give ENGINEER specific written notice o such variations, if any, that the Shop Drawing or Sample submitted may have from the requirements of the Contract Documents, such notice to be in a written' communication separate from the submittal; and, in addition, shall cause a specific notation to be made on each Shop Drawing and Sample submitted to ENGI- NEER for review and approval of each such variation. E. ENGTNEER's Review 1. ENGINEER will timely review and, approve Shop Drawings and Samples in accordance with the schedule of Shop Drawings and Sampl submittals acceptable to ENGINEER. ENGINEER' review and approval will be only to determine if the items covered by the submittals will, after installatio or incorporation in the Work, conform to th11 information given in the Contract Documents and be compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by th� Contract Documents. 2. ENGINEER's review and approval will no � extend to means, methods, techniques, sequences, o procedures of construction (except where a particular means, method, technique, sequence, or procedure of. construction is specifically and expressly called for b -24- 1 r_ J the Contract Documents) or to safety precautions or programs incident thereto. The review and approval of a separate item as such will not indicate approval of the assembly in which the item functions. 3. ENGINEER's review and approval of Shop Drawings or Samples shall not relieve CON- TRACTOR from responsibility for any variation from the requirements of the Contract Documents unless CONTRACTOR has in writing called ENGINEER's attention to each such variation at the time of each submittal as required by paragraph 6.17.D.3 and ENGINEER has given written approval of each such variation by specific written notation thereof incorporated in or accompanying the Shop Drawing or Sample approval; nor will any approval by ENGINEER relieve CONTRACTOR from responsibility for complying with the requirements of paragraph 6.17.D.1. F. Resubmittal Procedures I. CONTRACTOR shall make corrections required by ENGINEER and shall return the required number of corrected copies of Shop Drawings and submit as required new Samples for review and approval. CONTRACTOR shall direct specific atten',ion in writing to revisions other than the corrections called for by ENGINEER on previous submittals. ' 6.18 Continuing the Work ' A. CONTRACTOR shall carry on the Work and adhere to the progress schedule during all disputes or disagreements with OWNER. No Work shall be delayed or postponed pending resolution of any disputes or disagreements, except ' as permitted by paragraph 15.04 or as OWNER and CONTRACTOR may otherwise agree in writing. ' 6.19 CONTRACTOR's General Warranty and Guaran- tee t I� A. CONTRACTOR warrants and guarantees to OWNER, ENGINEER, and ENGINEER's Consultants that all Work will be in accordance with the Contract Documents and will not be defective. CONTRACTOR's warranty and guarantee hereunder excludes defects or damage caused by: 1. abuse, modification, or improper main- tenance or operation by persons other than CON- TRACTOR, Subcontractors, Suppliers, or any other individual or entity for whom CONTRACTOR is responsible; or 2. normal wear and tear under normal usage. -25- B. CONTRACTOR's obligation to perform and complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents shall be absolute. None of the following will constitute an acceptance of Work that is not in accordance with the Contract Documents or a release of CONTRACTOR's obligation to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents: observations by ENGINEER 2. recommendation by ENGINEER or pay- ment by OWNER of any progress or final payment; 3. the issuance of a certificate of Substantial Completion by ENGINEER or any payment related thereto by OWNER; 4. use or occupancy of the Work or any part thereof by OWNER; any acceptance by OWNER or any failure to do so; 6. any review and approval of a Shop Draw- ing or Sample submittal or the issuance of a notice of acceptability by ENGINEER; 7. any inspection, test, or approval by others; or any correction of defective Work by OWN - ER. 6.20 Indemnification A. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regula- tions, CONTRACTOR shall indemnify and hold harmless OWNER, ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Consultants, and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, and other consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating .to the performance of the Work, provided that any such claim, cost, loss, or damage: 1. is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease, or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property (other than the Work itself), includ- ing the Ioss of use resulting therefrom; and 2. is caused in whole or in part by any negli- gent act or omission of CONTRACTOR, any Sub- contractor, any Supplier, or any individual or entity directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, regardless of whether or not caused in part by any negligence or omission of an individual or entity indemnified hereunder or whether liability is imposed upon such indemnified party by Laws and Regulations regardless of the negligence of any such individual or entity. B. In any and all claims against OWNER or ENGI- NEER or any of their respective consultants, agents, officers, directors, partners, or employees by any employee (or the survivor or personal representative of such employee) of CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, or any individual or entity directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, the indemnification obligation under paragraph 6.20.A shall not be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or type of damages, compensation, or benefits payable by or for CONTRACTOR or any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity under workers' compensation acts, disability benefit acts, or other employee benefit acts. C. The indemnification obligations of CONTRACTOR under paragraph 6.20.A shall not extend to the liability of ENGINEER and ENGINEER's Consultants or to the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, and other consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them arising out of. 1. the preparation or approval of, or the failure to prepare or approve, maps, Drawings, opinions, reports, surveys, Change Orders, designs, or Specifications; or 2. giving directions or instructions, or failing to give them, if that is the primary cause of the injury or damage. ARTICLE 7 - OTHER WORK 7.01 Related Work at Site A. OWNER may perform other work related to the Project at the Site by OWNER's employees, or let other direct contracts therefor, or have other work performed by utility owners. If such other work is not noted in the Contract Documents, then: 1. written notice thereof will be given to CONTRACTOR prior to starting any such other work; and -26- 2. if OWNER and CONTRACTOR are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times that should be allowed as a result of such other work, a Claim may be made therefor as provided in paragraph 10.05. B. CONTRACTOR shall afford each other contractor' who is a party to such a'direct contract and each utility owner (and OWNER, if OWNER is performing the other work with OWNER's employees) proper and safe access to the Site and , a reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of materials and equipment and the execution of such other work and shall properly coordinate the Work with theirs. , Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, CON- TRACTOR shall do all cutting, fitting, and patching of the Work that may be required to properly connect or otherwise make its several parts come together and properly integrate' with such other work. CONTRACTOR shall not endanger any work of others by cutting, excavating, or otherwise altering their work and will only cut or alter their work with the written consent of ENGINEER and the others whose work will be affected. The duties and responsibilities of CONTRACTOR under this paragraph are for the benefit of such utility owners and other contractors to the extent that there are comparable provisions for the benefit of CONTRACTOR in said direct contracts between OWNER and such utility owners and other contractors. ' C. If the proper execution or results of any part of CONTRACTOR's Work depends upon work performed by others under this Article 7, CONTRACTOR shall. inspect' such other work and promptly report to ENGINEER to writing any delays, defects, or deficiencies in such other work that render it unavailable or unsuitable for the proper execution and results of CONTRACTOR's Work. CONTRACTOR's failure to so report will constitute an acceptance of such other work as fit and proper for integration with CONTRACTOR's Work except for latent, defects and deficiencies in such other work. 7.02 Coordination I A. If OWNER intends to contract with others for the performance of other work on the Project at the Site, the following will be set forth in Supplementary Conditions: 1. the individual or entity who will have authority and responsibility for coordination of the activities among the various contractors will be identified; 2. the specific matters to be covered by such, authority and responsibility will be itemized; and fl r� 3. the extent of such authority and responsi- bilities will be provided. B. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, OWNER shall have sole authority and respon- sibility for such coordination. ARTICLE 8 - OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES 8.01 Communications to Contractor A. Except as otherwise provided in these General Conditions, OWNER shall issue all communications to CONTRACTOR through ENGINEER. 8.02 Replacement of ENGINEER A. In case of termination of the employment of ENGI- NEER, OWNER shall appoint an engineer to whom CONTRACTOR makes no reasonable objection, whose status under the Contract Documents shall be that of the former ENGINEER. 8.03 Furnish Data A. OWNER shall promptly fi:rnish the data required of OWNER under the Contract Documents. 8.04 Pay Promptly When Due A. OWNER shall make payments to CONTRACTOR promptly when they are due as provided in paragraphs 14.02.0 and 14.07.C. 8.05 Lands and Easements; Reports and Tests A. OWNER's duties in respect of providing lands and easements and providing engineering surveys to establish reference points are set forth in paragraphs 4.01 and 4.05. Paragraph 4.02 refers to OWNER's identifying and making available to CONTRACTOR copies of reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions and drawings of physical conditions in or relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at or contiguous to the Site that have been utilized by ENGINEER in preparing the Contract Documents. 8.06 Insurance A. OWNER's responsibilities, if any, in respect to pur- chasing and maintaining liability and property insurance are set forth in Article 5. 8.07 Change Orders -27- A. OWNER is obligated to execute Change Orders as indicated in paragraph 10.03. 8.08 Inspections, Tests, and Approvals A. OWNER's responsibility in respect to certain inspections, tests, and approvals is set forth in paragraph 13.03.B. 8.09 Limitations on OWNER's Responsibilities A. The OWNER shall not supervise, direct, or have control or authority over, nor be responsible for, CONTRACTOR's means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of CON- TRACTOR to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work OWNER will not be responsible for CONTRACTOR's failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 8.10 Undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition A. OWNER's responsibility in respect to an undis- closed Hazardous Environmental Condition is set forth in paragraph 4.06. 8.11 Evidence of Financial Arrangements A. If and to the extent OWNER has agreed to furnish CONTRACTOR reasonable evidence that financial arrangements have been made to satisfy OWNER's obligations under the Contract Documents, OWNER's responsibility in respect thereof will be as set forth in the Supplementary Conditions. ARTICLE 9 - ENGINEER'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION 9.01 OWNER'S Representative A. ENGINEER will be OWNER's representative during the construction period. The duties and responsi- bilities and the limitations of authority of ENGINEER as OWNER's representative during construction are set forth in the Contract Documents and will not be changed without written consent of OWNER and ENGINEER. 9.02 Visits to Site A. ENGINEER will make visits to the Site at intervals appropriate to the various stages of construction as ENGINEER deems necessary in order to observe as an experienced and qualified design professional the progress that has been made and the quality of the various aspects of CONTRACTOR's executed Work. Based on information obtained during such visits and observations, ENGINEER, for the benefit of OWNER, will determine, in general, if the Work is proceeding in accordance with the Contract Documents. ENGINEER will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous inspections on the Site to check the quality or quantity of the Work. ENGINEER's efforts will be directed toward providing for OWNER a greater degree of confidence that the completed Work will conform generally to the Contract Documents. On the basis of such visits and observations, ENGINEER will keep OWNER informed of the progress of the Work and will endeavor to guard OWNER against defective Work. B. ENGINEER's visits and observations are subject to all the limitations on ENGINEER's authority and responsibility set forth in paragraph 9. 10, and particularly, but without limitation, during or as a result of ENGINEER's visits or observations of CONTRACTOR's Work ENGINEER will not supervise, direct, control, or have authority over or be responsible for CONTRACTOR's means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident. thereto, or for any failure of CONTRACTOR to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. 9.03 Project Representative A. If OWNER and ENGINEER agree, ENGINEER will furnish a Resident Project Representative to assist ENGINEER in providing more extensive observation of the Work. The responsibilities and authority and limitations thereon of any such Resident Project Representative and assistants will be as provided in paragraph 9.10 and in the Supplementary Conditions. If OWNER designates another representative or agent to represent OWNER at the Site who is not ENGINEER's Consultant, agent or employee, the responsibilities and authority and limitations thereon of such other individual or entity will be as provided in the Supple- mentary Conditions. 9.04 Clarifications and Interpretations A. ENGINEER will issue with reasonable promptness such written clarifications or interpretations of the require- ments of the Contract Documents as ENGINEER may deter- mine necessary, which shall be consistent with the intent of and reasonably inferable from the Contract Documents. Such written clarifications and interpretations will be binding on OWNER and CONTRACTOR. If OWNER and CON- TRACTOR are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, that should be allowed as a 1 result of a written clarification or interpretation, a Claim may i be made therefor as provided in paragraph 10.05. 9.05 Authorized Variations in Work A. ENGINEER may authorize minor variations in the Work from the requirements of the Contract Documents which do not involve an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Times and are compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the 'Contract Documents. These may be accomplished by a Field Order and will be binding on OWNER and also on CONTRACTOR, who shall perform the Work involved promptly. If OWNER and CONTRACTOR are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, as a result of a Field Order, a Claim may be made therefor as provided in paragraph 10.05. 9.06 Rejecting Defective Work A. ENGINEER will have authority to disapprove or reject Work which ENGINEER believes to be defective, or that ENGINEER believes will not produce a completed Project that conforms to the Contract Documents or that will prejudice the integrity of the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. ENGINEER will also have authority to require special inspection or testing of the Work as provided in paragraph 13.04, whether or not the Work is fabricated, installed, or completed. 9.07 Shop Drawings, Change Orders and Payments J A. In connection with ENGINEER's authority as to Shop Drawings and Samples, see paragraph 6.17. B. In connection with ENGINEER's authority as to Change Orders, see Articles 10, 11, and 12. C. In connection with ENGINEER's authority as to Applications for Payment, see Article 14. 1 9.08 Determinations for Unit Price Work A. ENGINEER will determine the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by CONTRACTOR ENGINEER will review with CON- TRACTOR the ENGINEER's preliminary determinations on such matters before rendering a written decision thereon (by recommendation of an Application for Payment or otherwise). ENGINEER's written decision thereon will be final and binding (except as modified by ENGINEER to, reflect changed factual conditions or more accurate data) upon OWNER and CONTRACTOR, subject to the provisions of paragraph 10.05. ' -28- 1 r � IJ t 1 9.09 Decisions on Requirements of Contract Documents and Acceptability of Work A. ENGINEER will be the initial interpreter of the requirements of the Contract Documents and judge of the acceptability of the Work thereunder. Claims, disputes and other matters relating to the acceptability of the Work, the quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work, the interpretation of the requirements of the Contract Documents pertaining to the performance of the Work, and Claims seeking changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times will be referred initially to ENGINEER in writing, in accordance with the provisions of paragraph 10.05, with a request for a formal decision. B. When functioning as interpreter and judge under this paragraph 9.09, ENGINEER will not show partiality to OWNER or CONTRACTOR and will not be liable in connection with any interpretation or decision rendered in good faith in such capacity. The rendering of a decision by ENGINEER pursuant to this paragraph 9.09 with respect to any such Claim, dispute, or other matter (except any which have been waived by the making or acceptance of final - payment as provided in paragraph 14.07) will be a condition precedent to any exercise by OWNER or CONTRACTOR of such rights or remedies as either may otherwise have under the Contract Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect of any such Claim, dispute, or other matter. 9.10 Limitations on ENGINEER's Authority and Responsibilities A. Neither ENGINEER's authority or responsibility under this Article 9 or under any other provision of the Contract Documents nor any decision made by ENGINEER in good faith either to exercise or not exercise such authority or responsibility or the undertaking, exercise, or performance of any authority or responsibility by ENGINEER shall create, impose, or give rise to any duty in contract, tort, or otherwise owed by ENGINEER to CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other individual or entity, or to any surety for or employee or agent of any of them. B. ENGINEER will not supervise, direct, control, or have authority over or be responsible for CONTRACTOR's means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of CONTRACTOR to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. ENGINEER will not be ' responsible for CONTRACTOR's failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. C. ENGINEER will not be responsible for the acts or omissions of CONTRACTOR or of any Subcontractor, any -29- Supplier, or of any other individual or entity performing any of the Work. D. ENGINEER's review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation and all mainte- nance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, Bonds, certificates of inspection, tests and approvals, and other documentation required to be delivered by paragraph 14.07.A will only be to determine generally that their content complies with the requirements of, and in the case of certificates of inspections, tests, and approvals that the results certified indicate compliance with, the Contract Documents. E. The limitations upon authority and responsibility set forth in this paragraph 9.10 shall also apply to ENGINEER's Consultants, Resident Project Representative, and assistants. ARTICLE 10 - CHANGES IN THE WORK; CLAIMS 10.01 Authorized Changes in the Work A. Without invalidating the Agreement and without notice to any surety, OWNER may, at any time or from time to time, order additions, deletions, or revisions in the Work by a Written Amendment, a Change Order, or a Work Change Directive. Upon receipt of any such document, CONTRACTOR shall promptly proceed with the Work involved which will be performed under the applicable conditions of the Contract Documents (except as otherwise specifically provided). B. If OWNER and CONTRACTOR are unable to agree on entitlement to, or on the amount or extent, if any, of an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, that should be allowed as a result of a Work Change Directive, a Claim may be made therefor as provided in paragraph 10.05. 10.02 Unauthorized Changes in the Work A. CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times with respect to any work performed that is not required by the Contract Documents as amended, modified, or supplemented as provided in paragraph 3.04, except in the case of an emer- gency as provided in paragraph 6.16 or in the case of uncovering Work as provided in paragraph 13.04.B. 10.03 Execution of Change Orders A. OWNER and CONTRACTOR shall execute appropriate Change Orders recommended by ENGINEER (or Written Amendments) covering: 1. changes in the Work which are: (i) ordered by OWNER pursuant to paragraph 10.0l.A, (ii) re- quired because of acceptance of defective Work under paragraph 13.08.A or OWNER's correction of defective Work under paragraph 13.09, or (iii) agreed to by the parries; 2. changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times which are agreed to by the parties, including any undisputed sum or amount of time for Work actually performed in accordance with a Work Change Directive; and 3. changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times which embody the substance of any written decision rendered by ENGINEER pursuant to para- graph 10.05; provided that, in lieu of executing any such Change Order, an appeal may be taken from any such decision in accordance with the provisions of the Contract Documents and applicable Laws and Regula- tions, but during any such appeal, CONTRACTOR shall carry on the Work and adhere to the progress schedule as provided in paragraph 6.18.A_ 10.04 Not cation to Surety A. If notice of any change affecting the general scope of the Work or the provisions of the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, Contract Price or Contract Times) is required by the provisions of any Bond to be given to a surety, the giving of any such notice will be CONTRACTOR's responsibility. The amount of each applicable Bond will be adjusted to reflect the effect of any such change. 10.05 Claims and Disputes A. Notice: Written notice staring the general nature of each Claim, dispute, or other matter shall be delivered by the claimant to ENGINEER and the other party to the Contract promptly (but in no event later than 30 days) after the start of the event giving rise thereto. Notice of the amount or extent of the Claim, dispute, or other matter with supporting data shall be delivered to the ENGINEER and the other party to the Contract within 60 days after the start of such event (unless ENGINEER allows additional time for claimant to submit additional or more accurate data in support of such Claim, dispute, or other matter). A Claim for an adjustment in Contract Price shall be prepared in accordance with the provisions of paragraph 12.01.B. A Claim for an adjustment in Contract Time shall be prepared in accordance with the provisions of paragraph 12.02.B. Each Claim shall be accom- panied by claimant's written statement that the adjustment claimed is the entire adjustment to which the claimant believes it is entitled as a result of said event. The opposing party shall submit any response to ENGINEER and the claimant within 30 days after receipt of the claimant's last' submittal (unless ENGINEER allows additional time). B. ENGINEER's Decision: ENGINEER will render a' formal decision in writing within 30 days after receipt of the last submittal of the claimant or the last submittal of the opposing party, if any. ENGINEER's written decision on , such Claim, dispute, or other matter will be final and binding upon OWNER and CONTRACTOR unless: 1. an appeal from ENGINEER's decision is , taken within the time Iimits and in accordance with the dispute resolution procedures set forth in Article 16; or 2. if no such dispute resolution procedures have been set forth in Article 16, a written notice of intention to appeal from ENGINEER's written' decision is delivered by OWNER or CONTRACTOR to the other and to ENGINEER within 30 days after the date of such decision, and a formal proceeding is , instituted by the appealing party in a forum of competent jurisdiction within 60 days after the date of such decision or within 60 days after Substantial Completion, whichever is later (unless otherwise' agreed in writing by OWNER and CONTRACTOR), to exercise such rights or remedies as the appealing party may have with respect to such Claim, dispute, or other matter in accordance with applicable Laws and Regulations. C. If ENGINEER does not render a formal decision in writing within the time stated in paragraph 10.05.13, a decision denying the Claim in its entirety shall be deemed to have been issued 31 days after receipt of the last submittal of the claimant or the last submittal of the opposing party, if any. D. No Claim for an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times (or Milestones) will be valid if not submitted, in accordance with this paragraph 10.05. ARTICLE I I - COST OF THE WORK; CASH ALLOWANCES; UNIT PRICE WORK 11.01 Cost of the Work A. Costs Included: The term Cost of the Work means the sum of all costs necessarily incurred and paid by CON- TRACTOR in the proper performance of the Work When the value of any Work covered by a Change Order or when a Claim for an adjustment in Contract Price is determined on the basis of Cost of the Work, the costs to be reimbursed to CONTRACTOR will be only those additional or incremental costs required because of the change in the Work or because -30- 1 t I� �J of the event giving rise to the Claim. Except as otherwise may be agreed to in writing by OWNER, such costs shall be in amounts no higher than those prevailing in the locality of the Project, shall include only the following items, and shall not include any of the costs itemized in paragraph 11.01.B. 1. Payroll costs for employees in the direct employ of CONTRACTOR in the performance of the Work under schedules of job classifications agreed upon by OWNER and CONTRACTOR. Such employees shall include without limitation superinten- dents, foremen, and other personnel employed full time at the Site. Payroll costs for employees not employed full time on the Work shall be apportioned on the basis of their time spent on the Work. Payroll costs shall include, but not be limited to, salaries and wages plus the cosi of fringe benefits, which shall include social security contributions, unemployment, excise, and payroll taxes, workers' compensation, health and retirement benefits, bonuses, sick leave, vacation and holiday pay applicable thereto. The expenses of performing Work outside of regular working hours, on Saturday, Sunday, or legal holidays, shall be included in the above to the extent authorized by OWNER. 2. Cost of all materials and equipment fur- nished and incorporated in the Work, including costs of transportation and storage thereof, and Suppliers' field services required in connection therewith. All cash discounts shall accrue to CONTRACTOR unless OWNER deposits funds with CONTRACTOR with which to make payments, in which case the cash discounts shall accrue to OWNER. All trade dis- counts, rebates and refunds and returns from sale of surplus materials and equipment shall accrue to OWNER, and CONTRACTOR shall make provisions so that they may be obtained. 3. Payments made by CONTRACTOR to Subcontractors for Work performed by Subcontractors. If required by OWNER, CONTRAC- TOR. shall obtain competitive bids from subcontrac- tors acceptable to OWNER and CONTRACTOR and shall deliver such bids to OWNER, who will then determine, with the advice of ENGINEER, which bids, if any, will be acceptable. If any subcontract provides that the Subcontractor is to be paid on the basis of Cost of the Work plus a fee, the Subcontractor's Cost of the Work and fee shall be determined in the same manner as CONTRACTOR's Cost of the Work and fee as provided in this paragraph 11.01. 4. Costs of special consultants (including but not limited to engineers, architects, testing laborato- 1 -31- ries, surveyors, attorneys, and accountants) employed for services specifically related to the Work. Supplemental costs including the following: a. The proportion of necessary transportation, travel, and subsistence expenses of CONTRACTOR's employees incurred in discharge of duties connected with the Work. b. Cost, including transportation and mainte- nance, of all materials, supplies, equipment, machinery, appliances, office, and temporary facilities at the Site, and hand tools not owned by the workers, which are consumed in the performance of the Work, and cost, less market value, of such items used but not consumed which remain the property of CON- TRACTOR. C. Rentals of all construction equipment and machinery, and the parts thereof whether rented from CONTRACTOR or others in accordance with rental agreements approved by OWNER with the advice of ENGINEER, and the costs of transportation, loading, unloading, assembly, dismantling, and removal there- of. All such costs shall be in accordance with the terms of said rental agreements. The rental of any such equipment, machinery, or parts shall cease when the use thereof is no longer necessary for the Work. d. Sales, consumer, use, and other similar taxes related to the Work, and for which CONTRAC- TOR is liable, imposed by Laws and Regulations. e . Deposits lost for causes other than negli- gence of CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable, and royalty payments and fees for permits and licenses. f. Losses and damages (and related expenses) caused by damage to the Work, not compensated by insurance or otherwise, sustained by CONTRACTOR in connection with the performance of the Work (except losses and damages within the deductible amounts of property insurance established in accordance with paragraph 5.06.D), provided such losses and damages have resulted from causes other than the negligence of CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable. Such losses shall include settlements made with the written consent and approval of OWNER. No such losses, damages, and expenses shall be included in the Cost of the Work for the purpose of determining CONTRACTOR's fee. g. The cost of utilities, fuel, and sanitary facilities at the Site. h. Minor expenses such as telegrams, long distance telephone calls, telephone service at the Site, expressage, and similar petty cash items in connection with the Work. i. When the Cost of the Work is used to determine the value of a Change Order or of a Claim, the cost of premiums for additional Bonds and insurance required because of the changes in the Work or caused by the event giving rise to the Claim. j. When all the Work is performed on the basis of cost-plus, the costs of premiums for all Bonds and insurance CONTRACTOR is required by the Contract Documents to purchase and maintain. B. Costs Excluded: The term Cost of the Work shall not include any of the following items: 1. Payroll costs and other compensation of CONTRACTOR's officers, executives, principals (of partnerships and sole proprietorships), general manag- ers, engineers, architects, estimators, attorneys, audi- tors, accountants, purchasing and contracting agents, expediters, timekeepers, clerks, and other personnel employed by CONTRACTOR, whether at the Site or in CONTRACTOR's principal or branch office for general administration of the Work and not specifical- Iy included in the agreed upon schedule of job classifications referred to in paragraph 11.01.A.1 or specifically covered by paragraph 11.01.A.4, all of which are to be considered administrative costs covered by the CONTRACTOR's fee. 2. Expenses of CONTRACTOR's principal and branch offices other than CONTRACTOR's office at the Site. 3. Any part of CONTRACTOR's capital expenses, including interest on CONTRACTOR's capital -employed for the Work and charges against CONTRACTOR for delinquent payments. 4. Costs due to the negligence of CONTRAC- TOR, any Subcontractor, or anyorie directly or indi- rectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable, including but not limited to, the correction of defective Work, disposal of materials or equipment wrongly supplied, and making good any damage to property. C r, 5. Other overhead or general expense costs of any kind and the costs of any item not specifically and expressly included in paragraphs 11.01.A and , 11.01.B. C. CONTRACTOR's Fee: When all the Work is performed on the basis of cost-plus, CONTRACTOR's fee shall be determined as set forth in the Agreement. When the value of any Work covered by a Change Order or when a Claim for an adjustment in Contract Price is determined on the basis of Cost of the Work, CONTRACTOR's fee shall be determined as set forth in paragraph 12.01.C. D. Documentation: Whenever the Cost of the Work for any purpose is to be determined pursuant to paragraphs I1.Ol.A and 11.013, CONTRACTOR will establish and maintain records thereof in accordance with generally accepted accounting practices and submit in a form acceptable to ENGINEER an itemized cost breakdown' together with supporting data. 11.02 Cash Allowances A. It is understood that CONTRACTOR has included' in the Contract Price all allowances so named in the Contract Documents and shall cause the Work so covered to be performed for such sums as may be acceptable to OWNER, and ENGINEER. CONTRACTOR agrees that: I. the allowances include the cost to CON- TRACTOR (less any applicable trade discounts) of materials and equipment required by the ailowances to be delivered at the Site, and all applicable taxes; and ' 2. CONTRACTOR's costs for unloading and handling on the Site, labor, installation costs, over- head, profit, and other expenses contemplated for the, allowances have been included in the Contract Price and not in the allowances, and no demand for addi- tional payment on account of any of the foregoing will be valid. B. Prior to final payment, an appropriate Change Order will be issued as recommended by ENGINEER to reflect actual amounts due CONTRACTOR on account of Work covered by allowances, and the Contract Price shall be correspondingly adjusted. 11.03 Unit Price Work A. Where the Contract Documents provide that all o part of the Work is to be Unit Price Work, initially th Contract Price will be deemed to include for all Unit Price Work an amount equal to the sum of the unit price for eac separately identified item of Unit Price Work times th -32- 1 estimated quantity of each item as indicated in the Agree- ment. The estimated quantities of items of Unit Price Work ' are not guaranteed and are solely for the purpose of comparison of Bids and determining an initial Contract Price. Determinations of the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by CONTRACTOR will be made ' by ENGINEER subject to the provisions of paragraph 9.08. B. Each unit price will be deemed to include an amount ' considered by CONTRACTOR to be adequate to cover CONTRACTOR's overhead and profit for each separately identified item. ' C. OWNER or CONTRACTOR may make a Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price in accordance with paragraph 10.05 if: ' 1. the quantity of any item of Unit Price Work performed by CONTRACTOR differs materially and significantly from the estimated quantity of such item indicated in the Agreement; and 2. there is no corresponding adjustment with ' respect any other item of Work; and 3. if CONTRACTOR believes that CONTRACTOR is entitled to an increase in Contract Price as a result of having incurred additional expense or OWNER believes that OWNER is entitled to a decrease in Contract Price and the parties are unable to ' agree as to the amount of any such increase or decrease. ARTICLE 12 - CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE; CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIMES ' 12.01 Change of Contract Price A. The Contract Price may only be changed by a Change Order or by a Written Amendment. Any Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price shall be based on written notice submitted by the party making the Claim to the ENGINEER and the other party to the Contract in accordance with the provisions of paragraph 10.05. B. The value of any Work covered by a Change Order or of any Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price will be determined as follows: ' 1. where the Work involved is covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by application of such unit prices to the quantities of the items involved (subject to the provisions of paragraph 11.03 ); or 1 -33- 2. where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by a mutually agreed lump sum (which may include an allowance for overhead and profit not necessarily in accordance with paragraph 12.01.C.2); or 3. where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents and agreement to a lump sum is not reached under para- graph 12.0l.B.2, on the basis of the Cost of the Work (determined as provided in paragraph 11.01) plus a CONTRACTOR's fee for overhead and profit (deter- mined as provided in paragraph 12.01.C). C. CONTRACTOR's Fee: The CONTRACTOR's fee - for overhead and profit shall be determined as follows: a mutually acceptable fixed fee; or 2. if a fixed fee is not agreed upon, then a fee based on the following percentages of the various portions of the Cost of the Work: a. for costs incurred under paragraphs 11.0l.A.1 and 11.0l.A.2, the CONTRACTOR's fee shall be 15 percent; b. for costs incurred under paragraph 11.0I.A.3, the CONTRACTOR's fee shall be five percent; c. where one or more tiers of subcontracts are on the basis of Cost of the Work plus a fee and no fixed fee is agreed upon, the intent of paragraph 12.0l.C.2.a is that the Subcontractor who actually performs the Work, at whatever tier, will be paid a fee of 15 percent of the costs incurred by such Subcontractor under paragraphs 11.0l.A.1 and 11,01.A.2 and that any higher tier Subcontractor and CONTRACTOR will each be paid a fee of five percent of the amount paid to the next lower tier Subcontractor; d. no fee shall be payable on the basis of costs itemized under paragraphs 11.0i.A.4, 11.0I.A.5, and 11.0I.B; C. the amount of credit to be allowed by CONTRACTOR to OWNER for any change which results in a net decrease in cost will be the amount of the actual net decrease in cost plus a deduction in CONTRACTOR's fee by an amount equal to five percent of such net decrease; and f. when both additions and credits are in- volved in any one change, the adjustment in CONTRACTOR's fee shall be computed on the basis of the net change in accordance with para- graphs 12.0I.C.2.a through 12.0I.C.2.e, inclusive. 12.02 Change of Contract Times A. The Contract Times (or Milestones) may only be changed by a Change Order or by a Written Amendment. Any Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Times (or Milestones) shall be based on written notice submitted by the party making the claim to the ENGINEER and the other party to the Contract in accordance with the provisions of paragraph 10.05. B. Any adjustment of the Contract Times (or Milestones) covered by a Change Order or of any Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Times (or Milestones) will be determined in accordance with the provisions of this Article 12. 12.03 Delays Beyond CONTRACTOR 's Control A. Where CONTRACTOR is prevented from completing any part of the Work within the Contract Times (or Milestones) due to delay beyond the control of CONTRACTOR, the Contract Times (or Milestones) will be extended in an amount equal to the time lost due to such delay if a Claim is made therefor as provided in paragraph 12.02.A. Delays beyond the control of CONTRACTOR shall include, but not be limited to, acts or neglect by OWNER, acts or neglect of utility owners or other contractors perform- ing other work as contemplated by Article 7, fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions, or acts of God. 12.04 Delays Within CONTRACTOR's Control A. The Contract Times (or Milestones) will not be extended due to delays within the control of CONTRACTOR Delays attributable to and within the control of a Subcontractor or Supplier shall be deemed to be delays within the control of CONTRACTOR. 12.05 Delays Beyond OWNER's and CONTRACTOR's Control A. Where CONTRACTOR is prevented from complet- ing any part of the Work within the Contract Times (or Milestones) due to delay beyond the control of both OWNER and CONTRACTOR, an extension of the Contract Times (or Milestones) in an amount equal to the time lost due to such delay shall be CONTRACTOR's sole and exclusive remedy for such delay. -34- 12.06 Delay Damages A. In no event shall OWNER or ENGINEER be liable to CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, or any other person or organization, or to any surety for or employee or agent of any of them, for damages arising out of or resulting from: 1. delays caused by or within the control of CONTRACTOR; or 2. delays beyond the control of both OWNER and CONTRACTOR including but not limited to fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions, acts of God, or acts or neglect by utility owners or other contractors performing other work as contemplated by Article 7. 1 fl B. Nothing in this paragraph 12.06 bars a change in' Contract Price pursuant to this Article 12 to compensate CONTRACTOR due to delay, interference, or disruption directly attributable to actions or inactions of OWNER or anyone for whom OWNER is responsible. ARTICLE 13 - TESTS AND INSPECTIONS; ' CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK ' 13.01 Notice of Defects A. Prompt notice of all defective Work of which OWNER or ENGINEER has actual knowledge will be given to CONTRACTOR. All defective Work may be rejected, corrected, or accepted as provided in this Article 13. 13.02 Access to Work ENGLNEER's Consultants,, A. O`VNER, ENGINEER, other representatives and personnel of OWNER, independent testing laboratories, and governmental agencies with jurisdictional interests will have access to the Site and the Work at reasonable times for their observation, inspecting, and testing. CONTRACTOR shall provide them proper ands safe conditions for such access and advise them o CONTRACTOR's Site safety procedures and programs so that they may comply therewith as applicable. 13.03 Tests and Inspections A. CONTRACTOR shall give ENGINEER timer notice of readiness of the Work for all required inspections tests, or approvals and shall cooperate with inspection and testing personnel to facilitate required inspections or tests. ' B. OWNER shall employ and pay for the services of an independent testing laboratory to perform all inspections, ' tests, or approvals required by the Contract Documents except: 11 fl u fl n 1. for inspections, tests, or approvals covered by paragraphs 13.03.0 and 13.03.D below; 2. that costs incurred in connection with tests or inspections conducted pursuant to paragraph 13.04.8 shall be paid as provided in said paragraph 13.04.8; and 3. as otherwise specifically provided in the Contract Documents. C. If Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction require any Work (or part thereof) specifically to be inspected, tested, or approved by an employee or other representative of such public body, CONTRACTOR shall assume full responsibility for arranging and obtaining such inspections, tests, or approvals, pay all costs in connection therewith, and furnish ENGINEER the required certificates of inspection or approval. D. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for arranging and obtaining and shall pay all costs in connection with any inspections, tests, or approvals required for OWNER's and ENGINEER's acceptance of materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work; or acceptance of materials, mix designs, or equipment submitted for approval prior to CONTRACTOR's purchase thereof for incorporation in the Work. Such inspections, tests, or approvals shall be performed by organizations acceptable to OWNER and ENGINEER. E. If any Work (or the work of others) that is to be inspected, tested, or approved is covered by CONTRACTOR without written concurrence of ENGINEER, it must, if requested by ENGINEER, be uncovered for observation. F. Uncovering Work as provided in paragraph 13.03.E shall be at CONTRACTOR's expense unless CON- TRACTOR has given ENGINEER timely notice of CONTRACTOR's intention to cover the same and ENGI- NEER has not acted with reasonable promptness in response to such notice. 13.04 Uncovering Work A. If any Work is covered contrary to the written request of ENGINEER, it must, if requested by ENGINEER, be uncovered for ENGINEER's observation and replaced at CONTRACTOR's expense. 1 -35- B. If ENGINEER considers it necessary or advisable that covered Work be observed by ENGINEER or inspected or tested by others, CONTRACTOR, at ENGINEER's request, shall uncover, expose, or otherwise make available for observation, inspection, or testing as ENGINEER may require, that portion of the Work in question, furnishing all necessary labor, material, and equipment. If it is found that such Work is defective, CONTRACTOR shall pay all Claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, and testing, and of satisfactory replacement or reconstruction (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others); and OWNER shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price. If the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, OWNER may make a Claim therefor as provided in paragraph 10.05. If, however, such Work is not found to be defective, CONTRACTOR shall be allowed an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times (or Milestones), or both, directly attribut- able to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, testing, replacement, and reconstruction. If the parties are unable to agree as to the amount or extent thereof, CONTRACTOR may make a Claim therefor as provided in paragraph 10.05. 13.05 OWNER May Stop the Work A. If the Work is defective, or CONTRACTOR fails to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment, or fails to perform the Work in such a way that the completed Work will conform to the Contract Documents, OWNER may order CONTRACTOR to stop the Work, or any portidlt thereof, until the cause for such order has been eliminated; however, this right of OWNER to stop the Work shall not give rise to any duty on the part of OWNER to exercise this right for the benefit of CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other individual or entity, or any surety for, or employee or agent of any of them. 13.06 Correction or Removal of Defective Work A. CONTRACTOR shall correct all defective Work, whether or not fabricated, installed, or completed, or, if the Work has been rejected by ENGINEER, remove it from the Project and replace it with Work that is not defective. CONTRACTOR shall pay all Claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such correction or removal (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others). 13.07 Correction Period A. If within one year after the date of Substantial Completion or such longer period of time as may be prescribed by Laws or Regulations or by the terms of any applicable special guarantee required by the Contract Documents or by any specific provision of the Contract Documents, any Work is found to be defective, or if the repair of any damages to the land or areas made available for CONTRACTOR's use by OWNER or permitted by Laws and Regulations as contemplated in paragraph 6.11.A is found to be defective, CONTRACTOR shall promptly, without cost to OWNER and in accordance with OWNER's written instructions: (i) repair such defective land or areas, or (ii) correct such defective Work or, if the defective Work has been rejected by OWNER, remove it from the Project and replace it with Work that is not defective, and (iii) satisfac- torily correct or repair or remove and replace any damage to other Work, to the work of others or other land or areas resulting therefrom. If CONTRACTOR does not promptly comply with the terms of such instructions, or in an emergency where delay would cause serious risk of loss or damage, OWNER may have the defective Work corrected or repaired or may have the rejected Work removed -and replaced, and all CIaims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such correction or repair or such removal and replacement (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others) will be paid by CONTRACTOR. B. In special circumstances where a particular item of equipment is placed in continuous service before Substantial Completion of all the Work, the correction period for that item may start to run from an earlier date if so provided in the Specifications or by Written Amendment. C. Where defective Work (and damage to other Work resulting therefrom) has been corrected or removed and replaced under this paragraph 13.07, the correction period hereunder with respect to such Work will be extended for an additional period of one year after such correction or removal and replacement has been satisfactorily completed. D. CONTRACTOR's obligations under this paragraph 13.07 are in addition to any other obligation or warranty. The provisions of this paragraph 13.07 shall not be construed as a substitute for or a waiver of the provisions_ of any applicable statute of limitation or repose. 13.08 Acceptance of Defective Work A. If, instead of requiring correction or removal and replacement of defective Work, OWNER (and, prior to ENGINEER's recommendation of final payment, ENGINEER) prefers to accept it, OWNER may do so. CONTRACTOR shall pay all Claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) attributable to OWNER's evaluation of and determination to accept such defective Work (such costs to be approved by ENGINEER as to reasonableness) and the diminished value of the Work to the extent not otherwise paid by CONTRACTOR pursuant to this sentence. If any such acceptance occurs prior to ENGINEER's recommendation of final payment, a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work, and OWNER shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, reflecting the diminished value of Work so accepted. If the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, OWNER may make a Claim therefor as provided in paragraph 10.05. If the acceptance occurs after such recommendation, an appropriate amount will be paid by CONTRACTOR to OWNER. 13.09 OWNER May Correct Defective Work 1 A. If CONTRACTOR fails within a reasonable time after written notice from ENGINEER to correct defective Work or to remove and replace rejected Work as required by ENGINEER in accordance with paragraph 13.06.A, or if CONTRACTOR fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, or if CONTRACTOR fails to comply with any other provision of the Contract Documents, OWNER may, after seven days written notice to, CONTRACTOR, correct and remedy any such deficiency. B. In exercising the rights and remedies under this paragraph, OWNER shall proceed expeditiously. In connection with such corrective and remedial action, OWNER may exclude CONTRACTOR from all or part of the Site, take possession of all or part of the Work and, suspend CONTRACTOR's services related thereto, take possession of CONTRACTOR's tools, appliances, con- struction equipment and machinery at the Site, and incorpo- rate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the Site or for which OWNER has paid CONTRACTOR but which are stored elsewhere. CONTRACTOR shall allow OWNER,' OWNER's representatives, agents and employees, OWNER's other contractors, and ENGINEER and ENGINEER's Consultants access to the Site to enable OWNER to exercise the rights and remedies under this paragraph. C. All Claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) incurred or sustained by OWNER in exercising the rights and remedies under this paragraph 13.09 will be charged against CONTRACTOR, -36- J 11 77 r 1 and a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work; and OWNER shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price. If the parties are unable to agree as to the amount of the adjustment, OWNER may make a Claim therefor as provided in paragraph 10.05. Such claims, costs, losses and damages will include but not be limited to all costs of repair, or replacement of work of others destroyed or damaged by correction, removal, or replacement of CONTRACTOR's defective Work. D. CONTRACTOR shall not be allowed an extension of the Contract Times (or Milestones) because of any delay in the performance of the Work attributable to the exercise by OWNER of OWNER's rights and remedies under this paragraph 13.09. ARTICLE 14 - PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION 14.01 Schedule of Values A. The schedule of values established as provided in paragraph 2.07.A will serve as the basis for progress payments and will be incorporated into a form of Application for Payment acceptable to ENGINEER. Progress payments on account of Unit Price Work will be based on the number of units completed. 14.02 Progress Payments A. Applications for Payments 1. At least 20 days before the date established for each progress payment (but not more often than once a month), CONTRACTOR shall submit to ENGINEER for review an Application for Payment filled out and signed by CONTRACTOR covering the Work completed as of the date of the Application and accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents. If payment is requested on the basis of materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work but delivered and suitably stored at the Site or at another location agreed to in writing, the Application for Payment shall also be accompanied by a bill of sale, invoice, or other docu- mentation warranting that OWNER has received the materials and equipment free and clear of all Liens and evidence that the materials and equipment are covered by appropriate property insurance or other arrangements to protect OWNER's interest therein, all of which must be satisfactory to OWNER. 2. Beginning with the second Application for Payment, each Application shall include an affidavit 1 -37- of CONTRACTOR stating that all previous progress payments received on account of the Work have been applied on account to discharge CONTRACTOR's legitimate obligations associated with prior Applications for Payment. 3. The amount of retainage with respect to progress payments will be as stipulated in the Agreement. B. Review of Applications 1. ENGINEER will, within 10 days after receipt of each Application for Payment, either indicate in writing a recommendation of payment and present the Application to OWNER or return the Application to CONTRACTOR indicating in writing ENGINEER's reasons for refusing to recommend payment. In the latter case, CONTRACTOR may make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application. 2. ENGINEER's recommendation of any payment requested in an Application for Payment will constitute a representation by ENGINEER to OWN- ER, based on ENGINEER's observations on the Site of the executed Work as an experienced and qualified design professional and on ENGINEER's review of the Application for Payment and the accompanying data and schedules, that to the best of ENGINEER's knowledge, information and belief: a. the Work has progressed to the point indicated; b. the quality of the Work is generally in accordance with the Contract Documents (subject to an evaluation of the Work as a functioning whole prior to or upon Substantial Completion, to the results of any subsequent tests called for in the Contract Documents, to a final determination of quantities and classifications for Unit Price Work under paragraph 9.08, and to any other qualifications stated in the recommendation); and c. the conditions precedent to CONTRACTOR's being entitled to such payment appear to have been fulfilled in so far as it is ENGINEER's responsibility to observe the Work. 3. By recommending any such payment ENGINEER will 'not thereby be deemed to have represented that: (i) inspections made to check the quality or the quantity of the Work as it has been performed have been exhaustive, extended to every aspect of the Work in progress, or involved detailed inspections of the Work beyond the responsibilities specifically assigned to ENGINEER in the Contract Documents; or (ii) that there may not be other matters or issues between the parties that might entitle CON- TRACTOR to be paid additionally by OWNER or entitle OWNER to withhold payment to CONTRAC- TOR. 4. Neither ENGINEER's review of CONTRACTOR's Work for the purposes of recom- mending payments nor ENGINEER's recommenda- tion of any payment, including final payment, will impose responsibility on ENGINEER to supervise, direct, or control the Work or for the means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for CONTRACTOR's failure to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to CONTRACTOR's performance of the Work. Additionally, said review or recommendation will not impose responsibility on ENGINEER to make any examination to ascertain how or for what purposes CONTRACTOR has used the moneys paid on account of the Contract Price, or to determine that title to any. of the Work, materials, or equipment has passed to OWNER free and clear of any Liens. 5. ENGINEER may refuse to recommend the whole or any part of any payment if, in ENGINEER's opinion, it would be incorrect to make the representa- tions to OWNER referred to in paragraph 14.02.B.2. ENGINEER may also refuse to recommend any such payment or, because of subsequently discovered evidence or the results of subsequent inspections or tests, revise or revoke any such payment recommendation previously made, to such extent as may be necessary in ENGINEER's opinion to protect OWNER from loss because: a. the Work is defective, or completed Work has been damaged, requiring correction or replace- ment; b. the Contract Price has been reduced by Written Amendment or Change Orders; c. OWNER has been required to correct defective Work or complete Work in accordance with paragraph 13.09; or d. ENGINEER has actual knowledge of the occurrence of any of the events enumerated in paragraph 15.02.A. C. Payment Becomes Due 1. Ten days after presentation of the Applica- tion for Payment to OWNER with ENGINEER's recommendation, the amount recommended will (subject to the provisions of paragraph 14.02.D) become due, and when due will be paid by OWNER to CONTRACTOR. D. Reduction in Payment 1 1 1. OWNER may refuse to make payment of the full amount recommended by ENGINEER r because: a. claims have been made against OWNER on account of CONTRACTOR's performance or furnishing of the Work; b. Liens have been filed in connection with , the Work, except where CONTRACTOR has delivered a specific Bond satisfactory to OWNER to secure the satisfaction and discharge of such Liens; c. there are other items entitling OWNER to a set-off against the amount recommended; or d. OWNER has actual knowledge of the occurrence of any of the events enumerated in paragraphs 14.02.B.5.a through 14.02.B.5.c or paragraph 15.02.A. 2. If OWNER refuses to make payment of the full amount recommended by ENGINEER, OWNER must give CONTRACTOR immediate written notice (with a copy to ENGINEER) stating the reasons for such action and promptly pay CONTRACTOR any amount remaining after deduction of the amount so withheld. OWNER shall promptly pay CONTRACTOR the amount so withheld, or any adjustment thereto agreed to by OWNER and CONTRACTOR, when CONTRACTOR corrects to OWNER's satisfaction the reasons for such action. 3. If it is subsequently determined that OWNER's refusal of payment was not justified, the amount wrongfully withheld shall be treated as an amount due as determined by paragraph 14.02.C.1. i 14.03 CONTRACTOR's Warranty of Title I A. CONTRACTOR warrants and guarantees that title to all Work, materials, and equipment covered by any Application for Payment, whether incorporated in the Project or not, will pass to OWNER no later than the time of payment free and clear of all Liens. I -38- 1 1 I F1 14.04 Substantial Completion A. When CONTRACTOR considers the entire Work ready for its intended use CONTRACTOR shall notify OWNER and ENGINEER in writing that the entire Work is substantially complete (except for items specifically listed by CONTRACTOR as incomplete) and request that ENGINEER issue a certificate of Substantial Completion. Promptly thereafter, OWNER, CONTRACTOR, and ENGINEER shall make an inspection of the Work to determine the status of completion. If ENGINEER does not consider the Work substantially complete, ENGINEER will notify CONTRACTOR in writing giving the reasons therefor. If ENGINEER considers the Work substantially complete, ENGINEER will prepare and deliver to OWNER a tentative certificate of Substantial Completion which shall fix the date of Substantial Completion. There shall be attached to the certificate a tentative list of items to be completed or corrected before final payment. OWNER shall have seven days after receipt of the tentative certificate during which to make written objection to ENGINEER as to any provisions of the certificate or attached list. If, after considering such objections, ENGINEER concludes that the Work is not substantially complete, ENGINEER will within 14 days after submission of the tentative certificate to OWNER notify CONTRACTOR in writing, stating the reasons therefor. If, after consideration of OWNER's objections, ENGINEER considers the Work substantially complete, ENGINEER will within said 14 days execute and deliver to OWNER and CONTRACTOR a definitive certificate of Substantial Completion (with a revised tentative list of items to be completed or corrected) reflecting such changes from the tentative certificate as ENGINEER believes justified after consideration of any objections from OWNER. At the time of delivery of the tentative certificate of Substantial Comple- tion ENGINEER will deliver to OWNER and CONTRAC- TOR a written recommendation as to division of responsibili- ties pending final payment between OWNER and CONTRACTOR with respect to security, operation, safety, and protection of the Work, maintenance, heat, utilities, insurance, and warranties and guarantees. Unless OWNER and CONTRACTOR agree otherwise in writing and so inform ENGINEER in writing prior to ENGINEER's issuing the definitive certificate of Substantial Completion, ENGINEER's aforesaid recommendation will be binding on OWNER and CONTRACTOR until final payment. B. OWNER shall have the right to exclude CONTRACTOR from the Site after the date of Substantial Completion, but OWNER shall allow CONTRACTOR reasonable access to complete or correct items on the tentative list. 1 -39- 14.05 Partial Utilization A, Use by OWNER at OWNER's option of any substantially completed part of the Work which has specifically been identified in the Contract Documents, or which OWNER, ENGINEER, and CONTRACTOR agree constitutes a separately functioning and usable part of the Work that can be used by OWNER for its intended purpose without significant interference with CONTRACTOR's performance of the remainder of the Work, may be accomplished prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work subject to the following conditions. 1. OWNER at any time may request CON- TRACTOR in writing to permit OWNER to use any such part of the Work which OWNER believes to be ready for its intended use and substantially complete. If CONTRACTOR agrees that such part of the Work is substantially complete, CONTRACTOR will certify to OWNER and ENGINEER that such part of the Work is substantially complete and request ENGI- NEER to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. CONTRACTOR at any time may notify OWNER and ENGINEER in writing that CONTRACTOR considers any such part of the Work ready for its intended use and substantially complete and request ENGINEER to issue a certifi- cate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. Within a reasonable time after either such request, OWNER, CONTRACTOR, and ENGINEER shall make an inspection of that part of the Work to determine its status of completion. If ENGINEER does not consider that part of the Work to be substan- tially complete, ENGINEER will notify OWNER and CONTRACTOR in writing giving the reasons there- for. If ENGINEER considers that part of the Work to be substantially complete, the provisions of paragraph 14.04 will apply with respect to certification of Substantial Completion of that part of the Work and the division of responsibility in respect thereof and access thereto. 2. No occupancy or separate operation of part of the Work may occur prior to compliance with the requirements of paragraph 5.10 regarding property insurance. 14.06 Final Inspection A. Upon written notice from CONTRACTOR that the entire Work or an agreed portion thereof is complete, ENGINEER will promptly make a final inspection with OWNER and CONTRACTOR and will notify CON- TRACTOR in writing of all particulars in which this inspection reveals that the Work is incomplete or defective. CONTRACTOR shall immediately take such measures as are necessary to complete such Work or remedy such deficiencies. 14.07 Final Payment A. Application for Payment 1. After CONTRACTOR has, in the opinion of ENGINEER, satisfactorily completed all corrections identified during the final inspection and has delivered, in accordance with the Contract Docu- ments, all maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, Bonds, certificates or other evidence of insurance certificates of inspection, marked -up record documents (as provided in paragraph 6.12), and other documents, CONTRAC- TOR may make application for final payment follow- ing the procedure for progress payments. 2. The final Application for Payment shall be accompanied (except as previously delivered) by: (i) all documentation called for in the Contract Docu- ments, including but not limited to the evidence of insurance required by subparagraph 5.04.B.7; (ii) con- sent of the surety, if any, to final payment; and (iii) complete and legally effective releases or waivers (satisfactory to OWNER) of all Lien rights arising out of or Lienb filed in connection with the Work. 3. In lieu of the releases or waivers of Liens specified in paragraph 14.07.A.2 and as approved by OWNER, CONTRACTOR may furnish receipts or releases in full and an affidavit of CONTRACTOR that: (i) the releases and receipts include all labor, services, material, and equipment for which a Lien could be filed; and (ii) all payrolls, material and equipment bills, and other indebtedness connected with the Work for which OWNER or OWNER's property might in any way be responsible have been paid or otherwise satisfied. If any Subcontractor or Supplier fails to furnish such a release or receipt in full, CONTRACTOR may furnish a Bond or other collateral satisfactory to OWNER to indemnify OWNER against any Lien. B. Review of Application and Acceptance 1. If, on the basis of ENGINEER's observa- tion of the Work during construction and final inspec- tion, and ENGINEER's review of the final Applica- tion for Payment and accompanying documentation as required by the Contract Documents, ENGINEER is satisfied that the Work has been completed and CONTRACTOR's other obligations under the Con- tract Documents have been fulfilled, ENGINEER will, within ten days after receipt of the final Application 1 for Payment, indicate in writing ENGINEER's ' recommendation of payment and present the Applica- tion for Payment to OWNER for payment. At the same time ENGINEER will also give written notice to OWNER and CONTRACTOR that the Work is acceptable subject to the provisions of paragraph 14.09. Otherwise, ENGINEER will return the Application for Payment to CONTRACTOR, indicat- ing in writing the reasons for refusing to recommend final payment, in which case CONTRACTOR shall make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application for Payment. C. Payment Becomes Due I 1. Thirty days after the presentation to OWN- ER of the Application for Payment and accompanying documentation, the amount recommended by ENGI- ' NEER will become due and, when due, will be paid by OWNER to CONTRACTOR. ' 14.08 Final Completion Delayed A. If, through no fault of CONTRACTOR, final completion of the Work is significantly delayed, and if ENGINEER so confirms, OWNER shall, upon receipt of CONTRACTOR's final Application for Payment and recommendation of ENGINEER, and without terminating the Agreement, make payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted. If the remaining balance to be held by OWNER for Work not fully completed or corrected is less than the retainage stipulated in the Agreement, and if Bonds have been furnished as required in paragraph 5.01, the written consent of the surety to the payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted shall be submitted by CON- TRACTOR to ENGINEER with the Application for such payment. Such payment shall be made under the terms and conditions governing final payment, except that it shall not r constitute a waiver of Claims. 14.09 Waiver of Claims I A. The making and acceptance of final payment will constitute: 1. a waiver of all Claims by OWNER against CONTRACTOR, except Claims arising from unsettled Liens, from defective Work appearing after final inspection pursuant to paragraph 14.06, from failure to comply with the Contract Documents or the terms of any special guarantees specified therein, or from CONTRACTOR's continuing obligations under the Contract Documents; and -40- 1 R F1 1 IJ �7 F, 2. a waiver of all Claims by CONTRACTOR against OWNER other than those previously made in writing which are still unsettled. ARTICLE 15 - SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION 15.01 OWNER May Suspend Work A. At any time and without cause, OWNER may suspend the Work or any portion thereof for a period of not more than 90 consecutive days by notice in writing to CON- TRACTOR and ENGINEER which will fix the date on which Work will be resumed. CONTRACTOR shall resume the Work on the date so fixed. CONTRACTOR shall be allowed an adjustment in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times, or both, directly attributable to any such suspension if CONTRACTOR makes a Claim therefor as provided in paragraph 10.05. 15.02 OWNER May Terminate for Cause A. The occurrence of any one or more of the following events will justify termination for cause: 1. CONTRACTCR's persistent failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, failure to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment or failure to adhere to the progress schedule established under paragraph 2.07 as adjusted from time to time pursuant to paragraph 6.04); 2. CONTRACTOR's disregard of Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction; 3. CONTRACTOR's disregard of the author- ity of ENGINEER; or 4. CONTRACTOR's violation in any substantial way of any provisions of 'the Contract Documents. B. If one or more of the events identified in paragraph 15.02.A occur, OWNER may, after giving CONTRACTOR (and the surety, if any) seven days written notice, terminate the services of CONTRACTOR, exclude. CONTRACTOR from the Site, and take possession of the Work and of all CONTRACTOR's tools, appliances, construction equipment, and machinery at the Site, and use the same to the full extent they could be used by CONTRACTOR (without liability to CONTRACTOR for trespass or conversion), incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the Site or for which OWNER has paid CONTRACTOR but which are 1 -41- stored elsewhere, and finish the Work as OWNER may deem expedient. In such case, CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to receive any further payment until the Work is finished. If the unpaid balance of the Contract Price exceeds all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) sustained by OWNER arising out of or relating to completing the Work, such excess will be paid to CONTRACTOR. If such claims, costs, losses, and damages exceed such unpaid balance, CONTRACTOR shall pay the difference to OWNER. Such claims, costs, losses, and damages incurred by OWNER will be reviewed by ENGINEER as to their reasonableness and, when so approved by ENGINEER, incorporated in a Change Order. When exercising any rights or remedies under this paragraph OWNER shall not be required to obtain the lowest price for the Work performed. C. Where CONTRACTOR's services have been so terminated by OWNER, the termination will not affect any rights or remedies of OWNER against CONTRACTOR then existing or which may thereafter accrue. Any retention or payment of moneys due CONTRACTOR by OWNER will not release CONTRACTOR from liability. 15.03 OWNER May Terminate For Convenience A. Upon seven days written notice to CONTRACTOR and ENGINEER, OWNER may, without cause and without prejudice to any other right or remedy of OWNER, elect to terminate the Contract. In such case, CONTRACTOR shall be paid (without duplication of any items): 1. for completed and acceptable Work execut- ed in accordance with the Contract Documents prior to the effective date of termination, including fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such Work; 2. for expenses sustained prior to the effective date of termination in performing services and fur- nishing labor, materials, or equipment as required by the Contract Documents in connection with uncom- pleted Work, plus fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such expenses; 3. for all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) incurred in settlement of terminated contracts with Subcontractors, Suppliers, and others; and 4. for reasonable expenses directly attributable to termination. B. CONTRACTOR shall not be paid on account of loss of anticipated profits or revenue or other economic loss arising out of or resulting from such termination. 15.04 CONTRACTOR May Stop Work or Terminate A. If, through no act or fault of CONTRACTOR, the Work is suspended for more than 90 consecutive days by OWNER or under an order of court or other public authority, or ENGINEER fails to act on any Application for Payment within 30 days after it is submitted, or OWNER fails for 30 days to pay CONTRACTOR any sum finally determined to be due, then CONTRACTOR may, upon seven days written notice to OWNER and ENGINEER, and provided OWNER or ENGINEER do not remedy such suspension or failure within that time, terminate the Contract and recover from OWNER payment on the same terms as provided in paragraph 15.03. in lieu of terminating the Contract and without prejudice to any other right or remedy, if ENGINEER has failed to act on an Application for Payment within 30 days after it is submitted, or OWNER has failed for 30 days to pay CONTRACTOR any sum finally determined to be due, CONTRACTOR may, seven days after written notice to OWNER and ENGINEER, stop the Work until payment is made of all such amounts due CONTRACTOR, including interest thereon. The provisions of this paragraph 15.04 are not intended to preclude CONTRACTOR from making a CIaim under paragraph 10.05 for an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times or otherwise for expenses or damage directly attributable to CONTRACTOR's stopping the Work as permitted by this paragraph. ARTICLE 16 - DISPUTE RESOLUTION 16.01 Methods and Procedures A. Dispute resolution methods and procedures, if any, shall be as set forth in the Supplementary Conditions. If no method and procedure has been set forth, and subject to the provisions of paragraphs 9.09 and 10.05, OWNER and CON- TRACTOR may exercise such rights or remedies as either may otherwise have under the Contract Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect of any dispute. ARTICLE 17 - MISCELLANEOUS 17.01 Giving Notice A. Whenever any provision of the Contract Documents requires the giving of written notice, it will be deemed to have been validly given if delivered in person to the individual or to a member of the firm or to an officer of the corporation for whom it is intended, or if delivered at or sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the last business address known to the giver of the notice. 17.02 Computation of Times f it A. When any period of time is referred to in the Contract Documents by days, it will be computed to exclude the first and include the last day of such period. If the last day of any such period falls on a Saturday or Sunday or on a day made a legal holiday by the law of the applicable jurisdiction, such day will be omitted from the computation. 17.03 Cumulative Remedies A. The duties and obligations imposed by these General, Conditions and the rights and remedies available hereunder to the parties hereto are in addition to, and are not to be construed in any way as a limitation of, any rights and remedies available to any or all of them which are otherwise imposed or available by Laws or- Regulations, by special warranty or guarantee, or by other provisions of the Contract Documents, and the provisions of this paragraph will be as� effective as if repeated specifically in the Contract Documents in connection with each particular duty, obligation, right, and remedy to which they apply. ' 17.04 Survival of Obligations A. All representations, indemnifications, warranties and guarantees made in, required by, or given in accordance with the Contract Documents, as well as all continuin obligations indicated in the Contract Documents, will surviv� final payment, completion, and acceptance of the Work o termination or completion of the Agreement. 17.05 Controlling Law A. This Contract is to be governed by the law of the stat in which the Project is located. -42- 1 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS TO THE GENERAL CONDITIONS ' The following supplements modify, change from, or add to the "Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract", EJCDC 1910-8, (1996 edition). All unaltered provisions of the General Conditions shall remain in effect. The terms used in these Supplementary Conditions which are defined in the Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract (EJCDC No. 1910-8, 1996 edition) have the meanings assigned to them in the General Conditions. ARTICLE 1 - DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY 1.01 A.28. NOTICE OF AWARD AND 1.01 A.29 NOTICE TO PROCEED - Add the following to each definition: If requested by the OWNER, both the Notice of Award and Notice to Proceed will be issued by ' the ENGINEER. 1.01 A.43. SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION - Add the following to its definition: Substantial Completion of work shall be evidenced by the ability to place and keep into service the new facilities including the attainment of release for service from all agencies having jurisdiction. The CONTRACTOR shall take this requirement into proper account when developing a proposed project schedule. In general, substantial completion is defined by the ability of the OWNER to use all features of the new facilities for their intended purpose, as defined by the ENGINEER. 1.01 A.51. Add the following: BIDDER - Any individual, partnership, corporation, or joint venture submitting a Bid for the Work to be performed. 1.01 A.52. Add the following: RESIDENT PROJECT REPRESENTATIVE - The Resident Project Representative (RPR) may be assigned to the site or any part thereof on a full time basis or a part time basis. This will be determined by Engineer's Agreement with Owner. ARTICLE 2 - PRELIMINARY MATTERS 2.02 COPIES OF DOCUMENTS: Delete in its entirety and substitute the following: ' All copies of documents necessary for the permitting and execution of the Work, including but not limited to permitting will be furnished to the CONTRACTOR at the Engineer's normal rate for reproduction. The CONTRACTOR shall bear all costs for the documents requested. Only full sets of plans and specifications will be issued. Documents will not be made available to the Contractor electronically. I SGC -1 040097017 2.03 COMMENCEMENT OF CONTRACT TIMES; NOTICE TO PROCEED: I Delete in its entirety and substitute the following: ' The date of commencement of the Work is the date established in a Notice to Proceed. If there is no Notice to Proceed, it shall be the date of the OWNER -CONTRACTOR Agreement or such other date as may be established therein. , 2.05 BEFORE STARTING CONSTRUCTION: Add the following to Section 2.05 A.: ' Failure to report a conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy shall be deemed as evidence that the CONTRACTOR has elected to proceed in the more expensive manner and shall expose the CONTRACTOR for all costs associated with, or caused by, the conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy. Add the following to Section 2.05: D. The CONTRACTOR shall perform no portion of the Work at any time without Contract Documents or, where required, approved shop drawings or Product Data for such portion of the Work. E. By executing the Contract, the CONTRACTOR represents that he has visited the site, , reviewed available plans of existing facilities, familiarized himself with the local conditions under which the Work is to be performed, and correlated his observations with the requirements of the Contract Documents. Add the following to Section 2.05 B.3.: The schedule of values shall be broken down in sufficient detail, and by appropriate categories, to allow the proper distribution of project costs and is subject to acceptance by the ENGINEER. The format and presentation method used for the schedule of values shall be as required by the Engineer and is subject to the Engineer's approval. An extremely detailed schedule will be required. ARTICLE 3 - CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: INTENT, AMENDING, REUSE Add the following to Section 3.01: D. Failure to report a conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy shall be deemed as evidence that ' the CONTRACTOR has elected to proceed in the more expensive manner. If, during the performance of the Work, the CONTRACTOR finds an error or discrepancy between the specifications and the drawings, the specifications shall govern over the drawings. If the drawings disagree in themselves, figures shall govern over scaled measurements, large scale drawings shall govern over small scale drawings, the greater quantity of work or materials shall be furnished or performed; descriptive writings shall govern over legends indicating material or conditions and the Agreement takes precedence over all other contract documents. SGC -2 040097017 ARTICLE 4 - AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCED POINTS: ' Section 4.02 A.1. Delete in its entirety and replace with: The CONTRACTOR shall have full responsibility with respect to determining subsurface conditions at the site. Add the following to Section 4.02 B.: 4.02 B.4., any data that could be reasonably suspected not to be accurate unless it has not been confirmed in writing by the OWNER or ENGINEER to be a reasonable representation of accurate and authentic record information. Delete Section 4.04 B. and insert the following: Existing utilities and structures are shown on the drawings in accordance with Section 01019, General Requirements, Paragraph 1.01. Add the following to Section 4.05.: All locations shown on the drawings are established from a baseline, the bearing and starting point of which are identified on the drawings. Any permanent reference monuments on the site that are damaged during construction shall be replaced. All construction staking shall be provided by the Contractor's Professional Surveyor. Grades shown are finished grades. Written dimensions have preference over scaled dimensions. All elevations are based on the National Geodetic Vertical Datum (N.G.V.D.), unless otherwise noted. ARTICLE 5 - BONDS AND INSURANCE 5.01 A. PERFORMANCE, PAYMENT AND OTHER BONDS: Delete the first sentence and substitute the following: CONTRACTOR shall furnish performance and payment bonds, each in an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Price as security for the faithful performance and payment of all CONTRACTOR's obligations under the Contract documents. The bonds shall comply with the requirements of Florida Statutes Section 255.05. All bonds shall be supplied on the forms provided in the bid documents. 5.01 B. Add the following: The CONTRACTOR shall record all performance and payment bonds in the County where the work is to be performed and provide evidence of such recording to the ENGINEER. No work shall be performed until this requirement is satisfied. 5.04 CONTRACTOR'S LIABILITY INSURANCE: Add the following: C. The limits of liability for the insurance required by Paragraph 5.04 shall provide coverage for ' not less than the following amounts. I SGC -3 040097017 I 1. Workers' Compensation: a. State Statutory b. Applicable Federal (e.g.) Longshoreman's Statutory C. Employer's Liability $500,000 2. Commercial General Liability: (Including Premises & Operations: All Risk Owners & Contractor's Protective; Broad Form Property Damage) a. Bodily Injury & Property Damage: Each Occurrence $1,000,000 Aggregate $2,000,000 Product's & Completed Operations Aggregate $2,000,000 b. Personal Injury: $2,000,000 C. CU coverage, remove exclusion (yes) d. Contractual (yes) 3. Comprehensive Automobile Liability: (owner -leased -non -owned & hired) a. Bodily Injury & Property Damage: Each Occurrence $1,000,000 (or) b. Bodily Injury: Each Person $1,000,000 Each Occurrence $1,000,000 Property Damage: Each Occurrence $1,000,000 Additional liability coverage for OWNER and ENGINEER shall be provided by endorsement as additional insured on CONTRACTOR's General Liability Policy. Add the following names: OWNER - Village of Tequesta 345 Tequesta Drive Tequesta, FL 33469 SGC -4 040097017 ENGINEER - Kimley-Horn, Inc. 1920 Wekiva Way, Ste. 200 West Palm Beach, FL 33411 The additional liability coverage for the ENGINEER is not to be construed as to requiring, in any way, that either the OWNER or CONTRACTOR be obligated to supply insurance protecting the ENGINEER for its liability emanating from professional errors or omissions. E. In conformance with the requirements of Section 725.06, Florida Statutes, the specific ' considerations for the CONTRACTOR's promises are: 1. One dollar ($1.00) in hand paid by the OWNER, the ENGINEER, and the ENGINEER's employees to the CONTRACTOR, receipt whereof is hereby acknowledged and the adequacy of which the CONTRACTOR accepts as completely fulfilling the obligations of the OWNER, the ENGINEER, and the ENGINEER's employees under the requirements of Section 725.06, Florida Statutes, and; 2. The entry of the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR into the construction contract because, but for the CONTRACTOR's promises as contained in the General Conditions, the OWNER would not have entered into the construction contract with the CONTRACTOR. r5.06 PROPERTY INSURANCE: Delete 5.06 A in its entirety and insert the following: A. Unless otherwise provided in these Supplementary General Conditions, the Contractor shall purchase and maintain property insurance upon the Work and stored material on the site at the full insurable value thereof (subject to such deductible amounts as may be provided in these Supplementary General Conditions or as required by law). This insurance shall include the interests of the Owner, Contractor and Subcontractors in the Work, shall insure against the perils and extended coverage, shall include "all risk" insurance for physical loss and damage including theft, damage and malicious mischief, collapse and water damage, and such other perils as may be provided in these Supplementary General Conditions, and shall include damages, losses and expenses arising out of, or resulting from, any insured loss or any loss incurred in the repair or replacement of any insured property (including fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals). If not covered under the "all risk" insurance or otherwise provided in these Supplementary General Conditions, the Contractor shall purchase and maintain similar property insurance on portions of the Work stored on and off the site or in transit when such portions of the Work are to be included in an Application for Payment. The policies of insurance required to be purchased and maintained by the Contractor in accordance with paragraphs 5.06 A and 5.06 B shall contain a provision that the coverage afforded will not be canceled or materially changed until at least thirty day's prior written notice has been given to the Owner. ARTICLE 6 - CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES Add the following to Section 6.01 A.: The Contract Documents are intended to communicate the nature of the design, concept and scope of the Work. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the construction and coordination of the parts. All systems shall be complete, compatible and fully functional without additional cost, to the standard of the industry, as defined by the ENGINEER, or better, as may be set forth in these documents. In the event that an agent or other representative of the I SGC -5 040097017 OWNER approves the installation or erection of any item of material and the CONTRACTOR concludes the same is not fabricated in a good, workman -like manner, the CONTRACTOR shall forthwith advise the OWNER and ENGINEER thereof in writing. Delete the last sentence prior to subheading "A" in Section 6.05 A.1. and replace with the following: For purposes of this paragraph 6.05 A.1, a proposed item of material or equipment may be considered functionally equal to an item if: Add the following to Section 6.05 A.1.: ' In general, "or equal" items will not be considered unless the drawings or specifications specifically state, "or equal" in the description of the particular item of equipment or material. Add the following to Section 6.05 A.2.c.: Any requests for the use of substitute items shall be made within 30 days of the effective date of the Agreement. The substitution procedure shall be as set forth in Section 01019, General Requirements. Section 01019, General Requirements may also further limit the items for which substitutions will be considered. For any provisions of Section 01019, General Requirements, r related to substitutions which are in conflict with Section 6.05 A.2.d., the criteria set forth in Section 01019 General Requirements, shall take precedence. Delete Section 6.05 B. in its entirety. Add the following to Section 6.06 B.: Subcontractors named on the bid form shall not be changed by the CONTRACTOR unless specifically requested per the above by the OWNER or ENGINEER. Any subcontractor change prior to award shall follow the procedure set forth in the Instructions to Bidders. Add the following to Section 6.06.C.: Owner or Engineer may furnish to any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization, to the extent practicable, evidence of amounts paid to Contractor in accordance with Contractor's Applications for Payment. , Add the following to Section 6.08: The CONTRACTOR shall be required to secure all necessary permits from Palm Beach County r and the Village of Tequesta. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for acquiring all necessary construction permits related to this project. The Contractor shall pay all permit fees except those due to the Village of Tequesta. Permit fees due to the Village of Tequesta shall be , paid by the Owner directly to the Village. Section 6.12.: Delete the last sentence and substitute the following: I These shall be available to the ENGINEER for examination and shall be delivered to ENGINEER for OWNER prior to, and as a partial condition of, Substantial Completion of the Work. 6.21 Add the following: SGC -6 040097017 The CONTRACTOR shall reimburse the OWNER for the total cost of all services rendered by the ENGINEER when made necessary by any, or all, of the following: A. Acceleration of the work schedule. B. Work not within normal working hours as established pursuant to the requirements of these documents and the award of the project. For purposes of this determination the Contractor shall assume the Engineer or his representative shall be on site at all times the Contractor is on site. C. Default by the CONTRACTOR or any subcontractor. D. Failure to complete the project, either substantial completion or final completion, or both, within the time frames stipulated by these documents, plus any ENGINEER approved time extensions. Note that any such costs are in addition to any liquidated damages for which the CONTRACTOR may be exposed. E. Work damaged by fire or other causes during construction. ARTICLE 9 - ENGINEER'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION 9.01 OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE: ' Delete the first sentence and substitute the following: If the OWNER and ENGINEER agree, ENGINEER will be OWNER's representative during the construction period. The Engineer and Resident Project Representative's (RPR's) duties, responsibilities and authorities shall be as agreed by the Owner and Engineer and as set forth at the pre -construction conference. If the Owner designates another agent to represent the Owner at the site who is not Engineer's agent or employee, the duties, responsibilities and limitations of authority of such other agent will be presented at the pre -construction conference. ARTICLE 11 - COST OF WORK; CASH ALLOWANCES; UNIT PRICE WORK: Add the following to Section 11.02.. It is further understood that the bidding allowance(s), if identified on the bid form, shall be authorized and utilized solely in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in Section 01150 of the project specifications. Delete section 11.03.C. in its entirety and substitute the following in its place: Contractor may not make claim for additional expenses incurred as a result of a difference between final quantity of any item(s) of Unit Price Work and the estimated quantity of such item(s) in the Contract Documents, unless specifically allowed in the Bid Form. Any adjustments specifically allowed shall be made in accordance with directions in the Bid Form. ARTICLE 12 - CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE; CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIMES: Add the following to Section 12.01 B.: 4. In the event that the CONTRACTOR encounters field conditions which create a need to alter the plans or specifications and induce a need for a Change Order (as agreed to by the OWNER and ENGINEER and in satisfaction of other applicable criteria set forth herein related to acceptance and approval of Change Orders) the OWNER reserves the I SGC-7 040097017 right to not approve the Change Order. In this event the OWNER will correct the field condition giving rise to the need for a Change Order, or otherwise eliminate the need, with their own or other forces. Should this occur, the CONTRACTOR shall coordinate their field activities with the OWNER to accommodate this work. Add the following to Section 12.04 A.: All equipment and/or material delivery and subcontractor or supplier performance (ie., efficiency, etc.) shall be considered to be within the control of the CONTRACTOR. No time extension shall be granted for delays due to equipment and/or material manufacturing, delivery, or failure to perform according to the contract. No time extension shall be granted unless the CONTRACTOR can demonstrate with the agreement of the ENGINEER that the original critical path requires or would have required modification. Delete Section 12.06 A. and replace with the following: No claim for damages or any claim other than for an extension of time shall be made or asserted against Village by reason of any delays. Contractor shall not be entitled to an increase in the Lump Sum Bid Amount or payment or compensation of any kind from Owner for direct, indirect, consequential, impact or other costs, expenses, or damages, including, but not limited to, costs of acceleration or inefficiency arising because of delay, disruption, interference, or hindrance from any cause whatsoever, whether such delay, disruption, interference or hindrance be reasonable or unreasonable, foreseeable, or avoidable or unavoidable. Contractor shall be entitled only to extensions of the contract time as the sole and exclusive remedy for such resulting delays, in accordance with and to the extent specifically provided herein. ARTICLE 13 - TEST AND INSPECTIONS; CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK Delete paragraph 13.03 and insert the following: The cost of all inspections, tests, re -tests, certifications and approvals required by the Contract Documents shall be paid by the CONTRACTOR. All such tests and inspections shall be performed by an independent testing laboratory. The laboratory shall be subject to the acceptance of the ENGINEER. All re -testing requested by the ENGINEER shall be paid for by the CONTRACTOR. ARTICLE 14 - PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION 14.02 A.1. APPLICATION FOR PROGRESS PAYMENTS: Delete the first three words of the first sentence and insert the following: At least 30 ... Delete from the second sentence "by a bill of sale, invoice or other documentation". Insert "by documentation in accordance with Section 01150, Measurement and Payment". Add the following: The Contractor shall use and complete the cover sheet provided in the Supplementary General Conditions for each progress payment. Additional requirements as set forth in Sections 01150 shall be followed. L� 7 �._J 1 ri SGC -8 , 040097017 When the Contractor receives payment from the Owner for labor, services or materials furnished by subcontractors and/or suppliers hired by the Contractor, the Contractor shall remit ' payment due those parties within ten (10) days after receipt of payment, or earlier, unless otherwise provided by Florida Law. Add the following to Section 14.04 A.: Regardless of the foregoing nothing herein shall alter the responsibility of the Contractor to complete the construction services, materials and items herein by the Owner. 14.02.C.: Delete the first two words and replace with following: "Unless stipulated to the contrary in Section 01150, Measurement and Payment, twenty-five"... Add the following to Section 14.07 A.: 4. Before final payment, the CONTRACTOR shall submit executed copies of the release forms (page SGC -14 & SGC -15) releasing the OWNER and the ENGINEER of the obligations as described on the form. The CONTRACTOR shall also provide an executed and notarized affidavit with the final pay request which stipulates that all vendors, suppliers and subcontractors have been paid in full. Before final payment, the CONTRACTOR shall supply unconditional final releases of lien as set forth herein. ' 14.07 A.3. FINAL PAYMENT: Add the following: The affidavit of Contractor as referenced herein shall be provided on the form supplied in the Supplementary General Conditions, fully executed. A Bill of Sale, Absolute, with accompanying exhibits as required, shall accompany the final pay request. The Bill of Sale, Absolute shall be provided on the form supplied in the Supplementary General Conditions. ARTICLE 15 - SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATIONS Delete paragraph 15.03. in its entirety and insert the following in its place: 1 The Owner may terminate this contract for convenience upon providing Contractor fourteen (14) days written notice of the same. If the Contractor is terminated as provided herein, the Contractor shall be paid for all work executed and expenses incurred prior to the date of termination. Payment shall include services actually performed in full prior to termination date, but shall excluded all lost profits, indirect, special, or other damages for the remainder of the project. If a Court of competent jurisdiction finds that the Village wrongfully terminated this Contract, then in such event, this Contract shall be deemed terminated for convenience as provided for in Section 15.03 of the Supplemental Conditions and the Contractor shall not be entitled to damages or loss of profits, but shall include all items provided for in Section 15.03 above. ARTICLE 16 - DISPUTE RESOLUTION Add the following to Section 16.01 I SGC -9 040097017 B. This agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Florida as now and hereinafter in force. The parties to this agreement stipulate venue and jurisdiction for any litigation arising out of this agreement to be in the Circuit Court in and for Palm Beach County, Florida. ' 11 1 t 1 11 SGC -10 040097017 IBILL OF SALE, ABSOLUTE KNOWN ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that , a corporation of County, Florida, party of the first part, for an in consideration of the sum of Ten and No/100 ($10.00) lawful money of the United States, to it paid by VILLAGE OF TEQUESTA, ' a political subdivision of the State of Florida, 345 Tequesta Drive., Tequesta, Palm Beach County, Florida 33469, party of the second part, the receipt whereof is hereby acknowledged has granted, bargained, sold, transferred and delivered, and by these presents does grant, bargain, sell, transfer and deliver unto the said party of the secondary party, its executors, administrators and assigns, the following goods and chattels: Project Name: Village of Teguesta Water Treatment Plant Upgrades consisting of the 1 components set forth in the final schedule of values as described in Exhibit "A", attached hereto and made a part hereof. TO HAVE AND TO HOLD the same unto the said party of the second part, its executors, administrators and assigns forever. AND, it does, for itself and its successors and assigns covenant to and with the said party of the second part, its successors and assigns, that it is the lawful owner of the said goods and chattels; that they are free from all encumbrances; that it has good right to sell the same aforesaid, and that it will warrant and defend the sale of the said property, goods and chattels ' hereby made, unto the said party of the second part its successors and assigns against the lawful claims and demands of all persons whomsoever. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, it has hereunto set its hand and seal this day of _'2018. Signed, sealed and delivered IIn the presence of: ISignature Name: 1 Title: Print Name 1 [Corporate Seal] Signature Print Name The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me this day of 12018, by , as of a (state) corporation. He/She is personally known to me or has produced as identification. (stamp) Print Notary Name: SGC -11 040097017 r CONTRACTOR'S AFFIDAVIT TO OWNER AND FINAL RELEASE OF LIENS STATE OF FLORIDA ' COUNTY OF Before me, the undersigned authority, authorized to administer oaths and take acknowledgements, ' personally appeared , who, being by me first duly sworn, on oath depose(s) and say(s): (1) He/she is/they are a (Corporation, Partnership, or Individual) of (State), doing business as , hereinafter called "Contractor". , (2) Contractor heretofore entered into a Contract with Village of Tequesta, hereinafter called "Owner" to do Work (furnish material, labor and services) for the construction of Village of Teguesta Water Treatment Plant Upgrades, located at Palm Beach County, Florida. (3) Contractor has fully completed construction in accordance with the terms of the Contract, and all lienors have been paid in full, except: NAME OF LIENOR AMOUNT DUE AND UNPAID (4) All Workmen's Compensation claims have been settled and no liability claims are pending, in connection with, arising out of or resulting from the Contractor. (5) Receipt by the Contractor of the final payment, under the aforementioned Contract, shall constitute a full release and discharge by the Contractor to the Owner of any and all claims of the Contractor against the Owner, arising out of, . connected with, or resulting from performance of the obligations of the Contractor pursuant to the Contract Documents. Further, Contractor represents, warrants and covenants that all subcontractors, materialmen and suppliers have been paid in full. The contractor further provides under penalty of perjury that there are no claims of lien on the project. ' (6) The term lienor' as used in this affidavit means any person having a lien or a prospective lien, under the Mechanics Lien Law of Florida, on the land and property of the Owner referred to in paragraph (2) of this affidavit. ' (7) This affidavit is given pursuant to the provisions of Florida Statutes Section 713.06 or Section 255.05, whichever is applicable. Signed and sealed in the presence of: (Entity) By: (Seal) Subscribed and Sworn to (or affirmed) before me on this day of , 2018 by He/she is personally known to me or has presented as identification. Notary Public Signature and Seal Print Notary Name and Commission No. SGC -12 1 i 040097017 1 APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT NO. Project: WTP Upgrades Start Date: Completion Date: Application is made for payment, as hereinafter shown, in connection with this Contract: Total Work to Date — see attached schedule $ Total Material Suitably Stored — see attached schedule $ Gross Amount Due $ Less % Retainage $ Amount Due to Date $ Less Previous Applications $ Amount Due This Application $ Original Contract Price $ Net Change Orders -Credit $ Subtotal $ Net Change Orders - Debit $ Current Contract Price $ Value of Work Remaining to be Done $ Contractor's Certification: The undersigned Contractor certifies that (1) all previous progress payments received from Owner on account of Work done under the Agreement referred to above have been applied to discharge in full all obligations of Contractor incurred in connection with Work covered by prior Applications for Payment numbered 1 through inclusive; and (2) title to all materials and equipment incorporated in said Work or otherwise listed in or covered by this Application for Payment will pass to Owner at time of payment free and clear of all liens, claims, security interests and encumbrances (except such as covered by Bond acceptable to Owner). Dated: Contractor: Mailing Address: By (Name and Title) State of ) 1 County of )ss Subscribed and Sworn to (or affirmed) before me on this day of by . He/She is personally known to me or has presented as identification. Who being so duly sworn, did depose and say that he/she is of the Contractor above mentioned; that he/she executed the above Application for Payment and statement on behalf of said Contractor; and that all of the statements contained therein are true, correct, and complete. Notary Public Signature and Seal Print Notary Name and Commission No. Payment of the above AMOUNT DUE THIS APPLICATION is recommended. Date: VILLAGE DESIGNEE By: (Name) (Title) SGC -13 040097017 r—a RELEASE hereinafter referred to as "the CONTRACTOR" hereby unconditionally releases and forever discharges Kimley-Horn, Inc., its officers, directors, employees and agents, hereinafter collectively referred to as "ENGINEER" from any and all legal or equitable causes of action, suits, damages, claims and demands whatsoever, which CONTRACTOR ever had or now has against ENGINEER directly or indirectly, whether known or unknown, for, upon or by reason of any matter, cause or thing whatsoever, whether known or unknown, including, but not limited to: All claims arising out of, or in any way related to, the design, negotiation, supervision, or , performance of a project known as the Village of Tequesta Water Treatment Plant Upgrades in accordance with a contract dated between the CONTRACTOR and the Village of Tequesta and Drawings and Specifications prepared by ENGINEER. CONTRACTOR: By: I Title: ' STATE OF FLORIDA COUNTY OF I HEREBY CERTIFY that on this day, before me, an officer duly authorized in the state ' aforesaid and in the county aforesaid to take acknowledgments, personally appeared , to me known to be the person described in and who executed the foregoing instrument and has acknowledged before me that he executed the same. WITNESS my hand and official seal in the county and state aforesaid this day of 2018. NOTARY PUBLIC, State of Florida at Large (NOTARY SEAL) My commission expires: SGC -14 040097017 IRELEASE 1 , hereinafter referred to as "the CONTRACTOR" hereby unconditionally releases and forever discharges the Village of Tequesta, its officers, directors, ' employees and agents, hereinafter collectively referred to as "OWNER" from any and all legal or equitable causes of action, suits, damages, claims and demands whatsoever, which CONTRACTOR ever had or now has against OWNER directly or indirectly, whether known or unknown, for, upon or by reason of any matter, cause or thing whatsoever, whether known or ' unknown, including, but not limited to: All claims arising out of, or in any way related to, the design, negotiation, supervision, or ' performance of a project known as the Village of Tequesta Water Treatment Plant Upgrades in accordance with a contract dated between the CONTRACTOR and the Village of Tequesta, as well as drawings and specifications prepared by the Engineer. I CONTRACTOR By: Title: STATE OF FLORIDA COUNTY OF ' I HEREBY CERTIFY that on this day, before me, an officer duly authorized in the state aforesaid and in the county aforesaid to take acknowledgments, personally appeared , to me known to be the person described in and who executed the ' foregoing instrument and has acknowledged before me that he executed the same. WITNESS my hand and official seal in the county and state aforesaid this day of 2018. NOTARY PUBLIC, State of Florida at Large ' (NOTARY SEAL) My commission expires: r SGC -15 1 040097017 ISECTION 01019 IGENERAL REQUIREMENTS 1.01 EXISTING UTILITIES AND STRUCTURES: The existing utilities and facilities shown on the ' drawings were located from the Owner's and other records. Guaranty is not made that all existing facilities are shown or that those shown are entirely accurate. The Contractor shall assure himself of the location, size and functionality of any utilities, structures or facilities located in the general vicinity of the construction area prior to performing any Work. Where proposed facilities are connecting to ' existing facilities the Contractor shall fully expose the existing facilities and confirm existing horizontal control vertical control and material to assure compatibility with proposed facilities. This work shall be completed prior to ordering any new material. Prior to the start of Work, the Contractor shall request each utility agency to advise him of the location of their facilities in the vicinity. The Owner and the Engineer will assume no liability for damages sustained or costs incurred because of the Contractor's operations in the vicinity of existing utilities or structures. The Contractor shall notify ' the Engineer of any deviation between existing conditions and the drawings. When structures and utilities have been properly shown or marked and are disturbed or damaged in the execution of the Work, they must be repaired immediately in conformance with best standard practices and the approval of the Owner of the damaged utility or structure. In the case of structures and utilities which have not been properly shown or located as outlined above and are disturbed or damaged in the prosecution of the Work, take whatever steps are necessary for safety and notify ' the affected utility Owner and avoid any actions which might cause further damage to the structure or utility. Should the Work require repairs, changes, or modifications of the Owner's utilities as well as other utilities, it is the responsibility of the Contractor to provide for the maintenance of continuous water, sewage, electric, telephone and other utility services to all present customers ' (including the Owner) of such utilities, unless approval in writing is secured from the applicable utility company or Owner for interpretation of such service. 1.02 PRESERVING WATER QUALITY: The Contractor shall exercise extreme care to minimize degradation of water quality at the site. All necessary provisions shall be taken to insure compliance with the water quality standards of the State of Florida. Attention is called to Chapter 62-3, Florida Administrative Code, and in particular, the requirements that turbidity shall not exceed 29 Nephelometric Turbidity Units above background level. The waters of the project area are classified Class II/III. Adequate silt containment procedures and equipment shall be used to control turbidity at all times in accordance with South Florida Water Management District (SFWMD), the Florida ' Department of Environmental Protection (FDEP) and the Village of Tequesta at no additional expense to the Owner. 1.03 SALVAGED MATERIAL: All equipment and/or material to be received or demolished under this contract not specifically stipulated in the specification or shown the plans, shall become the property of the Contractor. Salvaged materials shall not be reused in the work except upon written approval of the Engineer, unless otherwise directed by the specification. All salvaged materials and equipment shall be removed from the site and/or otherwise disposed of by the Contractor in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. ' The following items shall be carefully removed from their current location and delivered to the Owner at an Owner designated location on the project site or to another site within the Village. The Owner will retain ownership of these items. The items shall not be damaged during removal and delivery. ' Should they be damaged the Contractor shall repair the items to their pre -removal condition to the satisfaction of the Engineer. Carefully remove and deliver the following items to the Owner. 101019-1 040097017 • Emergency Generator, Engine and Appurtenances • Up to twenty-six (26) motor operators on existing valves, including seven (7) modulating motor operators. 1.04 LIST OF DRAWINGS: The Work shall conform to the following drawings which form a part of the Contract Documents CATEGORY GENERAL GENERAL CIVIL ARCHITECTURAL MECHANICAL ELECTRICAL INSTRUMENTATION 1.05 SUBSTITUTIONS: SHEET NO. G-01 thru G-03 C-01 A-01 thru A-03 M-01 thru M-07 E-01 thru E-19 1-01 thru 1-32 A. Substitutions will not be permitted on any items specified herein or identified on the drawings where two or more manufacturers have been named unless they are followed by the words "or equal". Substitutions will also not be considered on any specified items whenever they are followed by the words "no substitutions". All substitution requests must be made in writing to the Engineer within thirty days of the Contract Date. B. Submit five copies of request for substitution. Include in request: 1. Complete Data substantiating compliance of proposed substitution with Contract Documents. 2. For Products: a. Product identification, including manufacturer's name and address. b. Manufacturer's literature: (1) Product description. (2) Performance and test data. (3) Reference standards. c. Samples. d. Name and address of similar projects on which product was used, and date of installation. 3. For construction methods: a. Detailed description of proposed method. b. Drawings illustrating methods. 4. Itemized comparison of proposed substitution with product or method specified. 5. Data relating to changes in construction schedule. 6. Relation to separate contracts. 7. Accurate cost data on proposed substitution in comparison with product or method specified. This shall include initial capital and O&M cost comparison. 8. Parts commonality and performance: The Engineer/Owner will consider parts commonality and demonstrable past performance, especially such experience on Owner facilities, of the speficied equipment and the proposed substitutions and suppliers as part of the evaluation. 1.06 WATER: The Contractor shall provide and maintain, at his own expense, an adequate supply of water for his use for construction and domestic consumption, and to install and maintain necessary connections and piping for same, but only at such locations and in such manner as may L I'] 01019-2 ' 040097017 ' with a reduced pressure principle type backflow preventer and meter. The meter shall be obtained from the Village. Both devices shall be installed according to Village Standards. Prior to final acceptance, temporary connections and piping installed by the Contractor shall be removed in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. Water for all testing shall be at the Contractor's expense. ' 1.07 ELECTRICITY: All electrical current required by the Contractor shall be furnished at his own expense. All temporary connections for electricity shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer. All temporary lines shall be furnished, installed, connected and maintained by the Contractor in accordance with all applicable codes and shall be completely removed by the Contractor prior to ' substantial completion. All power consumed for start-up, testing and system use prior to substantial completion shall be paid by the Contractor. ' 1.08 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS: The Contractor is specifically advised that various dangerous chemicals and high voltage electrical power is in routine use at this facility. The chemicals include, but are not limited to, sodium hypochlorite, sodium hydroxide, diesel fuel, sulfuric acid, and various ' laboratory reagents. Portions of the work required under this contractwill be in the immediate vicinity of the items named above. The Contractor shall educate all supervisory and field personnel regarding standard safety practices and first aid procedures for accidental exposure to any, and all, of the chemicals, compounds and power in use at the site. 1.09 OWNER FACILITIES: The Contractor shall provide temporary restroom, kitchen and convenience facilities for field crews and restrict the existing facilities at the plant from any use by ' the Contractor. Placement of holding tanks shall conform to restrictions imposed by agencies with jurisdiction related to distance from potable water wells or other applicable criteria. 1.10 WORKING HOURS: All work on this contract shall be conducted during normal working hours ' (7 A.M. to 4 P.M.) on weekdays. The Contractor may arrive at the site at 6:30 A.M. to begin preparations for the work day and may stay on the site until 5 P.M. to shutdown daily operations. Heavy equipment operations shall not occur during the daily preparation or shutdown periods. No ' work will be permitted on weekends and Village observed holidays. The Contractor is specifically cautioned that work at this site shall not occur unless the Engineer's site representative is present, unless specifically approved in writing otherwise by the Engineer. The Contractor shall be obligated ' to pay costs associated with site presence of the Engineer's representative resulting from work beyond normal working hours as set forth elsewhere in this contract. 1.11 ASSEMBLIES OR UNITS: Where the Contractor is required to furnish and install an assembly ' or unit, the Contractor shall furnish all component parts as required by the manufacturer of the unit to make a fully functional system. 1.12 ACCESS TO THE WORK SITE: The Contractor may use only the access designated by the Village for access to the work locations. The Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining, protecting and restoring the routes to the satisfaction of the Village and Engineer. The Contractor ' shall be responsible for obtaining any permits necessary to use the access. There is currently only one approved access point to the work site. Additional access points will not be approved. Refer to Section IB, 1.22 for additional relevant site access information. 1.13 SITE SECURITY: The Contractor shall be fully responsible for the safety and security of the work and site. Any temporary measures required to maintain the security of the area shall be the Contractor's responsibility. This shall include but not be limited to temporary fencing, security ' guards, etc. Refer to Instruction to Bidders for additional information related to site security. 1.14 FAMILIARITY WITH LAWS: The Contractor is assumed to be in compliance with and familiar with all federal, state and local laws, ordinances, rules, codes and regulations that may in any manner affect the work. Failure to familiarize themselves with applicable laws, etc., and to maintain 01019-3 040097017 themselves in a fully compliant state shall in noway relieve the Contractor from the responsibility, to do so. 1.15 PROGRESS MEETINGS: The Contractor shall be required to prepare a monthly update of the project schedule and submit four (4) copies to the Engineer. The updated schedule shall be submitted to the Engineer with each pay request. Each schedule shall independently identify the originally approved schedule, actual progress, adjustments and new completion time projections for every item. Pay requests received without the updated schedule will not be processed. The Contractor shall also be required to attend a meeting two (2) times per month to discuss project progress and shall be able to discuss existing and projected problems, and overall job status. All such meetings shall be held at the job site. At the Engineer's discretion, the frequency of the progress meetings may be increased to one per week during various periods of the project. The Contractors project manager, superintendent and appropriate subcontractors shall attend all progress meetings. The Contractor shall provide suitable space with meeting table and chairs for up to twelve (12) people for each meeting. 1.16 STANDARDS: All work performed on this project shall be in accordance with the Village of Tequesta and other applicable standards. All conditions, as set forth in the respective permits shall be satisfied and adhered to by the Contractor. 1.17 STAGING AREA: All construction trailers and equipment storage shall occur only within the staging areas designated on the plans. It is acknowledged that the staging area may not be large enough to accommodate all required worker parking. The Ownerwill designate an alternate parking area within the Plant site for such use. There shall be no parking along, or on, designated plant roadways or roadways which front the construction area. No vehicles may be stopped on existing pavement or walkways for parking or unloading. The Contractor shall take note that improvements to the staging areas may be necessary to stabilize these areas to facilitate vehicular access 1.18 CONSTRUCTION TRAILER: The Contractor shall provide an on-site office with sanitary services and electric service as required for his use. 1.19 FIELD OFFICE: The Contractor shall provide a suitable, weatherproof field office for use by the Engineer. The office shall be located in a position which, in the opinion of the Engineer, is adequate for the inspection of the work, including at least one full-size window facing as directed by the Engineer. The Contractor shall maintain the field office in good repair and acceptable appearance, provide weekly cleaning service and maintenance and replenishment, as applicable, of paper towels, paper cups, soap, toilet paper and bottled -water service. The field office shall consist of a trailer -type, mobile structure with the following features and equipment, new or like new in appearance and function, and shall include, at a minimum: all metal frame; all metal exterior, sides and roof; security screens on all windows; toilet and wash basin with hot and cold water and drains; sanitary facilities in compliance with State and local health authorities for the trailer; insulated double walls, floor and roof; self-contained, built-in electric heater with self-contained air-conditioning unit; fluorescent ceiling lights; 110 -volt electric wall outlets; minimum interior height: 7 feet; minimum interior width: 12 feet; minimum interior length: 25 feet; entrance doors (2), equipped with cylinder locks; railed stairways to entrances; F 0 u t 01019-4 ' 040097017 ' shelving: 30 linear feet, 18 inches deep; minimum of 2 windows, with blinds; ' work surfaces (2), 30 inches wide and 10 feet in length at desk height; bottled water service (1), with cooler; desks (2), 30 inches by 60 inches; ' swivel chairs (2) straight chairs (4); four -drawer steel legal size file cabinets (2), with lock; wastepaper basket (2); ' clothes rack (2); first-aid kit (1); telephones (2), with 12 -foot -long cords; office copier w/fax capability (1) CO2 fire extinguisher (1), 10 -pound capacity; hurricane anchors. ' 1.20 SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS: A. Project Inspection: The Engineer may not be inspecting the entire project on a full time ' basis. The Contractor shall provide appropriate notice of need for inspections and allow time for scheduling. No work shall be covered up, nor test results accepted without prior witness by the Engineer. Inspections by the Engineer shall not be performed in lieu of other ' inspections required by the Village, State or Federal requirements. B. Contractor Coordination: The Contractor is advised that other construction and/or chemical deliveries work will be simultaneously underway at the construction site. Other contractors ' and suppliers, as well as the Owner's forces will use the site access route. The Contractor shall be required to coordinate all work to accommodate others as required by the Engineer. ' C. Noise: The Contractor is specifically advised that the construction site is in a residential area and sensitivity to noise control must be given a high priority. All engines used during construction shall be equipped with critical grade mufflers. ' D. Dust: The Contractor shall use a water truck or other suitable method to eliminate dispersion of dust to offsite properties. ' E. Irrigation System Restoration: The Contractor shall repair and modify the existing irrigation system to accommodate new facilities and landscaping. The Contractor shall restore damaged irrigation systems and make modifications immediately after the installation of new ' grassing in time to support the "grow -in -period" and establishment requirements. 1.21 RESTORATION OF DAMAGED SURFACES, STRUCTURES AND PROPERTY: Where ' pavement, trees, shrubbery, fences or other property or surface structures have been damaged, removed or disturbed by the Contractor, whether deliberately in order to perform the work or through failure to carry out the requirements of the Contract Documents, State laws, municipal ordinances or the specific direction of the Engineer, or through failure to employ usual and reasonable safeguards, ' such property and surface structures shall be replaced or repaired at the expense of the Contractor to a condition equal to that before Work began within a time frame approved by the Engineer and to the satisfaction of the Engineer. ' The Contractor is specifically cautioned that any damage to existing roadways and/or sidewalks shall be repaired to condition better than original. Depending on location, size, number and other ' factors patches may not be approved in lieu of full replacement to a natural breakpoint, as defined by the Engineer. 101019-5 040097017 1.22 VIDEO TAPING: The Contractor, in the presence, and to the satisfaction of the Engineer, shall video tape all areas of the construction, staging, etc. A copy of the video tapes shall be delivered to the Engineer in DVD format and approved as acceptable before any work or site mobilization occurs. 1.23 MATERIALS: All materials used on the project which are in contact with potable water directly or indirectly shall be NSF 60/61 approved for contact with potable water and acceptable to agencies with jurisdiction. It shall be the Contractor's sole responsibility to ensure and confirm that all materials used on this project comply with this requirement. 1.24 CROSSREFERENCING: The Contractor is advised that the specification is not fully cross referenced. Any section may have information relevant to each trade or equipment requirement. 1.25 REGULATORY PERMITS: The Contractor shall be responsible for reviewing the permits and ensuring that all construction activities are in full compliance with the requirements of all such permits. 1.26 EQUIPMENT: All construction equipment necessary and required forthe proper construction of this project shall be on the construction site, in first-class working condition, and shall have been approved by the Engineer before construction is permitted to start. Excessively noisy, leaky ineffective or nonfunctional equipment shall be removed from the job site immediately. Proper equipment shall be used to perform each job function to the satisfaction of the Engineer. 1.27 SHUTDOWNS: A. General Shutdowns: The Contractor shall take any and all action necessary to maintain all facilities in operating condition during the course of the construction including the provision of temporary pumping and/or piping (whether shown on the plans, or not). Partial plant shutdowns shall be minimized and in no case exceed the limitations set forth below without the written authorization by the Engineer, unless otherwise set forth herein. Partial plant shutdowns shall be requested in writing by the Contractor. Total plant shutdowns will not be permitted under any circumstance. Partial plant shutdowns will be approved on a case by case basis and shall not exceed four (4) hours. Consecutive partial shutdowns will not be permitted. Contractor is specifically advised that the Engineer reserves the right to require the scheduling of shutdowns at certain periods of the day and/or year when flows to the facility are generally lowest. Daily flows to the facility are lowest between the hours of 9 pm and 6 am. Annual average daily flows to the facility are lowest during the wet season or from June 1St to October 1St In general, the Contractor shall be required to take all steps necessary to minimize the duration of a partial shutdown. This shall include, but not limited to, work after hours and/or on weekends. All costs associated with material or labor necessary to minimize partial shutdowns shall be included in the contract price. It is specifically noted that it will be necessary to provide temporary piping, equipment relocations, etc. to maintain the plant serviceability during the construction. The Contractor shall submit all written requests for partial shutdowns to the Engineer a minimum of four (4) working days prior to the shutdown period. The request shall clearly state what equipment or process units will be shutdown, the requested duration, the name, location and telephone number of decision making personnel who may be contacted during the shutdown, the availability of emergency equipment, a detailed description of the method 1 J I 01019-6 ' 040097017 to be used to remove the unit from service and a detailed description of any temporary bypass facilities which could or will be employed during the shutdowns. Every reasonable effort will be made by the Owner to accommodate all partial shutdown requests. However, any short term (up to 14 days) deferral of a requested shutdown as a ' result of plant pumping or treatment conditions shall not constitute sufficient cause for a time extension to the contract. For purposes of this section the terms "completed", placed into service', made "functional', "energized" or similar shall mean the work, item or equipment has been completed, tested, accepted and approved for use by the Engineer and any applicable agencies. Placing equipment into service or use includes the provision of the appropriate instrumentation and control functions related to said equipment. B. New MCC: The project includes demolition and removal of existing MCC's, ATS 100 and electrical/control items in the Filter Water Treatment Plant MCC Room including Emergency Generator EG1 and its associated battery charger, day tank and overflow return tank. ' Shutdowns associated with energizing the new facilities shall not exceed four (4) hours each, non-consecutive. To satisfy this requirement the Contractor should anticipate removal of EG1, installation of the new MCC, installation of new conduit and cable to serviced devices (H.S. Pumps, Transfer Pumps, etc.) and other measures related to the feeder prior ' to energizing the MCC. No shutdown shall exceed 4 -hours. Equipment cut -overs can be made sequentially. C. New PLC 100 and Filter Control Panel FCPA: The project includes demolition of the existing MnMCC 1/0 Panel, Mn-Greensand WTP MCP PLC 1/0 Interface Control Panel, Sequencer Panel, the Data Logger and the back-to-back Filter Control Panels No. 1 and No. 2 when new PLC 100 and FCPA are in service. All new facilities will be installed and fully functional ' prior to any cut -over. Shutdowns for critical cut -overs will be sequential, but not consecutive, and not exceed one hour each. D. H2SO4 and NaOH Bulk and Day Tanks: The project includes removal and replacement of existing H2SO4 and NaOH bulk and day tanks. Each feed system shall be removed from service separately. At no time shall both systems be out of service at the same time. The ' Water Treatment Plant shall remain functional at all times excluding tie-in shutdowns which shall not exceed two hours. Neither system shall be out of service for more than 14 consecutive days, exclusive of the time required to secure a chemical bulk delivery and refill the system. During that time, the Contractor shall accommodate, connect and power an Owner supplied chemical feed system (including tank and pumps). The Contractor shall supply suitable temporary piping systems to connect the temporary system to the feed points. The Contractor shall provide the 60 days written advance notice of when the temporary systems are required to be operational (which shall be the date upon which the 14 day out -of -service period shall commence). The Contractor shall transfer any unused chemical from the Owner's temporary system into the permanent system. The Contractor shall take all necessary steps to protect the temporary feed system and facilitate its functionality. E. Additive Alternate H2SO4 upgrades: The project includes an option to remove the existing ' H2SO4 feed pumps from service and install a three pump system to replace the existing two pump systems. All provisions or a temporary system shall remain the same as described in item "D" above, except the system out -of -service period shall be extended from 14 days to 21 days. F. Filter Valving: The project includes replacement of various valves and motor operators on the six (6) pressure sand filters. To the maximum extent possible, valves and operator replacements shall be sequenced such that only a single filter shall be removed from service 01019-7 040097017 at one time. The use of temporary blind flanges shall be used to the maximum extent possible on the filter supply, backwash and product to shorten the shutdown periods. Entire filtration system shutdowns shall not exceed 4-hours/day and shall not be scheduled on ' consecutive days. G. Damages: The Contractor agrees to pay to the Owner as liquidated damages the amount of ' $100 for each full hour that any shutdown exceeds the limits set forth herein, unless an extension is agreed to in writing beforehand by the Engineer. These damages will be assessed under the same criteria and definitions discussed elsewhere in the document related to liquidated dames, but still considered as additional damages and not included in ' any amounts computed for other delays or reasons. H. Software Modifications: Shutdowns modification related shutdowns shall not exceed 4 -hour ' duration, shall not be scheduled sequentially and shall be minimized to the maximum extent possible and to the satisfaction of the Engineer by off-line testing prior to system uploading. Hurricane Preparedness: The Contractor shall take all necessary and appropriate ' precautions to protect his work and the plant in general in the event of the issuance of a hurricane watch or hurricane warning. Such measures shall be to the satisfaction of the Owner and shall include, but not be limited to, re -scheduling of activities that mayjeopardize , the ability of the existing facilities to function during extended power outages and due and proper securing of all materials, structures, equipment and facilities to prevent damage. Neither the Owner and Engineer assumes no liability for the completeness of Contractor hurricane preparedness measures. 01019-8 , 040097017 n 1 SECTION 01150 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL: Measurement and payment will be based upon Work completed and accepted in accordance with the Contract Documents. No separate payment will be made for clearing, excavation, trenching, backfilling, fencing, surveying, density tests or other incidental items of Work not shown in the Agreement. 1.02 EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS IN STORAGE: Partial payment for materials and equipment in proper storage at the site of the Work will be made for those items for which the Contractor has submitted the following: A. Invoice for each item in storage. The invoice shall not exceed the value of the item stored as determined by the amount paid to the manufacturer (subcontractor fabrication costs excluded for subcontractors who also manufacture assemblies). B. List of items in storage. ' C. With the following pay estimate, release of liens for 90% of each item listed as stored materials for the previous pay estimate. Any item for which a 90% release of lien is not supplied shall be considered as having been removed from the site. No payment for any offsite storage of material will be made. Any payment for stored material shall not include labor or profit by the Contractor or any sub -contractor. The Contractor is specifically advised that this procedure may require full payment for some stored materials or shop work significantly ahead of the time when payment is issued by the Owner. 1.03 MEASUREMENT: The Contractor will be paid for work performed under this contract according to Engineer approved percentage of completion for each item on the schedule of values and/or identified unit prices, all as further described and set forth in other sections of this document. ' 1.04 PAYMENT: Payment will be made at the lump sum price for each applicable item shown in the Agreement and listed in the Engineer approved schedule of values, as identified and applicable for specific items, stored and/or installed and accepted, which price and payment ' shall constitute full compensation for furnishing all materials and performing all Work in connection therewith and incidental thereto. The following schedule shall be adhered to: ' A. 15th of the Month - Cut off date B. 18th of the Month - Pay estimate to the Inspector C. 20th of the Month - Pay estimate to the Engineer D. 25th of the Month - Pay estimate to the Owner. ' E. 20th the following Month - Payment by the Owner When the cut off date occurs on a holiday or weekend, the date shall be the last work day preceding the 15th. 1.05 PAY ESTIMATE FORMS: The Engineer will supply a pay estimate form for the Contractor to use for submittal. The Contractor shall make copies to be used for submittal of the following ' pay estimates. The Contractor is specifically advised that the pay estimate form may not be a 101150-1 040097017 standard form in common use within the industry. Failure of the Contractor to sign the a ' rY gn pay estimate or attach appropriate documentation shall be grounds for returning the pay estimate with no action by the Owner or Engineer. , 1.06 BID ALLOWANCE/ADDITIONAL WORK ACCOUNTS: The Contractor shall include in the base lump sum bid amount a $75,000 bid allowance. The allowance shall be used to cover ' additional pipe, fittings, concrete, steel, equipment, equipment modifications, labor or material required by the Owner. Any usage of the allowance shall require advance written approval by the Engineer. Unused bid allowance amounts shall be deducted from the contract at project ' closeout. Use of any allowance shall be approved in advance in writing by the Engineer. 1.07 ADDITIVE ALTERNATE: The bid form contains an Additive Alternate to remove the existing two -pump sulfuric acid feed system and replace it with a three -pump system (including , appurtenances as shown on the drawings). The Owner will make the decision to award the additive alternate, or not, at the time of the overall project award. 1 01150-2 1 040097017 J ISECTION 01300 ISUBMITTALS I PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF REQUIREMENTS: The types of submittals controlled by these general ' requirements include shop drawings, operation and maintenance manuals, instruction manuals, samples, and miscellaneous work-related submittals. The individual submittal requirements are specified herein and in applicable sections for each unit of work. Other submittals as specified in other sections shall follow the requirements of those sections. 1.02 GENERAL SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS: Coordination and Sequencing: The Contractor shall coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with performance of the work so that 1 the work will not be delayed by submittals. The Contractor shall allow for adequate review time by the Engineer for the submittals. Larger and more complex, integrated submittals shall be allocated more review time than others. The Contractor shall coordinate and sequence different categories of submittals for the same work, and for interfacing units of work, so that one will not be delayed for coordination with another. No extension of time will be allowed because of failure to properly coordinate and sequence submittals or to provide proper submittals that comply with ' the requirements of the documents and are approvable. Preparation of Submittals: Provide permanent marking on each submittal to identify project, date, Contractor, subcontractor, submittal name and similar information to distinguish it from other submittals. If directed by the Engineer, group and number shop drawings as requested. Each submittal shall clearly state where the item is to be installed. Package each submittal ' appropriately for transmittal and handling. Submittals which are received from sources other than through Contractor's office will be returned without action. All results of testing by independent labs or agencies shall be submitted to the Engineer. This shall include both passing and failing tests. ' 1.03 SPECIFIC CATEGORY SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS: Except as otherwise indicated in individual work sections, comply with general requirements specified herein for each indicated Icategory of submittal. 1.04 GENERAL SHOP DRAWING REQUIREMENTS: As soon as practicable and within sixty ' (60) days after the Notice to Proceed, the Contractor, in conformance with the conditions of the contract, shall submit to the Engineer for approval, four (4) hard copies (in addition to those copies necessary for his own requirements to a maximum of three (3) copies) of all required shop drawings. The Contractor shall submit newly prepared information: do not reproduce contract documents or copy standard printed information as basis of shop drawings. Prepare on reproducible sheets, not less than 8-1/2 in. x 11 in. and not larger than 24 in. x 36 in., except for actual pattern or template type drawings. Prepare shop drawings to accurate scale, except where other form is indicated as acceptable. Show dimensions and note which are based on field measurements, identify materials and products in the work shown. Indicate name of firm which has prepared each shop drawing, and provide appropriate project identification. Shop drawings submitted to the Engineer for his approval shall first be checked and approved by the Contractor, as indicated by a "checked" stamp marked "Approved" on each copy of the shop drawing. Shop drawings received without the Contractor's "Checked and Approved" stamp 01300-1 040097017 will be returned without further action. The Contractor will receive only one marked up return copy of any drawings stamped "Not Approved" or "Revise and Resubmit". Shop drawings shall be submitted for the following: 1. Sulfuric Acid Bulk and Day Tanks 2. Sodium Hydroxide Bulk and Day Tanks 3. Piping (all types and materials) 4. Valves (all types and materials) 5. Motor Operated Valves including motor 6. CMU's 7. HVAC Equipment 8. Chemical Feed Pumps (Additive Alternate) 9. Air Release Valves 10. Pipe Restraint Systems 11. Unistrut (all materials) 12. Fabricated Pipe Supports 13. Coating Systems 14. Pipe Saddles, Fittings, Adapters (all sizes and materials for each) 15. All Electrical and Instrumentation Equipment items including Primary Elements 16. Conduit 17. Cable 18 Lighting Fixtures include Poles and Bases Where Applicable 19. Control Panels 20. Grounding System 21. Electric Hand Holes and Pull Boxes 22. Miscellaneous Metals 23. Lightning Protection system 24. Caulking 25. Doors and Frames 26. All Architectural Items 27. All Structural items 28. Any other items requested by the Engineer Product Data: Collect required data into one submittal for each unit of work or system; and mark each copy to show which choices and options are applicable to the project. Include manufacturer's standard printed recommendations for application and use, compliance with standards, application of labels and seals, notation of field measurements which have been checked, and special coordination requirements. Maintain one set of product data for each submittal at the project site, available for reference by the Engineer. For purposes of this submittal, manufacturer's fabrication drawings shall be synonymous with shop drawings. A copy of the startup report approved by the Engineer and containing data collected at the Engineer witnessed startup shall be contained in the final O&M Manuals. The Contractor shall not submit product data or allow its use on the project, until compliance with requirements of the contract documents has been confirmed and the Engineer's approval has been secured. Submittal is for information and record, unless otherwise indicated. 1.05 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE/INSTRUCTION MANUALS: Three copies of the operation and maintenance manuals for each component of the project shall be provided to the Engineer for transmittal to the Owner. The manuals shall be bound in a suitably sized three ring 01300-2 040097017 1 1 binder with a suitable label identifying the project, date and location. Final copies of all manuals shall also be provided in electronic PDF format. All material included shall be reproduced on ' paper having mylar reinforced edging. A table of contents and indexing tabs shall be provided for each equipment item. A separate table shall identify specifically where each item listed in the table of contents is installed. ' A standard printed list of manufacturer's recommended spare parts for each new component of the project equipment shall be included in the manual. This list shall be as provided in the manufacturer's printed manual, or supplied on the manufacturer's letterhead and signed by direct employees of the manufacturer. The manuals shall also include a complete list of parts suppliers with addresses and telephone numbers for each system component. The manuals shall include a complete set of preventive maintenance requirements as a function of running and chronological time for the following components, as a minimum. At a minimum, O & M Manuals shall be supplied for the following items. 1. Chemical Feed Pumps (new) 2. Bulk and Day Chemical Tanks ' 3. Motor Operated Valves 4. HVAC System Components 5. All Instrumentation 6. All Electrical Switchgear and VFD's ' All material included in the manuals shall refer only to the actual installed equipment. Extraneous material shall be marked out or labeled as "not applicable". All manuals shall be furnished to the Engineer a minimum of four weeks prior to the request for substantial completion or four weeks prior to the equipment being placed in operation, whichever is earlier. ' 1.06 DOCUMENTS: Maintain at the job -site one copy of all drawings, specifications; addenda; approved shop drawings; change orders; field orders; other contract modifications; and other approved documents submitted by the Contractor in compliance with various sections of the specifications. Each of these Project Record Documents shall be clearly marked "Project Record Copy" and maintained in good condition; available at all times for review by the IEngineer and not used for construction purposes. 1.07 START UP REPORTS: On completion of the work, but at least four weeks prior to ' substantial completion, the manufacturer's representative shall submit, through the Contractor, four copies to the Engineer of a complete signed report of the result of his inspection, operation, adjustments, and tests. Start up reports are required for the following: 1. Chemical Feed Pumps (new) 2. HVAC System 3. NaOH Heater 4. All Instrumentation 5. All Electrical Switchgear and VFD's ' The manufacturer's representative for each of the systems components named above shall be present during all testing and start up exercises. The Contractor, electrical and instrumentation subcontractors and other appropriate subcontractors shall also be present at the start up of each system. The startup report shall include detailed descriptions of the points inspected, tests 01300-3 040097017 and adjustments made, quantitative results obtained and the suggestions for precautions to be taken to ensure proper maintenance. The report also shall include a certificate that the equipment conforms to the requirements of the contract and is ready for permanent operation and that nothing in the installation will render the manufacturer's warranty null and void. There shall be furnished in writing to the Owner for each piece of equipment, a manufacturer's guarantee against defects in material and workmanship for a period of one year from the date of substantial completion, provided the equipment is properly serviced and operated under normal conditions and according to manufacturer's instructions. The manufacturer shall replace, without additional expense to the Owner, any component which proves defective during the guarantee period. Items that are normally expended in service such as oil, grease, light bulbs, are to be exempt from the guarantee. In addition to the above, the manufacturer of various system components shall supply training as set forth in Section 01650. This training shall be non - concurrent with start up requirements and occur after completion of start up. 1.08 SPARE PARTS AND LUBRICANTS: Except as may be otherwise noted in this specification, for each individual equipment component supplied, a complete set of manufacturer's recommended spare parts as listed in the instruction manuals shall be supplied. Spare parts shall include, but not be limited to, all belts, inks, charts, gaskets, O -rings, packing and shear pins. Each spare part shall be labeled to identify its location for installation. All special tools or instruments required to perform normal in -field maintenance on all system components shall be supplied to the Engineer for delivery to the Owner. The provision for special tools shall be non -redundant where duplicate items are provided. A one year supply of all lubricants used for any mechanical equipment provided under this contract shall be supplied to the Engineer for delivery to the owner. All lubricants shall be delivered in clean, tightly sealed containers and clearly labeled as to where they are to be used. 1.09 BOND AND COMPLETED OPERATION INSURANCE: Prior to final payment the Contractor shall submit proof that bonds and completed operations insurance are in effect as required by Articles 5.1 and 5.3 of the General Conditions. PART 2 AND 3 - PRODUCTS AND EXECUTION (not applicable) 01300-4 040097017 1 i u fl SECTION 01400 GENERAL QUALITY CONTROL PART 1 - GENERAL ' 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF REQUIREMENTS: Specific quality control requirements for the work are indicated throughout the contract documents and are not repeated herein. The requirements set forth in this section are primarily related to performance of the work beyond ' furnishing of manufactured products. The term "Quality Control" includes, but is not necessarily limited to, inspection and testing and associated requirements. This section does not specify or modify Engineer's duties relating to quality control and Contract enforcement. ' 1.02 RESPONSIBILITY FOR INSPECTIONS AND TESTS: Unless otherwise noted, all testing and inspections required by these specifications shall be performed by a properly certified entity. All costs associated with the testing and inspections shall be the Contractor's ' responsibility. The Contractor shall also be responsible for all tests or inspections required by any entity having jurisdictional control over the work. ' The costs for those required services by independent testing laboratories shall be included in the base lump sum bid amount. No failure of test agencies, whether engaged by Owner or Contractor, to perform adequate inspections or tests or to properly analyze or report results, shall relieve the Contractor of responsibility for fulfillment of the requirements of the contract documents. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE: Except as more definitively specified, the Contractor shall comply with recognized workmanship quality standards within the industry as applicable to each unit of work, including ANSI standards where applicable. It is a requirement that each category of ' tradesperson or installer performing the work be prequalified, to the extent of being familiar with applicable and recognized quality standards for that category of work, and of being capable of workmanship complying with those standards. The Engineer shall be the sole judge of what constitutes industry workmanship standards. 1.04 PRODUCT DELIVERY -STORAGE -HANDLING: Handle, store and protect materials and products, including fabricated components, by methods and means which will prevent damages, ' deterioration and losses including theft (and resulting delays), thereby insuring highest quality results as the performance of the work progresses. Where recommended by the manufacturer or otherwise required, as defined by the Engineer, the storage space shall be air conditioned. ' Control delivery schedules so as to minimize unnecessary long-term storage at the project site prior to installation, especially for product that, in the Engineers opinion, can excessively deteriorate with time. Contractor shall provide covered, inside storage for all new equipment on the site which is not intended for outside installation. Electrical, hydraulic and pneumatic connections on all equipment shall be protected from the elements. Contractor shall store all material on the project site unless specifically authorized otherwise by the Owner. 1.05 WATERTIGHTNESS: All equipment containing liquids that are not subject to leakage testing, as may be specified elsewhere, shall be free of all leakage when filled to the maximum pressure or static head that could be applied during operation of the facilities. Contractor shall complete watertightness testing using potable water. Contractor will be responsible for conveyance of test water to and from each of the facilities as required to complete the testing. Upon completion of the watertightness testing all facilities shall be emptied. The Contractor shall be fully responsible for the proper disposal of all test water, to the satisfaction of the Engineer. All such facilities shall be leak tested for a minimum duration of 48 hours. Any 01400-1 1 040097017 damp areas resulting from the tests shall be considered leaks and shall be considered as leaks and repaired. 1.06 DISINFECTION & TESTING: All tankage where work has been performed which is not otherwise subject to disinfection or testing requirements by this specification shall be disinfected with a 50 mg/I chlorine solution and subsequently flushed. This will include the new chemical tanks. Bacteriologist samples shall be taken and run by a state approved laboratory until two consecutive days of safe samples have been obtained. Sulfuric acid tanks shall be dried with nitrogen gas after disinfection and flushing. All other FDEP and Health Department requirements related to disinfection and sampling shall be satisified. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (not applicable) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION FOR INSTALLATION: Installer's Inspection of Conditions: The Contractor shall require the fabricator and installer of each major unit of work to inspect substrate to receive the work, and conditions under which the work will be performed, and to report (in writing to the Contractor and the Engineer) unsatisfactory conditions. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the fabricator and installer. 3.02 INSTALLATION QUALITY CONTROL: Manufacturer's Instructions: Where installations include manufactured products, comply with manufacturer's applicable instructions and recommendations for installation, to whatever extent these are more explicit or more stringent than applicable requirements indicated in the contract documents. The Contractor shall inspect each item of materials or equipment upon receipt at the job site and immediately prior to installation, and reject damaged and defective items. Provide attachment and connection devices and methods for securing work as it is installed; true to line and level, and within recognized industry tolerances, as defined by the Engineer, if not otherwise indicated. The Contractor shall recheck measurements and dimensions of the work, as an integral step of starting each installation. Install work during conditions of temperature, humidity, exposure, forecasted weather, and status of project completion which will ensure best possible results for each unit of work, in coordination with entire work. Isolate each unit of work from non -compatible work, as required to prevent deterioration. This shall include, but not be limited to, wrapping of copper pipe at slab penetration points and installation of di -electric connectors to connected piping of dis-similar materials. Except as otherwise noted, mount individual units of work at industry -recognized standard mounting heights, for applications indicated. Refer questionable mounting height choices to the Engineer for final decision. Adjust, clean, lubricate, restore marred finishes, and protect newly installed work, to ensure that it will remain without damage or deterioration during the remainder of the construction period. 3.03 CLEANING: All new facilities and existing facilities impacted by construction shall be fully cleaned to the satisfaction of the Engineer prior to final completion. All Contractor debris, dust, dirt, trash, etc. shall be removed. u 01400-2 040097017 ' SECTION 01650 ' STARTING OF SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 REQUIRED START UP: Start up is required for the following systems: 1. HVAC System 2. Chemical Feed Pumps (new) 3. Motor Operated Valves 4. All Instrumentation including Primary Elements 5. All Electrical Switchgear and VFD's 6. All PLC Programming 1.02 START UP REPORT: Start up reports shall conform to Section 01300, Submittals. ' 1.03 SERVICES OF MANUFACTURER'S REPRESENTATIVE: The Contractor shall arrange for a qualified service representative from the company manufacturing or supplying equipment listed in 1.01 to perform the duties listed herein and Section 01300, Submittals. The Contractor shall include in his costs all services of the Manufacturer's Representative. The following work ' shall be performed. A. The operation, testing, and adjustment to the satisfaction of the Engineer shall be as required to prove that the equipment is left in proper condition for satisfactory operation under the conditions specified. B. After installation of the listed equipment has been completed, and the equipment is presumably ready for operation, but before it is operated by others, the representative shall inspect, operate, test, and adjust the equipment. The inspection shall include, but not be limited to, the following points as applicable. 1. Soundness (without cracked or otherwise damaged parts) 2. Completeness in all details, as specified. 3. Correctness of setting, alignment, and relative arrangement of various parts. 4. Adequacy and correctness of packing, sealing, and lubricants. 5. Correction of calibration. 6. Proper automated sequencing of start and shutdown. ' 7. Proper automated control of operation by software (if applicable) and safety devices. Confirmation of acceptability of each of the above items shall be documented in the startup report described in Section 01300, 1.07. ' C. Demonstration of equipment performance consistent with the requirements for the specification, shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. For pumps, this shall include demonstration of at least 3 points on the curve, selected by the Engineer. Proper operation shall be demonstrated to the Engineer's satisfaction. The Contractor shall provide and install necessary pressure gages to confirm proper operation to the satisfaction of the Engineer. The Contractor shall also supply and operate test equipment (satisfactory to the Engineer) to measure current, voltage, and resistance as necessary to confirm proper operation. 01650-1 040097017 D. Startup/Testing/Witnessing Sequence: All equipment startups shall be Engineer witnessed. The Contractor shall record data collected during startup, incorporate into the previously submitted startup report and include in the final O & M Manual. Prior to the final Engineer witness test the Contractor and the manufacturer/supplier shall inspect the installation and confirm the equipment is suitable for operation as set forth above. This work shall occur at a different session than the Engineer witness test (which shall not occur until the work set forth in 1.03 B is complete and the required report submitted and accepted by the Engineer. E. At least 60 days and not more than 90 days after the equipment is placed in operation a representative of the manufacturer in the company of a representative of the Owner shall inspect each item for which a startup report was prepared making necessary adjustments, as necessary. The Contractor shall notify the Owner in writing seven (10) days prior to the Manufacturer's Representative visit. F. Thirty days prior to the expiration of one year Contractor correction period (General Conditions 13.07) for each piece of equipment which had a startup report, the Manufacturer's Representative, the Contractor, and the Engineer shall inspect the equipment. The Manufacturer's Representative shall make necessary adjustments. Failure of the Contractor to schedule and perform this item shall extend the warranty and correction period until 30 days after this event does occur. Engineer shall receive 10 days advance written notice of the intent to conduct this visit. G. Supply, to the Owner's plant and maintenance personnel, on site instructions and training on the operation of the equipment. The training shall be supplied by a factory trained manufacturer's representative. The training shall be sufficient to fully communicate operation and maintenance recommendations to the Owner and shall not be less than the following lengths of time. Training on the following items shall be conducted with the Owner, through the Engineer, and be non -concurrent and scheduled a minimum of 10 days after satisfactory start-up and demonstration to the Engineer. The training times indicated are intended to represent the total training time per session. It will be necessary to conduct the training two times to accommodate the operator's schedules. The times indicated below are per session. Where multiple manufacturers have been used for the same generic item, the indicated training time shall be per each manufacturer of the given product. These sessions may not be consecutive or be on the same day. Motor Operated Valves 0.5 hr. PLC's (hardware) 1 hr. each PLC Program 4 hrs. HVAC System 1 hr. New MCC's 2 hrs. (each) All Primary Instrumentation elements and transmitters 1 hr. each H. Spare Parts: Provide spare parts as required under Section 01300. L 17 I' L_1 01650-2 040097017 ' ISECTION 01720 RECORD DRAWINGS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION: The Work covered under this section shall include furnishing the Engineer all information necessary for a complete set of Record Drawings. 1.02 APPLICABLE CODES, STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS: The Record Drawings information shall be in strict accordance with the following codes and standards: A. Local county, municipal and utility codes B. Department of Environmental Protection ' C. State of Florida Department of Health and Rehabilitative Services ' 1.03 MATERIALS: The Contractor shall mark on the construction drawings of the Contract Documents all field information. 1.04 DATUM: All elevations shall be based on NGVD. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 RECORD DRAWINGS: The record drawings shall correctly and accurately show all changes from the Contract Documents made during construction and shall reflect surveyed information which shall be performed and certified by a Professional Surveyor currently registered in the State of Florida. The drawings shall be neat and legible. A. Piping and Tubing: Record drawings shall show the following field information: 1. Show material used to construct lines. ' 2. Show location of new tees, crosses, bends, terminal ends, valves, air release valves, and sampling points, etc., by distances from the closest above ground reference points. B. Equipment: Record drawings shall show the following information: ' 1. Centerline elevations of all new pipes and equipment. 2. Equipment top elevations. ' 3. Distance between pumps (centerline to centerline). 4. All motor and pump nameplate data (this can be provided in summary form on ' a separate sheet). C. Exterior Electrical/Instrumentation Conduits: Record drawings shall show the following information: 01720-1 ' 040097017 11, 1. All horizontal and vertical control of all new and existing buried conduit. For existing buried conduit, identify only the size and material of said conduit that is exposed during construction activities. 2. Conduit material and size for all new conduits (shall be shown on the conduit/cable schedule). 3. Number and sizes of wires in each new conduit (shall be shown on the conduit/cable schedule). 4. Grounding system. 5. All primary element and transmitter nameplate data. (This can be provided in summary form on a separate sheet). PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 RECORDS: Daily records of changes in location of piping, fixtures and other items shall be kept and recorded on the record drawings. Record information will be provided to the Engineer for review at three month intervals, minimum, during the course of the project. The Contractor is specifically advised that the schedule of values will identity a separate pay item for record drawings preparation. The collective payment for intermediate submittals will not exceed 50% of the total pay item until a full and final record submittal has been made and accepted. The Contractor shall review the completed record drawings and ascertain that all data furnished is accurate and truly represents the work actually installed. No Record Drawings information will be accepted from subcontractors. 3.02 SUBMITTAL: The project shall not be considered to be in substantial completion until record drawings have been submitted and accepted by the Engineer. Record drawings are required for submittal to the agencies for release of the system for use. This release is also a condition of substantial completion. In developing a project schedule the Contractor shall allow adequate time for the Engineer to transfer all record information to the drawings. Prior to final payment, the record drawings shall be revised by the Contractor to reflect any changes which have occurred since the substantial completion submittal. Except where otherwise noted above, record information shall be shown in red on the original bid drawings. Each drawing shall be reviewed and record information indicated at every location where an item is shown. Record information which reflects changes to the drawings shall be recorded on every sheet where the information appears. Record drawings shall be signed and sealed by a Florida Registered Professional Surveyor and transmitted electronically in AUTOCADD format as well as two full size hard copy sets. 01720-2 040097017 1 SECTION 02050 DEMOLITION PART 1 —GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. In general the items demolished and /or removed on this project are shown on the drawings and include, but are not limited to, the following: Generator G1 (including indicated fuel piping, day tank, muffler and appurtenant items). ' MCC's and Control Panels Compressor Louvers ' Motor Operated Valves Bulk and Day Tanks for H2SO4 and NaOH ' B. The Contractor shall remove and dispose of or salvage any existing structure, walls, masonry, piping, conduits, electrical equipment, mechanical equipment, or appurtenances or portions thereof, as shown on the Drawings or required to complete the project. The Contractor shall suitably dispose of all demolished items at an acceptable off-site location. The Owner reserves the right to retain certain items. Items so designated shall be removed undamaged and delivered on-site to a location designated by the Owner. Refer to 01019, 1.03 for a partial designation of items to be salvaged. C. All materials designated for disposal shall, when released by the Engineer, become the Contractor's property and shall be promptly removed from the site to the Contractor's own place of disposal. Where items to be demolished contain chemicals, liquids or solids, said contents shall be safely removed and properly transported and disposed of by the Contractor. This shall include but not be limited to fuel oil, sodium chloride and hydrofluosilicic acid. 1.02 SUBMITTALS: The Contractor shall submit for review, in accordance with Section entitled "Submittals" the proposed methods, equipment and operation sequence. Include coordination for shut-off, temporary services, continuation of service and other applicable items to ensure no interruption of plant operations except as hereinbefore specified. 1 1.03 JOB CONDITIONS A. The Contractor shall execute the demolition and removal work to prevent damage or injury to structures, occupants thereof and adjacent features which might result from falling debris or other causes, and so as not to interfere with the use, and free and safe passage to and from adjacent structures. rB. Closing or obstructing of roadways adjacent to the work by the placement or storage of materials will not be permitted. All operations shall be conducted with a minimum ' interference to pedestrian and vehicular traffic. C. The Contractor shall repair damage done to facilities to remain, or to any property belonging to the Owner, to a like -new condition to the satisfaction of the Engineer. 02050-1 ' 040097017 D. The Contractor shall carry out his operations so as to avoid interference with operations and work in the existing facilities. E. At least 48 hours prior to commencement of a demolition or removal, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer in writing of his proposed schedule. No removals shall be started until it is acceptable to the Engineer. 1.04 DUST CONTROL: The Contractor shall use temporary enclosures and other suitable methods to limit the amount of dust and dirt rising and scattering in the air to the lowest practical level. Existing electrical and mechanical equipment to remain shall be protected from damage, dust, and debris to the satisfaction of the Engineer. PART 2 — PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Prior to commencing work, the Contractor shall check all underground and exposed existing utility and process piping and all equipment in any way associated or in the proximity to the items to be removed and shall verify that the piping is inactive (abandoned) and that electric power to equipment, lighting, controls, etc., has been permanently disconnected. Active services shall be brought to the attention of the Owner for proper action. B. The Contractor shall remove all equipment and accessories in a workmanlike manner and shall take all necessary precautions to avoid damaging existing equipment, piping, and structures which are to be retained. Damage shall be repaired or replaced at the expense of the Contractor. C. The Contractor shall proceed with the removal of the structures, equipment, piping and appurtenances in a sequence designed to maintain the plant in continuous operation, or minimize interruptions, as set forth herein. Refer to Section 01019. D. All supports, pedestals, and anchors shall be removed with the equipment structures and piping unless otherwise specified or required. Concrete bases, anchor bolts, and other supports shall be removed to approximately one inch below the surrounding finished area and the recesses shall be patched flush to match the adjacent area texture. Superstructure wall and roof openings shall be closed, damaged surfaces shall be patched to match the adjacent areas, as specified under applicable section of these Specification, and as shown on the Drawings, or as indicated by the Engineer. Wall sleeves and castings shall be cleaned of extraneous materials and filled with non shrinking grout as recommended by manufacturer for water -tightness required. All openings in concrete shall be closed in a manner meeting the requirements of the appropriate sections of these Specifications, as shown on the Drawings, and as acceptable to the Engineer. E. The project includes removal of the existing generator, fuel piping, bulk chemical tanks and day tanks. The Contractor shall be responsible for removal and proper disposal of all fluids from the generator and fuel piping. The Contractor shall provide the Owner a 60 day advance notice of when each chemical system will be removed from normal service. The Owner will plan and schedule usage and deliveries to reduce the chemical volume in all tanks to the extent possible. The Contractor shall anticipate that at least 10% of the volume of all tanks shall remain in the tank. The Contractor shall be responsible for removing and 02050-2 040097017 17 L 1 F7 LI F 1 1 1 t properly disposing of any remaining amounts of chemicals. 3.02 UNAUTHORIZED REMOVAL: Any equipment, piping and appurtenances removed without proper authorization, shall be replaced to equal or better condition to the satisfaction of the Owner at no cost to the Owner. 3.03 SALVAGED ITEMS: The Contractor shall carefully move salvaged equipment to an Owner designated on-site location. The Owner reserves the right to designate any item for salvage. 3.04 DEMOLITION: The Owner may desire to keep certain items of existing equipment which are to be dismantled and removed during the course of construction. Prior to removal of any existing equipment or piping from the site of work, the Contractor shall ascertain from the Engineer whether or not the particular item or items are to be salvaged. Items to be salvaged shall be stockpiled on the site, or delivered to a storage area at a location located on site as directed by the Engineer. All other items of equipment shall be disposed of off-site by the Contractor at his expense, in accordance with applicable laws, ordinances and regulations. 3.05 STRUCTURAL REMOVALS A. The Contractor shall remove structures to the lines and grades shown, unless otherwise indicated by the Engineer. B. All wood, concrete, brick, tile, concrete block, roofing materials, reinforcement, structural or miscellaneous metals, plaster, wire mesh and other items contained in or upon the structure shall be removed and taken from the project site. These items shall not be used in backfill. C. After removal of parts or all of masonry walls, slabs and like work, which tie into new work or existing work, the point of junction shall be neatly repaired so as to leave only finished edges and surface exposed. The jambs, sills and heads of any new windows, passageways, doors or other openings cut into the new work or existing work shall be dressed with new masonry, concrete or metal to provide a smooth, finished appearance. Where adjacent stucco surfaces are damaged as a result of removals, restore surfaces to their original condition. D. Where new anchoring materials, including bolts, nuts, hangers, welds and reinforcing steel, are required to attach new work to the existing work, they shall be included under this Section, except where specified elsewhere. 3.06 MECHANICAL REMOVALS: Mechanical removals shall consist of dismantling and removing of existing piping, equipment and other appurtenances as shown or required for the completion of the work. It shall include cutting, capping, plugging and restraining as required by the Engineer. 3.07 ELECTRICAL REMOVALS A. Electrical removals shall consist of the removal of conduits and wires, and miscellaneous electrical equipment all as shown, specified or required to perform the work. B. All existing electrical equipment to be removed shall be removed with such care as may be required to prevent unnecessary damage, to keep existing systems in operation and to keep the integrity of the grounding systems. C. Conduits and wires shall be abandoned or removed where noted or as shown on the Drawings. All wires in abandoned conduits shall be removed. Abandoned conduits 02050-3 1 040097017 concealed in floor or ceiling slabs or in walls, shall be cut flush with the slab or wall at the point of entrance. The conduits shall be suitably plugged and the area repaired in a flush, smooth, approved manner. Exposed conduits and their supports shall be disassembled and removed from the project site. Repair all areas of removal to prevent rust spots on exposed surfaces. 3.08 REPAIR WORK: Surfaces of walls, or floors, which are exposed by any of the removals specified herein, and which have holes, scars, chipped or other damaged surfaces revealed by the removal, shall be repaired by the Contractor. 3.09 EXPOSED REBAR OR ANCHORS: Any reinforcing steel exposed by virtue of demolition operations shall be chipped back to'/2-inch below the surface, coated then grouted flush prior to implementing repairs. 3.10 ASBESTOS REPORT: Various areas designated for demolition have been tested for the presence of asbestos. The corresponding report is included as Appendix B. The Contractor shall engage the services of an Asbesto Removal Contractor as required to properly remove and dispose of any items showing the presence of asbestos in areas where this specification requires its removal or workers are exposed when implementing work required by this specification. 3.11 CLEANUP: The Contractor shall remove from the project site all debris resulting from the demolition and removal operations as it accumulates. Upon completion of the demolition work, all materials, equipment, waste and debris of every sort shall be removed and the premises shall be left clean, neat and orderly. 11 iJ 02050-4 040097017 , 1 �J r-1 SECTION 02485 GRASSING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION: The Contractor shall furnish all materials and labor necessary for grassing. It is the intent of these documents that all areas damaged during construction shall be sodded, unless seeding and mulching of specific locations is specifically approved in writing by the Engineer. The Contractor shall remove any organics (weeds, etc.) that have re-established since the completion of clearing operations prior to commencement of grassing. 1.02 STORAGE OF MATERIALS: The Contractor shall provide space for storage of sod prior to placement in a manner that will not endanger or restrict pedestrian or vehicular traffic. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 SOD, SEED and MULCHING: A. Sodding shall be in accordance with section 575-1 through 575-2 of the Florida Department of Transportation (DOT) Specifications. Sod in all irrigated areas shall be St. Augustine Flortam. Sodding in any unirrigated areas, or areas currently having Bahia shall be sodded with Bahia. B. Seeding and mulching shall be in accordance with Section 570-1 through 570-3 of the DOT specifications. Seeding and mulching shall be used only where specifically so identified on the drawings. If not identified, damaged areas shall be sodded. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 SOD, SEED, MULCH: A. Sodding shall be in accordance with Section 575-3 of the DOT specifications. 1 B. Mulching shall be in accordance with Section 570-4.6 of the DOT specifications. 3.02 MAINTENANCE: Seeding and mulching maintenance for areas specifically approved in writing shall be in accordance with Section 575-4.8 and 570-5 of the DOT specifications. 3.03 IRRIGATION: It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to supply sufficient irrigation water to develop a growing "stand of grass". Any existing irrigation system damaged during construction shall be repaired as required during the course of construction so as to maintain flow to existing irrigated areas and at the end of the project to restore full functionality. Where new structures are provided, or existing structures demolished the coverage area shall be adjusted accordingly including, but not limited to the provision of new, properly sized, spray heads. 3.04 COMPLETION: The grassing operation shall not be considered complete until a good stand of grass has been developed and the first mowing completed. The initial mowing shall be performed by the Contractor. All debris which may damage a mower shall be removed. 1 02485-1 040097017 ISECTION 02610 IPIPE AND FITTINGS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION: Work under this section consists of furnishing all materials, supplies, equipment and labor in accordance with the requirements set forth herein and as shown on the rdrawings. 1.02 APPLICABLE CODES, STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS: The Work under this Contract shall be in strict accordance with the following codes and standards. A. Local, county and municipal codes. B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM). G. Federal Specifications. H. United States Department of Commerce Commercial Standards (CS). I. All local government rules and regulations. 1.03 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT: A. Unless otherwise specified or shown on the drawings, materials and equipment shall be the standard product of a manufacturer and shall comply with the Contract Documents and applicable standards for such material or equipment. B. Prior to the start of Work, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer a list of the manufacturers of all equipment and materials to be incorporated in the Work that conform to a standard, code or as specified. 1.04 WORKMANSHIP: All materials and equipment shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and to these Contract Documents. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer when the manufacturer's instructions conflict with these specifications. 1.05 SITE MAINTENANCE: The Contractor shall take the necessary steps to prevent objectionable blowing or drifting of dust, sand or other debris. 02610-1 040097017 C. American National Standards Institute (ANSI). D. American Water Works Association (AWWA). ' E. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO). tF. Florida Department of Transportation Specifications (FDOT). G. Federal Specifications. H. United States Department of Commerce Commercial Standards (CS). I. All local government rules and regulations. 1.03 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT: A. Unless otherwise specified or shown on the drawings, materials and equipment shall be the standard product of a manufacturer and shall comply with the Contract Documents and applicable standards for such material or equipment. B. Prior to the start of Work, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer a list of the manufacturers of all equipment and materials to be incorporated in the Work that conform to a standard, code or as specified. 1.04 WORKMANSHIP: All materials and equipment shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and to these Contract Documents. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer when the manufacturer's instructions conflict with these specifications. 1.05 SITE MAINTENANCE: The Contractor shall take the necessary steps to prevent objectionable blowing or drifting of dust, sand or other debris. 02610-1 040097017 1.06 STORAGE OF MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT: Pipes, valves and related equipment shall be stored and/or strung in a manner that will not endanger or restrict pedestrian or vehicular traffic. Pipe shall not be strung along routes more that 10 days prior to placement. 1.07 OPEN TRENCH: The amount of open trench shall be limited so that no more than 50 feet of open trench in advance of the backfilling operation will remain at the end of the working day. All open trench shall be protected by the Contractor with barriers, warning devices and traffic control devices, which shall be kept in the correct position, properly directed and clearly visible at all times. The barrier, warning and traffic control devices shall be suitably lighted at all times that vehicular traffic lights are required. Where pipelines cross plant roadways, vehicular traffic shall not be restricted for periods which exceed 4 hours. 1.08 EXISTING PIPING: This project includes the connection to existing piping/fittings/valves in numerous locations. The Contractor shall be responsible for the provision and installation of any necessary restraint systems to allow the existing system to be placed into temporary and/or permanent service. In addition, the Contractor shall supply any fittings, transitions or adapters necessary to accommodate the connection of, and to, existing systems, without sacrificing the overall system pressure rating. The Contractor shall expose and confirm horizontal and vertical location and material of existing piping to which connection will be made prior to ordering new piping/fittings. 1.09 PIPING SYSTEMS: The Contractor is advised that this project requires the use of several different piping materials. The Contractor shall provide all necessary transitions, couplings, etc. as necessary to connect the systems. Materials and pressure rating of the transitions shall be suitable for the application and subject to the Engineer's approval. In general, coated or uncoated carbon steel or other materials subject to corrosive attack (internally or externally) will not be acceptable. Stainless steel shall be Grade 316 or 316L, unless specifically noted otherwise. The Contractor is further advised that the drawings communicate the overall intent of the major and minor piping systems on the project site. The Contractor shall investigate as required, anticipate, provide and install any and all additional fittings, adapters and transitions required to satisfy the intent of the piping system shown on the drawings. 1.10 POTABLE WATER CONTACT CERTIFICATION: All piping which conveys water after the reverse osmosis pressure vessels shall be certified for potable water contact and satisfactory to agencies having jurisdiction for this purpose. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 PIPE AND FITTINGS: A. Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings for Water Main Applications: 1. Buried ductile iron pipe shall conform to the requirements of ANSI/AWWA C151/A21.51, latest revision unless otherwise noted on the plans. The pipe shall be Special Class 52 thickness. Glands for mechanical joints shall be of ductile iron. 2. Fittings shall be ductile iron and conform to the requirements of ANSI/AWWA C110/A21.10, latest revision or ANSI/AWWA C1 53/A 21.53, latest revision. Ductile iron fittings shall have a 350 psi minimum working pressure. The Contractor shall note that this 02610-2 040097017 LI 1 �1 F J I' 17 specification allows the use of `compact' fittings. The drawings, however, are developed around the use of 'full body' fittings. If 'compact' fittings are used the Contractor shall be responsible for making dimensional adjustments as required, subject to the approval of the Engineer. ' 2. Solvent Welded and Flanged Joint CPVC Pipe and Fittings: All CPVC pipe shall conform with the requirements of ASTM F-441. Socket fittings shall conform with the requirements of ASTM D-1784 for CPVC, Type IV, Grade 1. All CPVC plastic pipe and fittings shall be Schedule 80. All pipe shall be marked as prescribed in ASTM F-441, and shall bear the NSF seal for potable water. No solvent welded joint CPVC pipe larger than 2 -inch diameter shall be used except as indicated on the drawings. ' C. PVDF Pipe and Fittings: All PVDF pipe and fittings shall be Schedule 80 and able to withstand a 150 psi pressure test. PVDF shall comply with ASTM D3222 Type 1 requirements. Socket lengths and wall thickness shall conform to ASTM D2467. Tolerances and wall thicknesses shall confirm to ASTM D1785. D. Heat Tracing: Provide heat tracing around all non -buried sodium hydroxide piping, as shown on the plans. Heat tracing shall be thermostatically controlled (or equivalent method to prevent over -temperature) and designed to deliver sufficient heat to maintain the fluid temperature above 60° F with an ambient temperature of 20° F. A minimum of 3 watts/ft shall be applied. The system shall operate at 120V, be UL listed and be SRL Model with a flouropolymer 02610-3 ' 040097017 3. Flanged ductile iron pipe shall be Special Class 53. Flanged ductile iron pipe shall ' have threaded ductile iron flanges, unless otherwise noted on the drawings, and shall conform to ANSI/AWWA C1 15/A21.15, latest revision. All flanges shall be ductile iron Class 150, ANSI B16.5. All above grade flanges shall be flat faced unless they are mating up to existing, or otherwise specified as, raised face flanges. All gaskets shall be full or raised faced to match the flange, 1/8" black neoprene, 50 Durometer. 4. Joints shall conform to the requirements of ANSI/AWWA C111/A21.11, latest revision. 5. Coatings: The internal surfaces of all ductile iron pipe and fittings for water distribution mains shall be coated with a cement mortar of standard thickness in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C104/A21.4, latest revision. The below grade and buried portion of outside surfaces shall be coated with a bituminous coating approximately one mil thick. The non - buried or submerged portion of all ductile iron pipe shall be coated per Section 09800. B. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC or CVPC) Pipe and Fittings for Water Distribution, Chemical Systems, and Miscellaneous (PVC/CPUC) Pipe Applications: 1. Solvent Welded and Flanged Joint PVC Pipe and Fittings: All PVC pipe shall conform with the requirements of ASTM D-1785. Socket fittings shall conform to ASTM D-2467. Material shall conform with the requirements of ASTM D-1784 for PVC, Type 1, Grade 1. All solvent welded PVC plastic pipe and fittings shall be Schedule 80 unless otherwise indicated. Flanges shall be socket type. All pipe shall be marked as prescribed in ASTM D-1785, and shall bear the NSF seal for potable water. No solvent welded joint PVC pipe larger than 2 -inch diameter shall be used except as indicated on the drawings. The Contractor shall provide and install expansion couplings as required by manufacturer to compensate for thermal expansion. The material of expansion couplings shall be suitable for the application and subject to the Engineers approval. ' 2. Solvent Welded and Flanged Joint CPVC Pipe and Fittings: All CPVC pipe shall conform with the requirements of ASTM F-441. Socket fittings shall conform with the requirements of ASTM D-1784 for CPVC, Type IV, Grade 1. All CPVC plastic pipe and fittings shall be Schedule 80. All pipe shall be marked as prescribed in ASTM F-441, and shall bear the NSF seal for potable water. No solvent welded joint CPVC pipe larger than 2 -inch diameter shall be used except as indicated on the drawings. ' C. PVDF Pipe and Fittings: All PVDF pipe and fittings shall be Schedule 80 and able to withstand a 150 psi pressure test. PVDF shall comply with ASTM D3222 Type 1 requirements. Socket lengths and wall thickness shall conform to ASTM D2467. Tolerances and wall thicknesses shall confirm to ASTM D1785. D. Heat Tracing: Provide heat tracing around all non -buried sodium hydroxide piping, as shown on the plans. Heat tracing shall be thermostatically controlled (or equivalent method to prevent over -temperature) and designed to deliver sufficient heat to maintain the fluid temperature above 60° F with an ambient temperature of 20° F. A minimum of 3 watts/ft shall be applied. The system shall operate at 120V, be UL listed and be SRL Model with a flouropolymer 02610-3 ' 040097017 overjacket overbraid, as manufactured by Chromolux. E. Copper Tubing: Copper tubing shall conform to ASTM Specification B-88 for "Seamless Copper Water Tube", Type K, annealed temper furnished in coils (for below grade use) and drawn tempered (when furnished in rigid straight lengths) for above grade use. All flux shall be water based. All copper piping below grade shall be wrapped. Slab penetrations shall be sleeved with PVC sleeve. F. High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) Pipe: HDPE piping shall comply with AWWA C901 -latest revision for sized '/z inch through 3 -inch) or AWWA C-906 (for sizes 4 -inch through 63 inch) and be approved for potable water service by the National Sanitation Foundation and bear the NSF seal. For sizes 3 -inch and smaller, the pipe shall be IPS size. For sizes 4 -inch through 24 -inch the pipe shall have a standard dimension ratio (SDR) of 11. Fittings shall be butt fusion type satisfying ASTM D3261. Polyethylene tubing for chlorine shall be black. Piping shall be as manufactured by Phillips Drisco,Yarkely or Plexco. G. Steel Pipe and Fittings: 1. Steel Pipe less than 6in. in diameter shall conform to ASTM A120 for "Black and Hot Dipped Zinc Coated welded and Seamless Steel Pipe for Ordinary Uses," standard weight. 2. Steel Pipe 6 in. diameter and larger shall conform to AWWA C-200, ASTM A-139 Grade B. Flanges shall conform to AWWA C-207, Class 1-D with ANSI Class 125, B16.1. 3. Black Iron Pipe: Black Iron Pipe shall be Schedule 80 seamless, with threaded and coupled, leak -free joints. 4. Coatings: All galvanized steel pipe shall be hot dipped galvanized. The exterior portions of non -buried pipe shall be coated per Section 09800. Buried portions of pipe shall be coated with 16 mils. of bitumastic or coal tar epoxy. H. Polyethylene Tubing: Polyethylene plastic tubing shall comply with AWWA C901-88, be approved for potable water service by the National Sanitation Foundation and bear the NSF seal. The product shall be PE 3406, (high molecular weight, high density) rated for a minimum working pressure of 160 psi and the standard dimension ratio shall not exceed 9. Fittings shall be 316 Stainless Steel, equipped with compression type connection. Polyethylene tubing shall be black. I. Miscellaneous Pipe and Fittings: 1. Brass IPB: ASTM B-43 for "Seamless Red Brass Pipe", standard sizes, regular weight, annealed condition. 2. Threaded Pipe Nipples: Short lengths unless otherwise required. Close lengths shall not be used except with special permission of the Engineer. Nipple stock shall be of same material used in connecting pipe and shall conform with material specifications. 3. Malleable Iron Screwed Pipe Fittings: Class 150, ANSI B16.3. a 1 n 1� 02610-4 040097017 ' 1 4. Screwed Cast Iron Drainage Fittings: ANSI B16.12. 1 5. Screwed Brass or Bronze Fittings: ANSI B16.17. 6. Screwed Unions: Screwed unions shall be bronze, brass or galvanized malleable ' iron provided with ground brass, metal or other noncorroding seats. Unions with gaskets will not be permitted unless authorized by the Engineer. Unions for chemical feed lines shall be from same material as piping. 7. Brass Fittings: Brass fittings for flared copper tubes --ANSI B16.26. 8. Metal Pipe Couplings: Couplings shall be Rockwell, Dresser. Unless otherwise indicated, couplings 2 in. and smaller shall be malleable iron and couplings over 2 in. shall be cast iron. 9. Service Saddles and Threaded Half -Couplings (for DI, Steel, Stainless Steel and PVC Pipe): Service saddles shall be malleable or ductile iron, double strap, Mueller or Ford, for cast iron, ductile iron pipe. For PVC pipe, saddles and straps shall be brass or ' bronze, Mueller, Ford, designed for PVC pipe. Saddles on stainless steel pipe shall be 316 SS. For stainless steel pipe connections larger than 2 -inch, saddles shall be used. For stainless steel pipe connections 2 -inches and smaller, for instrument connections and otherwise 3000# threaded half couplings shall be used. 10. Tube Fittings: Unless otherwise noted on the drawings, all tube fittings shall be Swagelok as manufactured by Crawford Fitting Company or Parker. 11. Nylon Braided and Teflon Tubing: Nylon braided and Teflon tubing shall be clear reinforced and suitable for a minimum working pressure of 100 psi at 73°F in 1 -inch size. Large sizes may be derated but the minimum working pressure for any size shall not be less than 75 psi. The Contractor shall be responsible for providing and installing fittings, adapters, etc. required for connections where shown on the plans. All such fittings shall be fabricated from Teflon or Kynar. The tubing shall be approved by applicable agencies having jurisdiction for potable water contact and bear the NSF seal. 12. Restraining Rods: All rods and hardware used for pipe restraints shall be 316 SS, unless otherwise noted. 13. Uniflange: All uniflanges shall be Series 400 for ductile iron pipe. Where used for PVC an appropriate Series 900 Adapter flange shall be used. Uniflange shall be as manufactured by Nappco Incorporated. 14. Transition Couplings: For Schedule 80 PVC or CPUC to C900 PVC, up to 16 -inch, the adaptor shall be Schedule 80 and rated at 220 psi minimum. The adaptor shall be slip fit solvent welded to Schedule 80 PVC and C900 pipe. Adaptor shall be manufactured by Nyloplast or Engineer approved equal. 15. Flange Hardware: Unless otherwise noted, all flange bolts, nuts and washers which are either buried or located on stainless steel pipe shall be 316 SS. All other flange hardware shall be galvanized per the requirements of Section 15100. 02610-5 1 040097017 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXCAVATION - The Contractor shall perform all excavations of every description and of whatever substances encountered to the depths indicated on the drawings or as necessary. This shall include all necessary clearing and grubbing of any foreign substance encountered within the structure ire or trench area. Excavated material suitable for backfill shall be piled in an orderly manner at a sufficient distance from the trench to prevent slides or cave-ins. A. Protection of Existing Facilities and Utilities: All existing improvements such as pavements, conduit, poles, pipes and other structures, shall be carefully supported and fully protected from injury and, in case of damage, they shall be restored by the Contractor without compensation. Existing utilities and other underground obstructions are shown on the plans, but the accuracy of the locations and depths is not guaranteed. The Contractor shall contact the utility prior to construction and arrange for the necessary assistance in locating and protecting the existing utilities. The Contractor shall be responsible for damages to these existing utilities and shall, in case they are damaged, restore them to their original condition. B. Trench Excavation: The minimum width of the trench shall be equal to the outside diameter of the pipe at the joint plus 8 in. each side of pipe for unsheeted or sheeted trench, with the maximum width of trench, measured at the top of the pipe, not to exceed the outside pipe diameter, plus 24 in., unless otherwise shown on the drawings. Trench walls shall be maintained vertical from the bottom of the trench to a line measured at the top of the pipe. From the top of the pipe to the surface the trench walls shall be as vertical as possible under soil conditions. No requirements stipulated herein, shall supersede the Florida Trench Safety Act. No more than 50 linear feet of trench shall be open in advance of the completed pipe laying operation without prior approval of the Engineer. Pipe trenches across roadways and driveways shall be backfilled as soon as pipe is installed. Where, in the opinion of the Engineer, adequate detour facilities are not available, no trench shall be left open across a roadway or driveway where adequate detour routes are not available for a period in excess of 30 minutes, or as directed by the Owner. No trench shall be left open across any plant roadway or driveway for more than 24 hours. C. Shoring, Sheeting and Bracing: The Contractor shall do all shoring, sheeting and bracing or provide other approved facilities required to perform and protect the excavation and as necessary for the safety of the public, the employees, and the preservation of existing roads, structures, ductbanks and other utilities. Sheeting installed for this purpose shall be removed at the conclusion of the construction period. D. Pavement Removal: The Contractor shall remove pavements as part of the trench excavation or as otherwise indicated. The material from permanent pavement removal shall be carefully separated from trench excavation material and properly disposed of by the Contractor. E. Disposal of Excess Materials: The Contractor shall dispose of the excavated materials not required or suitable for backfill. All surplus excavated material which is suitable for fill shall become property of the Contractor, and shall be disposed of by the contractor at his expense off of the project site. 02610-6 040097017 rJ L' I� F� F. Unstable Soil Conditions and Over -Depth Excavation: Where unstable soil conditions are encountered, the excavation shall be increased as directed by the Engineer. The bottom of the excavation shall be brought up to the proper excavation elevation utilizing suitable and properly compacted backfill material. 3.02 lNSTA"LATlON OF WATER MAINS, FORCE MAINS AND MISCELbANEOUS PIPING: Unless otherwise noted on the drawings or in other sections of this specification, the pipe shall be handled and installed in strict accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and with the applicable AWWA or ASTM Standards. If a conflict exists between the manufacturer's instructions and the AWWA or ASTM Standards, the manufacturer's instructions shall govern. 1. Ductile Iron Pipe - AWWA C-600 2. Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe - ASCE Manual No. 37, ASTM D2321. The Contractor shall use every precaution during construction to protect the pipe against the ' entry of nonpotable water, dirt, wood, small animals and any other foreign material that would hinder the operation of the pipeline. Where the groundwater elevation is above the bottom of the trench, the Contractor shall provide suitable dewatering equipment. All piping shall be placed in a dry trench, unless wet trench installation is approved by the Engineer. A. Depth of Cover: Unless otherwise shown on the drawings, or otherwise authorized by the Engineer, the pipe shall have a minimum depth of 36 in. B. Piping Restraint Systems: All piping systems, which shall be restrained to withstand the specified test pressure. In no case will this pressure be less than 150 psi, except for the containment pipe on double containment piping systems, which shall be 50 psi, unless otherwise indicated. Contractor shall check entire system to confirm all components are suitably rated for the specified test. Any items not suitably rated shall be isolated or reviewed for the test. After the test, such items shall be returned and the system retested at a suitable pressure for those items. In general, and unless otherwise specifically shown, all restraint systems shall be mechanical. All ductile iron or C900 PVC shall be restrained with Megalugs unless it is designated as flanged. At a minimum, joint restraints shall be provided on all below grade piping and fittings at the point where either a horizontal or vertical change in direction occurs. Joint restraints shall be used as indicated and/or as required as far back from fittings on the pipeline as necessary to maintain the system integrity at the specified test pressure. The number of joints to be restrained shall be according to DIPRA calculations and subject to the Engineer's approval. Where, in the ' Engineer's opinion a mechanical restraint system is not feasible, or where shown on the drawings, the Contractor shall use thrust or gravity blocks as required to restrain the piping system. The Contractor is cautioned that the thrust and gravity block details shown on the drawings are adequate only to 150 psi. For above -grade and trench piping, all valves and fittings shall be provided with concrete ' support blocks unless fabricated FRP stainless steel or aluminum supports are otherwise indicated. All above grade and trench PVC, FRP and stainless steel shall be supported at intervals recommended by the manufacturer but not less than the indicated supports. Any required supplemental or intermediate supports shall be of the same material and general configuration as the identified supports. The Contractor is specifically cautioned to confirm the adequacy of the indicated supports with the pipe manufacturer and add additional supports of like design where required, subject to the Engineer's approval. All supports shall ' allow for axial pipe movement. Neoprene gasketing material shall be used between the 02610-7 1 040097017 supports and clamps and the piping. Required support intervals shall be submitted with the shop drawing. All piping systems shall be fully supported. All piping systems inside a building shall be supported by 316 SS, FRP, or aluminum pipe supports, as shown. If not shown, pipe supports shall be 316 SS Supports shall be designed according to the requirements shown on the plans. C. Connections to Existing Mains: The Contractor shall make connections to existing mains as shown on the drawings. Connections shall be made only after arrangements have been completed by the Contractor with the Owner of the system and shall be under the system Owner's immediate supervision. D. Leakage Test: Leakage and pressure tests shall be conducted in the presence of the Engineer in accordance with AWWA C-600 Section 4 procedures. The Contractor will provide and install a suitable pressure gauge, acceptable to the Engineer, for the test. The Contractor will provide all other necessary apparatus including a pump, flow measuring device, piping connections and fittings and the necessary labor to conduct the tests. The test shall be of two hour duration. During the test, the pipe being tested shall be maintained at a pressure of not less than 150 psi. For piping on the reverse osmosis system which is operationally subject to pressures in excess of 100 psi, the test pressure shall be a minimum of 1.5 times the normal operating pressure as defined by the Engineer or 1.25 times the highest pressure the system can realize, whichever is higher. In general, this will be 300 psi for all piping systems between the high pressure pumps and the membranes, including the reject piping up to the control valve. Leakage is defined as the quantity of water added to the pipe being tested during the test period. No pipe installation will be accepted if the leakage exceeds the quantities specified in AWWA C-600, Section 4.2. For pipe less than 16 -inch diameter or above grade piping systems, the acceptable leakage criterion shall be no visible leaks of any amount. Pipe and fittings shall be sufficiently exposed to permit examination for leaks by the Engineer. The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer the testing pattern he proposes to follow prior to testing for the Engineer's approval. No more than 200 feet of piping shall be tested at one time unless the Engineer specifically agrees, in writing, to a variation. The Contractor shall be responsible to provide any temporary valving or appurtenances to satisfy this requirement. For double containment piping systems the carrier pipe shall be tested at 100 psi and the containment pipe shall be tested at 25 psi. Upon completion of all leakage testing, flushing and bacteriological clearances, all chemical and fuel oil feed piping shall be completely cleared of all water by purging with a dry inert gas. Suitable safety precautions shall be taken by the Contractor. E. Flushing of Completed Pipelines: Following the leakage test, each section of completed pipeline shall be as thoroughly flushed as possible. A minimum flow shall be used for flushing that will insure a velocity in the pipe of 2.5 ft per second. Water required for testing and flushing shall be furnished by the Contractor. The water shall be from a potable water source satisfactory to the Owner. The Contractor is advised that pigging for flushing may be required on some pipelines due to unavailability of a suitable source of volume of water. F. Disinfection of Complete Pipeline: Following flushing, the Contractor shall disinfect all water distribution mains and service lines as follows. All process equipment shall also be disinfected according to the procedures described herein. The Contractor shall develop and submit for approval a plan for achieving the desired disinfection without damaging any of the process equipment. The plan shall include a method for disposal of the disinfecting agent and water at the end of the exercise. Water shall be fed slowly into the system applying sufficient chlorine to produce a dosage in excess of 50 ppm at the farthest point in the 02610-8 040097017 f t 1 1 tsystem from the point of application. The chlorine solution then shall be retained in the line for a period of 24 hours. At the end of this time if a minimum chlorine residual of 5 ppm is ' not obtained, the procedure shall be repeated. During the disinfection process, all valves shall be operated. After disinfection, the water shall be flushed from the system at its extremities until excessive chlorine residuals are eliminated. Water samples for ' bacteriological examination shall be taken as directed by the Department of Health and submitted to the nearest approved bacteriological laboratory. The chlorine residual at the time of sample collection shall not exceed 4 mg/I and the pressure in the main shall not be ' allowed to drop below 20 psi after the samples are collected. The R.O. pressure vessels may be disinfected and tested with the piping system, prior to the installation of the membranes. Disinfection shall not be considered satisfactory until laboratory reports are ' satisfactory to the Department of Health or Department of Environmental Regulation. G. Water for Disinfection, Testing and Flushing: Water required for disinfection, testing and flushing shall be furnished by the Contractor. The water shall be from a potable water ' source satisfactory to the Owner. The cost of the water shall be included in the unit cost of the pipe and no separate payment will be made for this item. H. Piping Stress: All flanged piping, fittings and other equipment shall be installed so that no pipe stress is transferred to the equipment. Flanged pipe and Victaulic restrained piping/fittings shall remain aligned with the flange bolts, or couplings removed. Above grade sample points shall consist of a %-inch, saddle and top with a 'h -inch ball valve of material to match piping. Contractor will demonstrate the lack of pipe stress prior to start up of pumps. ' I. Sample Points: The Contractor shall supply sample points on water mains in accordance with the standard Village details. A minimum of ten (10) above grade shall be supplied. ' Above grade sample points shall consist of a'h-inch saddle and tap with a'/2 -inch ball valve of material to match the piping. 3.03 RESTORATION OF DAMAGED SURFACES, STRUCTURES AND PROPERTY: Where ' pavement, sidewalks, trees, shrubbery, fences or other property and surface structures not designated as pay items, have been damaged, removed or disturbed by the Contractor whether deliberately or through failure to carry out the requirements of the contract documents, state ' laws, municipal ordinances or the specific direction of the Engineer, or through failure to employ usual and reasonable safeguards, such property and surface structures shall be replaced or repaired at the expense of the Contractor to a condition equal to that before Work began within ' a time frame approved by the Engineer. 3.04 PROTECTION: At the end of each workday the mains under construction shall be plugged ' to prevent the entry of small animals or rodents. Temporary plugs shall be provided for this purpose. ' 3.05 CLEANUP: The Contractor shall maintain the site of the Work in a neat condition. The Contractor shall remove all excess materials, excess excavated materials and all debris resulting from his operations within a time frame approved by the Engineer. CIS 02610-9 1 040097017 C 7 L 0 11 1 0 7, SECTION 02640 VALVES, GAUGES, AND MISCELLANEOUS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION: The Contractor shall furnish and install all valving equipment as shown on the drawings and as specified. 1.02 APPLICABLE CODES, STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS: The Work underthis Contract shall be in strict accordance with the following codes and standards: A. Local, county and municipal codes B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) C. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) D. American Water Works Association Standards (AWWA) E. Florida Department of Transportation Specifications (DOT) F. Federal Specifications G. United States Department of Commerce Commercial Standards (CS) 1.03 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT: A. Unless otherwise specified or shown on the drawings, materials and equipment shall be the standard product of a manufacturer and shall comply with the Contract Documents and applicable standards for such materials or equipment. B. Prior to the start of the Work, the Contractor shall submit a list of the manufacturers of all equipment and materials to be incorporated in the work to confirm they are as specified and conform to the applicable standard and /or code. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 VALVE OPERATORS: A. General: The rated torque capability of each operator, shall be sufficient to seat, unseat and rigidly hold in any intermediate position the valve disc, or equal, it controls under the test conditions specified. All valves shall be equipped with adjustable mechanical stop -limiting devices to prevent over -travel of the valve disc in the open and closed positions. Operator housings, supports and connections to the valve shall be designed with a minimum safety factor of five based on the ultimate strength, or based on three on the yield strength of materials used. The rated torque capability of each cylinder portion of a cylinder operator shall be sufficient to seat, unseat and rigidly hold in any intermediate position the valve disc or plug it controls under the operating conditions specified. Operators to be buried shall be watertight. Above grade operators shall be weatherproof. The position of the operator shall be as shown on the shop drawings. The piece mark of the valves, the location, the size, the type of operator, the maximum working head, and the closing time (of pneumatically or electrically actuated valves) shall be tabulated on the shop drawings. Unless otherwise noted, all non -buried valves shall be ' 02640-1 040097017 equipped with handwheel operators unless the valve has an electric operator with manual override. A valve key of suitable length shall be provided for buried operators. The Contractor shall be responsible for dimensionally confirming the required orientation of the valve operators (both manual and electric) to facilitate installation. Any required extensions or fabrications necessary to accommodate the installation of the operators in the locations indicated shall be provided and installed subject to the Engineer's approval. B. Gearing: All gear operators or traveling -nut operators shall be self-locking and designed to transmit twice the required operator torque without damage to the faces or the gear teeth or the contact faces of the screw or nut. Upon request, the manufacturer shall furnish the purchaser with certified copies of reports describing the procedures and results of the tests for each model and torque rating of operator to be furnished. Operators composed of worm gearing shall be totally enclosed in a gear case and shall have worm gears of bronze and worms of hardened steel that operate in a lubricant. Operators of the traveling -nut type shall have threaded reach rods of steel and shall have a bronze or ductile iron nut with internal threads. Operators shall be enclosed. C. Manual Operators: Manual operators shall have all gearing totally enclosed. Operators shall be designed to produce the specified torque with a maximum pull of 80 lbs on handwheel or chainwheel operators and a maximum input of 150 ft -Ib on operating nuts. Stop -limiting devices shall be provided in the operators for the open and closed position. All operator components between the input and these stops shall be designed to withstand, without damage, a pull of 200 lbs for handwheel or chainwheel operators and an input torque of 300 ft -Ib for operating nuts. An arrow and the word "open" or "close" shall be cast on the handwheel to indicate the direction to turn said handwheel. All operating nuts shall be designed so that counter -clockwise movement of the handwheel will open the valve and clockwise movement of the handwheel will close the valve. D. Electric Operators (Butterfly and Gate Valves): This section applies to motor operators for motor operated valves. The Contractor shall refer to the instrumentation and electrical drawings for identification of all valves which require motor operators. Motors shall be capable of producing not less than 2 times the required operator torque to achieve the worst case of seating or breakout torque. Electric -motor drives shall be equipped with position limit switches and torque switches for open, closed and at least two intermediate positions. Switches shall be SPDT, 5 amps minimum at 120 volts. Any gearing in direct association with the electric -motor drive shall be totally enclosed and shall operate in a lubricant. Each electric operator shall be provided with a de-clutchable auxiliary handwheel for manual operation and local position indicator. Modulating valve operators shall have 2 watt, 60 V position feedback potentiometers which will allow 0 —100% open valve position. Potentiometers shall be mylar film, precision, 1,000 ohms, plus or minus 1 % linearity, 2 watts, no stops over the 0 - 100% travel. Unless otherwise specified, electric -motor -operated valves shall operate from fully open to fully closed positions or the reverse in approximately 60 seconds, at the operating pressure times 150%. The operator and valve manufacturer shall provide calculations to support the ability of the operator to satisfy these conditions with the shop drawings. 0 0 s r 02640-2 ' 040097017 The enclosures for the motors and position and torque switches and terminal blocks shall be NEMA 4 with threaded hubs for control and power at conduit entrance. The electric operators ' shall include a motor and enclosure space heater. Unless otherwise noted, all electric operators shall include 460 volt rated, 3 phase, full voltage reversing motor. There shall be no transformers, starters or electronic transmitter components in the motor operator. Motors shall tinclude a 120 volt space heater. The operators shall be as manufactured by Auma or EIM. The Contractor is specifically cautioned that the physical size of the two named operators is different and the space ' requirement for some of the application locations may not accommodate both options. The Contractor shall confirm dimensions and utilize the operator that will fit into the available space. E. Steel and Stainless Steel Motor Operated Ball Valves: Steel and stainless steel motor operated ball valves shall be equipped with an electric operator designed to produce torque of at least two times the breakout torque required at 150 psi differential pressure. Electric operators shall be reversing or continuous type, 115 VAC, 60 cycle, single phase. Motors shall be housed in a ' NEMA 4 enclosure and be equipped with extra isolated limit switches for external open/close indication. The electric operators shall be Series 141 manufactured by Swagelok (Whitey) or Series 75 manufactured by Flowserve (Worcester Controls). The valve and motor operator shall come from the same manufacturer. 2.02 GATE VALVES: Gate valves, larger than 2 -inches, shall be double disc, bronze mounted, iron t body, inside screw type with non -rising stem. Direction of rotation to open valves shall be counter- clockwise. Valves shall meet the requirements of AWWA C500 - latest revision. Ends shall be flanged, push -on or mechanical joint, as required. Valves shall be manufactured by Mueller, M&H Valve and Fittings, Clow or Kennedy Companies. Valves shall be furnished with all jointing ' accessories. Gate valves 2 -inch and smaller shall have a bronze body and disc (ASTM B 145), non -rising stem, ' screwed ends and Buna-N "O" ring packing. The valves shall be rated at 150 psi and manufactured by American, Kennedy, Milwaukee or Nibco. 2.03 BUTTERFLY VALVES: Butterfly valves shall conform to AWWA C504 -latest version, Class 150-B and satisfy the testing requirements of API 598. Hardware shall be constructed of 18-8, Type 304 or Type 316 stainless steel. Ends shall be flanged or mechanical joint as required. The disc shall be centered between flanges or mechanical joints. Direction to open valve shall be counter- clockwise. Valves shall be manufactured by Henry Pratt, or Dezurik (no substitutions). Each valve disc shall rotate through an angle of 90 degrees from the fully opened to the fully closed ' position. The axis of rotation of all valve discs shall be horizontal except where otherwise shown on the drawings. A position indicator shall be provided for valves with a handwheel or electrical operator. ' 2.04 METALLIC CHECK SYSTEM VALVES: Check valves, 2 -inches and smaller, shall be 316 SS with screwed ends. Valves shall be swing check valves shall be manufactured by Crane Company, Ohio Brass Valve Company. 2.05 RESILIENT SEATED GATE VALVES: Resilient seated gate valves shall conform to AWWA C509-87. Valves shall provide bidirectional bubble tight sealing at 150 psi differential. Valves shall ' be as manufactured by American Cast Iron Pipe Company, Mueller, Kennedy or M&H. t 02640-3 040097017 2.06 BALL VALVES: A. PVC, CPUC and PVDF Ball Valves: Ball valves shall be designed for a water working pressure of not less than 150 psi, shall be constructed of PVC, CPVC, or PVDF as indicated, and when in the fully -open position, shall have a port diameter not less than Schedule 80 PVC pipe of the same nominal diameter. Valves shall be designed with true union ends to permit removal of the valve from the line and with end connectors designed for solvent welding to the pipe. Valves shall be equipped with a manual lever type operator. Buried valves shall be equipped with a nut suitable for hand service and box. Ball valves shall be union design, Series 70, top entry, plastic ball valves as manufactured by ITT Grinnell, Duo -Bloc as manufactured by ASAHI/America or True Blue as manufactured by Plastomatic Valves, Inc. B. Steel Ball Valves: All steel ball valves shall be constructed of 316 SS, including handle, stem, stem nuts, washers, stop plate, body and ball. Body, bolts and nuts shall be stainless steel. Ball valves shall be designed for a pressure not less than 600 psig. Valves shall have a female NPT inlet/outlet connections. Ball valves shall be Series 60, stainless steel swing -out ball valves, as manufactured by Whitey Co., or Series 44, as manufactured by Worcester Controls. 2.07 THERMOPLASTIC VACUUM BREAKERS: Thermoplastic vacuum breakers shall be suitable for use with the fluid conveyed. Vacuum breakers shall be 1 -inch, CPVC or PVC (as indicated on the drawings) with FKM diaphragms. Thermoplastic vacuum breakers shall be series VBM manufactured by Plastomatic Valves Inc. 2.09 THERMOPLASIC BACKPRESSURE SUSTAINING AND PRESSURE RELIEF VALVES: Thermoplastic backpressure sustaining valves and pressure relief valves have PVDF wetted parts. The connections shall be socket type and the spring range shall be 0-50 psi for backpressure sustain and 10 — 150 psi for pressure relief valves. All wetted parts shall be suitable for conveyed fluid. The backpressure sustaining valves shall be Series G manufactured by Griffco Valvue Company and pressure relief valves shall be Series M manufactured by Griffco Valve Company. PART 3 - EXECUTION Refer to Part 3, Section 02610. n F L ,7 02640-4 ' 040097017 C 7 C SECTION 03000 CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION: Supply and install all cast -in-place concrete as shown on the drawings and specified herein. All cast -in-place concrete on the project shall be ready mix per this specification. Pre -mixed, bagged mixes shall not be utilized for any purpose on the project unless specifically approved by the Engineer. 1.02 APPLICABLE CODES, STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS: The installation of cast -in-place concrete shall be in accordance with the following codes and standards: A. The local building code B. Portland Cement Association (PCA) C. American Concrete Institute (ACI) D. Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (CRSI) E. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) F. Federal Specifications 1.03 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS: A. Testing Agency: A professional, independent testing laboratory, approved by the Engineer, shall perform all testing and inspection procedures specified. B. Payment: The Contractor shall bear all costs of sampling and testing of concrete cylinders, as noted. Additional special tests may be ordered by the Engineer if there is a question as to compliance with the Contract Documents. C. Reports: Execute immediately after completion of each procedure or inspection and forward promptly to the Engineer three copies of each report. D. Molded Concrete Compression Cylinders: One set of four cylinders each sampling for each 50 cubic yards or fraction thereof for each day's placement of each mix design. Sample according to ASTM C172, process and cure according to ASTM C31, and prepare and test according to ASTM C39. Test one cylinder at age three days or seven days, as required by job conditions, and two cylinders for one valid test at 28 days. The fourth cylinder is to be cured and held for testing at 42 days if 28 -day test indicated deficient results, or as a spare in case of cylinder damage. E. Air content: The total air content (entrained and entrapped) shall be measured in accordance with ASTM C231. Air content tests shall be performed on every truck where compression test cylinders are collected. F. Slump Tests: Slump tests shall be performed in accordance with ASTM C143 on every truck. 03000-1 ' 040097017 1.04 REINFORCEMENT: Refer to Section 03200. 1.05 FORMWORK: Shall conform to ACI 347 and Section 03100. 1.06 SUBMITTALS: A. Mix designs: Submit mix designs prepared in accordance with ACI 318 and ACI 211.1 based upon ready -mix producer's statistical data for past mix design test results. Historical data shall reference identical mix designs as referenced by mix components, quantities and mix number. B. Field Test Reports: Submit field test reports for all cylinder tests. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 PORTLAND CEMENT: Conform to ASTM C150, Type II, except that slag, flyash or other cement substitute will not be permitted unless specifically approved by the Engineer. 2.02 WATER: From domestic sources, free of harmful acids, alkalis, oil, organic or other deleterious materials. 2.03 CONCRETE AGGREGATES: Conform to ASTM C33 orASTM C330 (lightweight aggregates). A. Conform to ASTM C33: Local aggregates not complying with this standard may be used provided it can be shown by special test or a record of past performance these aggregates produce concrete or adequate strength and durability. B. Fine Aggregate: Clean, washed natural sand of hard, sound, uncoated grains. Manufactured clean, washed, hard sand may be used for structures other than water retention structures. C. Course Aggregates: Clean, washed, sound and crushed. D. Aggregate Size Requirements: Use largest practicable aggregate size for each condition of placement subject to limitations stipulated in paragraph 3.3, ACI Code 318. 2.04 CONCRETE ADMIXTURES: Only admixtures specified and acceptable to the Engineer prior to use shall be included in mix designs. A. Water Reducing Agent: A water reducing agent conforming to ASTM C494 shall be used The following are acceptable: 1. Pozzolith - Master Builders Company 2. Plastocrete - Sika Chemical Company 3. WRDA - Grace Construction Materials B. Air Entrainment: All concrete shall entrain from two to four percent air, whether batched with or without other admixtures. One of the following, conforming to ASTM C260, may be used: 1. MB -VR - Master Builders Company 2. Sika -AER - Sika Chemical Company 3. Darex AER - Grace Construction Materials 0 n 11 03000-2 040097017 ' C. Superplasticizer: A superplasticizer admixture may be used on all structures if approved by the Engineer. Superplasticizer shall be used on all water retention structures. The ' superplasticizer shall satisfy the following requirements. 1. Conform to ASTM C494, Type F or Type G. ' 2. Superplasticizer admixture shall be added to the mix at the batch plant unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. 3. Provide documentation showing, at a 6 -inch slump plus or minus 1 -inch, the relative durability factors of air entrained concrete as determined in accordance with ASTM C- 666, Procedure A, as compared to the same air entrained concrete mix at a 2 -inch slump or minus 1 -inch without superplasticizer admixture. 4. A qualified concrete technician employed by the manufacturer shall be available to ' assist in proportioning concrete materials for optimum use, to advise on proper use of the superplasticizer admixture and adjustment of concrete mix proportions to meet job site and climatic conditions. 5. Approved Products: a. Sikament 300, Sika Chemical Corp. or Engineered approved equal. b. Pozzolith 440 N, Master Builders Company, or Engineer approved equal. 2.05 CURING MATERIALS: A. Chemical Curing: Curing compounds shall be liquid, membrane forming and shall conform to ASTM C309, as approved by the Engineer. The liquid compound shall not reduce the adhesion of tile, paint, roofing, waterproofing or other material to be applied to the concrete. No liquid compound shall be allowed to cure a first pour of concrete that will receive a second pour. The use of a curing compound in lieu of water spray curing is subject to the Engineer's approval and will, generally, not be approved as an alternate to impervious ' membrane and spray mist curing. B. Impervious Membrane Sheeting: Kraft paper or 4 mil polyethylene sheeting, in accordance with ASTM C171 may be used with approval of the Engineer. 2.06 CONCRETE MIX DESIGNS AND PROPORTIONS: ' A. Mix Design: Prepared according to ACI 211 and ACI 318, and submitted to the Engineerfor review prior to batching any concrete, and based on previously tested and qualified component materials. Provide mix designs for all of the mixes. Pump mixes, when used, ' shall be approved in writing by the Engineer prior to use on the job. Each design shall have a mix number. B. Admixtures: Enter specific brands into mix designs where they are required or used. All ' admixtures must be approved in writing by the Engineer prior to use. C. Mix: Concrete shall be composed of Portland Cement, course aggregate, fine aggregate, ' admixtures, and water. Location or use of any of the following mixes will be shown on the drawings, or as stated herein. ' D. Specified Compressive Strength: 03000-3 ' 040097017 1. Provide concrete of the compressive strengths as shown on the drawings. Unless otherwise noted, all concrete shall have 28 -day compressive strength of 4,000 psi except sidewalks that shall be minimum 3,000 psi. 2. Mix designs for the compressive strength specified shall have the following minimum properties. Where compressive strengths fall between the ones listed below, the criteria shall be linearly interpolated. Specified Maximum Minimum 28 -day Compressive Water -Cement Cement Content Strength (f c) (psi) Ratio by Weight (lbs/Cubic Yard) 4000 0.45 564 3000 0.55 470 3. The optimum water -cement ratio for mix designs in excess of 4000 psi 28 -day compressive strength shall be determined by various mix designs, not to exceed 0.40. E. Air Entrainment: Total air content required (air -entrained and entrapped air) shall be as follows, and as measured in accordance with ASTM C231: Nominal Maximum Size of coarse aggregate, in. 3/8 2 3/4 1 1-1/2 2 3 1. All concrete shall be air entrained. Total Air Content Percentage by volume 6 to 10 5to9 4to8 3.5 to 6.5 3to6 2.5 to 5.5 1.5 to 4.5 d F. Slump Limits: Concrete, when placed at the forms, shall have a slump within the following ' limits as measured in accordance with ASTM C 143. Every truck load of concrete shall be slump tested. 1. Tolerance of plus -or -minus 1 inch. 2. Reinforced concrete: 3 inches. 3. Superplasticized concrete: 6 inches. G. Pump Mix Design: Proportions for concrete to be pumped shall be in accordance with those specified herein, except the aggregate shall be round gravel and satisfy ACI 304. Pump mix usage will be subject to Engineer approval. 2.07 CEMENT GROUT AND DRYPACK: A. Cement Grout: Mix 1 volume Portland cement, 2-1/2 volumes fine aggregate and sufficient water for the mixture to flow under its own weight. 03000-4 040097017 , B. Drypack: Mix 1 volume Portland cement, 2 volumes fine aggregate and enough water to ' hydrate cement (a stiff mix). Do not mix more than can be used in 30 minutes. 2.08 CURBS: ' A. Construct roadway and sidewalk curbs as shown on the drawings and in accordance with local codes and regulations. ' B. Construct other curbs that support equipment or structural wall systems as indicated on the drawings. ' 2.09 WATERSTOPS: Waterstops shall be extruded flat strips having hollow center bulb, multiple ribs for full length. Width, 6 in., unless otherwise noted. The waterstop shall consist of polyvinyl- chloride resins combined with plasticizer, formulated to attain high tensile strength, adequate elongation, resistance to oxidation, acids, alkalis and low water extraction properties. The waterstops shall be extra heavy duty to withstand high heads of water (minimum 125 ft) and weigh at least 140 pounds per 100 feet. 2.10 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS: Shall be formed with tongue and groove wood members or galvanized metal keyed forms. ' 2.11 SEALING MATERIALS: Material for sealing and filling joints and for sealing premolded filler strip, shall conform to ASTM D1190 for "Concrete Joint Sealer; Hot -Poured Elastic Type". PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 BATCHING, MIXING AND PLACING CONCRETE: A. Use Ready -Mixed Concrete: Conform to ASTM C94. Plant and truck mixers subject to examination by Engineer. B. Water and Mixing: Mix concrete at least 10 minutes, 5 minutes of which is at the job, after the last addition of water. Retempering in truck is prohibited. Any concrete in truck longer than 1-1/2 hours after the water has been added at the plant, or any that has become harsh or nonplastic, shall be rejected based solely upon the Engineer's discretion. ' C. Load Tickets: Shall include all information required by ASTM C94 and be legible, showing quantities of all constituents in the batch, and bearing signature of plant inspector or bonded weighmaster. Maintain all tickets on file for inspection by the Engineer. All tickets shall show the mix number. Tickets not showing the mix number shall cause the load to be immediately rejected. ' D. Slumps: At point of delivery to forms the concrete slump requirements shall conform to this section of the specifications. E. Placing: The concrete shall be placed by suitable equipment as nearly as possible in its final location and without any segregation of the aggregate. Any free vertical drop shall not exceed 4-1/2 feet. For a given pour, the new concrete shall be placed against the last concrete only if the last concrete can, in the Engineer's sole opinion, be substantially vibrated into the new concrete. In general, the maximum allowable time between, placing new concrete against last concrete shall not exceed ninety minutes, although this time ' may be reduced by the Engineer based upon the characteristics and performance of the mix. The Contractor shall schedule trucks and organize the pour to minimize the length of ' 03000-5 040097017 time between placement of new and last concrete. For water retention structures, the Contractor shall develop and implement a contingency plan for a back-up truck in the event that the next scheduled truck is not on-site within 60 -minutes of completion of the last pour. No pours of greater than 10 yd shall be scheduled to start after 2:00 P.M., unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. Prior to placing concrete the forms shall be clean and free of debris with all surfaces wetted lightly. Before depositing new concrete on or against concrete which has set and is not part of the pour underway, the existing surfaces shall be cleaned of all laitance, foreign matter and loose particles and slushed with a neat cement grout. No concrete shall be placed without prior approval of the forms and reinforcing by the Engineer. F. Vibration: All concrete shall be placed with the aid of mechanical vibrating equipment supplemented by hand forking or spading. Vibration shall be transmitted directly to the concrete and not through the forms. 3.02 CURING: A. General: The concrete shall be kept moist for fourteen days after pouring. Vertical forms may be left in place and horizontal surfaces continuously moistened with water via spray misting. If forms are removed, impervious membrane sheeting or chemical curing may be used if approved by the Engineer. The Engineer shall have the right to determine when forms may be removed and whether a curing compound can be used in lieu of spray misting. B. Chemical Curing: If approved for use by the Engineer, apply curing compound as soon as surface water has disappeared from concrete surfaces. Apply material with approved pressure spraying equipment, as per manufacturer's directions, in sufficient thickness to form effective water seal. C. Impervious Membrane Sheeting: The entire exposed surface shall be wetted thoroughly with a fine spray of water and then covered with polyethylene sheeting or plastic -coated materials laid directly on the concrete surface. Overlap 12 in. when a continuous sheet is not used. 3.03 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS: Construction joints shall be located so that the maximum area for each cast shall not exceed 600 sq. ft. Length to width ratios shall not exceed 2 to 1. The construction joint criteria shall not apply to water retention structures where construction joints shall be located only where, and if, indicated on the drawings unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. In general, the Engineer will not agree to modifications of construction joint locations shown on the drawings. 3.04 FINISHES: A. Form Finish: Hone down fins, ridges, high spots, with abrasive brick or power grinders while concrete is green, immediately after form removal. B. Form Tie Holes and Deep Depressions: Flush thoroughly with clean water, tamp to overfull with drypack, cure and hone flush. C. Rock Pockets, Honeycomb and Sand Streaks: Cut out at least 1 in. deep with sides perpendicular to surface, flush out, coat with neat cement paste, fill with drypack in at least two layers to overfull, cure and then hone to final correct surface, line or corner. D. Chamfers: All exposed edges of concrete shall have a minimum 3/4 in. chamfer. 11 11 03000-6 040097017 ' E. Finish: All exposed vertical concrete shall have a floated sand (burlap rub) finish. Building slabs and miscellaneous horizontal concrete shall have a troweled finish. Sidewalks shall have a light broom finish. 3.05 CLEANUP: In accordance with General Conditions. 03000-7 1 040097017 11 SECTION 03100 CONCRETE FORMWORK PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION: Supply and install formwork for cast -in-place concrete as shown on the ' drawings and as specified. 1.02 APPLICABLE CODES, STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS: The installation of forms shall be in accordance with the following codes and standards: ' A. American Concrete Institute (ACI) ' B. American Plywood Association (APA) 1.03 DESIGN: All formwork shall be designed by a Florida Registered structural engineer. Special attention shall be given to the additional hydraulic pressures imparted by concrete containing superplasticizer admixture. The Contractor is specifically cautioned that not all of the specified superplasticizer admixtures will cure at the same rate. ' PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 WOOD FORMS: All form lumber shall be free from warp, holes, loose knots, dressed to uniform width and thickness. All forming shall conform to ACI 347. A. Unexposed Concrete Surfaces: No. 2 common lumber or better lumber. B. Exposed Concrete Surfaces: Commercial standard, moisture resistant, concrete form plywood. 2.02 METAL FORMS: Use approved removable type metal forms. Recondition and clean before reusing. Do not oil or apply material which will stain exposed concrete or prevent bonding of stucco to concrete. Forms shall be smooth on interior so that no line shows on finished concrete. 2.03 FORM OIL: Clear non -staining mineral paraffin based oil. Diesel oil or motor oil will not be permitted. 2.04 FORM TIES AND SPREADERS: The following applies to all ties. A. Shall be metal, cone nut type. No embedded wood spreaders shall be permitted. ' B. Metal tie system shall be equal to the Penta -Tie System as manufactured by the Burke Co. ' 1. Plastic cone shall not exceed 1 in. diameter at the form and shall taper over a maximum length of 1 in. ' 2. Metal ties shall break off within the concrete section and not within the cone formed void. 03100-1 040097017 3. Metal ties for water retention structures shall have a neoprene washer located in the middle of the concrete section to inhibit the flow of water along the tie shaft. 4. All plastic cones shall be removed and voids packed with drypack. 2.05 SHORING: Shall be vertical support members designed to carry the weight of formwork and concrete; also the weight of any construction work above. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS: A. Provide complete forms of such strength and construction as to prevent any spread, shifting, or settling when concrete is deposited, and tight enough to avoid any leakage or washing out of cement mortar. B. Design forms and false work supports so that they shall have sufficient rigidity to resist deflection more than 1/8 -inch between supports after concrete has been placed and to assure a smooth and even appearance of surfaces. 1. Formwork for concrete containing a superplasticizer admixture shall be designed by a registered structural engineer and shall be reinforced to support the additional pressures exerted due to the admixture. C. Use bolts, rods and other approved devices for internal ties and spreaders; of such construction that when forms are removed, no metal is within one inch of an exterior within one-half inch of an interior concrete surface. D. Take special care that forms are true to required lines, grades and surfaces so as to give a uniform, neat and workmanlike finish to all concrete surfaces. Forms for the treatment unit vertical walls shall be rounded to result in a smooth round tank. E. Remove all dirt, chips, sawdust, rubbish, water and other foreign substances from forms by water hosing and air pressure before any concrete is deposited. Leave no wooden ties or blocking in concrete except where shown on the drawings for attachment to other work. Leave openings for the introduction of vibrators wherever necessary. Where required on account of excessive concrete drop, provide access in forms for placing of concrete to be approved by the Engineer. F. When removing forms, all bolts, anchoring wires and other fasteners shall be either removed, cut off to lengths as directed by the Engineer or left in place for anchorage of other work. G. Forms shall be in good condition and thoroughly cleaned and oiled before being reused 3.02 COORDINATION: A. Secure all pipe sleeves, anchors and bolts in position before concrete is placed. B. Obtain information and instructions from other trades and suppliers in ample time to schedule and coordinate the installation of items furnished by them to be embedded in concrete so provisions for their work can be made without delaying the project. 03100-2 040097017 t n 1 F� J C. All forms and reinforcing steel shall be inspected by the Engineer and other applicable ' agencies prior to placement of concrete. Vertical forms shall not be closed until the inspections are complete. The tops of all vertical formwork shall be covered before concrete is in place. ' 3.03 SURFACE TREATMENT: Plywood panels shall have a smooth surface treatment to prevent any development of bond or adhesion to concrete and to seal plywood surfaces against moisture. Forms, except those lined with absorptive form lining, shall be clean and coated with a no staining mineral oil applied shortly before placing the concrete. In lieu of oiling, forms of unexposed surfaces may be thoroughly wetted immediately before placing the concrete. 3.04 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS: Make and locate as indicated on drawings and so as not to impair the strength of the structure and only at locations approved by the Engineer. Form keys in cold joints shown on the drawings. Refer to Section 03000 for additional information. 3.05 FORM REMOVAL: A. Determination of form removal timing is the Contractor's responsibility and shall be in accordance with ACI 347, except that the Engineer reserves the right to delay form removal for a period not to exceed 14 days after the pour. ' B. Do not remove forms, shores and bracing until concrete has gained sufficient strength to carry its own weight, and construction and design loads which are liable to be imposed upon it. Verify strength of concrete by compressive test results. IC. Remove formwork progressively and in accordance with code requirements and so that no shock loads or unbalanced loads are imposed on the structure. 1 D. Reshore structural members where required due to design requirements of construction conditions and as required to permit progressive construction. 03100-3 040097017 SECTION 03200 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT ' PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION: Supply and install reinforcing steel as shown on the drawings and as specified. 1.02 APPLICABLE CODES, STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS: The installation of concrete reinforcement shall be in accordance with the following codes and standards: A. Local building code ' B. Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (CRSI) C. American Concrete Institute (ACI) D. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) E. American Welding Society (AWS) 1.03 SHOP DRAWINGS: Provide bar schedules, bending diagrams and placing lists or fabrication drawings for all steel for Engineer's review prior to fabrication or delivery. Include sketch of typical millmarks and deformations on reinforcing bars. Furnish copies to the Engineer for approval in accordance with Section 01300. 1.04 STORAGE: Reinforcing steel shall be clean, new stock, properly marked and tagged for identification prior to placing. Store reinforcing to avoid excessive rusting or coating with grease, oil, dirt or other objectionable materials. ' PART 2 - MATERIALS 2.01 REINFORCEMENT: A. Reinforcing Bars: Shall be deformed bars conforming to ASTM A615 Grade 60. Corbel reinforcement to be welded shall be ASTM A615, Grade 40. rB. Chairs: 1. Shall be standard Class B or C as specified in ACI 315. 2. Reinforcement shall be supported by suitably sized dense precast concrete blocks for concrete poured on grade. Blocks shall be made from the same mix as the pour. C. Ties: Shall be No. 16 gauge minimum, fully annealed, black steel wire. ' D. Hooks and Bends in Reinforcing: Shall conform to ACI 315 unless otherwise shown on the drawings. 03200-1 040097017 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PLACING REINFORCING STEEL: A. Fabrication, detailing and placement of reinforcing steel shall conform to CRSI Manual of Standard Practice, ACI 315 and ACI 318. Reinforcement shall be carefully placed, rigidly supported and well tied with bar supports and spacers. B. Reinforcement shall be accurately placed and securely tied at intersections with 16 gauge black annealed wire. It shall be maintained in proper position by chairs, bar supports, or other devices approved by the Engineer. C. All splices and laps shall be as shown on the drawings, or 36 bar diameters, whichever is greater. D. Concrete protection of reinforcing shall be not less than the following or as shown on the drawings if greater: 1. Concrete cast against and permanently exposed to earth or exposed to corrosive environment -- 3 inches. 2. Concrete cast against forms, but exposed to earth or weather: a. No. 6 through No. 11 bars -- 2 inches b. No. 5 bars, or equivalent, and smaller -- 1-1/2 inches. 3. Concrete cast against forms, but not exposed to earth or weather (interior construction): a. Slabs, walls and joists: No. 14 and No. 18 bars -- 1-1/2 inches No. 11 bars and smaller for liquid retaining structures -- 2 inches No. 11 bars and smaller elsewhere -- 3/4 inch b. Beams and Columns, including primary reinforcement, ties, stirrups, and spirals -- 1-1/2 inches. E. The clear distance between parallel bars in a layer shall be the nominal diameter of the bar, but not less than one inch. Wherever conduits, piping, inserts or sleeves interfere with the placing of reinforcing steel as shown, the Contractor shall consult with the Engineer before pouring concrete. The bending or field cutting of bars around openings or sleeves will not be permitted. F. Clean bars of loose scale, heavy deposits or rust and oil, wax or other coatings that may reduce or destroy bonding, before placing. Check and clean again if necessary before concrete is poured. G. Concrete beam sizes may be increased as required for architectural details or to fit block coursing, subject to Engineer approval. 03200-2 040097017 1 F,1 1 II 17 L -J 1 H. Reinforcing steel in footings shall be assembled as mats with bars equally spaced and wired together at each intersection before concrete is placed. I. Center all footings on wall, pier or column above unless otherwise indicated. ' J. Dowel column and wall reinforcing to footing or pile cap with same size and number of dowels as vertical bars above. K. Dowels shall be hooked "L" at bottom and shall be lapped 36 bar diameter with the column or wall reinforcing above. L. Concrete columns shall be tied columns unless otherwise indicated. M. Provide one layer 6 x 6 - W2.9 x W2.9 WWF in slabs on grade including walkways and ' sidewalks unless otherwise indicated. 3.02 COORDINATION: Coordinate work with other trades in order to eliminate interference before concrete is poured. 3.03 CLEANUP: In accordance with General Conditions. t r L 03200-3 040097017 1 ISECTION 04200 IUNIT MASONRY PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION: The work under this section of the specifications consists of furnishing all materials, equipment, labor, supervision and all incidentals to complete the masonry work shown on the drawings and specified. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Masonry as a Finish Product: Consult drawings as to location of finished surface and use the greatest care in erection of it as a finished product. Consult Engineer as to quality standard. The Contractor is specifically advised that better than "industry standard" quality of block work will be required where surfaces are not stuccoed, or otherwise covered. The alignment and thickness of joints shall be consistent with very little, or no variation. ' 1.03 SUBMITTALS: Submittals shall conform to Section 01300 and this section. A. Samples: Submit two full size concrete masonry units of each type, including special shapes required to show range of texture, finishes, and dimensions. B. Certificate: Furnish manufacturer's certification that masonry units furnished meet or exceed the requirements of this specification. 1.04 APPLICABLE CODES, STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS: The installation of unit masonry under this contract shall be in strict accordance with the following codes and standards: A. Local, City and County building codes. B. The American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM). C. ACI 530 and 531. 1.05 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING: A. Store masonry units above ground on level platforms which allow air circulation under stacked units. B. Cover and protect against wetting prior to use. ' C. Handle units on pallets or flat bed wheelbarrows. D. Unattended discharge of units from conveyor belt will not be permitted. 1.06 WEATHER CONDITIONS: A. Cold Weather: Do not construct masonry when air temperature is below 40 degrees F and falling. B. Hot Weather: Protect masonry construction from direct exposure to sun when erected in an 04200-1 040097017 ambient air temperature exceeding 90 degrees F, or, in the shade, with relative humidity less ' than 50 percent. PART 2 -PRODUCTS r 2.01 CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS: A. Hollow Load Bearing Units: 1. Conforming to ASTM C90-05, Prism strength 1500 psi (net area). 2. Nominal face dimensions (for laying masonry): 8 in. x 16 in. B. Hollow Non -load Bearing Units: 1. Conforming to ASTM CI29, Type I. 2. Nominal face dimensions (for laying masonry): 8 in. x 16 in. C. Solid Load Bearing Units: Conforming to ASTM C90. D. All Block: Fully autoclaved -preshrunk units, kiln cured under high-pressure steam. All exposed block shall have a sand finish. 2.02 MATERIALS FOR MORTAR: A. Mortar shall be Type M or S meeting requirements of ASTM C270. I B. Portland Cement: Shall be Type II conforming to ASTM C150. C. Hydrated Lime: Shall be Type S conforming to ASTM C207. D. Pulverized Quicklime: Shall pass through a NO. 20 sieve and 90 percent shall pass a No. 50 sieve and shall conform to ASTM C5. E. Sand: Shall conform to ASTM C144. F. Water: For mixing shall be potable. ' G. Masonry Cement: Shall conform to ASTM C91. I H. Prepackaged, Factory made Mortar Mix: Shall be tested, certified and of the component percentages recommended by ASTM C270. 2.03 MIXING OF MORTAR: I A. Produce a lime paste using pulverized quicklime or hydrated lime which shall be allowed to soak not less than 72 hours before use except that hydrated lime processed by the steam method shall be allowed to soak no less than 24 hours and shall be made by adding the lime to the water. ' B. In lieu of hydrated lime paste for use in mortar, the hydrated lime may be added in the dry form. 04200-2 040097017 ' ,n, C. Mix for mortar for unit masonry shall consist (by volume) of one part Portland Cement, one quarter lime paste or hydrated lime and three parts sand. Color of cement and sand used in mortar for exposed work shall produce, without the addition of color material, a mortar of uniform shade. Resultant mortar shall conform to ASTM C270, Type M or S. 1 2.04 GROUT: A. Setting Type Grout: A premixed manufactured grout for setting structural members, embedded items, anchor bolts, or items of equipment or machinery in or on hardened concrete shall conform to ASTM C476 and shall have a minimum compressive strength of 5000psi for 2 in. cubes tested at 28 days. r1. Fine or Coarse Grout: Fine grout shall be used in spaces less than 2 in. in any dimension or in which clearance between reinforcing steel and masonry is less than 3/4 in. Coarse grout shall be used in spaces 2 in. or greater in all dimensions and clearance between reinforcing steel and masonry is not less than 3/4 in. and shall conform to ASTM C404. 2. Masonry grout shall conform to ASTM C476. Masonry grout shall be mixed with sufficient water to give a fluid consistency without segregation of materials. Masonry grout shall have a minimum compressive strength of 4,000 psi. 2.05 ANCHORS, FASTENERS AND TIES: A. Anchor Bolts: Shall conform to ASTM A307. They shall be copper clad steel or noncorrosive metal having the equivalent total strength of steel bolts and conforming to ASTM 167 or they shall be galvanized steel conforming to ASTM AI53. B. Wire Mesh Ties: Shall consist of galvanized expanded metal lath or 16 gauge wire forming not less than 1/4 in. mesh, and of suitable width and length. C. Corrugated Metal Ties: Shall be galvanized not less than 7/8 in. wide by approximately 7 in. long and not lighter than 18 gauge. D. Rigid Steel Anchors: Shall be galvanized not less than I in. wide, 3/16 in. thick and 18 in. long between bent ends. Each end shall be bent down not less than 3 in. into mortar filled cavities. E. Anchors Used with Embedded Slots or Inserts: Shall be dovetail type, galvanized steel not ' lighter than 16 gauge, I in. wide and of proper length for the intended use. Anchors for wire inserts shall be 9 gauge galvanized wire, looped and closed. F. Reinforcing shall be A615 Grade 60 except ties and stirrups shall be Grade 40. Reinforcing steel shall be lapped 48 bar diameters, minimum. 2.06 HORIZONTAL JOINT REINFORCEMENT: A. Wire: Cold drawn steel wire, conforming to ASTM A82. ' B. Coating: Hot -dip galvanized after fabrication conforming to ASTM AI53, Class B2. C. Pattern: Ladder or truss type reinforcement shall consist of two parallel longitudinal wires, not less than 9 gauge, weld -connected to cross wires, not less than 9 gauge. Side rods shall 04200-3 040097017 be deformed. All wires in both ladder or truss design shall be butt welded in a single plane D. Spacing of Longitudinal Wires: Out -to -out spacing shall be the manufacturer's standard for wall thickness indicated. E. Spacing of Cross Wires: Distance between welded contacts of cross wires with each longitudinal wire shall not exceed 16 in. F. Lengths of Sections: Flat sections shall be not be less than 10 ft. in length except that corner reinforcements and other special shapes may be less in length. G. Corner and Tee Intersection Assemblies: Shall have member sizes same as straight reinforcement. The length of the legs shall not be less than 30 in. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL: A. Lay only dry masonry units. B. Masonry units shall be handled with care to avoid chipping, cracking or spalling of faces or edges. C. In exposed work, blocks shall be cut with masonry saws. Blocks shall be drilled, fitted and patched to accommodate work of other trades. D. Set units plumb, true to line, and with level courses accurately spaced. E. Bond: Unless otherwise specified, running bond shall be constructed. F. Prepared "story poles" to be used to control block courses and thickness of mortar. Also establish elevations of perimeter beams accurately to maintain level courses. G. If units are displaced after mortar has stiffened, remove, clean joints and units of mortar and relay with fresh mortar. H. If necessary to stop a horizontal run of masonry, rack back one-half block length in each course. I. When joining fresh masonry to set or partially set masonry, clean exposed surface of masonry and remove loose mortar. J. Construct masonry around pre-installed door and window frames, louvered openings, ducts and vents. K. Built-in chases for pipes shall be constructed in walls. L. Construct partitions up from the lower floor to the bottom of the roof of the higher floor. M. Anchor securely nonload bearing walls and partitions to the construction above in a manner that provides lateral stability as shown on the drawings. N. Where grouted cells of concrete block are indicated on the drawings, they shall be filled solid 04200-4 [K01I91*101rl 1 1 �J 1 1 t F_J 1 P_J f� with a maximum grout lift of 96 -inches. Without intermediate cleanout openings, maximum pour height shall be 24 feet. O. Vertical cells to be grouted shall have alignment to maintain a clear, unobstructed, continuous cell. P. Masonry walls shall cure at least 24 -hours before grouting. When grouting is stopped for 1 hour or longer, the grout shall be stopped 1-1/2 inches below the top of the uppermost unit. Q. Masonry shall be anchored to supporting beams and columns unless otherwise noted. Masonry units laid to concrete shall be supported by dovetail anchors spaced at 16 -inches or with an equivalent system. R. Masonry walls shall be braced to resist lateral loads until adequate bracing is provided by the other components of the structure. S. Fill masonry cells at door and window jambs solid with mortar or grout. T. Coordinate all building opening sizes (doors, windows, ducts, etc.) with the equipment manufacturer. U. Provide clean-out openings at bottom of grouted cells at each lift. Clean -outs shall be sealed after cleaning and inspection, before grouting. V. Vertical reinforcing shall be doweled to footing below and beam above. 3.02 PROTECTION OF WORK: A. Protect sills, ledges and offsets from mortar drippings or other damage during construction. B. Remove misplaced mortar or grout immediately. C. Cover top of walls with nonstaining waterproof coverings when work is not in progress. D. Protect face of materials against staining. 3.03 MORTAR BEDS: A. Lay first course of masonry units in full bed or mortar on all surfaces. B. Lay succeeding courses with bed joints, applying the mortar to the entire top surfaces of inner and outer face shells. ' C. Lay head joints by applying the mortar for a width of about 1 in. to the ends of units laid previously. D. Provide full mortar beds on vertical faces and shells in all courses abutting piers, columns or pilasters. E. Provide full mortar beds on horizontal faces of masonry at underside of slabs or beams. F. Where anchors, bolts, or ties penetrate cavities of units, the cavities shall be filled with grout as the work progresses. Metal lath shall be inserted under cavities before filling. 04200-5 040097017 1 A. Install horizontal joint reinforcement in every third bed joint in exterior interior walls. B. Install reinforcement in the first and second bed joints immediately above lintels and below sills at openings. Extend reinforcement in the second bed joint above or below opening at least 24 in. beyond the jambs. C. Provide reinforcement in the longest lengths available utilizing the minimum number of splices. Overlap side rods at least 12 in. at splices. , D. At all corners and intersections of walls and partitions, provide welded "L" shaped assemblies and "T" shapes assemblies with same size members as straight reinforcement. r 3.07 INSTALLATION OF GROUT: A. Where a manufactured premixed grout is used, manufacturer's printed recommendations for installation shall be followed. 04200-6 040097017 1 G. Finished joint depth shall be constant throughout. The Contractor is specifically cautioned that variations in joint depth of greater than 1/8 -inch within a given structure shall be cause for rejection of the work. 3.04 FINISH OF JOINTS: ' A. Lay vertical joints uniform in thickness, plumb and in alignment from top to bottom of wall within a tolerance of plus or minus 1/2 inch. B. Tool exposed joints slightly concave with a round or other approved jointer, when the mortar is thumbprint hard, forcing it up tightly against the edges of the units. Horizontal joints shall be tooled first. ' C. Brush all joints to remove loose and excess mortar. 3.05 BONDING: ' A. Abutting Walls and Partitions: At corners and intersections of walls and partitions abutting joints shall be laid with a true masonry bond. 1. Intersecting Bearing Walls Erected Separately: Install rigid steel anchors spaced not more than two feet vertically. 2. Intersecting No-load Bearing Walls or Partitions: Tie units together with corrugated metal anchors or wire mesh spaced not more than two feet vertically; or tie units with masonry bonding in alternate courses. 3. Vertical wall reinforcement shall be doweled to footing below and beam above. B. Walls Facing or Abutting Concrete Members: Provide ties to the concrete with dovetail or wire type anchors inserted in slots or inserts built into the concrete, only as shown on the drawings. 3.06 HORIZONTAL JOINT REINFORCEMENT: A. Install horizontal joint reinforcement in every third bed joint in exterior interior walls. B. Install reinforcement in the first and second bed joints immediately above lintels and below sills at openings. Extend reinforcement in the second bed joint above or below opening at least 24 in. beyond the jambs. C. Provide reinforcement in the longest lengths available utilizing the minimum number of splices. Overlap side rods at least 12 in. at splices. , D. At all corners and intersections of walls and partitions, provide welded "L" shaped assemblies and "T" shapes assemblies with same size members as straight reinforcement. r 3.07 INSTALLATION OF GROUT: A. Where a manufactured premixed grout is used, manufacturer's printed recommendations for installation shall be followed. 04200-6 040097017 1 1 3.08 WEEPHOLES: 1 A. Construct weepholes as shown on drawings over foundations and bond beams through wall flashings and other water stops in walls. B. Space 32 in. on centers unless otherwise shown on drawings. C. Keep weepholes free of mortar and other obstructions. 3.09 BUILT-IN WORK: A. Install bolts, anchors, nailing blocks, inserts, frames, sleeves, boxes, vents, flashings and conduit as masonry work progresses. B. Avoid cutting and patching. C. Solidly grout spaces around built-in items. D. Provide outside joint for caulking around exterior door and window frames and otherframed wall openings: I. Width: Shall be 1/4 -in. to 3/8 -in. 2. Rake and tool smooth to a uniform depth of 3/8- in. 3.10 POINTING AND CLEANING: A. At final completion of unit masonry work, point holes in joints. Where there is adjoining work point and tool joint to match. B. Cut out and repoint defective joints. C. Dry brush masonry surface after mortar has set, at end of each day's work and after final pointing. D. Leave work and surrounding surfaces clean and free of mortar spots and droppings. 3.11 CLEANUP: In accordance with General Conditions. 04200-7 040097017 n 1 SECTION 05145 ALUMINUM FABRICATIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE: This section covers the Work necessary to furnish, install and erect the structural aluminum, aluminum fabrications and other related components of the types, shapes and weights shown on the drawings. The Work shall include all metal parts required for permanent connection of the structural aluminum, aluminum fabrication and any temporary bracing used for erection. 1.02 ALTERNATIVES: Like items provided hereunder, although for different services, shall be the end products of one manufacturer in order to achieve standardization for maintenance, spare parts, and manufacturer's services. 1.03 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION: The Contractor shall comply with the following codes and standards unless specifically directed otherwise: A. AA "Specifications for Aluminum Structures", Aluminum Construction Manual, Fifth Edition B. AWS "Code for Welding in Building Construction", 1995. C. Florida Building Code. 1.04 SUBMITTALS: Shop Drawings, signed and sealed by a Florida registered Professional Engineer, shall include descriptive information as required to fully describe structural aluminum components to be erected. Shop Drawings shall conform to AA recommendations and specifications and show all holes, etc., required for other Work. Include complete details showing all members and their connections, anchor bolt layouts, schedules for fabrication procedures, and diagrams showing the sequence of erection. Submittals shall include, but not be limited to the following: ' A. Complete Information and Dimensions B. Sequences of Erection C. Mill Certificates D. Connection Calculations — Calculations, signed and sealed by a Florida registered Professional Engineer, shall include design assumptions, manual calculations, computer print outs and any other information required to evaluate the connection designs. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE: Structural aluminum Work shall be performed by experienced erection craftsmen routinely performing such work. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, HANDLING & ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS: Load, handle, transport and unload structural members in such a manner that they are not excessively stressed, deformed, or otherwise damaged. Once delivered, protect structural aluminum members and packaged material from damage and deterioration. Material shall be stored in a dry area and shall not be placed in direct contact with the ground. Do not place materials on the structure in a manner that might cause distortion or damage to the members or the supporting structures. Damaged materials or structures shall be immediately removed and replaced at no additional cost to the Owner. 05145-1 040097017 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS: r A. Rolled Plates, Structural Shapes and Bars: ASTM B 308, Allow 6061-T6 B. Aluminum Extrusions: ASTM B 308, Alloy 6063-T C. Bolts: AISI 316, Stainless Steel ' 2.02 FABRICATION: Fabricate items of structural aluminum in accordance with the drawings, AA Specifications, and as indicated on the final reviewed Shop Drawings. Properly mark materials for field assembly. Where finishing is required, complete the assembly, including bolting and welding of units, before start of finishing operations. Weld or bolt shop connections, as required. Bolt field connections, except where welded connections or other connections are shown or specified. All connections unless shown otherwise shall develop full strength of members joined and shall conform to AA Standards connections. A. Welded Construction: Comply with AWS conde procedures, appearance and quality of weld and welders, and methods used in correcting welding Work. Unless otherwise shown, all butts are complete penetration. B. Holes: Provide holes as necessary or as indicated for securing other Work to structural aluminum framing, and for the passage of other Work through aluminum framing members. Provide threaded nuts welded to framing, and other specialty items as required. No torch cut holes shall be made. C. Finishes: Structural aluminum shall be cleaned and protected as specified elsewhere. Immediately after erection, clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas. Apply touch up paint as necessary by brush or spray which is the same thickness and material as that used originally. 2.03 QUALITY CONTROL: The Contractor shall give ample notice to the Owner's representative prior to the beginning of any fabrication Work so that the Owner may observe fabrication, if so desired. The Contractor shall furnish all facilities for the inspection of materials and workmanship in the shop and Owner's representatives shall be allowed free access. Any Work found to be defective or not meeting the specifications will not be used on this Project. Owner observation at the shop is intended to help avoid errors. It is expressly understood that the Contractor is responsible for t furnishing the proper materials for workmanship. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION: The Contractor shall verify all dimensions and shall make measurements necessary to be fully responsible for accuracy and layout of Work and relationships between various portions of the Project to be encountered. Any discrepancies shall be reported and clarified prior to starting fabrication. 3.02 PREPARATION: The structural aluminum to be erected is composed of supporting aluminum ' members and frames and requires interaction with all other structural elements. Therefore, the structural aluminum components will likely require temporary racing and coordination with other elements of building. The Contractor shall be responsible for designing and installing all construction bracing required and shall be responsible to provide temporary support until all 05145-2 040097017 1 components are in place and construction is complete. Clean bearing surfaces and other surfaces which will be in permanent contact before assembly, and provide for appropriate isolation of ' aluminum from concrete, plaster, masonry of dissimilar metals. Perform necessary adjustments to compensate for discrepancies in elevations and alignment. 1 3.03 INSTALLATION: A. Set structural members accurately to the lines and elevations required and support all elements with the Contractor's construction bracing members. Align and adjust the members before permanently fastening. Level and plumb individual members of the structure within specified tolerances. B. Anchor Bolts: Furnish anchor bolts and other connectors required for securing structural aluminum to in-place Work. Furnish templates and other devices for presetting bolts and other anchors to accurate locations. C. Bases and Bearing Plates: Clean concrete and masonry bearing surfaces of bond -reducing materials and roughen to improve connection to surfaces. Clean the bottom surface of base and bearing plates and provide proper isolater, as required. Set loose and attached baseplates and bearing plates for structural members on wedges, leveling nuts or other adjustable devices. Tighten the anchor bolts after the supported members have been positions and plumbed. Baseplates shall be properly secured prior to placing loads on structure. D. Poor alignment: Where misfits in erection bolting are encountered, the Owner's representative shall be immediately notified. Acceptable fixes to such problems typically include reaming holes for oversized bolts, plug welding and redrilling, refabrication, or connection redesign. Holes in members shall not be enlarged by burning or by the use of drift pins. 3.04 WELDING: Welding of aluminum shall be performed by the Gas Metal Arc. (MIG) or Gas Tungsten Arc. (TIG) process, per AWS Welding Handbook criteria. 3.05 COATINGS: Structural aluminum shall not be coated, unless otherwise specified. If required, coating systems shall be as specified in Section 09800. 05145-3 040097017 ISECTION 05500 IMETAL FABRICATIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: The extent of metal fabrications work is shown on drawings and includes items fabricated from iron, steel, aluminum and stainless steel shapes, plates, bars, strips, tubes, pipes and castings which are not a part of structural steel or other metal systems in other sections of these specifications. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Field Measurements: Take field measurements prior to preparation of shop drawings and fabrication, where possible. Do not delay job progress; allow for trimming and fitting wherever taking field measurements before fabrication might delay work. B. Shop Assembly: Preassemble items in shop to greatest extent possible to minimize field splicing and assembly. Disassemble units only as necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Clearly mark units for reassembly and coordinated installation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS AND COMPONENTS: A. Metal Surfaces, General: For fabrication of miscellaneous metal work which will be exposed to view, use only materials which are smooth and free of surface blemishes including pitting, seam marks, roller marks, rolled trade names and roughness. 1. Steel Plates, shapes and bars: ASTM A36. 2. Steel Plates to be Bent or Cold Formed: ASTM A283, Grade C. 3. Steel Bars and Bar -size Shapes: ASTM A306, Grade 65, or ASTM A36. 4. Galvanized Carbon Steel Sheets: ASTM A526, with ASTM A525, G90 Zinc coating. 5. Epoxy Anchors: Anchor bolts shall be bonded to concrete through the use of a cartridge or injection system that contains premeasured amounts of polyester resin, quartz sand aggregate, and a hardening agent. Bolts shall comply with AISI 316 Stainless Steel. Approved products are: a. Two component high strength low deflection ceramic filled epoxy as supplied by ITW Ramset/Red Head identified as Epcon Ceramic 6. b. HVA Adhesive Anchor as manufactured by Hilti, Inc. of Tulsa, Oklahoma. t6. Concrete Inserts: Threaded or wedge type, 316 SS unless otherwise noted. Provide bolts, washers and shims as required, 316 SS unless otherwise noted. 7. Nonshrink Nonferrous Grout: CE CRD C588. 05500-1 040097017 1 8. All miscellaneous fabrications designated as stainless steel shall be 316 or 316L stainless steel. All stainless steel fabrications shall be passivated. 9. All aluminum shapes shall be Alloy 6061-T6 or T6063 -T6 as defined by ASCE and supplied in standard shapes as set forth in the Aluminum Construction Manual, unless otherwise noted. 10. Unless otherwise noted as structural carbon steel shapes shall be hot dipped galvanized. 2.02 FASTENERS GENERAL: Unless otherwise noted, all fasteners shall be 316 S.S. and shall be so stamped for ready field identification. Structural fasteners shall satisfy structural requirements. 2.03 FABRICATION, GENERAL: I A. Workmanship: 1. Use materials of size and thickness shown or, if not shown, of required size and thickness to produce strength and durability in finished product. Use type of materials shown or specified for various components of work. 2. Form exposed work true to line and level with accurate angles and surfaces and straight sharp edges. Ease exposed edges to a radius of approximately 1/32 in. unless otherwise shown. Form bent -metal corners to smallest radius possible without causing grain separation or otherwise impairing work. 3. Weld corners, seams and all adjoining members with full fillet welds continuously, ■ complying with AWS recommendations. At exposed connections, grind exposed welds smooth and flush to match and blend with adjoining surfaces. 4. Form exposed connections with hairline joints, flush and smooth, using concealed fasteners wherever possible. Use exposed fasteners of type shown, or if not shown, Phillips flat -head (countersunk) screws or bolts. 5. Provide for anchorage of type shown, coordinated with supporting structure. Fabricate and space anchoring devices to provide adequate support for intended use. B. Galvanizing: Provide a hot dipped galvanizing coating for all miscellaneous metal items, unless aluminum, brass, bronze or stainless steel. 1. ASTM A153 for galvanizing iron and steel hardware. 2. ASTM A123 for galvanizing rolled, pressed and forged steel shapes, plates, bars and strip 1/8 in. thick and heavier. 3. ASTM A386 for galvanizing assembled steel products. 2.04 MISCELLANEOUS METAL FABRICATIONS: , A. Rough Hardware: 05500-2 040097017 F 1. Furnish bent or otherwise custom fabricated bolts, plates, anchors, hangers, dowels and other miscellaneous steel and iron shapes as required for framing and supporting woodwork, and for anchoring or securing woodwork to concrete or other structures. 2. Manufacture or fabricate items of sizes, shapes and dimensions required. Furnish malleable iron washers for heads and nuts which bear on wood structural connections; elsewhere, furnish steel washers. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION: Examine the areas and conditions underwhich miscellaneous metal items are to be installed and notify the Engineer in writing of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 PREPARATION: Furnish setting drawings, diagrams, templates, instructions, and directions for installation of anchorages, such as concrete inserts, anchor bolts and miscellaneous items have integral anchors, which are to be embedded in concrete or masonry construction. Coordinate delivery of such items to project site. 3.03 INSTALLATION: A. Setting Loose Plates: 1. Clean concrete and masonry bearing surfaces of any bond -reducing materials, and roughen to improve bond to surfaces. Clean the bottom surface of bearing plates. 2. Set loose leveling and bearing plates on wedges, or other adjustable devices. After the bearing members have been positioned and plumbed, tighten the anchor bolts. Do not remove wedges or shims, but if protruding, cut-off flush with the edge of the bearing plate before packing with grout. 3. Pack grout solidly between bearing surfaces and plates to ensure that no voids remain. B. Field Welding: Comply with AWS Code for procedures of manual shielded metal -arc ' welding, appearance and quality of welds made, and methods used in correcting welding work. 1 05500-3 040097017 iSECTION 06600 IFABRICATED FIBERGLASS PART I - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: Furnish all labor, material, equipment and incidentals to fabricate and install the items specified herein and shown on the drawings. This shall apply to all miscellaneous fiberglass fabrications. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Products to comply with the current edition of the applicable National Bureau of Standards, Voluntary Product Standard PS 15. B. Safety factors: Liberal safety factors shall be used in the design of all products. Working stresses shall not exceed the lower value of one-third of the yield strength or one-fifth of the ultimate strength of the material. The fiberglass products shall be designed for stresses to which these products will be subjected during fabrication, erection and continuous operation as shown on the drawings. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Shop drawings: Submitted in accordance with Section 01300 shall include detailed design calculations for all fabricated products. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL: Products shall be furnished by manufacturers having a minimum of 5 years experience in the manufacture of similar items with a record of successful installations. ' Support members shall be as shown on the drawings and as required in this section. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Fiberglass structural shapes: 1. Structural FRP members supplies under this specification shall be manufactured using the pultrusion process. The composite shall consist of a glass fiber reinforced polyester resin matrix, approximately 50 percent resin to glass ratio. 2. Glass reinforcement shall be of three varieties: a. A surfacing mat shall be used on all exterior surfaces for maximum chemical resistance. b. Continuous glass strand rovings shall be used internally for longitudinal strength. c. Continuous strand mats shall be used internally for transverse strength. 06600-1 040097017 3. Resin shall be a halogenated polyester, possessing inherent fire and chemical resistance. Antimony trioxide shall be added (3 to 5 percent) to impart Class I flame spread and flammability ratings as per ASTM E-84 and D-635. 4. The following minimum mechanical properties shall apply. a. Ultimate tensile strength 30,000 psi (longitudinal coupon) Ultimate tensile strength 7,000 psi (transverse coupon) ' Ultimate tensile strength 20,000 psi (full section in bending) b. Ultimate compressive strength 30,000 psi (longitudinal coupon) Ultimate compressive strength 15,000 psi (transverse coupon) Ultimate compressive strength (full section in bending) 20,000 psi c. Ultimate shear strength 5,500 psi d. Ultimate bearing strength 30,000 psi e. Modulus of elasticity (full section in bending) 2.5 x 106 f. Barcol hardness 50 5. All fiberglass intended for external usage shall be gel coated for UV inhibition. B. Miscellaneous FRP Supports: Minor FRP channels, unistrut, and supports (including clamps and hardware) for small diameter piping (less than 2 -inches in diameter), or where otherwise required by drawings, shall be as manufactured by Aickenstrut. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION , A. All work shall be erected level, and/or plumb, and shall meet required heights, layout and details precisely. All work shall be adequately fastened, anchored or braced. B. All work shall be executed in accordance with the best practices of the trade, by persons skilled in the craft. C. Installation shall be in strict accordance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations in the locations shown on the drawings. ' D. All fiberglass installations shall be suitably braced and supported to be fully rigid, stable and secure. Acceptability in this regard shall be solely the Engineer's opinion. 3.02 INSPECTION AND TESTING A. Final acceptance test shall demonstrate that products have been properly installed and are in correct alignment. 06600-2 1 040097017 1 ISECTION 07900 JOINT SEALANTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: The required applications include, but are not necessarily limited to the following: New window frames and door frame joints. Equipment and isolation joints. Provide joint sealants at all of the above locations. 1.02 SUBMITTALS: Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01300. A. Manufacturer's Data: Submit manufacturer's specifications, recommendation and installation instructions for each type of material required. Include manufacturer's published data, or letter of certifications, or certified test laboratory report indicating that each material complies with the requirements and is intended, generally, for the applications shown. B. Guarantee, Joint Sealers: Submit written guarantee agreeing to repair or replace joint sealers which fail to perform as air -tight and water -tight joints; or fail in joint adhesion, cohesion, abrasion resistance, weather resistance, extrusion resistance, migration resistance, stain resistance, or general durability; or appear to deteriorate in any other manner not clearly specified by submitted manufacturer's data as an inherent quality of the material for the exposure indicated. Provide guarantee signed by the Installer and Contractor. Guarantee period is 2 years. 1.03 JOB CONDITIONS: A. Examine the joint surfaces and backing, and their anchorage to the structure, and the conditions under which the joint sealer work is to be performed. Do not proceed with the joint sealer work until satisfactory conditions have been corrected. B. Weather Conditions: Do not proceed with installation of sealants under adverse weather conditions, or when temperatures are below or above manufacturer's recommended limitations for installation. Proceed with the work only when forecasted weather conditions are favorable for proper cure and development of high early bond strength. Whereverjoint width is affected by ambient temperature variations, install elastomeric sealants only when temperatures are in the lower third of manufacturer's recommended installation temperature range. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS, GENERAL: A. Colors: For exposed materials provide color as indicated or, if not indicated, as selected by Engineer from manufacturer's standard colors. For concealed materials, provide the natural color which has the best overall performance characteristics. 07900-1 040097017 1 B. Hardness: As recommended by manufacturer for application shown, unless otherwise indicated. C. Modulus of Elasticity: Provide the lowest available modulus of elasticity which is consistent ' with exposure to weathering, indentation, vandalism, abrasion, support of loading, and other requirements. D. Compatibility: Before purchase of each required material, confirm its compatibility with each other material it will be exposed to in the joint system. E. Size and Shape: As shown or, if not shown, as recommended by the manufacturer for the type and condition of joint, and for the indicated joint performance or movement. F. Grade of Sealant: For each application, provide the grade of sealant (non -sag, self -leveling, no -track, knife grade, preformed, etc.) as recommended by the manufacturer for the particular condition of installation (location, joint shape, ambient temperature, and similar conditions), to achieve the best possible overall performance. Grades specified herein are for normal condition of installation. For non -vertical joints apply an elastomeric joint sealant. Use a closed cell neoprene joint filler beneath the sealant in all traffic areas (as determined by the Engineer). Rout and seal all joints at interface of slabs and block walls. 2.02 ELASTOMERIC SEALANTS: Two -Component Polyurethane Sealant: Polyurethane based, two-part elastomeric sealant complying with FS TT -S -0227E and ASTM C-290. Sealant shall cure in a "non -sag" consistency. Sealant shall be Sikaflex-2c NC manufactured by Sika Corporation. 2.03 EPDXY RESIN ADHESIVE SEALING SYSTEM: Where indicated on the drawings, an epoxy resin adhesive sealing system shall be applied. The sealing system shall consist of a two- , component epoxy paste adhesive complying with ASTM C-881 and AASHTO M-235 and perforated Hypalon® sealing strip with activator. The Hypalon® sealing strip shall be a minimum of 4 -inches wide. The epoxy resin adhesive sealing system shall be Sikadur Combiflex manufactured by Sika Corporation. 2.04 NON-ELASTOMERIC SEALANTS: Acrylic -Latex Sealant: Latex -rubber -modified, acrylic- emulsion,-polymer crylic- emulsion;polymer sealant compound permanently flexible, non -staining and non-bleeding; recommended by manufacturer for protected exterior exposure. 2.05 BITUMINOUS SEALANTS: Bituminous Caulking Compound: Manufacturer's standard, non - sag, bituminous, general-purpose caulking compound, containing mineral fiber filler. 2.06 JOINT FILLERS: A. Bituminous and Fiber Joint Filler: Provide resilient and non -extruding type premolded bituminous impregnated fiberboard units complying with ASTM D 1751, FS HH -F-341, Type I and AASHO M 213. B. Closed -Cell Neoprene Joint Filler: Provide expanded neoprene complying with ASTM D 1056, Class SC (oil -resistant and medium swell), of 2 to 5 psi compression deflection (Grade SCE 41); except provide 13 to 17 psi compression deflection (Grade SCE 44) wherever filler is applied under sealant exposed to traffic. 2.07 GASKETS: Exposed Closed -Cell Neoprene Gasket: Provide extruded or molded expanded neoprene complying with ASTM C 509, Grade 4, black; formed with durable self -skin to the profile 07900-2 ' 040097017 1 Ishown or, if not shown, as required to maintain a watertight and airtight seal. 2.08 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS: A. Oakum Joint Filler: Provide untreated hemp or jute fiber rope, free of oil, tar and other compounds which might stain surfaces, contaminate joint walls, or not be compatible with sealants. B. Joint Primer/Sealer: Provide the type of joint primer/sealer recommended by the sealant manufacturer for the joint surfaces to be primed or sealed. C. Bond Breaker Tape: Polyethylene tape or other plastic tape as recommended by the sealant manufacturer to be applied to sealant -contact surfaces where bond to the substrate orjoint filler must be avoided for proper performance of sealant, provide self-adhesive tape wherever applicable. D. Sealant Backer Rod: Compressible rod stock of polyethylene foam, polyethylene jacketed polyurethane foam, butyl rubber foam, neoprene foam or other flexible, permanent, durable non-absorptive material as recommended for compatibility with sealant by the sealant manufacturer. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS: Comply with manufacturer's printed instructions except where more stringent requirements are shown or specified, and except where manufacturer's technical representative directs otherwise, subject to approval of the Engineer. 3.02 JOINT PREPARATION: A. Clean joint surfaces immediately before installation of sealant or caulking compound. Remove dirt, insecure coatings, moisture and other substances which would interfere with bond of sealant or caulking compound. Etch concrete and masonry joint surfaces as recommended by sealant manufacturer. B. Prime or seal the joint surfaces wherever shown or recommended by the sealant manufacturer. Do not allow primer/sealer spill or migrate onto adjoining surfaces. 3.03 INSTALLATION: A. Exterior joints and other joints indicated to receive sealant: Polysulfide sealant. B. Interior Joints: Acrylic -Latex Sealant. C. Set joint filler units at proper depth or position in the joint to coordinate with other work, including the installation of bond breakers, backer rods and sealants. Do not leave voids or gaps between the ends of joint filler units. D. Install sealant backer rod for liquid elastomeric sealants, except where shown to be omitted or recommended to be omitted by sealant manufacturer for the application shown. E. Install bond breaker tape wherever shown and wherever required by manufacturer's recommendations to ensure that elastomeric sealants will perform properly. 07900-3 040097017 'I F. Employ only proven installation techniques, which will ensure that sealants will be deposited in uniform, continuous ribbons without gaps or air pockets, with complete "wetting" of the joint bond surfaces equally on opposite sides. Except as otherwise indicated, fill sealant rabbet to a slightly concave surface, slightly below adjoining surfaces. Where horizontal joints are between a horizontal surface and vertical surface, fill joint to form a slight cove, so that joint will not trap moisture and dirt. G. Install sealant to depths as shown or, if not shown, as recommended by the sealant manufacturer but within the following general limitations, measured at the center (thin) section of the bead; 1. For sidewalks, pavements and similar joints sealed with elastomeric sealants and subject to traffic and other abrasion and indentation exposures, fill joints to a depth equal to 75% of joint width, but neither more than 5/8" deep nor less than 3/8" deep. 2. For normal moving joints sealed with elastomeric sealants but not subject to traffic, fill joints to a depth equal to 50% of joint width, but neither more than 1/2" deep nor less than 1/4" deep. 3. For joints sealed with non-elastomeric sealants and caulking compounds, fill joints to a depth in the range of 75% to 125% of joint width. H. Spillage: Do not allow sealants or compounds to overflow or spill onto adjoining surfaces, or to migrate into the voids of adjoining surfaces. Clean the adjoining surfaces by whatever means may be necessary to eliminate evidence of spillage. I. Recess exposed edges of gaskets and joint fillers slightly behind adjoining surfaces, unless otherwise shown, so that compressed units will not protrude from the joint. J. Bond ends of gaskets together with adhesive or by other means as recommended by the manufacturer to ensure continuous watertight and airtight performance. Miter -cut and bond ends at corners unless molded corner units are provided. 3.04 CURE AND PROTECTION: Cure sealants and caulking compounds in compliance with ' manufacturer's instructions and recommendations, to obtain high early bond strength, internal cohesive strength and surface durability. Advise the Contractor on procedures required for the cure and protection of joint sealers during the construction period, so that they will be without deterioration or damage (other than normal wear and weathering) at the time of Owner's acceptance. IJ 07900-4 040097017 ISECTION 08120 IFLUSH ALUMINUM DOORS AND FRAMES PART 1 - GENEP.AL 1.01 SCOPE: Contractor to furnish all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals required to deliver and install aluminum doors, frames, panels and appurtenances as shown on drawings, as scheduled and as specified herein. 1.02 REFERENCES: A. The publications listed below form a part of these specifications to the extent referenced. The publications are referred to in the text by basic designation only. 1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) a. B 209, 1989 aluminum and aluminum alloy sheet and plate. b. B 221, 1988 aluminum and aluminum alloy extruded bar, rod, wire, shape and tube. c. The doors shall satisfy the following criteria; submit certification by an independent laboratory attesting that the doors and frames satisfy the following criteria: 2. Dade County PA202 Design Load for+95 psf or -95 psf, which equals 195 mph wind speeds. a. Air and Water Infiltration Test per ASTM #283 and #331 1. Air leakage rate of no more than (0.37 cubic feet/min-ft.). 2. No visible water leakage at the end of the test. b. Uniform Static Air Pressure Test per Dade County PA202. 1. Test load of 71 psf to maximum of 143 psf which is a wind speed of 170 mph to 240 mph. c. Large Missile Impact Test Result per PA201 1. Projectile test velocity of 50 fps (feet per second). Id. Cyclic Wind Pressure Test Results per PA203. 1. 600 cycles at 48 psf (138 mph wind speed), 70 cycles at 57 psf (150 mph wind speed), one cycle at 124 psf (222 mph wind speed) positive pressure and negative pressure. e. Forced Entry Test per South Florida Building Code #3603.2 08120-1 040097017 J_ 1.03 DELIVER, STORAGE AND PROTECTION: I A. Inspect materials delivered to the site for damage. Unload and store with minimum handling. Provide storage space in dry location with adequate ventilation, free from dust or water, and easily accessible for inspection and handling. Store materials neatly on the floor, pronerly stacked. Do not cover doors and frames with tarp, polyethylene film or similar coverings. Protect finish surfaces during shipping and handling using manufacturer's standard method. 1.04 MANUFACTURERS: Flush aluminum doors shall be Series 2601 manufactured by Alutech Corporation or Contemporary Series by Creative Design Doors Inc. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 FLUSH ALUMINUM DOORS AND FRAMES: A. Swing type aluminum doors and frames of size, design and location indicated. Provide ' doors complete with frames, framing members, transoms and accessories. B. Aluminum alloy for doors and frames: ASTM B 221, alloy 6063-T5 for extrusions. ASTM B 209, alloy and temper best suited for aluminum sheets and finish required. C. Fasteners: All screws and miscellaneous fasteners shall be 316 SS. 2.02 MATERIAL FOR FLUSH ALUMINUM DOORS: A. Flush Doors: Aluminum doors shall be nominal 1-3/4" thick, flush design. Door edges shall have a strong, rigid aluminum sub -frame with integral edge caps. The sub -frame shall be connected by a 3/8" cadmium plated steel tie rod top and bottom. Snap -on or applied door edge at hinge or lock edge will not be accepted. B. Face Sheet: Face sheet shall be one piece .063 inch smooth aluminum of anodizing quality, ' with a minimum tensile strength of 22,000 psi. Face sheet shall be concealed under a'/z- inch edge cap full perimeter. C. Insulated Core: All voids between sub -frame shall be filled with a urethane foam board that is fire retardant and has an R -value of 9. D. Lamination: Sub -frame, insulated core and face sheets shall be bonded together with a thermosetting adhesive under 110 lbs. pressure to form water, heat, and chemical resistant bond. E. Aluminum Sub -frame: Aluminum sub -frame shall have an integral edge cap to ensure proper protection from the weather. Sub -frame shall be connected by a 3/8 inch cadmium plated steel tie rod top and bottom. Overall door tolerance shall be plus or minus 1/16 inch. Extrusion tolerances shall be as set by the American Aluminum Manufacturer's Association. F. Vision Window: Vision panel openings shall be cut to proper size to allow the window to fit so that it will be concealed % inch under the window flange. Glass moldings shall be non - removable on the outside door. Moldings shall be square cut with butt joints. Weather stripping used for molding shall be Thermoplastic Rubber type with a color of black only. Conforming to Government Specifications #ASTM C864 Specs., ASTM C542 Specs and NAAMA SG -1-70 Std. Inside of window to be trimmed with an angle that covers cutout 08120-2 040097017 Iopening edges by Y2 -inch. 1 2.03 ALUMINUM DOOR FRAMES: A. Aluminum door frames shall be Alutech Series FR450S or FR600 or approved equivalent by Creative Design Doors Inc. as applicable to maintain condition. Use countersunk 316 stainless Phillips screws for exposed fastenings. Mill joints in frame members to a hairline fit, reinforce and secure mechanically. Minimum wall thickness for glazing beads, molding and trip is 0.050 inch. Shapes shown are representati ions of design, function and required profile. Dimensions shown are minimum. Shapes of equivalent design, dimensions, profile and function may be used subject to Engineer's approval. B. Weather Striping used for glazing shall be Santoprene Thermoplastic Black Rubber type conforming to Government Specifications #ASTM C 864 Spec., ASTM C 542 Spec and NAAMA SG -1-70 Std. and with a Duramador of at least 67 per ASTM D 2240 Hardness r (Shore A) and must meet or exceed the following: ASTM D297 Specific Gravity ASTM D412 Tensile Strength, Ultimate Elongation and 100% Modulus ASTM D746 Brittleness Temp ASTM D395B Compression Set Percent ASTM D624 Tear Resistance C. Anchors: Provide anchors of stainless steel, or other corrosion resistant material to secure frames to adjacent construction. Place anchors near top and bottom of each jamb and at intermediate points not more than 25 inches apart. Hardware templates and hardware shall be delivered to the door manufacturer for use in fabrication of aluminum doors and frames. Cut, reinforce, drill and tap doors and frames in accordance with hardware manufacturer's recommendations. Surface applied hardware, push plates, kick plates and mop plates shall be drilled and tapped in the field. Provide hinge reinforcements of % inch aluminum flat bar and secure to door edge or frames with 316 stainless steel machine screws. 2.04 ALUMINUM FINISHES: Finish shall be 204-R1 clear (natural) anodize, designation AA -M10 - C22 -A31, Architectural Class II (0.4 Mil). 2.05 GLASS: Exterior doors, if any, with glass shall include an aluminum header, minimum 2 -inches wide, inside the door to allow attachment of a sheet aluminum hurricane panel. The door, around the perimeter of glass shall have Y4 -inch holes drilled and tapped into header inside the door to secure the panel. The holes shall be 6 -inches on center and have pan head 316 SS screws, installed and engaged flush. Provide a% inch aluminum flat plate to cover the window and attach to the door. The plate shall be pre -drilled to match securing attachment hardware. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION: Plumb, square, level and align frames and framing members to receive doors and transoms. Anchor frames to adjacent construction as indicated and in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions. After erection and glazing, adjust hardware to operate property. Caulk all door frames with an interior/exterior 20 year polyurethane caulk. 08120-3 ' 040097017 3.02 PROTECTION FROM DISSIMILAR MATERIALS: A. Dissimilar Metals: Where aluminum surfaces come in contact with metals other than stainless steel, zinc or small areas of white bronze. Contractor shall protect from direct contact by one or combination of the following methods. 1. Paint the dissimilar metal with one coat of heavy -bodied bituminous paint. 2. Apply a good quality caulking material between the aluminum and dissimilar metal 3. Use a non-absorptive tape or gasket in permanently dry locations. B. Masonry and Concrete: Contractor shall provide aluminum surface in contact with mortar, concrete or other masonry materials with one coat of heavy -bodied bituminous paint. 3.03 PROTECTION: The Contractor shall adequately protect exposed portions of aluminum surfaces from damage by plaster, lime, acid, cement or other harmful compounds. 3.04 CLEANING: Upon completion of installation, thoroughly clean door and frame surfaces in accordance with door manufacturer's recommended procedure. Do not use abrasive, caustic or acid cleaning agents. 08120-4 040097017 rl L� t m 11, u 1 1 F, SECTION 08700 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS: All applicable provision of the General Conditions are a part of this section. 1.02 Work covered by this section of the specifications consists of furnishing and delivering to the job site for fitting and installation, all Finish Hardware complete, in accordance with this section and applicable drawings and subject to terms and conditions of contract. It is intended that the following list of hardware will cover all Finish Hardware to complete the project. Omissions and/or discrepancies shall be brought to the Engineer's attention during the bidding period. Hardware for labeled opening shall meet UL requirements whether specified herein or not. 1.03 SUBMITTALS: All submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01300. Submit manufacturer's product data for each item of hardware. Include whatever information may be necessary to show compliance with requirements, and include instructions for installation and for maintenance of operating parts and exposed finishes. Wherever needed, furnish templates to fabricators of other work which is to receive finish hardware. Transmit copy of applicable data to the installer. Submit copies of the hardware schedule to the Engineer, organize the final hardware schedule into "hardware sets", indicating complete designation of every item required for each door or opening. Furnish initial draft of schedule at the earliest possible date, in order to facilitate the fabrication of other work (such as door frames) which may be crucial in the project construction schedule. Furnish final draft of schedule after samples, manufacturer's product data sheets, coordination with shop drawings for other work, delivery schedule and similar information has been completed and accepted. 1.04 SUPPLIER: Finish Hardware shall be furnished by one approved by the Engineer as having appropriate technical knowledge and experience to correctly interpret drawings and specifications. Supplier shall be prepared at all times during progress of installation to promptly provide competent and efficient Architectural Hardware Consultant (AHC) to approve its complete installation in order that all items shall be installed in the best manner and function properly. This will necessitate a job visit prior to final inspection. Supplier shall be bonafide direct distributor of all materials furnished. 1.05 DELIVERY: All items of Finish Hardware shall be delivered to the project site, or as otherwise specified or required, and shall be checked in for completeness and familiarization with the Contractor. All items of Finish Hardware shall be packaged, numbered, labeled to identify each opening for which it is intended and to correspond with item numbers on the approved Hardware. 1.06 TEMPLATES: All Finish Hardware to be installed on or in metal doors and/or frames shall be manufactured to template. Template machine screws shall be furnished for all such materials. This supplier shall furnish Hardware Schedule as approved by the Engineer and all necessary template transmittals to metal frame fabricators or other suppliers requiring same, for their coordination and use. 1.07 SCHEDULES: A complete typewritten Hardware Schedule shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval. Each item in the schedule shall be identified on the first page of the schedule by the manufacturer's name. 08700-1 1 040097017 1.08 LOCATIONS: Hardware locations dimension shall be as follows: Distance from floor to centerline of: Door Knob: 38 inches Door Pull: 42 inches Deadlock: 60 inches Exit Bolt Cross Bar: 38 inches Push Plate: 50 inches Butt Hinges: Bottom hinge - finish floor to bottom of hinge 10 inches; Top hinge - head rabbet to top of hinge 5 inches; Center hinge - equi-distance between top and bottom hinge. 1.09 180 DEGREE OPENINGS: Other than those doors that are restricted to less than 180 degree opening by building or by overhead holders or stops, all butts and/or closer arms shall be sufficient size to allow full 180 degree opening of doors. 1.10 Codes: Hardware shall be as specified herein as a minimum. Additional items as may be necessary to satisfy local Building Code requirements shall be supplied and installed. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 FINISHES: Unless otherwise specifically noted the following finishes shall be provided for each of the hardware components. A. Butts: Exterior - US32D B. Butts: Interior - US32D C. Locks: 630 D. Push, Pull & Kick Plates: US32D E. Closers: 689 F. Panic Devices: US32D G. Door Stops and Miscellaneous: US32D H. Thresholds and Weatherstrip: US32D I. Surface Bolts: US32D J. Gravity Door Coordinator US26D 2.02 BUTTS: A. Doors 1 -3/4 -inches doors up to 36 -inches in width Size 4-1/2 x 4-1/2. B. Doors 1-3/8 inches doors up to 36 -inches in width Size 3-1/2 x 3-1/2. C. Approved manufacturer: Hager Hinge Series FBB1191-FBB1999, stainless steel within stainless steel pin ANSI A 5112, Ball Bearing. 08700-2 040097017 1 2.03 LOCKSETS: A. Shall be of the following manufacturer and shall be furnished in the function as directed by the Engineer: MANUFACTURER DESIGN SERIES LEVER DESIGN Schlage Saturn D Rhodes B. All knobs, escutcheons, locksets and cylinders shall be the products of one manufacturer. C. Minimum wall thickness of knobs and roses shall be. 101 and .99 inch respectively. D. All latch bolts shall have 3/4 inch throw. All deadbolts shall have hardened steel inserts and 1 inch throw. E. Keying: New locksets shall be keyed to match the existing master key. There shall be no locksets that are sub -keyed below the master level 2.04 CLOSERS: (Surface Mounted) A. Closers shall be full rack and pinion complete with back check. Springs shall be motor clock type. Furnish flush mount transom brackets where no transom bar exists. Furnish parallel arm where required. MANUFACTURER SERIES Norton 8501 Dorma 8600 2.05 DOOR TRIM: All push plates, pulls, pull plates, kick and/or armor plates shall be any of one of the following manufactures products or approved equal in catalog number as set forth herein: MANUFACTURER PUSH PLATE PULL PLATE KICK PLATE Rockwood 70 4 x 16 122x70x4x16 - Brookline 69 54C 10"x2" LDW 2.06 SILENCERS: All doors and frames shall have door silencers, Rockwood No. 608, three per single door. 2.07 DOOR STOPS: Stops shall be one of the following manufacturers or approved equal: Wall Bumpers Rockwood No. 409 Hinge Stops Ives No. 69 Floor Stops Ives No. 430 Surface Mount Stops Rixson Model 9-336 Kickdown Stop Rockwood No. 461 L — Brass with satin chrome finish 2.08 FASTENINGS: A. All screws shall be of same or matching finish to their product and shall be the manufacturer's standards for that item. 08700-3 040097017 B. Surface applied items such as closers and overhead holders shall be applied with sex nut and bolt assemblies. 2.09 THRESHOLDS, SEALS, RAINDRIPS: Furnish aluminum threshold and weatherstrip for all external doors. Thresholds shall be maximum 1/2" high. 1. Threshold Pemko 2005AV-AL 2. Weatherstrip Pemko S88D 3. Bottom Sweep Pemko 318AV or 345AV 4. Raindrips Pemko 346A AL 2.10 SURFACE AND FLUSH BOLTS: Furnish surface and flush bolts as indicated. All surface and flush bolts shall be UL Listed. 1. Flush Bolts Rockwood No. 555 — Brass with satin chrome finish 2. Surface Bolts Rockwood No. 580 - Brass with satin chrome finish 2.11 COORDINATOR: Coordinators shall be Rockwood No. 576 US26D. 2.12 KICKPLATES: Kickplates shall be Rockwood Aluminum K1050 with TEK, CSK and B4E options. Width to match door, height shall be 12 -inches. 2.13 EXIT DEVICES: Exit devices shall be by Von Duprin Model 98L BE or Dorma Series 9000, rim exit device, IS09001, UL Listed for Panic or Fire Hardware and satisfying ANSI A156.3, 2001, Grade 1. If exit device does not satisfy local hurricane code, modify as required while maintaining panic hardware functionality. 2.14 HARDWARE SCHEDULE: Group No. 1 1 1'/z pr. Butts BB1191 4.5 x 4.5 32D 1 Lockset 1 Weatherstrip D 53PD RHO 626 S88D 1 Closer 8501 SN AL 689 1 Threshold 2005 AV x 36 AL 1 Rain Drip 346A AL 1 Wall Bumper 409 3 Silencers 608 2 Kickplates K1050 TEK CSK B4E 1 Kickdown Stop 461 L Group No. 2 3 pr. Butts BB1191 4.5 x 4.5 32D 2 Single Dummy Trim D170 RHO 626 1 Lockset D 53 PD RHO 626 1 Weatherstrip S88D 2 Closers 8501 SN AL 689 1 Coordinator 576 1 Threshold 2005 AV x 72 AL 1 Rain Drip 346A AL 2 Vertical Bolts 2 Flush Bolts 580 555 6 Silencers 608 08700-4 040097017 e s 11 s 1 1 Wall Bumper 4 Kickplates 2 Kickdown Stops Group No. 3 1'/z pr. Butts Panic Exit Device 1 Weatherstrip 1 Closure 1 Threshold 1 Rain Drip 3 Silencers 1 Wall Bumper 2 Kickplates 1 Kickdown Stop Group No. 4 1 1/2 pr. Butts 1 Passage Latch 1 Closer 3 Silencers 1 Wall Bumper 2 Kick Plates 1 Kickdown Stop 409 K1050 TEK CSK B4E 461L BB1191 4.5 x 4.5 32D 98LBE or 9000 S88D 8501 SN AL 689 2005 AV 36 AL 36A AL 608 409 K1050 TEK CSK B4E 461 L BB1191 4.5 x 4.5 32D D10S RHO 626 8501 SN AL 689 608 409 K1050 TEK CSK B4E 461L PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION: Install hardware to doors as listed above. Comply with "Recommended Locations for Builders Hardware for Custom Steel Doors and Frames" as published by The Door and Hardware Institute. Application shall be by skilled workmen, who work with proper equipment, and shall be in accord with manufacturer's instructions, fit to work of others accurately, applied securely, and adjusted properly. Hardware let into work of others shall be neatly done from template and shall fit perfectly. 08700-5 1 040097017 ISECTION 09200 PLASTER AND STUCCO PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION: The work covered in this Section consists of plastering and stucco work, including the following items: A. Stucco on exterior concrete and masonry surfaces. 1.02 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING: All materials shall be delivered in original packages, containers or bundles bearing name of manufacturer and brand. All cementitious materials shall be kept dry until ready to be used, shall be kept off the ground, under cover and away from sweating walls or other damp surfaces. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Sand: Sand shall be clean and sharp silica sand, free from alkali, salt or organic matter, shall be graded from coarse to fine and shall conform to ASTM C 35. B. Water: Water shall be free from organic materials, strong acids or alkalis. C. Hydrated Lime: Hydrated lime shall conform to Federal Specification SS -L-351, Type F, regular grade. D. Portland Cement: Portland cement shall conform to ASTM Designation C-150, Type I, domestic manufacture. E. Waterproofing: Waterproofing shall be Sec No. 1, Sec Manufacturing Company; Stearox, Master Builders or approved equal. F. Bonding Agent: Bonding agent shall be equal to U.G. Gypsum Company "Bondcrete" or Lambert Corporation "Bonderite Liquid". G. Gauging Material: Gauging material (plaster of paris) shall conform to Standard Specification ASTM C28. H. Corner Beads: Corner beads shall be PVC. I. Striplath and Cornerite: Striplath and cornerite shall be U.S. Gypsum Company, National Gypsum Company, or approved equal copper alloy diamond mesh, hot dipped galvanized after fabrication. J. Metal Plaster Stops: Metal plaster stops shall be U.S. Gypsum Company, No. 66 square expanded flange type. Casing beads 7/8 -inch cold rolled channels weighing not less than 475 pounds per 1,000 linear feet and spaced not over 4 -feet o.c. Channels shall be coated with black oil paint or black asphaltum paint. 09200-1 040097017 K. Furring Channels: Furring channels shall be 3/4 -inch cold rolled channels weighing not less than 300 pounds per 1,000 linear feet spaced not over 16 -inches o.c., and coated with black oil paint or black asphaltum paint. L. Metal Lath: Metal lath shall conform to the requirements of Federal Specification QQ-L-101, expanded diamond mesh 5/16 -inch opening, 3.4 pound galvanized steel. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Metal Lathing: I 1. Furring channels shall be erected at right angles to runner channels, spaced not over 24 -inches o.c. and secured at each crossing with not less than two strands of No. 16 wire. 1 2. Metal lath shall be applied with the long dimension across the furring channels or metal studs and secured every 6 -inches to each furring channel or stud using No. 18 wire ties. 3. Wall lath shall be lapped at sides not less than 1/2 -inch. End laps of sheets shall generally occur only over supports, and if between supports, the ends of sheets shall be laced or adequately tied with No. 18 gauge tie wire. 4. At internal corners, metal lath shall start one stud from the corner, shall be bent into the corner and shall continue at least one more stud to avoid a joint at the corner. Concrete shall not be secured at the corner, but only along each edge. 5. All necessary corner beads, casings and plaster stops, etc., shall be installed true to line and elevation, tied securely to metal lath or nailed to masonry surfaces. Striplath reinforcing shall be provided at all corners of doors, windows or other wall openings. B. Plastering Or Stuccoing On Metal Lath: 1. Scratch coat shall be one part cement, three parts sand and not over one-fourth part hydrated lime by volume and shall be applied with sufficient pressure to form good bond and then uniformly scratched. 2. Brown coat shall be of the same mix as scratch coat and applied not less than 24 hours after application of scratch coat. It shall be floated and rodded to a thickness of at least 3/8 -inch, unless otherwise noted, straight and true. 3. Finish coat shall be one part cement, two parts sand, not over one-fourth part of hydrated lime by volume and one quart of Sec No. 1 waterproofing per bag of cement. Finish coat shall be not less than 3/8 -inch thick, unless otherwise noted, and finish surface shall be allowed to draw for a few minutes and then it shall be well toweled with water to a smooth or textured finish as shown on the drawings, free from blemishes or irregularities. Trowelling shall be continued until the finish sets. 09200-2 040097017 IC. Plastering Or Stuccoing On Concrete and Masonry: 1. Concrete surfaces shall be brush -cleaned of all dust, loose particles or other foreign materials. All laitance and efflorescence shall be removed by washing with a 10 percent solution of commercial muriatic acid and water, then rinsed well with clear water. Grease or form oil shall be removed by wiping with naphtha spirits, and bonding agent shall be applied to all concrete surfaces in accordance with the manufacturer's directions. 2. Masonry surfaces shall be thoroughly cleaned and lightly wetted immediately before ' plastering. 3. Base coat plaster stucco shall be one part cement, three parts sand and not over one- fourth part hydrated lime, measured by volume. Mix shall be applied with sufficient pressure to form good bond and then uniformly scratched. Base coat shall develop a thickness of 3/8 -inch minimum. 4. Finish coat stucco shall be one part cement, two parts sand, not over one-fourth part hydrated lime by volume and one quart of Sec No. 1 waterproofing per bag of cement. Finish coat shall be applied not less than 3/8 -inch thick no sooner than four days after application of base coat. Finish coat shall be floated to a true and even surface and kept surface damp for at least two days before allowing to dry out. When stucco is applied to an extension of an existing structure, the finish and texture shall match the existing structure. 5. Concrete and masonry surfaces should have sufficient roughness to provide proper bond. If the surface is not rough, it shall be hacked or bush hammered, or a dash coat of cement grout, composed of one part cement to one and one-half parts sand, mixed to a mushy consistency, shall be used prior to application of the base coat. 3.02 PROTECTION: Where finished surfaces such as tile, metal frames, or metal windows have been installed prior to completion of plaster work, the finished surfaces shall be protected from damage during plastering. Protection shall consist of covering with a nonstaining kraft paper or ' polyethylene sheet and joints sealed with tape or adhesive. Metal frames may be protected with a removable type of masking tape, or an approved type of nonstaining petroleum jelly mixed in accordance with manufacture's directions. Protection shall be maintained in place during plastering and removed when plaster work is completed. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL: Patching: Upon completion, the Contractor shall point up plaster around trim and other work and shall cut out and patch defective and damaged plaster. Patching of ' plaster shall match existing work in texture and finish and, at joining with plaster previously applied, shall finish flush and smooth. u 09200-3 040097017 ISECTION 09800 tCOATINGS PART 1 - GENERAL ' 1.01 SCOPE: The work described in this section of the specifications includes the furnishing of all materials, labor, tools, and equipment to apply all coatings, as specified or as shown on the drawings. The Contractor is specifically cautioned that this Section includes requirements for ' equipment and other items specified elsewhere in this document. The work includes surface preparation and coating all items supplied and installed under this contract, existing facilities damaged pursuant to this work and surface preparation and re -coating of existing facilities as ' indicated. The coating systems and surface preparation to be utilized are set forth in Parts 2 and 3 of this section. The Contractor shall take note that within these sections there are requirements set forth for general usage where specific coatings and/or surface preparation is not identified. These sections are generally designated for use if "Not Otherwise Specified". Where the products or surface preparations are identified for a specific area said requirements shall take precedence over the general designated area requirements. ' 1.02 GENERAL: All coatings and paints shall be products of the manufacturer(s) approved by the Engineer. The manufacturer's coating schedules, surface preparation and application instructions shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval. Colors shall be selected by the Engineer. The ' Contractor is specifically advised that non-standard colors may be required. 1.03 PAINTING NOT INCLUDED: A. The following categories of work are not included as part of the field -applied finish work, or are included in other sections of these specifications. ' B. Pre -Finished Items: Unless otherwise indicated, do not include painting when factory - finishing or installer finishing is specified for such items as finished electrical equipment including light fixtures, switchgear, distribution cabinets, instruments, and meters. Pumps and motors are not included in this exception, unless specifically noted to the contrary. ' C. Concealed Surfaces: Concealed surfaces shall be coated per this specification prior to installation. In particular, surfaces which will be concealed behind bolted connections shall ' be fully coated per this specification prior to assembly. For areas behind permanently installed equipment, apply coatings prior to installation. ' D. Finished Metal Surfaces: Metal and Thermoplastic surfaces of anodized aluminum, 316 stainless steel (excluding nuts, bolts, and washers on painted pipe and equipment), chromium plate, bronze and similar finished materials will not require finish painting, unless otherwise indicated. The painting exclusion shall not apply to above grade copper items or ' galvanized items, which will require coating, unless otherwise noted. Aluminum and FRP pipe supports, 316SS, aluminum conduit, and supports, aluminum grating, aluminum hand railing shall not be coated. 304 stainless steel items shall be coated. All stainless steel and ' galvanized surfaces shall be passivated prior to coating if recommended by coating manufacturer. All stainless steel, galvanized, aluminum, FRP, PVC or copper surfaces to be coated shall be scarified and solvent cleaned per SSPC SP -1 and additionally prepared as recommended by the coating manufacturer and approved by the Engineer for proper performance of the coating. Notwithstanding other criteria in this specification section, all ' aluminum surfaces which are imbedded, or otherwise in contact with concrete, shall be coated on the contact side. 09800-1 1 040097017 E. Operating Parts and Labels: Moving parts of operating units, mechanical and electrical parts, such as valve and damper operators, linkages, sinkages, sensing devices, motor and fan/pump shafts shall not be coated, unless otherwise indicated. Do not paint over any code -required labels, such as Underwriters' Laboratories and Factory Mutual, or any equipment identification, performance rating, name, or nomenclature plates. 1.04 SUBMITTALS: Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01300. A. Manufacturer's Data; Painting: Submit at least 4 copies of manufacturer's technical information including paint label analysis and application instructions for each material proposed for use. B. Samples; Painting: Submit samples for Engineer's review of color and texture only. Compliance with all other requirements is the exclusive responsibility of the Contractor. Provide a listing of the material and application for each coat of each finish sample. Samples of standard available colors shall be submitted to the Engineer for selection. 05 DELIVERY AND STORAGE: A. Store paint products in a clean orderly manner in a well dry, ventilated space; no smoking in storage area. B. Deliver all materials to the job site in original, new, and unopened packages and containers bearing manufacturer's name and label, and the following information: Name or title of material Fed. Spec. number, if applicable. Manufacturer's stock number and date of manufacturer. Manufacturer's name. Contents by volume, for major pigment and vehicle constituents. Thinning instructions. Application instructions. Color name and number. Manufacturer's Safety Sheet 1.06 JOB CONDITIONS: A. Apply water -base paints only when the temperature of surfaces to be painted and the surrounding air temperatures are between 50 degrees F and 90 degrees F unless otherwise permitted by the paint manufacturer's printed instructions and the Engineer. B. Apply solvent -thinned paints, only when the temperature of surfaces to be painted and the surrounding air temperatures are between 45 degrees F and 95 degrees F unless otherwise permitted by the paint manufacturer's printed instructions and the Engineer. C. Do not apply paint in rain, fog, or mist; or when the relative humidity exceeds 95%; or to damp or wet surfaces; unless otherwise permitted by the paint manufacturer's printed instructions and the Engineer. D. Painting may be continued during inclement weather only of the areas and surfaces to be painted are enclosed and heated within the temperature limits specified by the paint manufacturer during application and drying periods. 1 11 1 09800-2 040097017 ' 1 1.07 DAMAGED AREAS: Repair coatings on any surface damaged during construction. Repairs areas shall match in color, texture, and sheen to adjacent undamaged areas to the satisfaction of ' the Engineer. Damaged area repairs shall extend to the next natural break line to the satisfaction of the Engineer even though this requirement may necessitate recoating significant undamaged areas. 1.08 TOLERANCES: This specification sets forth required dry film thicknesses. Where minimum thicknesses are specified all tests shall exceed the minimum amount. However, the manufacturer's maximum thickness recommendation or requirements shall also not be exceeded. Where a ' maximum is not indicated by the manufacturer, the maximum shall be 150% of the minimum. Where a range of thickness is given, all tests shall be with the specified range. The tolerance is specified by the range. ' 1.09 SYSTEM COMPATIBILITY: Part of this project entails the surface preparation and the application of new coatings to existing facilities. Where existing coatings are not removed as part of the surface preparation process, the Contractor shall take paint samples and perform analyses as necessary to confirm compatibility of specified new systems with existing systems. Should the systems be determined to be incompatible, an alternate system shall be used, subject to the approval of the Engineer. ' 1.10 NOMENCLATURE: This project includes surface preparation and re -coating of the existing plant structures and equipment. In some cases, there are different criteria for the new facilities ' versus the existing facilities. For purposes of this specification section, "new" includes all facilities, structures or equipment added to the project site during this project; the term "existing" means any facilities, structures or equipment that existed on the project site at the time of the bid. ' PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: ' A. The following coating manufacturers are acceptable, where indicated. 1. Tnemec ' 2. PPG 2.02 COLORS AND FINISHES: ' A. General: Prior to beginning work, the Contractor will furnish color chips for surfaces to be painted. Use representative colors when preparing samples for review. The Contractor is advised that non-standard colors may be required by the Owner. B. Color Pigments and Finish: Pure, non -fading, applicable types to suit the substrates and service indicated. The finish of the coating system (flat, semi -gloss, gloss) shall be semi- gloss on all steel tankage or steel structural members, gloss on all pumps, motors, pipes, doors, windows, fascia, supports or other mechanical/equipment items and flat on all cementitious structures, unless otherwise indicated. The Contractor shall note that the ' interior wall surfaces of the existing generator/MCC Room to be recoated with two colors; one color to a height of approximately 6 feet above the floor and the other for the rest of the wall. For concrete block walls, the CMU joint closest to 6 feet AFF may be used to start the second color. Ceiling color shall match wall color. C. Paint Coordination: Provide specified finish coats which are compatible with specified prime paints used. Review other sections of these specifications in which prime paints are to be ' provided to ensure compatibility of total coatings system for various substrates. Upon request from other trades, furnish information on characteristics of finish materials proposed 09800-3 ' 040097017 for use, to ensure compatible prime coats are used. Remove incompatible primers and re - prime as required. Notify the Engineer in writing of any anticipated problems using specified coating systems with substrates primed by others. D. Color Coding: All pipes shall be color coded per AWWA classifications, Recommended Standards for Water Works and the Florida Administrative Code or other applicable standards. Where one of the cited references does not designate a color, an industry standards color, as indicated by the Engineer, shall be used. 2.03 MATERIAL QUALITY: A. Provide the best quality grade of the various types of coatings regularly manufactured by acceptable paint materials manufacturers. Materials not displaying the manufacturer's identification as a standard, best -grade product will not be acceptable. 1. Proprietary names used to designate colors or materials are not intended to imply that products of the named manufacturers are required to the exclusion of equivalent products of other manufacturers. 2. Federal Specifications establish the minimum acceptable quality for paint materials. Provide a written certification from the paint manufacturer that materials provided meet or exceed these minimums. 3. Manufacturer's products which comply with the coating qualitative requirements of applicable Federal Specifications, yet differ in quantitative requirements, may be considered for use only when acceptable to the Engineer. Furnish material data and manufacturer's certificate of performance to the Engineer for any proposed substitutions. 4. Use only thinners approved by the paint manufacturer, and use only within recommended limits. 5. The primer, overcoat, and intermediate coats shall be from one manufacturer 6. Include a mildewcide in all finished surface coatings. 2.04 COATING SYSTEMS: A. New Below Grade Materials (buried steel, buried RGS conduit and exterior precast concrete structures); 1. Primer and Finish Coat: a. PPG: Amercoat 78HB coal tar epoxy with a minimum dry film thickness equal to 8.0 mils per coat. b. Tnemec: 46H-413 Tnemec-Tar coal tar epoxy with a minimum dry film thickness equal to 8.0 mils per coat (2 coat minimum). B. New and Existing Non -Submerged Metals and Miscellaneous Non -Metallic, Non -submerged Items (i.e., non -buried pipe, fittings, valves, supports, conduit (excluding aluminum), brackets, metal fabrications, etc.). All stainless steel, galvanized, aluminum, FRP, PVC, CPVC and copper surfaces shall be scarified and solvent cleaning per SSPC SP -1. Primer: Apply a stripe coat of primer prior to the general primer application to all 09800-4 040097017 rj J Id edges, welds, seam, and corners. All flanges, retainer glands, etc. shall be caulked after the primer has been applied. The primer coat shall not be applied to 'galvanized, stainless steel, copper, FRP, PVC, CPVC or aluminum surfaces. a. PPG: Amercoat 68 HS organic zinc with a minimum dry film thickness ' equal to 2.5 mils. b. Tnemec: 90 - 97 organic zinc, with a minimum dry film thickness equal to 3.0 mils. ' 2. Intermediate Coat: a. PPG: Amercoat 385 HS polyamide epoxy with a dry film thickness equal to 5.0 mils. b. Tnemec: Series N69 Hi -Build Epoxoline with a dry film thickness equal to ' 4-6 mils DFT. 3. Finish Coat: ' a. PPG: Amercoat 450H aliphatic polyurethane coating with a minimum dry film thickness equal to 2.0 mils. ' b. Tnemec: Series 1074U Endura Shield 11 with a minimum dry film thickness equal to 2.5 mils. C. New and Existing Above Grade Exterior Stucco, Concrete Block, New Cast -In -Place Surfaces (Not otherwise specified): 1. Primer Coat: Tnemec 54-660 masonry filler or Amercoat 114 A (omit this coat on ' stucco surfaces). 2. Intermediate and Finish Coat: Acrylic Emulsion Finish: Two (2) coats or more as ' required for coverage, with a dry film thickness as indicated. a. PPG: Amercoat Pitt -tech Plus waterborne acrylic, two (2) coats of 4-5 ' mils each. b. Tnemec: Enduratone Series 1026 waterborne acrylic, two (2) coats with a ' dry film thickness of 2.0 - 3.0 mils DFT each. D. Interior Walls of Existing MCC/Generator Room: ' 1. Primer Coat and Finish Coat (2 coats repaired) a. PPG: HPC 16-551 at a dry film thickness of 4.0 — 6.0 mils. ' b. Tnemec: Tnemec 11 3H — Tnemec - Tufcoat at a dry film thickness of 4.0 — 6.0 mils per coat. ' E. Floor Coating of Existing Generator/MCC Room: 1. Spot Primer: a. PPG: Amerlock Sealer at 1.5 — 2.0 mils DFT. 09800-5 ' 040097017 b. Tnemec; Series 201 Epoxoprime at 4.0 — 0.6 mils/coat DFT. 2. Primer and Finish Coat (2 coats required) a. PPG: 98-1 Aquapon at 4.0 — 5.0 mils DFT. b. Tnemec: Series 287 Enviro-Pox at 2.0 — 4.0 mils/coat DFT. Distribute abrasive fine grit sand into primer coat. Texture and finish to match adjacent existing shop floor finish. F. Sodium Hydroxide and Sulfuric Acid Bulk Containment Area (internal surfaces and wall tops): 1. Preparation Coat: a. PPG &Amercoat 114 A epoxy filler as required to fill holes. b. Tnemec: Series 215 Surfacing Epoxy or Series 201 Epoxoprime utilizing silica to form a paste and fill small voids less than '/z - inch deep. Apply Series 217 to fill holes greater than '/2 - inch deep. 2. Primer and Intermediate Coat (2 coats required): a. PPG: Amercoat 385 HS polyamide epoxy with a minimum dry film thickness of 5.0 mils. b. Tnemec: Series N69 Hi Build Epoxcline with a dry film thickness of 4-6 mils. 3. Finish Coat: a. PPG: Amercoat 450 H aliphatic polyurethane with 2 UV inhibitor and minimum dry film thickness of 2.0 mils. b. Tnemec: Series 1074U with a dry film thickness of 2.5 mils. 2.05 CRACK REPAIR AND RESURFACING: Repair cracks on new and existing cementitious structures to be coated with a suitable product and method recommended by the Contractor and acceptable to the Engineer. Restore surface profile on existing cementitious structures damaged during surface preparation operations to its original condition or better. Materials used for resurfacing shall be Tnemec Series 130-6603 or Thoroseal, as appropriate for the nature and magnitude of the area and characteristics of the damaged area and as approved by the Engineer. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION: A. Applicator shall examine the areas and conditions under which painting work is to be applied and notify the Contractor in writing of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Applicator. 1 r 1 09800-6 040097017 ' ' B. Starting of painting work will be construed as the Applicator's acceptance of the surfaces and conditions within any particular area. C. Do not paint over dirt, rust, scale, grease, moisture, scuffed surfaces, or conditions otherwise detrimental to the information of a durable paint film. 3.02 SURFACE PREPARATION: A. General: Perform preparation and cleaning procedures in strict accordance with the paint manufacturer's instructions and as herein specified, for each particular substrate condition. When the specified and recommended manufacturer's surface preparation system differ, use the system which in the Engineer's opinion is the more restrictive (conservative). Where no surface preparation in specified for a particular area use a system recommended by the ' manufacturer and approved by the Engineer. Do not apply any primer, intermediate coat or subsequent coats until the Engineer has approved the surface preparation. 1. Prepare new cementitious surfaces of concrete, concrete block, to be painted by removing all efflorescence, chalk, dust, dirt, grease, oils, and by roughening as required to remove glaze. Concrete surfaces, other than concrete block, shall be ' brush blasted per SSPC SP -7 to open bug holes. 2. Exterior walls of the existing sodium hydroxide and the existing sulfuric acid containment areas shall be pressure washed using minimum 6000 psi (5-8 gpm), ' potable water. Scarify to build a minimum angular surface profile of 1.0 mils. A cleaning detergent, such as tri -sodium phosphate, shall be used to facilitate 09800-7 1 040097017 B. Preparation: Carefully remove all hardware, hardware accessories, machine surfaces, plates, lighting fixtures, and similar items in place and not to be finish -painted, or provide surface -applied protection prior to surface preparation and painting operations. Remove if necessary, for the complete painting of the items and adjacent surfaces. Following completion of painting of each space or area, reinstall the removed items by workmen skilled ' in the trades involved. C. Cleaning: Clean surfaces to be painted before applying paint or surface treatments. Remove oil and grease prior to mechanical cleaning. Program the cleaning and painting so that contaminants from the cleaning process will not fall onto wet, newly -painted surfaces. ' D. Compatibility: Confirm compatibility with substrates where existing facilities are to be re - coated as part of this project. Scarify or otherwise prepare existing coated surfaces as recommended by the manufacturer and to the satisfaction of the Engineer. ' E. Ferrous Metals: 1.All new ferrous surfaces shall be sand blasted to a "Near White, SSPC-SP10" ' condition as specified by the Steel Structures Painting Council. Coatings shall be applied to all blasted surfaces before surface oxidation appears, but in any case, prior to the end of the same workday on which the blasting occurred. ' 2.All surface preparation and coating work shall be performed in the field, unless otherwise specifically identified in the specification or on the drawings. New ferrous surfaces that are located inside buildings shall be sand blasted and ' primed on site at an approved location outside the building. Any primer damaged during installation shall have the surface preparation re -performed by Power Tool Cleaning and then re -primed before subsequent coats are applied. F. Cementitious Materials: 1. Prepare new cementitious surfaces of concrete, concrete block, to be painted by removing all efflorescence, chalk, dust, dirt, grease, oils, and by roughening as required to remove glaze. Concrete surfaces, other than concrete block, shall be ' brush blasted per SSPC SP -7 to open bug holes. 2. Exterior walls of the existing sodium hydroxide and the existing sulfuric acid containment areas shall be pressure washed using minimum 6000 psi (5-8 gpm), ' potable water. Scarify to build a minimum angular surface profile of 1.0 mils. A cleaning detergent, such as tri -sodium phosphate, shall be used to facilitate 09800-7 1 040097017 cleaning. All chalk, dust, dirt, mold, mildew and other soluble compounds shall be removed. All compromised coatings shall be removed. Feather all edges. Non- soluble contaminants shall be removed in accordance with SSPC-SP1. 3. Floor, Walls and Ceiling of existing Generator/MCC Room shall be solvent cleaned per SSPC-SP1 to remove all grease, oil and other contaminants while keeping dust particles to a minimum. Scarify all glossy areas to build a minimum angular surface profile of 1.0 mils. Remove all compromised coatings and feather all edges. 4. North and West Walls of Existing Maintenance Building and external surfaces of sodium hydroxide and sulfuric bulk containments shall be pressure washed using minimum 3500 psi (3-5 gpm) potable water. A cleaning detergent, such as tri - sodium phosphate, shall be utilized for cleaning. All chalk, dirt, dust, mold, mildew and other soluble compounds shall be removed. Sweep blast to remove all compromised coatings and create a minimum surface profile of 2-0 mils. 5. Determine the alkalinity and moisture content of the new surfaces to be painted by performing appropriate tests. If the surfaces are found to be sufficiently alkaline to cause blistering and burning of the finish paint, correct this condition before application of paint. Do not paint over surfaces where the moisture content exceeds that permitted in the manufacturer's printed directions. The Contractor shall provide written documentation to the Engineer that the alkalinity and moisture content of any cementitious surface is acceptable and within the coating manufacturer's recommended limits for application of the coating. 6. Repair all cracks to the satisfaction of the Engineer on new cementitious structures prior to the application of new coating systems. Repair of cracks shall be considered to include restoration of surface profile to a condition consistent with adjacent similar structures where the surface preparation work has inadvertently or intentionally caused damage. 7. Unless otherwise noted, all surface preparation and coating work shall be performed in the field. 8. For all floor coatings distribute sand into the coating immediately beneath the finish coat to add surface profile and create a non -slip surface. Provide 12" x 12" samples representing a light, medium and heavy sand amount. The Engineer will determine the desired distribution density and pattern. G. PVC, FRP, CPVC, PE, Aluminum, Stainless Steel, Copper Surfaces, Clean free of oil and surface contaminants with an acceptable non -petroleum based solvent. Galvanized surfaces shall be prepared according to SSPC SP -1 scarified prior to applying coatings. 3.03 MATERIALS PREPARATION: A. Mix and prepare painting materials in accordance with manufacturer's directions. B. Store materials not in actual use in tightly covered containers. Maintain containers used in storage, mixing and application of paint in a clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue. C. Stir materials before application to produce a mixture of uniform density, and stir as required during the application of the materials. Do not stir surface film into the material. Remove the film and if necessary, strain the material before using. I 1 09800-8 040097017 ' 3.04 APPLICATION: Apply paint in accordance with the manufacturer's directions. Follow application instructions otherwise specified herein and use applicators and techniques best suited ' for the substrate and type of material being applied. All coatings applied to piping, valving, pumps, motors, miscellaneous equipment, structural members, supports, buildings, louvers shall be spray applied unless specifically otherwise approved by the Engineer. ' Apply additional coats when undercoats, stains or other conditions show through the final coat of paint, until the paint film is of uniform finish, color, and appearance. Give special attention to ensure that all surfaces, including edges, corners, crevices, welds, and exposed fasteners receive a dry film ' thickness equivalent to that of flat surfaces. 3.05 PIPE BANDING: Where called for, provide color bonding on piping. Bands shall be 1 -inch wide ' and pass around the entire circumference of the pipe. Mask the area to be banded, prepare the surface per specification and spray apply. Take other measures as required to prevent over -spray. Pipe bands shall be placed at 15 ft intervals and at fittings. Refer to Section 10400. ' 3.06 SCHEDULING PAINTING & COVERAGE: A. First Coat: Apply the first -coat material to surfaces that have been cleaned, pretreated or ' otherwise prepared for painting as soon as practicable after preparation and before subsequent surface deterioration. ' B. Successive Coats: Allow sufficient time between successive coatings to permit proper drying. Do not recoat until paint has dried to where in feels firm, does not deform, or feel sticky under moderate thumb pressure, and the application of another coat of paint does not cause lifting or loss of adhesion of the undercoat. C. Coverage: Application of the specified coating thicknesses and number of coats shall not relieve the Contractor from the obligation to provide a complete, smooth, even final system ' that yields coverage with no blemishes, inconsistencies or bleed-thru. Additional coats above the number specified shall be applied as required to produce a final result acceptable to the Engineer. ' 3.07 QUALITY CONTROL: A. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to properly notify and coordinate the fabricator's surface preparation and painting operations so that they conform to the requirements of these specifications. ' B. All paint shall be delivered to the site in unopened cans and shall be properly stored, stirred, and mixed prior to application. ' C. The finished surfaces shall be free from runs, ridges, voids, drips, waves, laps and variation in color, texture, and finish. Painting found defective shall be scraped or sandblasted off and repainted as directed by the Engineer. Before final acceptance of the work, damaged ' surfaces of paint shall be cleaned and repainted or touched up as directed by Engineer. ' D. Provide "Wet Paint" signs as required to protect newly -painted finishes. Remove temporary protective wrappings provided by others for protection of their work, after completion of painting operations. ' E. At the completion of work of other trades, touch-up and restore all damaged or defaced painted surfaces. 09800-9 ' 040097017 F. Successive coats of paints shall completely cover the previous coat so it cannot be seen. Each coat shall be tinted to make the various coats distinguishable. Successive coats shall be applied after a minimum 24 hour drying period unless otherwise recommended by the manufacturer. 3.08 COMPONENTS REQUIRING COATING: The Contractor shall coat all the components described below. The list attempts to generally identify key components to be coated and the applicable coating system, but shall not be utilized as a basis for concluding that common sense extension of the overall intent is not applicable because an item is not specifically named. In general, exclusive of items identified herein not to be coated, all new facilities, structures, and equipment tanks, etc. shall be coated. In addition, interior and exterior surfaces of the existing Generator/MCC room interior, the north and west faces of the existing maintenance building, the interior and exterior surfaces of the sodium hydroxide and sulfuric acid bulk containments and all piping at the chemical containments and the feed pump rooms that is currently painted (inside and outside), except where specifically excluded. A. New Below Grade Materials (buried steel, buried RGS conduit and exterior precast concrete structures); 1. Buried RGS conduit. 2. Buried RGS pipe. 3. Buried black iron pipe. 4. Electric pull boxes, inside and outside. B. New and Existing Non -Submerged Metals and Miscellaneous Non -Metallic, Non -submerged Items (i.e., non -buried pipe, fittings, valves, supports, conduit (excluding aluminum), brackets, metal fabrications, etc.). All stainless steel, galvanized, aluminum, FRP, PVC. 1. Existing exposed roof flashing on north and west faces of maintenance building. 2. Existing Non -wood fascia on north and west faces of maintenance building. 3. New and Existing Above grade PVC, CPVC and PVDF piping for chemical piping systems at bulk tank and feed pump rooms. 4. All nuts, bolts, washers excluding 316 SS except on piping to be painted. 5. Electric pull box covers. 6. All new non -buried, non -submerged PVC, CPVC, FRP, galvanized, 304 SS and aluminum surfaces not otherwise specifically excluded or named elsewhere. CPVC and copper surfaces shall be scarified and solvent cleaned per SSPC SP -1. New valves and motor operators at pressure filters are to be shop primed only. C. New and Existing Above Grade Exterior Stucco, Concrete Block, New Cast -In -Place Surfaces (Not otherwise specified): 1. Existing Maintenance Buildings north and west external faces 2. Exterior of sodium hydroxide and sulfuric acid bulk tank containments. D. Interior Walls of Existing MCC/Generator Room: 1. All interior cementitious walls and ceiling in existing MCC/Generator Room E. Floor Coating of Existing Generator/MCC Room: 1. Floor of Maintenance Building in existing Generator/MCC Room. 11 09800-10 040097017 ' F. Sodium Hydroxide and Sulfuric Acid Bulk End Wall Tops. ' 1. All internal surfaces including walls, wall tops and curbs. ' 3.09 TESTING: The Contractor shall have available at the site a Tooke thickness gage and an elcometer or Micro -Test magnetic dry mil gage for the determination of coating thicknesses. A device to measure pit depth or other suitable instrument shall be supplied to measure the thickness of cementitious coatings or others not reasonably measurable by magnetic or scratch devices. No ' coats shall be applied until the Engineer has accepted the previous coat, or substrate. 3.10 PROTECTION: Protect work of other trades, whether to be painted or not, against damage by ' painting and finishing work. Correct any damage by cleaning, repairing or replacing, and repainting, as acceptable to the Engineer. The Contractor is specifically cautioned that portions of the work will take place around operating equipment and electrical gear and other facilities that can be damaged by dust, dirt, water, over -spray, etc. even though it is not operating. The Contractor shall use ' methods and protect equipment in a fashion that prevents such damage, subject to Engineer's approval. It is further noted that such protection measures shall consider the need for proper cooling want take on operating occupants. ' 3.11 TOUCH-UP: The Contractor shall supply the Owner with one quart of each coating and color used on this project. Cans shall be unopened and properly identified. 3.12 WORK QUALITY: The finished surfaces shall be free from runs, ridges, drips, waves, laps, and variation in color, texture, and finish. Painting found defective shall be scraped or sandblasted off and repainted as directed by the Engineer. Before final acceptance of the work, damaged surfaces ' of paint shall be cleaned and repainted or touched up as directed by the Engineer. Caulk all flanges on piping prior to application of coatings with Sika 1-A caulk. All surfaces which have non -coated metal -to -metal contact such as nuts, bolts, valve bonnets, valve covers, etc. shall be caulked prior to coating. 3.13 CLEAN -U P: The Contractor shall use the manufacturer's recommended cleaning solvent for all clean-up. During the progress of the work, the Contractor shall remove from the site all discarded paint materials, rubbish, cans, and rags at the end of each work day. Upon completion of the painting work, the Contractor shall clean window glass and other paint -spattered surfaces. Spattered paint shall be removed by washing and scraping, using care not to scratch or otherwise damage finished surfaces. 09800-11 ' 040097017 ISECTION 10520 PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS PART 1 - GENERAL ' 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: The Contractor shall furnish and install two (2) portable fire extinguishers to be located as directed by the Engineer in the field. ' 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE: Furnish portable fire extinguishers and accessories by only one manufacturer. Acceptable manufacturers for portable fire extinguishers include the following: W.D. Allen Mfg. Co. Elkhart Brass Mfg. Co., Inc. General Fire Extinguisher Corp. Walter Kidde & Co. Norris Industries Amerex 1.03 SUBMITTALS: All submittals shall be in accordance with Section 1300.. A. Manufacturers Data: Submit four copies of manufacturer's technical data and installation instructions for all portable fire extinguishers and cabinets required. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS: Furnish only newfire extinguishers which are approved and labeled by Underwriter's Laboratories. Provide colors and finishes of materials for portable fire extinguishers as indicated or, if not indicated, as selected by the Engineer from manufacturer's standard. Provide manufacturer's standard wall mounting brackets for extinguishers. ' Multi -Purpose Dry Chemical: Five pound capacity, enameled steel container with pressure - indicating gauge, for Classes A, B, and C fires. I PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL: Secure all fire extinguishers with 316 SS hardware. 10520-1 040097017 SECTION 11301 ICHEMICAL FEED AND STORAGE SYSTEMS AND APPURTENANCES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: The work to be performed under this specification section consists of furnishing and installing miscellaneous new and modified existing chemical feed and storage ' systems and appurtenances including chemical feed rotameters. Work covered under this section includes a complete, fully functional system for sodium hydroxide and upgrades to the existing sodium hypochloride feed system. 1.02 ASSEMBLIES OR UNITS: Where the plans and specifications require the Contractor to furnish and install an assembly or unit, the Contractor shall furnish and install all component parts as ' required by the manufacturer of the assembly or unit. 1.03 All belts, drives, wheels, gears, couplings, and other hazardous moving parts shall be protected with suitable safety guards complying with the rules and regulations of the Florida Department of Commerce and OSHA. Outlet ports from all pressure relief valves or vents shall be conveyed to ground level and the discharge directed away from operator stations or traffic, or, returned to tanks as indicated. 1.04 Specific construction materials for various system components are set forth in the specification and/or on the drawings. Any items in contact or potential contact with respective compounds shall be fabricated from the following materials which are suitable for contact. Products used shall be approved by the regulatory agencies with jurisdiction for contact with potable water. Sulfuric Acid (93%) — Teflon, Viton, PVDF, Kynar Sodium Hydroxide (50%) — PVDF (Kynar), Teflon, PVC, CPVC, EDPM, 316 SS 1.05 MISCELLANEOUS FITTINGS: The Contractor shall be responsible for providing and installing miscellaneous fittings, unions and adapters necessary to connect the various system components and make the system fully functional. PART 2 - PRODUCTS ' 2.01 BULK DAY SODIUM HYDROXIDE and SULFURIC ACID TANKS (2 Bulk, 2 Day Required): The tanks shall be fully suitable for the chemical being stored and sized as set forth herein. All tanks shall have UV inhibitors and be suitable for permanent outdoor sunlight exposed installation in ' South Florida. The tanks shall have flanged and self -aligning ball fittings as set forth on the plans and a minimum 24 -inch (Bulk) or 7 -inch (Day) threaded or flanged access manway on the dome. Fittings located on the tank dome, used for level sensors, shall be self -aligning, ball type. All other ' fittings located on the dome shall be of "made vertical" design. A connection shall be provided on the top of the tanks suitable for installing an ultrasonic level transducer as well as other fittings indicated on the drawings. The Contractor shall supply a minimum five year non pro -rated full ' replacement warranty against tank failure for the chemicals being stored. All necessary couplings, fittings or adapters to connect all indicated piping shall be provided. All materials subject to the Engineer's approval. Tank restraints and piping shall take into account and provide allowance for tank movement. Flexible connectors shall be utilized on piping to allow for tank movement. Flexible ' connectors shall be utilized at all tank connections to allow for tank movement. All tanks shall be restrained using existing 316 SS hardware as shown on the drawings. All tank drains shall have a 11301-1 1 040097017 siphon assembly or other equivalent means to ensure full drainage. An integrally molded, flanged outlet (IMFO) shall be used if available in the specified size. The Contractor shall supply suitable fittings and other reducers to reduce the IMFO size to the designated piping size. The tank shall have molded standoffs to allow for the provision of piping supports for vertical piping shown on the drawings. The tank and appurtenances shall satisfy the following standards: ANSI B16.5 and ASTM D638, D746, D790, D883, D1505, D1525, D1693, D1998. The tanks shall be manufactured by Poly Processing Company, Inc. The following specific criteria for each application shall be satisfied. A. Sodium Hydroxide Tanks: The bulk and day tanks for 50% sodium hydroxide shall have a dome top and be constructed of a high density linear polyethylene liner on a high density, cross linked polyethylene tank satisfying NSF 61 requirements. The tanks shall be black color with a minimum wall thickness as appropriate for storage of chemical with a specific gravity of 1.9. All connections shall be PVC with sizes and locations shown on the plans. Flanges shall have PVC encapsulated Alloy 20 hardware and Viton gaskets. The sodium hydroxide bulk and day tank shall be IMFO type. The bulk tank shall be nominal 6,150 gallons, approximately 10 feet diameter by 12'-4" high. The dimensions shall nominally match the existing tanks and shall be confirmed by Contractor prior to placing order. The bulk tank shall be insulated with a urethane or polymeric isocyanate insulation material (minimum 2 -inches thick) covered with a white mastic coating. The bulk tank shall be equipped with twin circuit, dual thermostat electrical heat tracing system. The heating system shall be designed to maintain the sodium hydroxide at a minimum of 60 degrees F with the ambient temperature at 20 degrees F. No heat shall be applied with the temperature exceeds 651. The minimum rating of the heating elements shall be 1,080 watts 9.8 amps. The electrical design is based on the above minimum. If more power is required the Contractor shall be responsible for making appropriate modifications to the electrical design, subject to the Engineer's approval. All electrical components, including the thermostat, shall be mounted in 316 SS or non -corrosive, UV inhibited, NEMA 4X enclosure and operate on 115 volt power. Indicator lights shall identify whether power to the unit is on or whether the heating elements are operating. The thermostats shall be wired in series such that one thermostat serves as the control and the system shall incorporate the thermal conductivity properties of the tank into the design and be the standard product supplied by the tank manufacturer. The day tank shall be nominal 205.gallons, approximately 31 -inch diameter by 52 -inches high. Contractor shall note that this tank is smaller than the existing. B. Sulfuric Acid Tanks: The bulk tanks and day tanks for 93% sulfuric acid shall have a dome top and be constructed of a high density linear polyethylene liner on a high density, cross linked polyethylene tank satisfying NSF 61 requirements. The tanks shall be black color with a minimum wall thickness as appropriate for storage of chemical with a specific gravity of 2.2. All connections shall be PVDF with sizes and locations shown on the plans. Flanges shall have C-276 Hastalloy hardware and Viton gaskets. The sulfuric acid bulk and day tank shall be IMFO type, nominal 6,150 gallons, approximately 10 feet diameter by 12'-4" high. The dimensions shall nominally match the existing tanks and shall be confirmed by Contractor prior to placing order. The day tank shall be nominal 100 gallons, approximately 23 -inch diameter by 63 -inches high. Contractor shall note that this tank is smaller than the existing. Contractor shall make appropriate piping modifications to accommodate different day tank dimensions. F11 t II u FJJ A FSI 1 11301-2 040097017 , ' 2.02 SULFURIC ACID FEED PUMP (1 Required —if Additive Alternative approved) All wetted parts shall, in the Engineer's opinion, be fully compatible with the compounds specified at temperatures up to 120 degrees F. The materials specified in this section are considered to be the minimum acceptable in relation to their ability to resist corrosive attack by the pumped fluid. Any change in the specified materials is subject to the Engineer's approval. The specified materials are not ' necessarily available as the manufacturer's standard or normally available options. The fabricated feed pump shelf dimensions are considered to be minimum. The Contractor shall coordinate the pump shield and shelf dimensions with the specified pump and the available space and make adjustments accordingly. The pumps shall be positive displacement type with manually adjustable stroke length over 0-100%. On the highest of four available pulleys the pumps shall have a maximum capacity of 600 gal/day when operating at 100% stroke length and a speed of 72 strokes/minute. The stroke length shall be adjustable with the pumps operating. The pump head, check valve body and check valve seats shall be fabricated from PVDF. The check valve balls shall be TFE. The valve seals shall be Viton. ' The diaphragm shall be TFE faced. The pump shall be driven by a maximum % HP, 460 volt, 3 phase, 1725 rpm, TEFC, inverter duly motor. The pumps shall be Model Encore 700, manufactured by UGSI. ' 2.03 GROUNDING SYSTEM: Each existing tank has a lightning protection system that must be removed and re -installed. The existing cabling and air terminals may be reused if not damaged during tank removal. New fasteners shall be provided. The fasteners shall be ERICO Series 809/810 adhesive cable holders. The adhesives to be used must bond bronze or aluminum cable holders to the fiberglass tank. The Contractor shall only use an adhesive after submittal and approval from the Engineer. All components not specified above are to be replaced with new to match existing, including cable, air terminals and all other appurtenances for functionality of the system. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 TESTING: The Owner will supply the chemical fees chemicals for wet testing after the line pressure testing and other requirements are satisfied. The Contractor shall provide two (2) weeks advance written notice that the system is ready for receipt of the compounds and allow seven (7) days for delivery. The system shall be tested with the actual compounds to be fed prior to application for substantial completion. The entire system including the tanks shall be wet tested with water prior to the introduction of chemicals. No chemicals shall be installed until the systems are confirmed to have no leakage at all. The sulfuric acid entire feed system shall be fully dried with nitrogen gas immediately prior to the introduction of acid. t r 11301-3 ' 040097017 1 ISECTION 15100 I MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT - GENERAL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION: The work to be performed under this section consists of furnishing all materials and equipment and performing all necessary services for a complete, operable installation ' of all mechanical and control equipment delineated in the applicable subsections following in strict accordance with the Contract Documents. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 All anchor bolts, anchor bolt templates, and location drawings required for installation of the ' equipment, support columns, and for other equipment or machinery shall be furnished by the Contractor. Anchor bolts and sleeves shall be set in place in forms and cast in concrete. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to obtain such anchor bolts, templates and approved location drawings in proper time to avoid delay, and it shall be his further responsibility to check and approve the setting of anchor bolts and sleeves prior to the casting of the concrete. Parts of anchors of metal work that are not built into masonry and concrete shall be coated with an approved coating (see Section 09800). Except where other bolting is required for standard shear or column moment connections (as agreed to by the Engineer), anchor bolts for column base plates or other parts of structural elements shall be of 316 stainless steel. Anchor bolts for drives, control cabinets, electric cabinets, motors, fans, blowers, pumps and other mechanical equipment shall be of 316 stainless steel, unless otherwise noted. Refer to Section 02610 for additional information regarding flange bolts. Anchor bolts shall be of ample sized, based solely on the Engineer's opinion, and shall be provided with washers and hexagonal nuts of the same quality as the metal of the bolts. All threads ' shall be clean cut and of United States Standard sizes. The method of placing anchors into existing structures shall be approved by the Engineer. 2.02 Unless otherwise specified, stud, tap and machine bolts shall be of the best quality refined bar iron. Washers and hexagonal nuts of the same quality of metal as the bolts shall be used. All threads shall be clean cut and shall conform to ANSI Standard B1.1-1949 for Unified and American ' Screw Threads for Screws, Bolts, Nuts and other threaded parts. 2.03 Bolts, anchor bolts, nuts and washers not specified to be stainless steel shall be zinc coated, after being threaded, by the hot -dipped process in conformity with the ASTM Standard Specifications for Zinc (Hot Galvanized) Coatings on Products Fabricated from Rolled, Pressed and Forged Steel Shapes, Plates, Bars and Strip, Designation A123-73, or the ASTM Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot -Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware, Designation A153-73, as is appropriate. 2.04 Anchor bolts and expansion bolts shall be set accurately. If anchor bolts are set before the ' concrete has been placed, they shall be carefully held in suitable templates of approved design. Where indicated on the drawings, specified or required, anchor bolts shall be provided with spare plates at least 4 inches by 4 inches by 3/8 inches or shall have square heads and washers. If anchor bolts or expansion bolts are set after the concrete has been placed, all necessary drilling, caulking or grouting shall be done at the Contractor's expense, and care shall be taken not to damage the structure or finish by cracking, chipping, spalling, or otherwise during the drilling or caulking. 15100-1 040097017 2.05 SAFETY GUARDS: All belts, drives, wheels, gears, couplings and other moving parts shall be protected with suitable safety guards which will comply with rules and regulations of the Florida Department of Commerce and OSHA. 2.06 STAINLESS STEEL HARDWARE: All nuts, bolts and washers specified to be 316 SS or 316L SS shall be so stamped for ready field verification. Materials not stamped accordingly will be automatically rejected. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 CUTTING AND PATCHING: The Contractor shall leave all chases or openings for the installation of his own or any other Contractor's or subcontractor's work, or shall cut the same in existing work, and shall see that all sleeves or forms are at the work and are set in ample time to prevent delays. The Contractor shall see that all chases, openings and sleeves are located accurately and are of the proper size and shape and shall consult with Engineers and the Contractors or subcontractors concerned in reference to this work. In case of failure to leave or cut all such openings or have all such sleeves provided and set in proper time, the Contractor shall cut them or set them afterward at his own expense, but in doing so he shall confine the cutting to the smallest extent possible consistent with the work to be done. In no case shall piers or structural members be cut without the written approval of the Engineer. The Contractor shall carefully fit around, close up, repair, patch and point around the work specified to the entire satisfaction of the Engineer. 3.02 FOUNDATIONS, INSTALLATIONS AND GROUTING: The Contractor shall furnish the necessary materials and construct suitable concrete foundations for all equipment installed at no additional coat to the Owner, even though such foundations may not be indicated on the drawings. The tops of foundations shall be at such elevations as will permit grouting as specified, fully dimensioned, with the shop drawings for such equipment. All equipment shall be installed in accordance with the instructions of the manufacturer. In setting pumps, motors, and other items of equipment, the Contractor shall make allowance of at least 1 -inch for grout under equipment bases unless otherwise noted. Shims used to level and adjust the bases shall be stainless steel. Shims may be left imbedded in the grout, in which case they shall be brass or bronze and installed so as to be as inconspicuous as possible in the completed work. Grout shall be Embeco No. 636 non -shrinking grout, Master Flow 713, applied and cured in strict accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Where practical, the grout shall be placed through the grout holes in the base and worked outward and under the edges of the base and across the rough top of the concrete foundation to a peripheral form so constructed as to provide a suitable chamber around the top edge of the finished foundations. Where such procedure is impractical, the method of placing of grout shall be as approved by the Engineer. After the grout has hardened sufficiently, all forms, hoppers, and excess grout shall be removed and all exposed grout surfaces shall be patched in an approved manner, if necessary, and given a burlap rubbed finish. t t fl 1 f'. 15100-2 1 040097017 1� 1 3.03 STANDARDIZATION OF GREASE FITTINGS: The Contractor shall ensure that all grease fittings on all pieces of equipment furnished under this Contract are standardized so that only the zerk type fittings are used. Fittings shall be of standard or giant size according to the type of service to be performed. Unless otherwise approved by the Engineer, all fittings shall be the product of one manufacturer. Fittings which are not readily accessible shall be piped to an accessible location. 3.04 NAMEPLATES: Each piece of equipment shall be provided with a substantial nameplate of non -corrodible metal, securely fastened in place and clearly and permanently inscribed with the manufacturer's name, model or type designation, serial number, principle rated capacities, electrical or other power characteristics, and similar information, as appropriate. 3.05 LUBRICANTS: Lubricants shall be provided as per Section 01300. 3.06 TOOLS: Tools shall be provided as per Section 01300. 3.07 INFORMATION TO BE OBTAINED FROM THE MANUFACTURER: The Contractor shall obtain all items named in these specifications or so noted on the plans from the equipment manufacturer and such incidental items as may be required for the safe and proper operation of the equipment for its intended purpose(s). Shop drawings will not be approved until all materials are listed along with the names and catalog numbers of any unit being furnished by separate manufacturers. Equipment offered contrary to the provisions of this paragraph will be rejected. ' 3.08 TESTING: All testing and retesting, if required, of equipment specified under this Contract including any, and all, superintendence, labor, power, fuel, water, special devices and/or testing equipment required shall be performed by the Contractor at no additional expense to the Owner. Unless specified elsewhere to the contrary, all liquid containing, or possible liquid containing facilities, shall be tested to the maximum realistic hydraulic head which could be realized under normal, or emergency, conditions, as determined by the Engineer. 3.09 EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS: The Contractor shall provide all fittings, connectors, adapters, sleeves or other related items to facilitate the connection of shown piping to specified equipment. Materials of construction shall be compatible with the fluids being conveyed and the same as the piping unless otherwise noted, or required. 3.10 WELDING: Unless otherwise noted, all equipment which is assembled by the use of welding shall have continuous full fillet welds. This provision shall apply to both shop fabricated and field fabricated items. Where plates or other members are lapped, full fillet welds shall be provided on the inside and outside faces to seal the overlap areas. Where the item thickness, configuration or ' overall design may induce a risk of "oil canning" by use of continuous welds, the manufacturer shall provide additional stiffeners or other methods to prevent such deformation. All welding shall be performed by an AWS certified welder with an active certification for performance of the required welding. ' 15100-3 040097017 1 11 U n LJ L' C SECTION 16000 ELECTRICAL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION: The work covered by this specification shall include furnishing all labor, material, equipment and services to construct and install the complete electrical system as shown on the drawings and as specified. This work shall include, but not be limited to the following: Furnish and install a new 600 VAC, 800 42 kAIC RMS Symmetrical Amperes at 480 VAC interrupting capacity MCC100 in the renovated Filter WTP MCC Room. Furnish and install the new 800 Amperes feeder from the existing 800 Amperes feeder breaker in MDP200 in the RO Electrical Room to incoming line section of new MCC100 in the existing, renovated Filter WTP MCC Room in the existing conduits that will be extended to new MCC100. Remove all the electrical power and control equipment in the existing Filter WTP MCC Room as indicated on the drawings including Emergency Generators G1 while maintaining the existing MCC100 and the switchgear powered from MDP200 in the RO WTP, lighting panel LP1 and MnPLCMCP during demolition and construction until new MCC100 and new PLC100 have been installed, tested and confirmed to be ready to cut over the existing the existing equipment powered up and running from existing MCC100 and existing PLCMCP remote 1/0 panels in the Filter WTP MCC Room and in the Control Building. Furnish and install all the new LED lighting fixtures, branch circuit breaker additions and modifications, relocation of the existing 30 kVA lighting transformer TLP1 and lighting panel modifications required for the conversion of the Filter WTP renovated MCC Room. Furnish and install all programmable logic controller (PLC) panels, UPS systems, power and lighting panelboards, power and control panels, and all control. Ground System including all above and below grade cable, rods and connectors for equipment, conduits, duct banks, panels, starters, etc. for a completely integrated grounding system. Connect motors and equipment installed under other sections of this specification. Receive, handle, install and connect power and signal conduits and cables to the instrumentation, control and power devices, which shall be furnished under this and other sections of the specification. Required excavation, backfill and concrete for all electrical and instrumentation work including the duct banks, manholes, pull boxes and walkway and roadway modifications required for the duct banks, pull boxes and manholes. 16000-1 1 040097017 Provide all power, grounding, cable and instrumentation testing, including the required documentation, to the satisfaction of the Engineer, Owner and specifications. This testing shall include ground resistance verification and D.C. High Potential Testing (Hipot) of all cables from No. 8 AWG through 1,000 kcmil single and multi -conductor cables. Furnish and install all cables including Ethernet network cables, network cables, fiber optic cables, instrumentation cables, control cables and power cables from DC Data and 24 VDC level to 600 VAC. Furnish, install and connect all motor operated positioning equipment, isolation valves and control valves. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE: All work under this Division shall be performed under the immediate direction of fully qualified foremen. Unless approved by the Engineer, there shall be no change in supervision during the course of construction. The Contractor shall employ on the job a full time Electrical Superintendent, who has been approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall submit, in writing and in full detail, the experience record of the person who shall be the Superintendent during the complete job. The submission shall indicate jobs of similar scope where the person has been recently employed as Superintendent on the installation of a project of this type and scope. There shall be on-site during the entire construction period, a master electrician or licensed electrical journeyman. Licensing shall be by the regulatory agency with jurisdiction over the site and no work shall be performed unless the master electrician or journeyman is present. All workmanship shall be of the highest quality, and the right to require immediate removal from the project of any personnel for cause, is reserved to the Engineer. 1.03 APPLICABLE CODES AND STANDARDS: The installation of the electrical work shall comply with the latest issue of the following codes and standards: All applicable local, state, and federal codes National Electrical Code (NEC) National Electrical Safety Code (ANSI C-2) American National Standards Institute (ANSI) National Electrical Manufacturer's Association (NEMA) All applicable National Fire Codes (NFPA) National Board of Fire Underwriters (NBFU) Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc. (UL) Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers(IEEE) Life Safety Code (NFPA 101) Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) 1.04 COORDINATION: The Contractor shall review the plans and specifications of all trades in order to thoroughly acquaint himself with the scope of his work, and shall arrange to locate equipment, conduit, outlets and switches; in the proper relationship to their work. In case of interference, or conflict, the final decision regarding which discipline shall adjust, shall be made by the Engineer. 16000-2 040097017 1 1 1 J J 1.05 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT: A. All material, devices and panels shall be listed by Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc., or a similar approved agency, and be in strict accordance with the requirements of the NEC andall IOCaI Codes and ordinances having jurisdiction. All panels shall be UL 508 listed and labeled as a completed assembly. The panel fabricator shall furnish and install all items not specifically detailed in the drawings ' required to have the panels UL 508 listed and labeled. All inspections, approvals and modifications required to have the completed panel labeled and listed by UL shall be furnished by, and the responsibility of the panel fabricator and contractor. B. The type be the of one manufacturer. same of material shall product C. UL listed material shall bear UL label. All panels shall be UL listed as a completed assembly. 1.06 RECEIVING AND STORAGE: 1 A. The Contractor shall receive, unload, store and be responsible for all electrical equipment and materials received at the job site. B. All items shall be suitably protected from the weather and from physical damage. 1.07 SHOP DRAWINGS: A. Refer to General Conditions and Division 1. Submittals shall be made for each of the following items: 480 VAC equipment including MCC100 starters, feeder breakers and VFD's complete with control power transformers, operator control panels, relays, pilot lights, selector switches, push buttons and terminal blocks that will be in the modifications and additions to PLC FCP panel and PLCMCP in the R.O. WTP MCC Room and new PLC100 and new Filter Panel FCPA. All disconnects, fused and non-fused, indoor and outdoor. Relays, selector switches, surge protection terminal blocks and devices, push buttons and terminal blocks, including the marking system. Individual push buttons and selector switches, including the enclosures that are not installed in common or master control panels. Individual starters for single and three-phase applications, 120 to 480 VAC, indoor and outdoor, including the enclosure and all control components. All junction boxes and pull boxes, indoor and outdoor, painted steel indoor and 316 SS and fiberglass outdoor. All manholes, pull boxes and hand holes for underground raceway systems, including the covers. 16000-3 040097017 All conduits and fittings including rigid galvanized steel, aluminum, PVC, and flexible, PVC coated watertight steel conduit or Sealtite. All wire from fiber optic, shielded Ethernet data and instrumentation cable to 2KV VFD power cables. Submittals shall include details of insulation material, shielding material, color -coding, gauge and stranding. Submit a copy of the form to be used for Hipot testing of the 600 VAC, 1 KV and 2KV cables. Light fixtures, LED DC drivers, poles, foundations and certified wind loading data and calculations for 120 mph or Southern Building Code and local code requirements. Plugs, receptacles and switches with voltage and current ratings, dimensions and terminal and plug configurations. All transformers, including lighting, isolation and power. The submittals shall have details of dimensions, connection diagrams, insulation system, temperature ratings and VA or KVA ratings. Breaker panels, single and three phase, 120 and 240V, with details of dimensions, bus material, breaker ratings and bus ratings including short circuit and bus bracing amperages and voltages. Power, terminal and control panels including all power and control components, enclosure material of construction, terminal blocks, marking system, dimensioned layouts, wiring diagrams, schematic diagrams, nameplate schedules and complete bill of materials with individual sheets for each item from each component manufacturer. All variable frequency drives (VFD's), panels, individual or MCC mounted, including line side harmonic filters and load side reactors. B. Submittals shall be supported by descriptive materials, i.e., catalog sheets, product data sheets, diagrams, performance curves, photometric data and charts published by the manufacturer, to show conformance to specifications and design requirements. The Engineer reserves the right to require samples of any equipment to be submitted for approval. 1.08 CUTTING AND PATCHING: The Contractor shall install his work in a manner and at such times as shall require a minimum of cutting and patching. The Contractor shall do all cutting and patching necessary in connection with his work. 1.09 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL: The Contractor shall perform all excavation to install conduits, duct banks and manholes indicated on the drawings or specified unless otherwise indicated or specified to be performed by others. The trenches shall be backfilled with materials approved for backfilling, free from large clods of earth and stones, deposited in 6 -in. layers and compacted at least equal to that of the surrounding undisturbed material. Settling the backfill with water shall not be permitted. Backfill shall be brought to a suitable elevation above grade to provide for settlement and shrinkage. Where installation passes through existing roadways or parking lots, any road base (shell, rock, etc.) encountered shall be replaced in kind and compacted to 98%, AASHTO-T99. 16000-4 040097017 1 1 r 1 1 1.10 CLEANING AND PAINTING: ' A. Oil, dirt, grease and foreign materials shall be removed from all raceways, fittings, boxes, panelboard trims and cabinets, to provide a clean surface for painting. B. Scratched or marred surfaces of lighting fixtures, panelboards, switchboards, motor control centers, or other equipment enclosures shall be touched up with paint furnished by the equipment manufacturer specifically for that purpose. C. Unless indicated on the drawings or specified, all painting shall be done per the requirements of Section 09800. 1.11 EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION: Engraved nameplates shall be provided for individual items in all motor control centers, control panels, individual starters, junction boxes, terminal boxes and panelboards. Identifying nameplate information shall be according to the name designations on the electrical/instrumentation drawings and subject to the Engineer's approval. The voltage in every device shall be indicated on the nameplate. Nameplate shall be black Lamacoid with white core for lettering. Letters shall be 3/16" minimum. All cable and wire shall ' be identified with an approved plastic marker. Mark all exposed junction boxes with circuit numbers. All panelboards shall be provided with typewritten circuit directory mounted under clear plastic frame on interior or panel door. 1.12 TEST, INSPECTION AND GUARANTEE: A. Refer to General Conditions and Division 1. All testing, both acceptance and operations, shall be performed by the Contractor in accordance with this specification, the applicable standards of NEMA, ASA, IEEE and IPCEA, and the recommendation of the manufacturer of the item being tested. B. Before an application for final acceptance of the work shall be considered, all tests deemed necessary by the Engineer to show proper execution of the work shall have been performed and completed in the presence of an Engineer's representative. Scheduling of all testing procedures shall be arranged to suit the convenience of the Engineer. ' The tests shall include the following, at a minimum: 1. Insulation resistance testing of electrical motors shall be made when the motors are received, when they are installed and at the time of start up. The insulation resistance or Megger testing of the motors shall need the following criteria: a. All 460 VAC motors shall pass a minimum meg-ohms reading correct to 20 degrees C. Any motors not passing this test shall be dried and retested until they either pass or are found to be unsatisfactory. Meg -ohms tests shall be taken with motor winding temperatures at ambient temperature. b. During installation, all motors shall be inspected for cleanliness, damages, moisture, alignment, proper lubrication, oil leaks, and phase identification. Means shall be taken to check for proper rotation. C. It shall be the Contractors responsibility to see that all motors have satisfactory meg-ohms reading records before connecting them to their 16000-5 040097017 I 0 respective feeder cables. The minimum meg-ohms readings shall be as required by the manufacturer, but, in no case shall it exceed the criteria established below. 2. Hipot testing of all No. 8 AWG and larger 480 VAC to 2KV cables after installation and before final connections to any equipment. The test shall be performed in accordance with ICEA S-61-402, NEMA, WC5, Section 6.11, 1.1 to 1.5 at 70% of the Table 3-5, d -c test voltage, KV for 0-600 volts Phase -to -Phase, 100 and 133 percent insulation level cables. The resulting voltages which shall be used for the testing of the 600 volt type THHN/THWN cables and 1 KV and 2KV VFD cables are as follows: No. 8 to No. 2 AWG Test Minimum Equipment Voltage Meg -ohms 460 volt 1 KV 15 motors 115 volt 500V 5 motors 2. Hipot testing of all No. 8 AWG and larger 480 VAC to 2KV cables after installation and before final connections to any equipment. The test shall be performed in accordance with ICEA S-61-402, NEMA, WC5, Section 6.11, 1.1 to 1.5 at 70% of the Table 3-5, d -c test voltage, KV for 0-600 volts Phase -to -Phase, 100 and 133 percent insulation level cables. The resulting voltages which shall be used for the testing of the 600 volt type THHN/THWN cables and 1 KV and 2KV VFD cables are as follows: No. 8 to No. 2 AWG 4.2 KV DC No. 1 to No. 4/0 AWG 5.25 KV DC 250 - 500 MCM 6.3 KV DC 550 - 1000 MCM 7.35 KV DC The test voltages shall be applied in the following manner. The initial DC test voltage should not be over 1.8 KV (3 x 600 volts). The increase to the full test voltage shall be uniform and not in less than a 10 seconds time period and not over a 60 seconds time period. The test voltage shall be held for 5 minutes. A report shall be submitted to the Engineer that includes all details of the test, including complete cable description, test equipment, time, temperature, and weather conditions, test voltages, time duration of test and microamps at each test voltage level. The microamps and test voltage shall be recorded at 15 seconds, 30 seconds, 45 seconds, 1 minute, 2 minutes, 3 minutes, 4 minutes and 5 minutes. Each conductor shall be tested to ground and to each conductor in the same conduit or multiple -conductor cable. For example, individual five (5) minute test would be made and recorded for phase B to ground, phase C to ground, phase A to B, phase B to C and phase A to C. A single ground test may be made with all phases tied together and tested to ground. If this test shows acceptable results, the individual ground test may be eliminated. The minimum number of tests required for each feeder or set of motor leads is four (4) with a single ground test and the three (3) phase to phase tests. The electrical work shall include the provision of any assistance (such as removal of panelboard trims and junction and pull box covers) deemed necessary by the Engineer to demonstrate compliance with the requirements of the drawings and specifications. The Contractor shall provide all test instruments required, and test all wiring connections for continuity, grounds and short circuits before any equipment or fixtures 16000-6 1111161I11111rl t 1 1 1 1 t Cl 1 are energized. Prior to energization of switchboards, Megger check all phase -to -phase and phase to ground insulation resistance levels and record readings. E. The Contractor shall test all motors for proper rotation and change the wiring if required. F. All three phase receptacles shall be tested if they are properly phased the same in order to provide proper phase rotation of motors. Test grounding in accordance with ' the execution section of this specification. Any defects or deficiencies discovered in any of the electrical work shall be corrected. 1.13 TEMPORARY FACILITIES: Refer to Division 1 for General Requirements on temporary facilities. 1.14 PERMITS AND FEES: The Contractor shall procure all required permits and arrange for inspections and pay such fees as are thereby incurred. Any fees due the Village of Wellington shall be waived. 1.15 PROTECTIVE MATTING: Fire resistant rubber matting, 36 -inches wide, shall be installed on the floor in front of all electrical devices in the MCC Room. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 DISTRIBUTION AND POWER PANELS: A. Panelboard assembly shall be enclosed in a code gauge steel cabinet with flush or surface trim as indicated, and ample wiring gutters on top, sides and bottom. Hinged doors covering all switching device handles shall be included in all panel trims, except that panelboards having individual metal clad externally operable deadfront units may be supplied without such doors. B. Interior doors shall have non-locking catch. Doors over 48 in. in height shall have a vault handle and 3 -point catch arranged to fasten door at top, bottom and center. C. Provide typewritten circuit directory inside of door under clear plastic frame. ' D. Panel bus structure shall be for voltage, phase, capacity and number and size of branch circuits indicated. Bus bars shall be copper silver plated sized in accordance with UL Standards. Unless otherwise noted, full size neutral bar shall be included. Panelboard shall contain a copper silver plated equipment ground bus, brazed or riveted to the enclosure. E. Panelboards shall be of the dead -front type equipped with thermal -magnetic circuit breaker branches, of sizes and interrupting rating shown of drawings or indicated in the panelboard schedule. Breakers shall provide instantaneous trip on short circuit and time delay on overloads, and be mechanically trip free from the handle. Breakers shall be quick -make, quick -break and bolted to the bus. Two and three pole breakers shall be common trip, operated by a single handle. Tie handles are not acceptable. All breakers sized 225 amps and above shall be of the interchangeable trip type, with the trip unit sealed to prevent tampering. 16000-7 040097017 F. Outdoor panels shall be in 316 stainless steel NEMA 3R/12 enclosures, with sunshields and single turn quick release latches and three (3) point stainless steel handle systems. G. Panelboards shall be the product of Cutler -Hammer, General Electric, Siemens, or Square D. 2.02 LIGHTING PANELBOARDS: A. Cabinets shall be steel of code gauge with ample wiring gutters for all wires and connections, minimum of 4 in. on all sides, minimum 20 in. wide. Hinged doors, covering all switching device handles shall be included in all panel trims. Doors shall have semi -flush type cylinder lock and catch. All locks shall be master -keyed with all other power and lighting panelboards. Provide typewritten circuit directory on the inside of the door, under clear plastic frame. B. Branch circuits shall be quick -make, quick -break, thermal magnetic circuit breakers of the number of poles, type, size and interrupting rating indicated. Ground fault interrupting breakers shall be provided where indicated. Panel shall be provided with main circuit breaker where indicated. C. Panel bus structure shall be for voltage, phase and capacity indicated. Bus bars shall be copper, silver plated sized in accordance with UL Standards. Provide full size neutral bus bar and ground bus in each panel. D. Outdoor panels shall be 316 stainless steel, NEMA 3R/12 with sun shields and mounted on 316 SS supports, with 316 SS hardware. E. Panelboards shall be the product of Cutler -Hammer, General Electric, Siemens, or Square D. 2.03 DISCONNECT SWITCHES: A. All switches shall be heavy duty, fusible or non -fusible as required, quick -make, quick - break in NEMA Type 4X, 316 SS enclosures unless otherwise indicated on the drawings for fiberglass enclosures in specific locations. B. Switches shall be of number of poles, amps, and volts indicated. Metal nameplate on front cover shall indicate switch type, catalog number, and horsepower ratings with both standard and time delay fuses. Switch handle shall be capable of being locked in the "off' position. All switches shall be Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc., listed and horsepower rated. Switches shall be Cutler -Hammer, General Electric, Siemens, or Square D. C. All switches shall include an electrical control interlock, 1 NO/1 NC, 15 AMP, 600VAC switch that operates before the main switch blades open. 2.04 MANUAL MOTOR STARTERS: Each fractional horsepower single phase motor rated less than 1 Hp shall be protected by a motor switch with overload protection. Overload protection shall be melting alloy or bimetallic type and shall be provided in each ungrounded conductor serving the motor. Switches shall be surface or flush mounted as indicated. Switches shall be NEMA 4X in 316 SS or cast aluminum enclosures unless otherwise indicated. Provide 16000-8 t 1 1 1 040097017 1 B. Rigid steel conduit elbows shall be heavy wall, threaded, hot dipped galvanized inside and out. RGS conduit elbows below grade, not encased, shall be coated with two -8 mil coats of coal tar epoxy or 40 mil PVC coated. 16000-9 1 040097017 switches with pilot light where indicated on drawings. Switches shall be Allen-Bradley, Cutler - Hammer, General Electric, Siemens or Square D. 2.05 DRY TYPE TRANSFORMERS: A. Shall be 600V class, 60 hertz, two (2) copper windings, single or three phase, of kVA and primary and secondary voltages indicated with standard full voltage capacity taps above and below normal Sound levels shall be in accordance with the applicable NEMA -ANSI standards according to kVA rating. B. Transformers shall be sized for a 150 degree C rise; above a 40 degree C ambient, at rated kVA. C. All transformers shall incorporate a UL class 220 degree C insulation system in accordance with the latest NEMA ST -20, and listed by UL, Inc. Maximum hot spot temperature shall not exceed 220 degrees C. D. All cores to be constructed of high grade, non -aging silicon steel with high magnetic permeability, and low hysteresis and eddy current losses. Magnetic flux densities are to be kept well below the saturation point. The core laminations shall be clamped together with structural steel angles. The completed core and coil shall then be bolted to the base of the enclosure but isolated therefrom by means of rubber, vibration -absorbing mounts. There shall be no metal -to -metal contact between the core and coil and the enclosure. On transformers 500 kVA and smaller, the vibration isolating system shall be designed to provide a permanent fastening of the core and coil to the enclosure. Sound isolating systems requiring the complete removal of all fastening devices shall not be acceptable. E. All transformers shall be UL listed for the specified temperature rise. F. Transformers shall be as manufactured by General Electric, Hevi-Duty, Siemens, Square D or Cutler Hammer. G. Dry type transformers mounted outdoors shall be in 316 SS, NEMA 4X enclosures with sunshields. 2.06 CONDUIT AND FITTINGS: A. Furnish and install conduit system including boxes, fittings and supports. The types of conduits required (3/4 in. minimum) for the project include: rigid galvanized steel (RGS) elbows for underground only, either encased in concrete, or painted with two (2) coats of coal tar epoxy as per the specification, rigid aluminum overhead or exposed, non-metallic (PVC) with Schedule 80 exposed and Schedule 40 below grade in concrete and liquid -tight flexible metallic conduit. Rigid Schedule 80, exposed PVC conduit and fittings shall only be in the areas designated and shall begin at the wall entrance to either area. The main run to that point shall be rigid aluminum overhead or exposed. B. Rigid steel conduit elbows shall be heavy wall, threaded, hot dipped galvanized inside and out. RGS conduit elbows below grade, not encased, shall be coated with two -8 mil coats of coal tar epoxy or 40 mil PVC coated. 16000-9 1 040097017 1 C. Rigid aluminum conduit shall be extruded from 6063 alloy in temper designation T-1 with a maximum of 0.1% copper content and shall conform to ANSI C80.5 and UL -6. Provide conduit manufactured by Alcoa, Kaiser, V.A.W. Aluminum or equal. Use copper -free cast aluminum conduit bodies equipped with threaded covers or screwed aluminum covers with a gasket and secured with at least two (2) 316 SS screws. D. Rigid non-metallic conduit shall be PVC Schedule 40 and 80 as indicated, and shall conform to industry NEMA Standard TC -2. Fittings and cement shall be by the same manufacturer as the conduit. Where temperature changes in excess of 140 Degrees C (25 Deg. F) are anticipated, expansion joints shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. E. Liquid -tight flexible metal conduit shall be galvanized inside and outside, with moisture and oil -proof PVC jacket extruded over outside and a continuous copper ground under the jacket. F. For each electrical raceway system indicated, provide a complete assembly of conduit, or duct with fittings, including but not necessarily limited to, connectors, nipples, couplings, bushing, expansion fittings, hangers, straps and other components and accessories as needed to form a complete system. Fittings shall be of the same material as the conduit. Where conduit changes from one material to another, appropriate adapters approved for the purpose shall be used. Schedule 80 PVC shall be installed on the transition risers from underground to rigid aluminum 6 -inches above grade. G. All conduit and fittings, intended for areas indicated as hazardous, shall be as approved by the NEC for class and division indicated. Materials shall be of the best quality designed for the type of hazard indicated. H. Acceptable manufacturers for conduits are Alcoa, Kaiser, V.A.W. Aluminum, LTV, Wheatland, Triangle, LCP, CertainTeed, Carlon, Electri-Flex and Anaconda. For fittings O.Z., Carlon, Appleton, and Crouse -Hinds. 2.07 BOXES AND FITTINGS: A. Interior outlet boxes shall be weatherproof cast aluminum of the type, shape, size and depth of box to suit each respective location. Boxes shall be minimum 1-1/2 in. deep and single or gang type of size to accommodate devices noted. Provide outlet box accessories as required for each installation. B. Weatherproof outlet boxes shall be corrosion -proof cast aluminum of the type, shape, size and depth, with threaded conduit ends, cast metal face plate with spring -hinged waterproof cap, including gasket and corrosion -proof fasteners. Springs and screws shall be 316 stainless steel. C. Outlets on exposed conduit systems shall be of the threaded hub, cast metal, conduit type fitting, suitable for the wiring devices to be installed. Covers shall be of a type designed to fit the switch, receptacle or other specified fittings. Any springs on covers, screws and nipples shall be 316 stainless steel. D. Conduits entering gasketed boxes or equipment enclosures shall terminate with gasketed hubs. Hubs shall be "Scru-tite" by Myers, Crouse -Hinds or Efcor. 16000-10 040097017 t ,7 t 1 1 E. Conduit bodies shall be cast aluminum of the type, shape and size to suit each location, constructed with threaded conduit ends, removable cover, gaskets and corrosion -resistant 316 stainless steel screws. F. Provide corrosion -resistant, stainless steel box knockout closures, conduit locknuts and malleable iron conduit bushings of type and size to fit respective use and installation. Where grounding connections are required, bushings shall have terminals for bonding jumper. 2.08 JUNCTION AND PULL BOXES: Shall be constructed of code 316 stainless steel gauge of the dimensions required by Article 370 of the NEC for the number, size and position of conduits and conductors entering and leaving the box. They shall have full -access, hinged, screw clamp covers, for surface installation, mounted with corrosion -resistant 316 stainless steel machine screws. Where intermediate cable supports are necessary because of box dimensions, provide reinforced flange and removable #12 gauge 316 SS channels for supports of conductors. Non-metallic electrical enclosures where called for, shall be of the type indicated on the drawings and shall be as manufactured by Robroy or Carlon. Provide grounding lugs in all boxes. All mounting hardware for the boxes shall be 316 stainless steel. 2.09 GROUND RODS: Shall be copper -clad steel sectional type of size indicated, as manufactured by Copperweld Steel Co. Ground fittings, clamps and jumpers shall be high strength copper alloy, brass or silicon bronze, as manufactured by Burndy or O.Z. 2.10 CONDUCTORS: A. All non-VFD power and control conductors shall be copper type THHN/THWN or XHHW unless otherwise indicated on the drawings, and shall conform to the requirements of St. Lucie County and latest edition of ICEA, NEMA and the NEC and shall meet all relevant ASTM Specifications. All conductors shall be new and shall have size, type of insulation, voltage and manufacturer's name permanently marked on the outer covering at regular intervals. Grounding conductors shall be made of soft drawn stranded copper. Insulated grounding conductors shall be rated for 600 volts and shall have green outer covering type THHN/THWN, XHHW or THW insulation. B. All non-VFD conductors for power and lighting shall have 600 VAC insulation, #12 AWG minimum. Conductors for control wiring may be #16 AWG stranded, Type XHHW, TFF, MTW OR THHN/THWN. All conductors shall be stranded copper. C. Conductors used in fixture channels shall be type THHN/THWN or XHHW, rated 90 degrees C. D. All lighting and control conductors #10 AWG and smaller shall be joined with self - insulated 600 volt pressure type connectors. Lighting and control conductors larger than #10 AWG shall be joined by compression type connectors bolted together with brass, bronze or stainless steel machine screws, bolts, washers and hex nuts. Lighting and control terminal connections shall be made using solder less, pressure type lugs. Tape shall be "Scotch" brand #88. E. All wiring including low voltage control, data and instrumentation cables shall be suitable for use in wet locations as defined by the NEC, where installed in raceways 16000-11 1 040097017 below grade. All cables used on NEC defined wet locations shall be acceptable to the regulatory authority. F. All 115 to 480 VAC motor lead terminations shall be made with heat shrink, 1 KV minimum motor termination kits, Raychem Type MCK or IPP Type LVMK. G. All VFD motor feeder cables shall be three (3) conductors with a ground, tinned copper braid shielded Type TC power cables with XLPE and EPR conductor insulation, 2 KV minimum and an overall PVC or neoprene jacket. VFD motor feeder cables from No. 12 AWG to 535 kcmil shall be Nexans AmerCable Series 37-102-XXXVFD VFD cable, with an example of Part No.37-102-319VFD for a 4/0 AWG VFD cable or Belden 2 kV VFD Cable with an example of Part No.29547 for a 4/0 AWG VFD cable. H. Acceptable manufacturers for conductors are Houston Wire & Cable, Southwire, Belden, Rockbestos, Nexans AmerCable and Okonite. Acceptable manufacturers for connectors are O.Z., Thomas & Betts, Burndy, 3M, Ilsco, NSi and Anderson. 2.11 WIRING DEVICES: A. Duplex receptacles shall be specification grade, 20 amps, 125 volts, 3 -wire grounding type, NEMA 5 - 20R, Hubbell #5362. 1. Single Receptacle, NEMA 5-20R, Hubbell #5361. 2. Duplex Receptacle, 20 amps, 250 volts, 3 -wire grounding type, NEMA 6-20R, Hubbell #5462. 3. Duplex Receptacle, weatherproof, spring-loaded with gasketed hinged cover for FS boxes, Hubbell #5206. 4. Single Receptacle, weatherproof cover, Hubbell #5211. 5. Ground Fault Interrupter (GFI) duplex receptacle G. E. #TGTR115f, Square D, or Hubbell No.GF5362. 6. Special purpose receptacles shall be of number of poles, voltage and amperes as indicated on the drawings and shall be provided with matching plug. 7. All receptacles shall be brown or ivory, color as selected by Engineer. B. All switches shall be specification grade, side and back wired, 20 amps, 120-277 volts ac. 1. Single pole switch, Hubbell #1221. 2. Double pole switch, Hubbell #1222. 3. Three-way switch, Hubbell #1223. 4. Four-way switch, Hubbell #1224. 5. Weatherproof switch in a FS box, Hubbell #1781. 16000-12 040097017 r fJ t 1 t t 6. Weatherproof switch with pilot light in a FS box, Hubbell #1785. 7. Switch with pilot light, Hubbell #1221 -PL. 8. Key operated switches, Hubbell #1221-L series. 9. All switches shall be brown or ivory, color as selected by Engineer. C. Wall plates shall be of appropriate type and size for all wiring and control devices, signal and telephone outlets. Plates shall be ASTM 302 stainless steel. Device plates for use with devices flush -mounted in exposed masonry construction shall be sized to cover masonry opening. Device plates for surface mounted devices shall be for use with the type of outlet box in which the device is mounted. D. Acceptable manufacturers for wiring devices are Arrow -Hart, General Electric, Hubbell, Pass & Seymour, or Sierra. 2.12 MANHOLES and PULL BOXES: Manholes and pull boxes shall be pre cast, reinforced concrete as manufactured by Brooks Products, Inc. The sizes shall be as shown on the drawings. The cover and angle frame shall be steel, traffic rated and coated per Section 09800. 2.13 CONTROL STATIONS: All remote control stations, including the 2 watts, single turn potentiometers at the High Pressure Pumps pressure control valves, mounted at equipment and motors shall be 600 VAC rated, heavy duty, NEMA 4X, non-metallic, corrosion resistant units made of molded high impact strength, fiberglass reinforced polyester and all 316 SS screws. All control stations shall be Crouse Hinds Series NCS/NCSC with the contact, operator and legend plate configurations to match each specific application requirement. The following are examples of the required units only. The quantities and final configurations are the responsibility of the Contractor, which must have additional sets of isolated contacts for each position to provide the 24 VDC inputs to the PLC. A. Hand -Off -Auto (H -O -A) - Crouse Hinds Catalog No. NCS 2124 (Dead End) or, NCSC2124 (through feed) with a "Hand -Off -Auto" legend plate, 3 position, maintained, four circuit, single device with 3/4 -inch NPT hubs(s). B. Off -On - Crouse Hinds Catalog No. NCS 2122 (Dead End) or NCSC2122 (through feed) with an "Off -On" legend plate, 2 position, maintained, four circuit, single device with 3/4" net hub(s). C. Auto -Open - Crouse Hinds Catalog NO. NCS2122 (Dead End) or NCSC2122 (through feed) with a special engraved "Auto -Open" legend plate. 2 -position, maintained, four circuit, single device with a 3/4" NPT HUB(s). D. Hand -Off -Auto and Open -and Close - Crouse Hinds Catalog No.NCS23, three device enclosure with a single 3/4 -inch hub, a Catalog No. NCSC23 with two 3/4 -inch hubs, a Catalog No. N25W12321 selector switch in top position, 3 position, maintained, four circuit with a "Hand -Off -Auto" legend plate, a Catalog No. N2PS1211 R red push-button in middle position, 2 circuit momentary with an "Open" legend plate and a Catalog No. N2PS1211G green push-button in the bottom position, 2 circuit momentary with a "close" legend plate. 16000-13 1 040097017 3.01 SERVICE: Furnish and install complete electric service as shown on the drawings. The Contractor shall contact the local utility for any regulations that apply and for the exact location of the service point. All work required for a complete electric service, shall be the responsibility of the contractor and performed to the complete satisfaction of the utility company in accordance with all applicable codes. Voltage, phase and number of wires shall be as indicated on the drawings. 3.02 CONDUIT, BOXES AND FITTING: A. All above grade conduits shall be rigid aluminum unless otherwise indicated. Exposed conduits shall run parallel to and at right angles to building lines and shall be supported and secured as required and at intervals as per NEC. Bends or offsets may be made with standard conduit ells or with an approved bender or hickey at radius of curves not less than NEC 344.24 and Table 2, Chapter 9; or hub threaded type conduit fittings. B. Conduits installed within concrete floor slabs shall be rigid steel galvanized; conduits installed in direct contact with earth shall be Schedule 80 PVC or Schedule 40 PVC encased in concrete, unless otherwise indicated. Provide expansion joints where required. Conduit above grade within the building shall be rigid aluminum. Rigid non- metallic conduit (PVC) shall be installed in accordance with Article 347 of the NEC. Where transition is made from below grade installation to an installation above grade, transition shall be made with Schedule 80 PVC to above grade aluminum. Conduit connections to indoor pull boxes, panelboards, etc., shall be made by use of rigid, zinc or aluminum grounding type conduit hubs, such as Myers ST Series. All ground screws and lugs shall be tied to the main ground system or ground cables with No. 12 AWG minimum cable. The metallic conduit system shall form a continuously conductive grounding system. A code sized grounding conductor shall be run in all non-metallic raceways. Unless otherwise noted, all below grade conduit and conductors shall be installed with 36 -inches of cover, minimum. Unless otherwise noted, where below grade conduit cross process piping, plumbing or storm drains the conduit shall be installed to pass beneath the piping systems. C. Provide liquid -tight flexible metallic conduit for motor connections and for other electrical equipment connections where subject to movement and vibration and in areas subjected to moisture, corrosive atmosphere and dripping oil or grease. D. Conduit support devices shall be attached to structure with wood screws on wood; toggle bolts on hollow masonry; lead shields on solid masonry; and galvanized malleable iron one hole spacers or clamp backs, PC, EC or RC clamps on steel. Nail or perforated straps shall not be acceptable. All screws and machine bolts with washers and nuts shall be 316 -stainless steel. No conduits shall be run directly to a surface without using galvanized malleable iron one -hole spacers or clamp backs. E. All conduits shall be carefully cleaned before and after installation. The ends of all conduits shall be protected with standard caps to prevent the entrance of water or debris. All empty conduits shall be left with a Nylon fish wire. F. Outlet boxes for switches and receptacles in exposed wiring systems shall be FS or FD boxes with matching device plates. All unused threaded openings shall be closed with pipe plugs. All outlet boxes shall be installed in conformity with all requirements or the NEC. All screws for covers and plates shall be 316 -stainless steel. 16000-14 040097017 r t 1 [1 r , 1 1 I G. Aluminum conduit shall not be mounted directly to unpainted or galvanized steel supports or clamps. Two (2) layers of electrical tape, such as 33+ or 88, shall be put around the aluminum conduit at the point of contact with the supports or clamps. 3.03 JUNCTION AND PULL L BOXES: Shall be installed where indicated on the drawings and where necessary to terminate, tap -off, or redirect multiple conduit runs. Boxes shall be of size indicated or as required by NEC. Boxes shall be supported independently of conduits entering them. Brackets, rod hangers, bolts or other NEC approved supporting methods may be used. All boxes shall be placed in accessible locations. Access panels of suitable size shall be provided where required, and suitably marked for identification. All boxes shall be supported as indicated on the drawings or with 1 'h" deep minimum 316 SS stainless steel Kindorf or Unistrut type channel or 1 1/2" x 1 '/2' x 1/4" 316 SS stainless angle. All hardware shall be 316 stainless steel. 3.04 CONDUCTORS: A. No conductors or cables shall be installed in conduits, ducts, or raceways until the raceway system has been completed and cleaned. Care shall be exercised when installing conductors to prevent damage to conductor or insulation. Use only approved cable -pulling lubricants for pulling -in conductors. Wire sizes shall be as indicated on the drawings. B. Conductors shall be continuous from outlet to outlet and no splices shall be made. Each feeder cable or conductor group in panels, pull boxes or troughs shall have a permanent tag with suitable numbers and letters. Terminal strips shall also be lettered or numbered for each termination point to match the wire markers and the drawings. Any conductor termination shall allow an extra three inches at the termination to allow for future re -termination. C. Identify wire terminations with a number to correspond with the schematic diagrams. Each signal and circuit conductor connected to a given electrical point shall be designated by a single unique number which shall be shown on all shop drawings. Numbers shown on the PLC 1/0 drawings and layout drawings shall be maintained in the panels. White heat shrink wire markers shall be furnished and installed for all wiring, regardless if factory or field installed, on both ends of all wires as per the schematic, wiring and vendors equipment diagrams. The markers must be printed with black permanent ink by a machine. Hand written or individual adhesive type wrap around labels shall not be acceptable. Expanded dot matrix printed markers shall not be acceptable. The numbers and letters must be letter quality where all lines and shapes appear as solid. The markers shall be equal to the Hellermann Tyton Shrink Trak Series Part No. 553-50OXX where the part number is completed for the color (White) and the diameter of the wire markers such as Part No. 553-50016 for 0.25" diameter white heat shrink markers or Panduit Series Cat. No. H2O0XXXXHFT-2 white heat shrink markers where the part number is completed for the diameter of the marker such as No. H2OOX044HFT-2 for 0.25" diameter 2" wide white heat shrink markers. The printer shall be equal to Panduit Model No. TDP43ME with Panduit Easy -Mark software or Hellermann Tyton No. TT4000+ or TTM460 printers with Hellermann Tyton Tag Print Pro 3.0 labeling design software. D. All conductors pulled to and terminated in junction boxes, terminal boxes, starters, instruments, control devices and all control panels shall be left with slack or a small loop that shall allow for re -termination of the conductor(s) if the end becomes damaged or a lug must be cut off. Conductors shall not be pulled tight to a termination point and 16000-15 040097017 shall not be run in a direct path to the termination point. The conductors shall be routed in wire -ways, wire -ducts and along enclosure sides and bottoms in such a manner as to provide adequate wire for re -termination without having to splice in additional wire. 3.05 WIRING DEVICES: A. Shall be of the type, size, voltage and number of wires as indicated on the drawings and as specified. All devices shall be grounded. All devices shall be mounted within outlet boxes to allow device plates to be in contact with the outlet boxes on all sides. B. Wall switches shall be installed on the strike side of doors and as detailed on the drawings, with the "on" position up. C. Where more than one switch occurs in the same location, they shall be installed in gang type boxes. D. Receptacles shall be mounted with "U" ground terminal at the bottom and the neutral conductor on the left terminal, facing the receptacle. E. Device plates shall be one piece, single or multi -gang type, selected to match the device or combination of devices. 3.06 DISCONNECT SWITCHES: Disconnect switches shall be provided, where indicated on the drawings, and in accordance with Article 430 of the NEC. Switches shall be installed to be fully accessible. Disconnect switches shall be provided where required by code and where they are not included as installed items in factory assembled equipment requiring disconnects. Disconnects shall be sized as indicated on drawings, or where not indicated, shall be not less than the branch circuit protective device. When the disconnects are required to be fused, in order to protect the equipment as required by the equipment manufacturer, they shall be provided and sized to suit the manufacturer's specifications and supplied with time delay type fuses. 3.07 FUSES: Furnish and install a complete set of fuses of the type indicated, for all fuse holders, including those required in equipment furnished by others to which electrical connection is made under this contract. The Contractor shall replace all fuses blown during construction at his expense. The Contractor shall furnish three spare fuses of each size used on the job, to the Owner. 3.08 MOTOR CONTROLS: A. Furnish, install and connect motor starters of size and type shown or required, where indicated on drawings. Generally, motor starting equipment and control devices and Section 16040 shall be installed and connected under this Section. The Contractor shall review all plumbing, HVAC and other mechanical drawings and specifications for mechanical equipment requiring electrical service to determine exactly what equipment shall be furnished under other Sections. Equipment not furnished, but necessary for the proper operation of the system, such as H -O -A switches, push -buttons, safety switches and other accessory devices as indicated on the drawings or as required by the NEC, shall be provided under this Section, and installed and connected for satisfactory operation as approved by the Engineer. Provide all stainless steel channels, angles and frames as required to mount all equipment. 16000-16 040097017 F1 r 1 C F1 t B. Wiring and control diagrams or sequences shown or called for on the electrical drawings or specified, and all relays, contactors, pushbuttons, as called for shall be furnished, installed and connected for a complete installation under this Section of these specifications. 3.09 EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS: A. All equipment requiring electrical connections shall be connected under this Section of these specifications. Where electrical connections to equipment are required in specific locations, such location shall be obtained from shop drawings. Do not scale drawings for location of circuit stub -ups or boxes mounted in walls or floors, to serve specific equipment. Where equipment is to be served through conduit stub -up, conduit shall be stubbed -up not less than 4" above floor, where transition shall be made to Sealtite flexible conduit for connection to equipment. B. Electrical circuits to equipment furnished under other sections of the specifications are based on design loads. If actual equipment furnished by another manufacturer whose electrical characteristics vary from those on which electrical design was based, the electrical circuits and protective devices shall be revised to be compatible with the equipment furnished at no additional cost. C. Power cables and leads to motors and transformers shall be clearly marked to show phase sequence. 3.10 GROUNDING: A. Provide a grounding system for equipment and system neutral in accordance with the requirements of Article 250 of NEC and all relevant local regulations. B. Ground rods shall be 3/4 in. x 10 ft -0 in., copper -clad steel, unless otherwise indicated. Lugs and connectors shall be of an approved solder less type. Bonding to building steel, buried cable grids and ground rods shall be by the Thermoweld or Cadweld process and coated with two coats of acid resistant, epoxy type paint or Koppers 300M Bitumastic coating. C. The resistance to ground shall not exceed 5 ohms, unless otherwise indicated to be lower, and readings shall not be taken within 48 hours of a rainfall. Longer rods or additional rods shall be used, if necessary to obtain the desired resistance. Ground resistance readings shall be taken before connection is made to the building cold water piping system. Results of ground resistance readings shall be forwarded in writing, immediately to the Architect/Engineer. A minimum of two (2) 10' - 0", 3/4" ground rods shall be driven at each point indicated on the drawings. D. A grounding conductor shall be installed in all conduits including flexible conduit and non-metallic conduit installations. Grounding conductors shall be type THW with green insulation, sized in accordance with Article 250 of the NEC. E. Each low voltage distribution and branch circuit panelboard shall be provided with a copper silver plated equipment ground bar, brazed or riveted to the enclosure or cabinet. I 16000-17 1 040097017 3.11 LIGHTING FIXTURES: A. Provide all lighting fixtures of the type, size and rating indicated in the fixture schedule on the drawina or specified herein. B. LEDs with DC drivers and lamps if applicable shall be provided for all fixtures in accordance with fixture schedule. At time of substantial completion, all fixtures, which are observed to be noticeably dim after Contractors use and testing, shall be replaced with new lumen packages. C. Furnish and install lighting fixtures of the types indicated, where shown on drawings and at the indicated heights, in accordance with the fixture manufacturer's written instructions and with recognized industry practices. Comply with NEMA standards and requirements of the NEC pertaining to installation of fixtures, and with applicable portions of NECA's "Standard of Installation". D. Protect fixtures from damage during the construction period and clean all fixtures of dirt and debris upon completion of installation and before final acceptance by Owner. 3.12 DUCT BANKS: A. Unless otherwise noted on the plans, all underground duct banks shall be constructed of conduits encased in concrete with the top of the duct bank not be less than 36 - inches below grade in all areas. Unless otherwise noted, where duct banks cross process piping, storm drains or plumbing systems the duct banks shall be installed to pass under such piping. Every conduit entering a duct bank shall be a minimum size of 1-1/2" below grade and in the duct bank and shall be sized as per the conduit and cable schedule when they are above grade. Combining of cables in larger conduits in the duct bank to reduce the number of encased conduits shall not be accepted. A minimum of 1-1/2" of concrete shall be provided between conduit and a minimum of 3" of concrete shall be provided between conduits and earth. All concrete for underground duct bank encasement shall be red. B. A No.3/0 AWG bare stranded copper ground cable shall be run in all duct banks and shall tie into ground rods in each manhole and the ground grid system at the termination point. C. Duct bank conduits that tie into manhole or pull box windows shall terminate with bell fittings on PVC conduits and grounding bushings on all RGS conduits. No.8 AWG minimum bare stranded copper ground wire shall tie the RGS grounding bushings to the duct bank and manhole ground system. There shall not be any cut edges of PVC or RGS conduits in the manhole or pull box walls or windows. D. All duct bank conduit cables entering manholes or pull boxes shall be bundled with black heavy duty cable ties to keep the conductors for each conduit separate and easily identified. Each bundle shall be tied around the outside walls of the manholes or pull boxes on the heavy duty insulated cable racks on each wall, to leave the middle open for access to all cables. 3.13 CLEANUP: In accordance with the General Conditions. 16000-18 040097017 r. (I 1 1 r 1 1 1 1 ISECTION 16040 600 VAC CLASS MOTOR CONTROL CENTER PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION: This specification section describes the design, materials and testing of the 600 Volt, 800 Amperes, 42 KAIC at 480 VAC, rated, free standing, front access only motor control center MCC100. The work shall include all labor, material, equipment and services to construct, install and test the complete 480V motor control center MCC100. The locations and dimensions shown for MCC100 are critical as it is being installed in an existing MCC Room renovated for the installation of MCC100. A complete short circuit and coordination study of the entire electrical system from the load side terminals of the service entrance utility company transformer with secondary terminal voltages of 480 VAC to the 120/208 WYE secondary terminals of the 480 to 120/208 WYE transformers shall be provided as a part of the specification. The short circuit study shall provide the ' symmetrical fault currents available at each 480 VAC equipment bus to the line side of the 480 to 120/208 VAC transformers including all cable and breaker impedances. The short circuit study shall provide two (2) diagrams and node summary tables or spread sheets with one (1) based on an infinite impedance on the primary side of the service entrance utility company transformer and the second one based on the actual available fault current available from the Utility company at the primary side of the service entrance utility company transformers. The coordination study shall provide all instantaneous, short time and long time over current trip settings for the phase and ground fault protective relays on all new and existing main, generator and MCC feeder and main circuit breakers in the entire electrical system. The coordination study trip settings shall provide fault clearing from the breaker nearest to the fault to prevent nuisance or concurrent tripping or breakers ahead of the breaker intended to clear the fault. In addition to the complete short circuit study and coordination study the Contractor shall provide an Arc Flash Evaluation study and calculations for incident energy and arc flash boundary for each location the WTP power system following the NFPA 70E, IEEE 1584 and NESC Standards. Arc Flash labels shall be provided to comply with NEC 110.16 labeling requirements for each area to define clothing requirements and work permits. 1.02 SUBMITTALS: All submittals shall be in accordance with the requirements of Section 01300. In addition, the following items shall be provided. A. Submit with each shop drawings a copy of the ratings, circuit diagrams, dimensional data, weights, conduit entry restrictions, anchor bolt locations, phase monitors, volts transducers, watts transducers, all power, control and transducer interfacing components, current transformers, lightning and surge arrestors, trip units, protective relays, MCC100 structures, feeder breakers, all starter components, elapsed time meters, pilot devices, the interface terminal block details and a complete Bill of Materials. B. After shop drawing approval, the vendor shall furnish one (1) set of reproducible tracings of final certified drawings and four (4) sets of all drawings and data sheets or manuals that include the following: 1. Plan, elevation and location of equipment. 2. Dimension outlines including weights. 16040-1 040097017 3. Terminal arrangements, type and location of accessories. 4. Assembly details. 5. Complete bill of material. 6. Any and all other drawings required for erection and installation of the equipment. 7. Complete power and control wiring diagrams including all accessories. 8. Operations, maintenance and Installation instruction books. 9. Recommended spare parts. 10. Protective relays and trip unit setting curves for voltage, current, frequency and power versus time. 11. Short circuit study with available fault current diagrams. 12. Coordination study with all protective relay and trip write settings. 1.03 STANDARDS: The design, fabrication and performance of the equipment shall conform to the applicable requirements of the following standards and codes. Underwriters Laboratories - UL1008 Standard for Emergency and Standby Power Systems-NFPA110 IEEE - IEEE Standard 4 (Orange Book) IEEE - IEEE Standard 241 (Gray Book) IEEE — IEEE Standard 519 American National Standards Institute (ANSI) National Electrical Manufacturer's Association (NEMA), ICS2-447-AC National Electrical Code (NEC) NFPA Any conflict between the above mentioned documents and this specification shall be referred to the Engineer for clarification before proceeding with the fabrication or installation of the affected parts. 1.04 TESTS: Standard design and production tests shall be performed in accordance with the requirements of NEMA, ANSI, and IEEE Standards. 1.05 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: The 600 VAC Class MCC's shall be manufactured by Eaton, Allen-Bradley, Square D/Schneider Electric, General Electric or Siemens PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 STRUCTURAL DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION OF MCC100: A. Motor Control Center MCC100 shall consist of rigid, free standing sections which are joined together to form a complete assembly. All sections of the MCC shall be front accessible only for mounting back to back or against a wall. The front sections of the MCC shall be independent units, each assembly being a maximum of 21 -inches deep. B. The MCC shall be UL labeled for operation on an electrical system with available fault currents up to 42 KAIC at 480 VAC. The UL label for the 42 KAIC at 480VAC rating shall be for the entire MCC including all bus, feeder breakers and starters. C. The dimensions are critical and shall not exceed the length and depth shown on the drawings. The total number of spaces available for future units shall not be reduced and their orientation shall not be modified so that combining spaces for a single large unit installation shall be possible. 16040-2 040097017 r i! 1 r 1 1 D. The main incoming line section of MCC100 shall be for top entry conduits and cables from two (2) 3" conduits, each with 3 - 350 kcmil and 1 — 2/0 AWG ground cables. Copper lugs shall be provided for terminating two (2) 350 kcmil cables per phase in MCC100 to accommodate the two (2) 350 kcmil cables per phase for the incoming power to MCC100. The incoming service shall be 3-phase 480/277 VAC WYE without the neutral brought into the MCC. E. Motor Control Sections: Full length, horizontal (top and bottom) and vertical wireways shall be provided for wiring the motor control sections. Individual units shall be separated by isolating barriers that are removable for wiring. Each vertical section shall be designed for front installation of standard plug-in starter or breaker units or bolt -in units and shall be equipped with removable side covers to simplify future installation of additional sections. Each vertical section shall have space for 72" of any combination of incoming line units, metering units, TVSS units, feeder breaker units, starter units and VFD units. Blank sections within each vertical section shall have access holes through the bus insulation and barriers every 6" of working height for plugging in future units. Motor Control Centers shall be NEMA 1A/12 structures with gaskets on all doors and removable plates. Each blank section shall have a blank hinged door and a unit support shelf with track for mounting future units. F. STARTER & BREAKER UNITS: 1. Each unit enclosure shall be of NEMA Type 1A/12 construction with hinged doors with gaskets that are mechanically interlocked with the circuit breakers to prevent opening the door when the breaker is closed. Each unit shall be capable of being padlocked in the "on" or "off' position with up to three locks. 2. All plug-in units of the same size shall be interchangeable if rearrangement is desired. G. BUS: All MCC's sections shall be furnished with a three phase silver or tin plated solid copper main bus, rated at 800 Amperes for MCC100, all braced for a minimum short circuit duty of 42,000 RMS Amperes symmetrical. Solid, silver plated, vertical bus rated at 400 Amperes, 600VAC, 42 KAIC shall be provided in each section. ' H. GROUND BUS: 1. A 0.25" by 2.0" un -insulated copper ground bus shall extend through the entire bottom length of the motor control center structures. The structural steel supporting each section shall be connected to the bus. 2. The neutral of each control power transformer shall be wired with a #12 AWG conductor to the ground bus. The Ground bus shall have a lug at each end for connecting two #410 AWG copper ground cables. I. ENCLOSURE: Each vertical section of the assembled MCC's shall be as shown on the drawings or the manufacturers standard where the drawings are not specific. J. CIRCUIT BREAKERS: The circuit breakers shall be 2 pole or 3 pole, as shown on the single line diagram, 60 hertz, 600 volt, molded case type. Feeder breakers shall be thermal magnetic breakers. Motor starters shall have an instantaneous trip magnetic only adjustable trip motor circuit protector in combination with the starters. All feeder and starter breakers shall be furnished with copper line and load lugs. Breaker ratings shall be as follows: 16040-3 040097017 1. Feeder breakers up to and including 150A frame shall have a minimum of 65,000 RMS symmetrical Amperes interrupting capacity at 480 VAC, equal to Eaton type FDC. 2. Feeder breakers above 150A shall have a minimum of 65,000 RMS, symmetrical Amperes interrupting capacity at 480 VAC, interchangeable thermal unit and an adjustable magnetic trip equal to Eaton type JDC from 150 - 250 AMPS and type KDC from 250 - 400 AMPS. 3. Motor starter magnetic trip only breakers from 3 amperes continuous to 400 amperes shall have a minimum of 65,000 RMS symmetrical Amperes interrupting capacity at 480 VAC equal to Eaton type HMCP. K. MOTOR STARTERS: The starters shall be as shown on the single line diagram and shall be the combination type full voltage magnetic or solid state reduced voltage and shall consist of the following components: 1. Full voltage magnetic non -reversing or reversing type starter units. a. NEMA sized and rated contactor, with three eutectic alloy or bimetallic ambiencompensated type, manual reset thermal relays and 2 normally open and ' 1 normally closed auxiliary contacts in addition to those needed for normal contactor operation on both the contactor and the overload relay. The correct sized overload heater elements shall be provided with each unit. ' b. Control power transformer (480 to 120V) with 100 VA continuous additional capacity above the requirements of the starter. The minimum size CPT will be 180 VA. C. Two (2) primary fuses for the control power transformer. d. One (1) secondary control fuse for the control power transformer and controls. e. Control circuit terminal strip for terminating each outgoing wire and each spare contact. The terminals shall be 600 VAC sectional type with tubular clamp screw contacts that do not require lugs on the wires. The quantity layout and markings shall be as shown on the drawings. f. Elapsed time meter in each starter door. g. Pilot lights and controls as shown on the drawings. h. Motor circuit protector (MCP) with magnetic only adjustable trip. 2. Reduced voltage starters shall be modular microprocessor controlled solid-state type designed for use with 3 phase AC induction motors. The design using six (6) SCRS shall have the following characteristics and shall be sized for the amperes shown on the drawings for severe duty 1.15 service factor 460 VAC motors. a. Step -less acceleration from 0 VAC and 0 Hz to 480 VAC and 60 Hz. b. Adjustable soft stop controls with an independently adjustable ramp time. I 16040-4 040097017 1 C. Adjustable current limit - From 150% to 425% of rated current withautomatic recalibration to 600% after acceleration (approximately 6% to 50% locked rotor torque). d. Volts and Hertz ramp duration is adjustable from 2 to 30 seconds. e. Thermal Capacity 450% rated current for 30 seconds 300% rated current for 60 seconds 115% rated current continuous 16040-5 040097017 f. Power/energy-saver option to reduce voltage, current, and improve power factor at less than full load conditions. g. Soft start -minimized torque peaks for smooth acceleration, pulse duration adjustable from 0 to 2 seconds. h. Electromagnetic interlock - One maintaining auxiliary contact to show full voltage run status of the starter. i. Six SCR configuration - For full wave control. j. Solid-state overload relay with highly repeatable trip characteristics. The unit shall have trip curves for both motor and controller with automatic hot starter recalibration and retentive state indication with power loss manual reset standard, automatic available. k. Thermal characteristics - 40 Deg. C ambient enclosed. I. Phase sequence protection. M. Solderless lugs for copper wire. n. LED indicators for "Line Voltage, "Incorrect Phase Sequence," and "On." o. SCR protection, including Metal Oxide Varistor (MOV), RC Network, and an over temperature Switch. P. Shorted SCR detection. q. Under voltage protection. r. UL and CSA listing. S. Unit circuit breaker shall have a shunt trip release mechanism controlled by the shorted SCR detector. t. The starter unit shall have phase unbalance/ instantaneous overload protection and protection against phase loss and phase unbalance. U. Up -to -speed indication with an isolated contact closure for auxiliary contacts. 16040-5 040097017 V. Overload relay with alarm contact. w. Full voltage, horsepower rated, bypass contactor to shunt the SCR's at the end of ramp or up to speed contact closure point of the starter controls. The bypass contactor shall have two (2) N.O. auxiliary contacts wired to the control 4. terminal block. X. Control circuit terminal strip the same as item K, 1, e above. Elapsed time meter, pilot lights and controls as sown on the drawings. L. WIRING: 1. The motor control centers shall be wired using standard copper conductors with 90 Deg. C rated thermoplastic insulation. Control wiring shall be #14 AWG. Power wiring shall be a minimum of #12 AWG. Wires and terminal blocks shall be marked as indicated on the attached drawings. 2. Copper, pull -apart type terminal blocks adequate for terminating two #12 AWG conductors shall be provided for the control circuits. 3. Wiring shall be NEMA Class I, Type B. Each starter shall be wired in accordance with the attached drawings. M. CONTROL POWER TRANSFORMER: Control power shall be 120V, single phase and shall be provided from a control power transformer in each starter. Sizing of transformers shall be as required for the application plus 100 VA additional capacity but not less than 180 VA. Dual element, time delay fuses [two (2)] shall be provided on the primary of the transformer, equal to Buss Type FNQ. One (1) shall be provided on the secondary, equal to Buss Type FNM. N. CONTROL COMPONENTS: An overload trip reset pushbutton shall be mounted in each compartment door. O. CURRENT TRANSFORMER/TRANSMITTERS: Each of the designated starters on the single line diagrams shall have a two (2) wire current transducer with an AC primary current as shown on the single line or individual motor schematic diagrams and a 4 - 20 MADC output with a 24VDC +/-10% power supply. The current transformer/transmitters shall be equal to Model Series PCM 242 by Instrument Transformers, Inc. in Clearwater, Florida or Katy Instrument Sales (KIS) Model T420 for all wave forms from 0-5 to 0-100 A.C. Amperes to a 4-20 mADC output, Model T420L for 0-50 to 0-300 A.C. Amperes to a 4-20 mADC output, Model T420XL for 0-300 to 0-600 A.C. Amperes to a 4-20 mADC output and Model T420XXL for 0-800 to 0-1000 A.C. Amperes to a 4-20 mADC output. See the drawings for the sizing details. P. NAMEPLATES: Nameplates shall be rigid laminated phenolic with black surface and white core. Each nameplate shall be fastened to the compartment door with two (2) stainless steel screws. The unit nameplates shall be 1" x 3" minimum with 3/16" high characters. For engraving see motor control center schedule. Abbreviations are not acceptable. Q. FINISH: Smooth and clean the enclosures and prime coat the inside and outside surfaces. Standard indoor finish is gray ANSI No. 49. 16040-6 040097017 1 P 1 1 IPART 3 - EXECUTION t U--� IJ IF] 1 i 3.01 INSTALLATION: MCC100 are to be installed as shown on the drawings, on a 4—inch concrete housekeeping pad. 16040-7 040097017 SECTION 16900 INSTRUMENTATION & CONTROL IPART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE: A. The work to be accomplished under this Section consists of furnishing and installing the various items of hydraulic, pneumatic, and electrical control and metering, equipment necessary for the measuring, controlling, and indicating of flows, gauge pressure, level, valve position, amperages and for carrying out other measurement, control functions and the necessary appurtenances thereto as described in these specifications and as shown on the plans. These items shall be installed complete as specified herein, or to the true intent of these specifications or as shown on the plans. It is the intent of these specifications that all parts, piping, tubing, valves, wiring, and accessories required for a complete installation in operating condition shall be furnished and installed by the Contractor in accordance with the recommended practice of the manufacturer and as approved by the Engineer. B. Applicable Codes, Standards and Specifications: The installation shall comply with the applicable rules and regulations of the following: 1. National Electrical Code (NEC). 2. Occupational Safety and Health Standards (OSHA). All codes, standards or specifications quoted in this or other sections shall be the issue in effect at the time of bid date unless shown otherwise. C. Permits and Fees: The Contractor shall procure all required permits and arrange for inspections and pay such fees as are thereby incurred. D. Drawings: The contract drawings indicate the extent and general arrangement of the conduit and wiring systems. If any departures from the contract drawings are deemed necessary by the Contractor, details of such departures and the reasons therefore shall be submitted as soon as practicable to the Engineer for approval. No such departure shall be made without prior approval of the Engineer. The Contractor shall furnish, on clean copies of the contract drawings, marked Record Drawings showing all deviations made during construction. E. Completeness and Responsibility: All instrument components and control devices incorporated in the system shall be the product of and furnished by manufacturers who are regularly engaged in the production of such equipment. The entire instrumentation system shall be furnished by a single supplier who shall perform all systems engineering, prepare all necessary internal and external wiring, pneumatic and hydraulic piping drawings, and assume full responsibility for the successful functional operation of the equipment in accordance with the performance requirements of the specifications. F. Functional requirements of the various aspects of the control system are described in detail in subsequent paragraphs of these specifications. 16900-1 144957001 G. It is the intent of these specifications that the system be complete in every detail and fully operable. Substitutions on functions specified shall not be acceptable. 1.02 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS: The Contractor shall furnish and install all instruments, appurtenant equipment, piping and accessories as indicated on the drawings and specified herein. All conduit and wiring between panels and all field mounted devices; between panels; between field mounted devices and between all instrumentation and power sources shall be furnished and installed under this and/or appropriate electrical sections. All piping, tubing, valves, flanges, nozzles, etc. required to tie the primary elements into the process piping, tanks, vessels and equipment shall be furnished and installed under this section of the specifications. The Contractor shall coordinate the work of the system supplier's service personnel during construction, testing, calibration and acceptance of the instruments. The supervisory service of a factory trained service engineer who is specifically trained on the type of equipment herein specified shall be provided for a minimum period of one (1) 8 -hour day during construction to assist the Contractor in the location of sleeves; methods of installing conduit and special cable; mounting pipe; mounting primary elements and wiring the equipment prior to placing it into service. Upon completion of the installation of each type of instrument supplied by the same manufacturer, the services of the above service engineer shall be provided for a period of not less than one (1) 8 -hour day for calibration and instructing the maintenance and operating personnel. The minimum days specified above does not relieve the Contractor of providing sufficient service to place the system in satisfactory operation. All equipment shall be checked during the first year of operation by the selected manufacturer at intervals of three months for a period of not less than one day or as may be required to correct any defects to the satisfaction of the Owner. All services described shall be included in the contract price. Shop drawing submittals shall include component manufacturer's data sheets indicating pertinent data, including all calculations for size, etc., identification of each component by tag ' number and nomenclature as indicated on the drawings and in the specifications and component drawings showing dimensions, mounting and external connection details. The data sheets and component drawings shall be submitted with the piping schematics and wiring schematics, each on a single drawing with full description of operation. Component identification on the schematic shall be as indicated above. If shop drawings are "approved as noted", the Contractor shall resubmit four (4) corrected sets, as part of the O&M Manual. All material submitted for approval shall be contained in one submission. Partial submittals shall not be reviewed. Sales bulletins and other general publications are not acceptable as submittals for approval. Operating instructions shall incorporate a functional description of the entire system including all data sheets previously furnished, and the system schematics which reflect record drawing modifications. Special maintenance requirements peculiar to the system shall be clearly defined 16900-2 144957001 i� I along with special calibration and test procedures. These manuals shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01300, SUBMITTALS. Special Tools: There shall be a kit supplied which shall contain special size wrenches and other types of tools, not normally available, which are necessary for assembling, disassembling, aligning and calibrating the equipment. All of the equipment shall be the manufacturer's latest and proven design which has been in operation in the field for at least one year. Specifications and drawings call attention to certain features, but do not propose to cover all details entering into the design of the instrumentation system. The completed system shall be compatible with the functions required and the equipment furnished by the Contractor. All electrical components of the system shall operate on 120 volt, single-phase, 60 hertz or 24 VDC power, except as otherwise noted in the specifications. All necessary fuses or switches required by the instrumentation manufacturer for his equipment shall be provided with the equipment. All instruments requiring an internal power supply shall have an internal on-off switch. The drawings and specifications indicate the energy sources that shall be provided. Any other devices necessary to obtain proper operation of the instrument system from these energy sources shall be furnished with the instrumentation. Pneumatic and electronic signals, where due to length of transmission line or load imposed, shall have amplifiers, repeaters or isolators installed as required to minimize transmission lags or degradation of control or process variable values. All electronic (4 20MADC) signal wire shall be two conductors, No. 18 AWG, 600 VAC, 90°C dry, 75°C wet, copper, twisted pair with tape foil shield and drain wire. The shield is to be grounded at the PLC 1/0 panel only for single point grounding, in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. The cable shall be Belden Catalog No.3088A or equal for a single pair shielded cable. Single triad shielded cables for potentiometer signal cables shall be three conductors, No.18 AWG, 600 VAC, 90°C dry, 75°C wet, copper, twisted triad with tape foil shield and drain wire, Belden Catalog No.3089A or equal. The cables must be UL listed for wet locations as defined by the NEC. Ethernet shielded cables shall be Cat 6 Ethernet I/P compliant Industrial 4 -pair twisted pair Ethernet cables. Cat 6 cables shall be equal to 23 AWG solid, Polyolefin insulation, overall shield and PVC jacket Belden No. 7953A. ■ All differential sensing devices, such as flow transmitters, shall have a 316 stainless steel three (3) valve manifold for isolation and calibration. All field mounted air users shall be supplied with a filter regulator and output gauge, piped and mounted. All pressure sensing devices shall have a provision for venting at the high point and isolated calibration without shutting down the process or removing the instrument. 16900-3 144957001 All impulse piping shall be connected to the process line in a manner which minimizes signal error induced by entrapment of air. Tube Type: Individual process impulse tubes shall be %2 inch, unless noted otherwise on the A rawings, bare 316 stainless steel welded tubing. Where tubing is buried it shall be installed in schedule 80 PVC conduit. All tube fittings shall be compression type Swagelok, 316 SS. Tube Runs: Vertical or horizontal runs of tubing in close proximity shall be bundled in an acceptable manner. All concealed runs shall run continuously without joints. Installation of tubing to instruments shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Tube Mounts: Tubing shall be mounted to wall surfaces by means of 316 stainless steel tubing racks securely mounted to the surface. It shall be possible to remove any single tube without disturbing other tubing. Tubing entering and leaving concealed areas shall be identified by function in accordance with the identification number given in the instrument schedule on the plans. Identification tags shall be 316 stainless steel and secured to the tubing with 316 stainless steel wires except in the case where tubing is copper in which case the tags and wires shall also be copper. Instrument Mounts: All instruments shall be mounted in readily accessible positions. If necessary, special stands shall be fabricated to hold instruments that cannot be pipe stand mounted due to intervening pipes, etc. All special stands shall be all aluminum or 316 stainless steel. All mounting hardware, screws, machine bolts with washers and nuts shall be 316 stainless steel. Signal Conduits: All low voltage signals 24V do and below shall be isolated from high level control or power signals in separate conduits. All instrumentation signal conduits below grade shall be RGS coated with coal tar epoxy, Bitumastic or 40 mil PVC direct buried or RGS encased in concrete and rigid aluminum above grade. All underground RGS conduits shall have grounding bushings and a No. 8 AWG copper minimum cable run to a ground lug at the termination points or from bushing -to -bushing in manholes, hand holes or pull boxes. Surge Protection: All field mounted primary element transmitters with 4-20 MADC outputs shall have a transmitter mounted surge protection unit wired across the 4-20 MADC output terminals and tied to the instrument ground. The surge protector is a 316 SS encased unit with 1/2" NPT male threads for mounting in a spare hub of the transmitter or in a Myers type ST1 hub installed in the transmitter enclosure. The surge protection unit is a Telematic, MTL Instruments Group, part number TP48-N or equal. All 4-20 MADC signals shall terminate on a surge protection terminal block in the PLC 1/0 panel(s). The surge protection terminal blocks shall be a Phoenix Contact plug-in terminal block assembly for two (2) 24 VDC, 4-20 MADC signal cables. The assembly shall be a PLUGTRAB PT series made up of a Cat. No. 2839208 type PT2X2-BE base and a Cat. No.2838228 Type PT2X2-24VDC-ST plug. 1.03 FIELD CALIBRATION: All instrument shall be calibrated in the presence of the Engineer in accordance with the range and accuracy specified herein. 16900-4 1 144957001 1 1 Process calibration, such a volumetric draw down tests on flows and level measurements, shall be conducted on all measuring systems as requested by the Engineer. 1.04 TEST EQUIPMENT: The Contractor or Manufacturer's Representative shall have properly calibrated test equipment available onsite for testing all installed equipment. The test equipment shall have current certificates of calibration to meet ISO9000 Series requirements such as ISO9002 certificate calibration. PART 2 — PRODUCTS: The Contractor's scope of supply for field instrumentation shall include but not be limited to the following tagged instruments. The Contractor shall furnish and install all field instruments required for complete functional systems as detailed on the P&ID's, all construction drawings, all specifications and as detailed in the Start Up/Shut Down Sequences and Operating Protocol. 2.01 MAGNETIC FLOW METER TRANSMITTERS: Filter Water Treatment Plant Flow Meter Transmitters for Filter System FIT 1101, FIT1201, FIT1301, FIT1401, FIT 1501, FIT 1601 and FIT1800. The flow meter systems shall be of the low wattage, electromagnetic induction type that are calibrated for use with pulsed DC coil excitation and microprocessor -based, digital display ' transmitters with menu driven internal calibration functions that do not require the use of an external calibrator. The minimum calibration span shall be 0.5 ft/sec and the maximum calibration span shall be 45 ft/sec for the 4-20 MADC output. The digital or pulse output accuracy shall be +0.15% of flow rate for line sizes from 1/2 to 36 inches for flow velocities from 0.5 to 45 ft/sec. The 4 to 20 MADC output accuracy shall be ±0.03% of the reading in addition to the above 0.15% accuracy. The transmitter display shall be configurable in engineering units in any range from 0 - 999. The transmitter enclosure shall be NEMA 4X cast aluminum with an epoxy finish or FRP and shall be separate from the existing flow tubes with mounting hardware for surface mounting inside a large control panel. There shall be a minimum of three (3) 1/2" NPT threaded holes in the transmitter for separation of AC supply, current output and pulse output wiring. The power supply shall be 120 VAC, 60Hz and the consumption shall be 15 watts or 30VA maximum. The outputs shall be 4 - 20 MADC, internally powered, into 0 - 500 OHMS and 0 - 2000 pulses per second at 100% input pulse output, internally powered into 0 - 300 OHMS. The outputs may also be configured for external power supplies with the 4 - 20 MADC output into 0 - 1800 OHMS when powered by a 50VDC supply and the pulse output rated up to 280 MA when powered by a 40VDC maximum supply. The transmitters shall be Foxboro Model IMT25- SDATB10MBG Tagged FITXXXX. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION: Equipment shall be set, leveled, and aligned before being permanently anchored. All areas of brackets, mounts, panels, etc., covered by equipment or by contact with ' a structure shall be painted prior to installation. 16900-5 144957001 3.02 INSTRUCTIONS: Manufacturer's instructions shall be followed in strict accordance for the installation, connection and testing of equipment. 3.03 TESTS: Tests shall be conducted by the Contractor on the instrument and control systems. The equipment shall be demonstrated to operate in accordance with the requirements of this and/or other sections of the specifications and drawings. The test(s) shall be performed in the presence of the Engineer or his authorized representative. The Contractor shall furnish all instruments and personnel required for the tests and the Owner shall furnish the necessary electric power. 3.04 NEATNESS: All equipment shall be mounted and installed in a neat manner. The edges of brackets cut in the field shall be filed smooth. The areas of brackets covered by equipment or by contact with a structure shall be painted prior to installation. Tubing runs shall be vertical or horizontal and secured with the necessary clips. 3.05 MECHANICAL COORDINATION: The Contractor shall coordinate the mechanical piping , and tankage connection requirements with the instrumentation requirements and provide and install all suitable, flanges, valves, adapters, couplings, saddles and other items as required for a complete installation. All primary elements shall be fully supported. 3.06 CLEANUP: In accordance with the GENERAL CONDITIONS. s s 16900-6 1 144957001 1 SECTION 16920 PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION: ' A. This section describes the hardware and software requirements for the Ethernet Networked Programmable Logic Controller (PLC) modifications and additions for the Village of Tequesta Water Treatment Plant (WTP) Upgrade which shall be upgraded and added to the existing Ethernet ' Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition (SCADA) System network. The additional and modified Ethernet PLC panels shall include all the PLC 1/0 panels and operator control panels. The tag numbers in this specification shall include but not be limited to the all-new PLC -100 panel, modified Filter WTP PLC-FCP panel and modified RO WTP PLC MCP panel as noted on the drawings. Each of these PLC's shall act as a primary controller and as an interface between the Operation and Supervisors' OIT's located in the RO WTP Control Room. ' B. Related specification sections: 1. Section 16900 Instrumentation and Control ' 2. Section 16950 Custom Power and Control Panels 1.02 SCOPE ' A. The work to be performed for this section shall consist of furnishing, installing and testing all equipment and appurtenances necessary for the installation of the complete and functioning ' programmable logic controller (PLC) system that provides the control and monitoring functions indicated on the drawings, specified herein and that shall be detailed in the PLC logic and OIT screen development meetings with the Owner, the Engineer and the Contractor's System Integrator and Instrumentation Contractor. B. This specification describes the PLC system that includes the conversions, modifications and additions to all the existing A -B 5/40 and A -B SLC 5/05 PLC systems to convert the A -B SLC ' 5/05 PLC System in Filter PLC FCP panel to an A -B ControlLogix PLC systems. The Contractor shall furnish and install all labor and material required for the modified and expanded PLC system including the panels, equipment, software, PLC logic development, PLC data base development, ' communication programming for the transfer of data and the PLC data bases with the systems integrator and the transfer of operator control functions from the OIT screens to the PLCs, conduit, cable, tie-ins, cutovers, removal of the existing systems, and additions to the existing PLC systems. ' C. The latest version available at the time of installation of all PLC development software and communication driver software required to communicate with the new automation and operating system software over an Ethernet data highway to the existing operator interface terminals (OIT's) and a minimum of three (3) Plant PLC's shall be furnished with the PLC systems and shall be registered to the Owner. All PLC functional logic and operating logic software shall be furnished with the PLC system and shall be fully annotated with rung comments, instruction comments, ' address comments and instruction nicknames to match the 1/0 diagrams, loop diagrams, all PLC programs, start-up/shut down sequences and operating protocols developed in the PLC logic and OIT screen development meetings. 1 16920-1 040097017 NOTE: There shall not be any payments made to the Contractor for hardware or software until certified documentation indicating that all the software is registered to the Owner has been submitted to the Engineer and approved. D. The Contractor shall furnish, install, configure and put into service all communication modules, cables and conduits as required to network the existing A -B 5/40 PLC's in the Plant with new A -B ControlLogix PLCs and the existing Plant operation OITs, Supervisor OIT(s) and the Management OIT(s) over an Ethernet network. E. The Contractor shall provide the fully annotated software and programming required to perform the following functions in addition to the interlocking, monitoring and control functions indicated on the loop diagram drawings and developed in the PLC logic and OIT screen development meetings. 1. Provide additions, deletions and modifications to the existing load control management PLC logic to start-up equipment powered by new MCC100 in the Filter WTP in timed steps following establishment of emergency powerfollowing a momentary outage that will initiate the starting of existing 480 V 1000 kW emergency generator EG2 in the RO WTP. The additional and modified load management steps will be started after closure of the existing generator breaker for EG2 in the RO WTP and will continue until the maximum load on the generators is reached. A second set of the signals initiated by the return of normal power and a minimum run time of 30 minutes for the emergency generator shall activate the shutdown of all equipment in the load management PLC logic and the reclosure of the main breaker in the RO WTP after the EG2 generator breaker is opened. All PLC outputs to equipment in the load management sequence shall be "OFF" until the inputs from the phase monitors in the RO WTP MDP switchgear is received and either the emergency or normal power position inputs from EG2 generator breaker and the RO WTP MDP switchgear main breaker is received. After all the inputs are received, the timed steps shall begin initiating the control management sequence that shall be provided by the Engineer to the Contractor. Each step shall be adjustable and initially set at 5 seconds. The actual screens with the equipment tables of equipment for selection of the steps will be determined in the PLC logic and OIT screen development meetings. 2. Provide control of all the multiple pump systems flow, level or pressure through pump sequencing based on "Lead -Lag 1 -Lag 2 -etc." set-up or selected from any of the OIT's. PLC logic shall be developed and modified in existing and new PLC's for monitoring and controlling the flow, level or pressure in the multiple pump systems from PID controller's developed in the PLC logic and adjusted from any of the OIT's. 3. Provide elapsed running time meter data registers for all the monitored motors or equipment in all PLC's. The data registers shall provide data to the meters on the Owner developed OIT screens. There shall be a non -reset meter and an operator re-settable meter for each of the monitored motors. 4. Provide monitoring, start up, shutdown and other operating and control logic for the new and modified WTP project equipment. 5. Provide control logic for all functions detailed in the PLC logic and OIT screen development meetings with the Owner, the Engineer and the Contractor. Adequate time for meetings with the Owner and the Engineer shall be included by the Contractor for 16920-2 040097017 clarification of any questions the Contractor has concerning the operating requirements of the plant that the PLC logic must provide and review of the proposed PLC logic from the Contractor. The clarification and logic review meetings are essential to minimize the time required for start-up of the new and existing WTP systems from all the new and modified ' existing PLC's and the existing OIT systems. The Contractor shall allow for a minimum of three (3), eight (8) hours minimum meetings, excluding travel time for modifications to the existing PLC logic to interface with the modified and new OIT screens and new screen ' development and review and an additional two (2) meetings for modifications to existing reports and additional report development and review. The Contractor shall also allow for a minimum of three (3), eight (8) hours minimum meetings, excluding travel time, for modifications to existing logic and additional logic and overall system review, in addition to ' the OIT screen and report development and review meetings with the Owner and the Engineer as noted above. 8. Fully document the logic with electrical tag names serving as 1/0 point nicknames for all connected 1/0 points, verbal descriptors of all real and internal 1/0 points and registers, and rung descriptions sufficient to troubleshoot PLC logic from a printout of the logic. iF. The Contractor shall furnish, install, configure and put into service all the Ethernet fiber optic OCM's, media converters, Ethernet hubs, Ethernet cards, modules and CPU's, cables and ' conduits as required to network the new and modified existing A -B PLC 5/40 PLC systems. It is noted that this will be an extension and upgrade to the existing Ethernet SCADA system network which already incorporates fiber optic Ethernet network connections to the existing Filter PLC FCP system that will be converted to an A -B ControlLogix PLC system. G. The Contractor shall provide UL listed and NEMA rated enclosures to house the new PLC systems, power supplies, and terminal blocks as shown in the drawings and as detailed in Section ' 16950. 1. All panels shall be UL listed and labeled as a completed assembly. The panel ' fabricator shall furnish and install all items not specifically detailed in the drawings required to have the panels UL listed and labeled. All inspections, approvals and modifications required to have the completed panel labeled and listed by UL shall be furnished by, and ' the responsibility of the panel fabricator and contractor. 2. The Contractor shall mark all internal wires as shown on the drawings and as specified in Sections 16000 and 16900 and 16950. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE ' A. Qualifications 1. The programmable controllers and all of the corresponding components within the ' family of controller products shall be offered by a company who regularly manufacturers and services this type of equipment. ' 2. All equipment shall be furnished by a single supplier, shall be of the latest and most modern design and shall have overall accuracy as guaranteed by the manufacturer. The supplier furnishing the equipment shall be responsible for the installation, testing and the correct operation of the equipment after the loading of the functional logic. The PLC additions and modifications supplier covered in this specification section is responsible for the input and output wiring from the terminal blocks to the PLC modules and the correct 1 16920-3 040097017 0 electrical functions of all the PLC hardware and components and the modifications and additions to all of the existing PLC systems in the WTP SCADA system network. Applicable Standards 1. The design, testing, assembly, and methods of installation of the wiring materials, electrical equipment and accessories proposed under this Contract shall conform to the National Electric Code, OSHA and to applicable state and local requirements. UL listing and labeling shall be adhered to under this Contract. 2. Any additional cost resulting from any deviation from codes or local requirements shall be borne by the Contractor. 3. ISA and NEMA standards apply. 4. All products shall be designed, manufactured, and tested in accordance with recognized industrial standards. VIBRATION 3.5 mm Peak -to -Peak, 5-9 Hz: 1.OG, 9-150 Hz. The method of testing is to be based upon IEC 68-2-6 and JIS C 0911 standards for vibration. The system is to be operational during and after testing. SHOCK 15G, 11 msec. The method of testing is to be based upon IEC 68-2- 27 and JIS C 0912 standards for shock. The system is to be operational during and after testing. NOISE IMMUNITY Showering arc per NEMA ICS 2-230.40 Surge withstand per ANSI/IEEE C -37.90A-1978. RADIATED NOISE FCC regulations Rule 47, 15J, Class A VDE regulations 0871 Limit Class A REGULATORY UL 508, 1012 CSA C22.2 No. 142, C22.2 FM AGENCIES Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D. C. The manufacturer shall have a fully operational quality assurance and quality control program in place and shall comply with ISO9001 standards for "Quality Systems - Model for Quality Assurance in Design/Development, Production, Installation, and Servicing". 1.04 INSTRUCTION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Written instructions for the installation, programming, operation and maintenance of the equipment furnished shall be provided. The instructions shall be short, easy to understand directions specifically written for this project describing the various possible methods of operating the equipment. B. The instructions shall include procedures for tests required, adjustments to be made, and safety precautions to be taken with the equipment. These documents are to be submitted to the Engineer for approval. C. All on-site training and instruction shall be given by the project technical representative assigned to the project by the supplier or other personnel as approved by the Engineer. The 16920-4 040097017 supplier shall provide training per Section 01650 for personnel selected by the Owner in the operation and general maintenance of the modified PLC's and all new ControlLogix PLC systems D. A minimum of four (4) copies of operations and maintenance manuals shall be provided. ' O&M manuals shall satisfy the requirements of Section 01300. E. Any conflict between the drawings and documents and this specification shall be referred to ' the Engineer for clarification before proceeding with the fabrication of the panels or the affected parts or proceeding with the logic. For purposes of pricing, the Contractor shall assume the more expensive option. The contract drawings indicate the general arrangement of the equipment, panels and systems. If any departures from the contract drawings are deemed necessary by the t Contractor, details of such departures and the reasons therefore shall be submitted as soon as practicable to the Engineer for approval. No such departure shall be made without prior approval of the Engineer. The Contractor shall furnish, on clean copies of the contract drawings, marked Record Drawings showing all deviations made during construction. 1.05 SUPPORT: The manufacturer or its authorized representative shall provide complete technical ' support for all of the products. This shall include headquarters or local training, regional assistance and a'1-800' phone line that remains active through the start-up, testing and Contractor's warranty period. ' 1.06 SUBMITTALS: A. Materials and Shop Drawings: 1. Furnish, as prescribed under the General Requirements, Shop Drawings covering the items included under this section of the work. ' 2. Shop Drawings shall be submitted as a complete package for interface checking. All equipment shall be submitted at one time as a package and shall be submitted ' at an early date to expedite construction. All panel drawings, circuit drawings, schematics, and manufacture's cut sheets with a system interconnecting diagram shall be submitted at one time, as a package for complete interface checking. ' 3. The information shall include dimensional drawings, anchoring details, installation instructions, test results and wiring diagrams. These shall be submitted in the form of shop drawings and manufacturer's cut sheets for panels, PLC equipment, power ' supplies, UPS's, terminal blocks, signal conditioners and all panel components. The information shall include catalog descriptions, schematics and manufacturer names. ' 4. A system diagram shall show all connections required between component parts of the system and between the various systems specified. Electrical and ' Instrumentation terminal blocks shall be numbered with machine printed markers as per the drawings. Each line shall be identified at each termination point with the same number, and this number shall not be used again for any other purpose in ' the complete control scheme. 5. Shop drawings submitted for approval that do not contain sufficient information for complete interface checking shall be returned by the Engineer as not approved. 16920-5 040097017 6. The Manufacturer shall include in his shop drawings a general outline of the type(s) of tests he intends to perform to demonstrate conformance of the system to the specifications and project requirements. 7. The Contractor shall submit the number of copies indicated in the General Requirements and shall obtain approval from the Engineer prior to fabricating or ordering the instruments, panels, and accessories covered. 8. Submittals that are contrary to the drawings or specifications, which are approved, do not relieve the Contractor of his responsibility for providing the specified equipment unless the Contractor specifically highlights the differences, in detail, and requests approval of the difference, in detail and in writing. A list of manufacturer's recommended spare parts shall be supplied with the system, including the manufacturer's current price for each item. 1.07 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING: A. Manufactured material shall be adequately packed to prevent damage during shipping, handling, storage and erection. All material shipped to the project site shall be packed in a container properly marked for identification. Blocks and padding shall be used to prevent movement. B. Shipping containers for materials that must be handled with the aid of mechanical tools shall be shipped in wood -framed crates. C. All materials shipped to the project site shall have at least one layer of plastic wrapping or other approved means to make it weatherproof. D. The Contractor shall inspect the material prior to removing it from the carrier. If any damage is observed, he shall immediately notify the carrier so that a claim can be made. If no such notice is given, the material shall be assumed to be in undamaged condition; and any subsequent damage that occurs to the equipment shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. Repair and replacement of damaged parts shall be done at no expense to the Owner. E. The Contractor shall be responsible for any demurrage charges resulting from the handling of the materials. 1.08 WARRANTY AND GUARANTEES: A. The Contractor shall furnish to the Owner a written one year guarantee that all equipment and parts thereof, material and/or workmanship shall be first class and free from defects and that the guarantor shall, upon notice and without undue delay, without expense to the Owner, make good or repair, the whole or in part of the work which shall, within the indicated time after the date of acceptance of the completed work, fail or develop unfitness for the purpose for which it is intended, as a result of any defect in design, material or workmanship. A sample copy of the warranty shall be supplied with shop drawings. The one year warranty period shall commence on the date of Substantial Completion. 16920-6 040097017 C n 7 J B. The Contractor shall warrant its products against all defects in material and workmanship ' for a period of one year from Substantial Completion date. The CPU's, digital and analog 1/0 modules, communications modules, data highway/ethernet modules and remote 1/0 transmit and receive modules utilized in the PLC's shall carry a three (3) years return to factory warranty. PART 2 -PRODUCTS ' 2.01 GENERAL: ' A. All equipment shall be supplied with a permanently attached identification tag. This tag shall be included on all field and panel mounted devices. The tags shall include the device name, serial number, Engineer's tag identification and instruction book number. In addition, those items shipped separately shall have plain markings on the shipping carton exterior showing the serial ' number and/or Engineer's tag identification. The tags shall be either stamped metal or engraved vinyl. B. The PLC equipment shall be powered by 120 VAC, 60 Hz and 24 VDC power from breakers in each PLC 1/0 panel which will receive their power from external UPS systems located at each PLC 1/0 panel that shall be supplied as a part of each PLC system package. Each UPS system shall be supplied with the capacity detailed on the drawings as a minimum for each PLC 1/0 panel to maintain the PLC system, DC Power supplies, optical communication modules (OCM's), media converters and all the instrumentation powered by the breakers in each PLC 1/0 panel for a minimum of 30 minutes. Each UPS system is a continuous duty, on-line, solid state true UPS consisting of a control panel, rectifier/charger, inverter, input/output module, sealed maintenance - free batteries and full rated bypass. Each PLC system shall include additional extended time battery packs to provide the nameplate rated and specified output capacity of the specified UPS systems for a minimum of 30 minutes of battery back-up time power. 2.02 PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER: A. The Contractor shall be responsible for a complete and functional PLC hardware system. The PLC system in all panels shall be the Allen-Bradley ControlLogix series with Ethernet networking communication ports or interfacing modules, without exception. All control panels shall be capable of being networked together back to a main PLC and Operator Interface Terminals (OIT) on an Ethernet data highway. The Ethernet communications port and interfacing module is necessary to complete the data highway and provide remote monitoring and alarm functions through a metallic or fiber optic Ethernet network. B. The minimum size CPU in any PLC panel shall be an Allen-Bradley ControlLogix series Cat. No. 1756-1-72, 10 Mbytes of user memory, 0.98 Mbytes 1/0 memory, 2 GB nonvolatile memory storage with support for relay ladder logic, floating point math, at least 64k discrete 1/0, 4k analog 1/0, 128k total 1/0 maximum and 100 Ethernet IP nodes with one (1) USB communications port for local programming only. The Ethernet network interface shall: Provide local access to all the functions of the PLC system. 2. Support configuration of 1/0 modules through a Windows XP Professional programming and documentation package. 16920-7 040097017 C. The PLC shall have the ability to accommodate additional 1/0 modules. The addition or removal of 1/0 modules shall not require the use of special tools nor programming effort beyond configuration entries in the PLC CPU. D. The PLC shall be programmable and configurable from a Windows 10 Professional based laptop computer. The PLC configuration shall be stored in non-volatile memory so that the configuration is retained in the PLC upon complete loss of power and reloaded automatically upon return of power. Storage of the configuration into the non-volatile memory shall not require use of special tools nor the removal or insertion of memory chips. E. Central Processing Units (CPU) 1. The math coprocessor CPU shall be as specified on the contract drawings. The memory, functionality, digital and analog 1/0 capacity, scan time, rack capacity, chassis capacity and port functions and quantities of the specified CPU shall be minimum requirements. F. 1/0 Modules 1. The 1/0 modules shall be as specified on the contract drawings and shall be equal in all aspects of capacity, resolution, functionality, voltage, current and speed. G. Power Supplies 1. AC input power supplies shall supply the required voltages for operation of all PLC 1/0 panels. Each PLC rack power supply shall be surge and transient protected, and shall accept input voltages of 90 to 130 VAC. The power supplies shall be fused. 2. All PLC systems power supplies shall be modular, allowing the power supply to be removed for replacement without affecting 1/0 modules or wiring. H. All cables furnished by the manufacturer shall be constructed so as to withstand, without damage, all normal use and handling. In order to minimize spare parts stocking requirements, the specified PLC family shall have a high degree of interchangeability of components such as power supplies, wiring arms on the modules, etc. 1. The system shall incorporate a modular design using plug-in assemblies and modules. 2. Wherever possible, all assemblies and sub -assemblies performing similar functions shall be interchangeable. 3. The system design shall accommodate the replacement of assemblies without having to disconnect field wiring. Universal removable terminal strips shall be available to connect field wiring to the individual circuit board assemblies. 4. Universal module faceplates with color -coded, slip -in labels shall be available. The outside label features both color -coding for module specification and labeling space for 16920-8 040097017 CI i �1 F 1/0 point identification. The inside label shall feature a detailed wiring diagram complete ' with the module catalog number and description. 5. All major assemblies and sub -assemblies, circuit boards, and devices shall be ' identified using permanent labels or markings, each of which indicates the manufacturer's catalog number and a product manufacturing date code. K. PROGRAMMING ENVIRONMENT 1. The CPU shall be capable of being programmed by an external IBM compatible host ' device via either a USB port on the CPU, or an Ethernet port on an 1/0 bus interface. USB and Ethernet programming shall be possible without the use of a workstation interface board. ' 2. The standard programmer interface shall be via a local or remote USB or Ethernet interface. ' 3. The programming device shall have access to the application program, the system configuration, all registers, 1/0, system fault status, 1/0 override, and system diagnostic relays. L. CPU MEMORY ' 1. All application memory shall be available for the user program. Executive level \operations performed by the CPU shall not consume application memory except for redundancy applications. 2. The CPU shall perform a periodic memory checksum calculation on the logic program at the end of every sweep. If the calculated checksum does not equal the reference checksum, a fault shall be recorded, and the CPU mode shall change to STOP/FAULT and indicate the fault with a system diagnostic bit and an LED. 2.03 OPERATOR INTERFACE TERMINALS (OIT's): ' A. All Power and Control Panels (PCP's), Control Panels (CP's) and PLC 1/0 panels with integral OIT's shall have NEMA 4X color OIT's with touch screens mounted in the door of the panel. ' B. The integral NEMA 4X color OIT's with touch screens shall be Rockwell Automation PanelView 1500 Plus 6 color screen, panel mount terminals with a 14.58" wide by 11.11" high minimum display and touch screen area, 640 x 480 minimum resolution, Ethernet/IP communications ports, input ' power supply for 120VAC, 60Hz or 24VDC depending on the power supply available in each panel and all development and programming software for developing the screens and interfacing over an Ethernet Interface with the A -B Rockwell Automation Control Logix 1756-83E CPU PLC detailed in Section 2.02 above. The PanelView 1500 Plus 61000 color terminal with Ethernet/IP communications and touch screen is A -B Rockwell Automation Cat. No. 2711 P-B15C4D9 for the 24V DC power supply. The Factory Talk View Me run time software is Cat. No. 9701-VWSTMENE ' shall be registered to the Village of Wellington. C. See Section 1.02 for all the screen development software development and review meeting ' requirements. All software shall be registered to the Village of Wellington and shall be open architecture for modifications by the Village of Wellington's system integrators and shall not be password protected by the Contractor. 16920-9 040097017 D. The Contractor must provide their own development software for the Allen-Bradley ControlLogix PLCs and all the networking and report generating software. The Contractor shall develop all software on their computers and prepare it for downloading only on the existing WTP plant -wide SCADA system. The Village of Wellington (VOW) SCADA system equipment shall not be used by the Contractor for development of the revised software systems. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer and VOW with electronic file copies and hard copies of the final software systems for all the PLC's and PLC's to OIT's networking communications. There shall not be any password protection of the final software other than what is requested by the Engineer and VOW. 2.04 POWER SUPPLIES: A. All panels shall be powered from an external 120/208 VAC, 60 HZ, three (3) phase UPS powered systems as detailed in 2.01 B above. The Contractor shall include in the PLC enclosures, any and all power supplies required to provide power to equipment items requiring otherAC voltage levels or DC voltage sources. DC power supplies shall be capable of driving all analog input and output loops. 2.05 TERMINAL BLOCKS: A. All control interconnection and field interface terminal blocks shall be approximately 6.2 mm wide tubular screw, 600 VAC, DIN rail mount sectional terminals that do not require lugs on the wires. Spring clamp type terminal blocks are not acceptable. B. The ground terminals shall be color coded green and yellow and shall have metal grounding clamps tied directly to the lugs that shall ground the terminal and lugs to the DIN rail when they are attached to the rail. C. The minimum size standard terminals shall be equal to Phoenix Type UK5N, part number 3004362 with type E/UK part number 12014422 end stops and type D-UK4/10 part number 3003020 end sections. D. The minimum size ground terminal shall be equal to Phoenix type USLKG5 part number 0441504. E. The DIN rail shall be elevated with the supports shown on the drawings to bring the terminals up for easier termination from inside the PVC wire ducts. F. Every terminal block shall be marked with a computer printed symbol or wire termination designation to match the Engineer's or vendor generated drawings. The markers shall be equal to Phoenix type ZBM6-CMS white snap -in markers. 2.06 SIGNAL ISOLATORS, CONVERTERS AND CONDITIONERS: A. Unless otherwise specified, instrument level signals between field and panels shall be 4 to 20 mADC unless specifically approved otherwise. The Contractor shall provide signal isolators and converters as necessary to obtain the required system performance. The devices shall be mounted 16920-10 040097017 Ll P_j i �1 within panels and in a manner that allows field terminations to be made without special accommodations for these devices. B. All instrumentation signal level cables shall be terminated on field interface surge terminals ' and shall have a ground terminal adjacent to each surge protection block for the signal cable shield termination and grounding point. The surge protection terminal block assembly shall be a Phoenix Contact plug-in terminal block assembly for two (2) 24 VDC, 4 to 20 mADC signal cables. The assembly shall be a Phoenix Contact MCR-PLUGTRAB PT series made up of a Cat. No. 2839208, type PT2x2-BE base and a Cat. No. 2838228, type 2x2-24DC-ST plug. ' C. All communication circuitry shall include protection against lightning, spikes and other transient surges. 2.07 EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION: ' A. All major equipment items or systems, specified are identified by system and tag numbers. This same number appears in the tag number designation on the Drawings and on the schedules of these Specifications. All equipment shall be identified by nameplates or tags. Nameplates for panels and panel mounted equipment shall be as specified in Section 16900 and 16950 and as detailed on the drawings. Field equipment shall be tagged with assigned instrumentation tag number. B. Tags shall be stainless steel with stamped characters of 3/16 inch minimum height. Tags ' shall be attached to equipment with stainless steel screws. In some cases where this would be impractical, 20 gage stainless steel wire with swedging may be used. Where the equipment is housed in a case with all flat surfaces where neither of the above is practical the tag shall be attached by stainless steel screws. However, such permanent attachment shall not be on an ' ordinarily replaceable part. In all cases the tag shall be plainly visible to a standing observer. C. In addition to tags, each field -mounted monitoring and control station shall have a ' nameplate indicating its function and the variable controlled. The nameplate shall be attached by one of the above methods. ' 2.08 PAINTING: A. Provide factory paint for all instruments and equipment except where special provisions are ' described in the specifications and drawings. B. NEMA 12 painted steel enclosures shall be chemically cleaned inside and out and then treated with a system of rinsing, phosphatizing, sealing, drying and cooling before applying a ' durable, baked on, epoxy powder enamel finish coat of light gray color that is textured, equal to the Hoffman RAL 7035 system. 2.09 CONTROL PANELS: A. All wires in the PLC panels shall be permanently marked on both ends with white heat shrink labels printed in black by a machine with letter quality numbers and letters. Hand printed or non -connected dot matrix printing shall not be acceptable. Instrument signal cables may be marked as pairs with black for positive polarity standard. 1 16920-11 040097017 C. All wire shall be stranded copper type TFF or MTW for flexibility and forming to the terminals. The PLC 1/0 wiring shall be No. 18 AWG minimum. All 120 VAC supply circuit wiring shall be No. 14 AWG minimum. All DC mA, mV, and 1-5V signal interconnection wiring within the panel shall be Belden No. 8760, 2 cond. No. 18 shielded. Green insulation shall be used only for grog nd'nri wirtzQ 2.10 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS: All components of the PLC system, except CRT terminals and programming workstations, shall meet the following: A. STORAGE CONDITIONS: TEMPERATURE B. OPERATING CONDITIONS: TEMPERATURE HUMIDITY POWER INTERRUPTION 2.11 GROUNDING: -40 TO 85 degrees C 0 to 60 degrees C 5 to 95% relative humidity, non -condensing Operate through a total loss of power for 1 ms. A. The grounding system of the PLC system shall be tied into the main ground system shown on the drawings. B. Grounding installation shall be in accordance with requirements of the national electric code and such local codes which have precedence. C. Grounding wire, when run underground shall be buried 30" minimum below grade. D. All surfaces to be grounded shall be thoroughly cleaned to bare metal before attaching ground connection. E. Ground resistance shall not exceed 5.0 OHMS. The resistance to ground shall be measured by a low resistance type of "Megger". Measurements shall be made by fall -of -potential or 3 -point method as described in James G. Biddle Publication No. 25-0-3. The 5 OHMS shall be measured with the ground point isolated and no other ground wires or points tied into the ground rods under test. There shall be no treatment of the soil around the ground rods to improve the resistance. F. If the measured resistance to ground does not meet the required value, extensions shall be coupled to the rod or additional rods spaced 10 feet apart shall be driven and connected by No. 2/0 AWG stranded bare copper cable. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION, START-UP: A. The Contractor shall provide installation and start-up assistance as outlined herein in Section 16900 and 16950. 16920-12 040097017 Ll 11 C 1 B. All shields shall be grounded at each PLC 1/0 panel to the earth ground provided hereunder. All cabling and power shall be in PVC wire duct with snap on covers. All wiring shall be labeled and tagged as to use and as shown on the contract drawings, at both ends. Spare wiring ' shall be tagged and eyfra Wire neatly coiled and tied at each end. 3.02 TESTING: ' A. The Contractor shall submit test procedures to the Engineer to verify preliminary functional tests have been made. Contractor shall request the Engineer's presence to witness final functional ' tests. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer with at least three (3) days advance notice of the final test date. ' B. Repetitive visits required for the Engineer for testing the same loop due to improper test preparation by the Contractor shall be charged to the Contractor. 3.03 TRAINING: The Contractor shall incorporate PLC training into the training outlined in ' Section 01650 and 16950. L ' 3.04 SPARE PARTS: A. The Contractor shall supply a detailed list of recommended spare parts from the ' manufacturer including catalog numbers and current pricing. Lists developed by the supplier or the Contractor are not acceptable. One (1) set of spare parts as detailed on the list, with the following list of spare parts to be a minimum requirement, shall be provided by the Contractor on or before completion of system start-up and check-out. ' MINIMUM SPARE PARTS LIST ' PART DESCRIPTION QUANTITY 1. Power Supply 1 of each type f2. CPU and Memory Module 1 of each type 3. Communications Modules To And From Remote 1/0 Racks 1 of each type 4. Ethernet Module 1 of each type 5. Analog Input Module 1 of each type ' 6. Analog Output Module 1 of each type 7. Digital Input Module 1 of each type ' 8. Digital Output Module 1 of each type 1 16920-13 040097017 9. Optical Communication Module (OCM) 1 of each type 10. Industrial 10/100 Ethernet Switch and 1 of each type Media converters 3.05 OPERATING PROTOCOL DEVELOPMENT: Adjustments to the existing Operating Protocol should also be anticipated during the start-up, operations and shut -down testing to react to the specific operating characteristics of this facility. Multiple meetings for the further development and refinement of the Operating Protocol shall be anticipated in addition to the logic, OIT screen and report development and review meetings detailed in 1.02 E 7 above. The Owner and Engineer shall provide the Contractor with direction as to any required additional detail or modifications to the Operating Protocol which are required, at the conclusion of the meetings. 3.06 OPERATOR INTERFACE SCREEN DEVELOPMENT: The Contractor shall provide, as a minimum, new screens to reflect new, modified and/or deleted processes in the system including, but not limited to, sulfuric acid feed pump system additions in the RO WTP, modifications to the high service pump systems and control schemes, modifications to the Filter WTP Transfer Pumps, modifications to the Filter WTP flow meters and all the motor operated butterfly and ball valves, modifications the Filter WTP PLC FCP system, the addition of the Filter System control panel FCPA with all of the magnetic flow meter transmitters, level probe relays and H -O -A and manual controls for all of the motor operated valves in the filter system as well as other existing systems and processes. This shall include the suitable transfer of information from existing screens to new screens and deletion of existing screens where new processes or feed systems are replacing existing systems. New screens shall follow the general set-up arrangement and philosophy as the existing screens and satisfy the criteria set forth herein. Where these criteria conflict, the Engineer shall decide the control. Additional screens, including "pop -ups" and sub -screens shall be provided, as necessary, to obtain the required operating functionality in an uncluttered fashion to the satisfaction of the Engineer. A fully controllable and functional system shall be provided to the satisfaction of the Engineer. The proposed screens included herein may require modification as necessary to reflect modifications to the operating protocol and to react to operating peculiarities of this particular system. Contractor shall anticipate the need for modifications during and after the initial start-up. The development of the screens shall consider simplicity of access and include adequate graphics to assist in orientation. The screens shall adhere to a common color coding system to indicate equipment status: Green Off/Closed Red On/Operating Yellow Transition This information shall be displayed on the screen for every item. The control position of every device monitored in the new and modified PLC data bases shall also be indicated ("local/remote, auto/manual"). Flows, levels, valve positions, and other physical information available in the system shall be displayed on the screen. All flows and power indications shall be instantaneous and totalized. Speeds shall be indicated for all variable speed equipment. The Contractor shall also provide a 'set points' screen(s). This screen shall be in tabular form and shall display all alarm and control set points, including time delays and allow change of status. This screen shall be multiple password secured. Each operator will have a different password and any change made to set points shall be annotated by the authorizing operator. In addition, a verification entry warning shall be displayed before any set point can be modified. The software system shall provide graphic pages using schematic information simultaneously with alphanumeric data. The system shall be capable of displaying both fixed format and live data fields (with automatic update). 16920-14 040097017 1 17 1 11 Any active point maintained in the data base (analog values, contact status, etc.) shall be potential live data. Graphic displays shall illustrate a hydraulic flow diagram for each location using boxes to represent structures with process flow direction lines connecting the boxes. Color active symbols shall be used for pumps, motors, valves and primary elements. Discrete graphic symbols for pumps, valves and motors shall have the following color code information: Off G reen Activated Red Alarm Flashing Red with alarm tag. Adjacent to each discrete graphic symbol, the point number and data status (on-off or open -close) shall be included. Adjacent to each analog graphic symbol, the point number, current value and engineering unit shall be displayed. Tanks, sumps and wells shall have bar graphs illustrating analog levels. The operator shall be able to alter both discrete and analog setpoints at the related graphic display and/or on the setpoint screen. Setpoints for controls, timers, counters, analog switches and control algorithms shall be stored at the related PLC. The OIT's shall have the task of transmitting setpoint information when updated by the operator to the PLC. Each control display point shall include point number, description and setpoint. All process lines, structures and equipment shall be identified with the proper nomenclature, the mechanical piping plans provided in these documents shall be used as a resource to help generate graphic displays. The system shall allow for on-line modification and addition of future displays with relative ease using the operator's console without disturbing the normal system operation. The Operator shall be able to print graphic displays either by request or at a pre -selected time period on the existing report generating printer. ' 3.07 REPORT DEVELOPMENT: The Contractor shall provide the following reports at a minimum: 1. Modification of existing reports and the addition of a new report to reflect the sulfuric acid feed pumps system upgrades. The Report shall include summaries of chemical dose rates and usage (day, month and year). 2. Updating existing maintenance report, annual report and plant operating report to reflect all upgrades/expansions that are implemented in this project. 3. Two (2) Owner Defined Reports. 1 16920-15 040097017 Unless otherwise indicated, the form and format for all information shall be submitted by the Contractor and discussed/modified at one of the development meetings. ' The Contractor shall take note that all reports shall utilize any data electronically available within the system on and for all reports. Manual operator input shall be minimized to the , maximum extent possible. To achieve the desired result will require totalization of all data at the end of a particular cycle (or more often) such as shift, day, month or year. The registers from all such data shall be reset, but the continuing totalization shall also be retained. , The Contractor shall provide sample report layouts for review and approval. The software development personnel shall meet with the Engineer and Owner at least two (2) times priorto preparation of samples to discuss format and incorporate the results of their meetings in the final product. Data categories shall be indicated for all items entered on to the report. The categories shall include MED (manually entered data), REP (report generated data which will include calculations prepared within the report from data entered either manually or , electronically) and SYS (system data which derives from data electronically available within the system). In general, all data that is available within the system electronically shall be automatically entered on to the report. , 16920-16 040097017 1 1 1 5 t SECTION 16950 CUSTOM POWER AND CONTROL PANELS PART 1 —GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. This section describes the materials, testing and installation of custom power and control panels. These panels shall include all the PLC 1/0 panels, power and control panels and instrumentation panels. The tag numbers in this specification shall include but not be limited to the all-new PLC -100 panel, modified PLC-FCP panel, modified MCP PLC 1/0 panel, modified Chemical Feed Pumps Power and Control Panel CFPCP and the all new Filter System Power and Control Panel FCPA. B. Related specification sections: 1. Section 16900 Instrumentation and Control 2. Section 16920 Programmable Logic Controller 3. Section 16040 600 VAC Class Motor Control Center 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings in accordance with the Construction Contract, Section 01300 and the following: B. Submit a complete list of equipment, materials, and any details required tc demonstrate that the panel(s) and equipment shall function properly as a unit. These lists, details and drawings shall include: 1. System configuration with single line diagrams. 2. Detailed descriptions of the panels, material and equipment including weights, dimensions, installation requirements, and heat dissipations. 3. Internal panel layouts indicating spacing and dimensions. 4. Panel front layouts. 5. Catalog cuts of all devices used. 6. Control schematics, ladder diagrams, and inter -connection drawings. 7. PLC Digital and Analog 1/0 Schematics 8. Nameplates. 1.03 MANUFACTURER'S SERVICES: In addition to all of the requirements specified in section ' 01650 for start-up and training, the Contractor shall provide equipment manufacturer's services at the job site for the minimum man -days listed below for each power and control panel for process equipment and each PLC 1/0 panel travel time excluded. The times listed are for each panel if one (1) manufacturer has more than one panel in a system. These times are in addition to the days and times called for in specification 16920 for PLC Logic and OIT/HMI screen development meetings. A. Two (2) man -days per panel to check the installation, calibrate the equipment when applicable, supervise start-up, and supervise testing of each new and modified panel in the ' system. 16950-1 144957001 B. Two (2) additional man -days per panel shall be provided for each PLC 1/0 panel to confirm the digital and analog 1/0 from the field terminal blocks to the PLC 1/0 data base and to the annotated data display and entry points on all of the screens on the panel mounted OIT's. The two (2) additional man -days for each PLC 1/0 panel shall also be used to confirm the correct operation of the output interposing relays from the PLC digital output modules and from the relay contacts to the filed terminal blocks. C. One (1) man -day per panel to instruct the Owner's personnel in the operation and maintenance of the equipment in each new and modified panel. PART 2 - MATERIALS 2.01 DIAGRAMS: A. Schematic diagrams shall show the equipment serial number, the purchaser's drawing number, purchase order number, or similar identification which shall indicate the particular equipment system including internal wiring of subassemblies. Diagrams of subassemblies may be furnished on separate sheets. B. Identify each device by a unique number or number -letter combination. Numbers for devices shown on the drawings shall be maintained on the system panel drawings. C. Conductor Identification: Identify each conductor by a unique number, letter, or number -letter combination as detailed on the Contract drawings. All conductors connected to the same terminal or tie point shall have the same identification number. For PLC 1/0 panels, the panel side conductors shall be marked with the PLC 1/0 address and the field side shall be marked with the device number. See the Instrumentation PLC 1/0 drawings for typical conductor marking systems for PLC digital and analog 1/0 and all power and control panels. Where color coded multi -conductor cable is used for wiring identical components, such as limit switches, the color code used shall be consistent and charted on related diagrams, in addition to the wire marker with the conductors' unique number, letter or number -letter combination. D. Provide a schematic diagram for each electrical system. The schematic diagram shall be drawn between vertical lines, which represent the source of control power. Show control devices between these lines. Show actuating coils of control devices on the right-hand side. Show contacts between the coils and the left vertical line. Where the internal wiring diagrams of subassemblies are furnished on separate sheets, they shall be shown as a rectangle in the schematic diagram with all external points identified and cross-referenced to the separate sheets of the control circuit. Show coils and contacts internal to the subassemblies in the rectangle connected to their terminal points a) Exception No. 1: Where relay and electronic circuits are mixed, diagrams may be drawn between horizontal lines, which represent the source of control power. b) Exception No. 2: Overload relay contacts, motor temperature switches and starter temperature switches may be connected to the right of the coil 16950-2 144957001 fl 1 1 1 1 C E. The panel front and internal layouts shall show the general physical arrangements of all components on the control panel. Devices shall be identified with the same marking as used on the schematic diagram. Spare panel space shall be dimensioned. The drawings shall include a layout of the operator's console or push-button station, but terminal numbers need not be shown. 2.02 CONTROL ENCLOSURES A. Design and test control enclosures and all components in conformance with UL 508. The enclosure and all components shall be UL508A listed and labeled as a completed assembly. All inspections, approvals and modifications required to have the completed panel 16950-3 144957001 (common) if the conductors between such contacts and the coils of the magnetic devices do not extend beyond the control enclosure. 2. For clarity, show control device symbols in the order in which the controls are on the diagram. positioned 3. Use a rung or line numbers cross-referencing system in conjunction with each relay coil so that associated contacts may be readily located on the diagram(s): Rungs or lines shall be numbered on the left rail and numbers for contact locations shall be to the right of the coils. Underlined numbers shall be normally closed contacts. Numbers under the contacts shall be the coil locations. 4. Show spare contacts. 5. Show limit, pressure, float, flow, temperature sensitive, and similar switch symbols on the schematic diagram with all utilities turned off (electric power, air, ' gas, oil, water, lubrication, etc.) and with the equipment at its normal starting position. 6. Show contacts of multiple contact devices, e.g., selector switches, on the line of the schematic diagram where they are connected in a circuit. Indicate a mechanical connection between the multiple contacts by a dotted line or arrow. This does not apply to control relays, starters, or connectors. ' 7. Additional charts or diagrams may be used to indicate the position of multiple contact devices such as drum, cam, and selector switches. t8. Show the purpose or function of all switches adjacent to the symbols. 9. Show the purpose or function of controls such as relays, starters, contactors, solenoids, subassemblies, and timers on the diagram adjacent to their respective symbols. Show the number of positions of the solenoid valve solenoid symbol. ' 10. Show values of capacitors and resistors on the diagram. 11. Descriptive terms for command and status functions shall be in the present or past tense. For example, Raise Transfer <-4 Transfer Raised; Advance Transfer ' H Transfer Advanced. Do not use terms such as "Transfer Up". E. The panel front and internal layouts shall show the general physical arrangements of all components on the control panel. Devices shall be identified with the same marking as used on the schematic diagram. Spare panel space shall be dimensioned. The drawings shall include a layout of the operator's console or push-button station, but terminal numbers need not be shown. 2.02 CONTROL ENCLOSURES A. Design and test control enclosures and all components in conformance with UL 508. The enclosure and all components shall be UL508A listed and labeled as a completed assembly. All inspections, approvals and modifications required to have the completed panel 16950-3 144957001 labeled and listed by UL shall be furnished by, and the responsibility of the contractor Enclosure types shall be as follows unless noted otherwise in the drawings: Indoors non -Corrosive use: NEMA Type 12, Finish Painted Steel Outdoors use: NEMA Type 4X or 12/3R, 316S.S. with sunshields Indoors in a corrosive area: NEMA Type 4X or 12/3R, 316S.S. B. The depth of the control enclosure maximum depth of the control devices plus the the depth of the enclosure be less than 8 inches. shall be as a minimum consistent with the required electrical clearance. In no case shall C. Provide 12 gauge minimum steel sub -panels for mounting of all interior components utilizing tapped holes. There shall not be anything mounted with screws or bolts that require the sub -panel to be removed for replacing or mounting components. Sub -panels shall be finish painted with white enamel. D. Where heating from control devices results in a temperature rise which is detrimental to the contained equipment or its operation, provide louvers or forced air ventilation for the indoor panels. Any ventilating opening shall be designed to prevent the entrance of any deleterious substance. When forced air ventilation is required, the cabinets shall be pressurized. Air filters shall be commercially available types and sizes. Outdoor NEMA 4X enclosures shall have 316 stainless steel sun shields on the top, sides, front and back that are mounted on stand-offs to provide a 1.5" - 2" air gap around the enclosure for air circulation and cooling. See the sun shield detail on the drawings. For wind protection the sun shield stand-off mounting sizes and details on the drawings are critical as a minimum. The sun shield for the back of the panel shall be a %4" thick plate of aluminum or 316 SS mounted on the support frame and the panel will be mounted to the plate with 1.375" deep, 316SS Unistrut channel to provide the air gap. The plate on the support frame shall be a minimum of 4" wider and 4" higher than the enclosure to provide a 2" border around the enclosure. E. Provide a permanent metal data pocket attached to the inside of the enclosure. If space permits, the pocket shall be at least 10-1/2 inches wide and of depth and thickness to accommodate all electrical diagrams. F. Enclosure construction shall be minimum 14 -gauge steel. Provide 316 stainless steel continuous hinges for enclosure doors with external 316 stainless steel screw clamps. Provide a hasp for padlocking. G. The exterior of all indoor enclosures shall be painted with a rust -inhibiting primer and two coats of epoxy gray paint, as a finish coat over the enclosure manufacturer's standard finish. The texture shall be eggshell or orange peel equal to Hoffman's light gray textured No. RAL 7035 finish. H. The interiors shall be provided with formed 12 -gauge subpanels for attaching surface mounted components. All components shall be attached with machine screws and the subpanel shall be threaded. Rivets or back of panel nuts shall not be allowed. The interiors shall be painted with two coats of white paint. Refer to instrument drawings for installation details. All outdoor, NEMA 4X 316SS panels shall be unpainted. 1-1 n. 11 J 1J i 77 - n 16950-4 144957001 1 fi 1 J. All power supplies and components in the panels shall be UL 508A Listed Industrial Control Equipment. 2.03 CONTROL WIRING A. 120 -Volt control wiring shall be Type MTW, (UL)/TEW. Conductors shall not be smaller than No.14 AWG. Ampacity shall be in accordance with the NEC. Nylon jacketed wire such asTHHN/THWN is not acceptable. Wires shall be color -coded in accordance with the following table: Black L1 (hot) White L2 (neutral) ' Red AC control circuits ' Blue DC circuits Yellow Interlock control circuits wired from an external power source Green Equipment ground B. 24 volt DC wiring within the panel for digital PLC 1/0 and interposing relays shall be No. 16 AWG type MTW (UL)/TEW. Nylon jacketed wire such as THHN/THWN is not acceptable. C. Instrumentation signal cables shall be of the type used for process control with shielded pairs or triads with polyvinyl chloride jackets, an overall shield over the twisted pair or triad cables and conductor color code E1. The instrumentation cables shall be rated 600 volts at 90°C dry and 75°C wet. The size of the instrumentation cables shall be No. 18 AWG with seven strands minimum, unless otherwise specified elsewhere. All instrumentation cables shall meet all the requirements of IPCEA A-61-402 and shall be UL listed for a wet location. 2C/No.18 shielded cables shall be equal to Belden Catalog No. 3088A and 3C/No.18 shielded cables shall be equal to Belden Catalog No. 3089A. D. Ethernet shielded cables shall be Cat 6 Ethernet I/P compliant Industrial 4 -pair twisted pair Ethernet cables. Cat 6 cables shall be equal to 23 AWG solid, Polyolefin insulation, overall shield and PVC jacket Belden No. 7953A. 2.04 MARKING A. Identify wire terminations with a number to correspond with the schematic diagrams. Each signal and circuit conductor connected to a given electrical point shall be designated by a single unique number which shall be shown on all shop drawings. Numbers shown on the PLC 1/0 drawings and layout drawings shall be maintained in the panels. See the drawings for conductor marking systems for the PLC digital and analog 1/0 wiring. All wire shall be marked on both ends with white heat shrink markers printed in black with a machine. No hand written or expanded dot matrix markers with hand wrapped clear lamination shall be acceptable. The 1 16950-5 144957001 numbers and letters must be letter quality where all lines and shapes appear as solid. The markers shall be equal to the Tyton Hellermann type THS or Panduit Cat. No. H200X044FIT white heat shrink markers. The printer shall be equal to Panduit Model No. TOP43M with easy mark software or Tyton Hellermann No. TT1000 or TT300 printers. B. Plainly and permanently identify control and power devices using the same identification as shown on the schematic diagrams. Show identification for devices inside the enclosure on an identification plate adjacent to, not on, the device. Exception No.1: Where the size or location of the devices make individual identification impractical, such as on electronic assemblies, use group identification. 2. Exception No.2: Where panel layouts do not permit mounting identification plates adjacent to components, such as relays, place the permanent relay identification on the relay where it is plainly visible, and provide a second identification on the top of the panel mounted wiring duct cover directly below the relay. Identify the wiring duct covers to show their proper location. C. Identification plates for devices mounted inside and outside the control enclosure shall be one of the following: Laminated phenolic for engraving stock; a minimum of 0.062 inch thick. Hold plates in place with S.S. drive screws or the equivalent. Use permanent adhesives for attaching nameplate to wiring duct covers. 2. Non -corrosive metal: a minimum of 0.031 inch thick for engraving stock or 0.012 inch thick for embossing stock. Hold plates in place with S.S. drive screws. 2.05 SUPPLY CIRCUIT DISCONNECTING MEANS: The power supply for all power panels with contactors and/or starters for three (3) phase equipment shall be a 480 VAC three (3) phase three(3) wire feeder from a 480/277 WYE system. There shall not be any 277 VAC equipment or systems as the 480/277 VAC WYE neutral connection shall not be run to any panels. Provide a 600 VAC rated supply circuit disconnect for each 480 VAC input power and control panel. The disconnect shall be a 600 VAC, 65 kAIC at 480 VAC thermal -magnetic circuit breaker, unless noted otherwise on the drawings, mounted within the control enclosure operated by a variable depth, flange -mounted or through the door mounted circuit breaker operating mechanism with provisions for looking in the open or closed position. The operating mechanism shall have an external, screw driver operated interlock pin release mechanism to allow opening the panel door with the breaker operator in the "Closed" or "On" position by an authorized electrician. 2.06 CONTROL DEVICES A. Provide 120 -volt control circuit transformer if incoming power supply is not 120 volts. Provide 100 -volt-ampere spare capacity that is in addition to the loads specified. Fuse one side of the secondary winding and ground the other side. Provide primary winding fuses on both lines with 500 or 600 VAC time delay fuses. 16950-6 144957001 L n 1 �I r B. Provide indicator lights, selector switches, push buttons, meters, etc., as shown in the schematic diagrams, single line diagrams, and as required for correct operation. Mount on the front panel of the indoor control enclosures or on a dead front panel inside the outer sun shielded door of the NEMA 4X 316 S.S. outdoor panels. C. Pushbuttons and selector switches shall be 30.5 MM heavy duty NEMA Type 4X corrosion resistant. Provide with quantity of contact blocks required for correct operation. Units shall be UL listed with NEMA A600 rated contacts. D. Push buttons shall be 30.5 MM, heavy duty NEMA 4X corrosion resistant, round, flush head with momentary contacts. E. Selector switches shall be 30.5 MM, heavy duty NEMA 4X corrosion resistant, round with lever operators. HAND -OFF -AUTO AND LOCAL -OFF -REMOTE selector switches shall have an additional isolated contact that closes in each position other than OFF wired to the field terminal blocks to provide an input to a remote PLC. F. Indicating lights shall be 30.5 MM round, transformer type, heavy duty NEMA Type 4X corrosion resistant, complete with color ofIg ass lens indicated on the drawings, or as required, and legend plates. Lamps shall be high-density light emitting diodes. Indicating lights shall be push -to -test type withIg ass lens. G. Elapsed time meters shall be synchronous motor driven, 0- to 99,999.9 -hour range, and non -reset type, suitable for semi -flush NEMA 4 X panel mounting. Provide ENM Company NEMA 4X Type T50132. H. PLC output interposing relays and control relays shall be magnetically held, plug in, tubular terminal with a pilot light across the coil. Relays with manual override, mechanical pushbuttons and blade type plug in terminals are not acceptable. Control relays shall be UL listed with NEMA A300 rated contacts and coil voltage, number of poles, and pole arrangement as indicated in the drawings. Relays shall be equal to Square D Class 8501, Type KP12P14V20 for 120 VAC coils and KPD12P14V53 for 24 VDC coils, DPDT contacts. Sockets shall be Omron No.PF083A, DIN rail mount. Individual interposing relays shall be provided for each PLC output point. Individual control circuits and external control power shall not be wired directly to any PLC output module. I. Time delay relays shall be UL listed with contacts rated 10 -ampere non -inductive load, 120 volts, with coil voltage, number of poles, pole arrangement, and maximum timing adjustment as indicated in the drawings. Relays shall be solid-state type with timing dial adjustment. Provide Allen Bradley Type HR for multi -function plug in timers or SSAC Type TDM, TDB or TDI for on delays, off delays and interval timers. Sockets shall be Omron Type PF DIN rail mount. r2.07 TERMINAL BLOCKS A. Provide terminal blocks for all incoming and outgoing control wires. Wire and mount terminal blocks so that internal and external wiring do not cross over the terminals. No more than two conductors shall be terminated at each terminal connection point. r 16950-7 144957001 B. Field wiring shall terminate on the "field side" of the terminal blocks. Do not connect internal panel wiring to the "field side" of the terminal blocks. Do not connect field wiring to the "panel side" of the terminal blocks. C. Terminal blocks shall be modular, approximately 6.2 mm wide, rail mounted, rated at 20 amperes, 600 volts capable of terminating wire sizes 10 through 24 AWG and constructed of polyamide thermoplastic. Terminal blocks shall be UL listed in accordance with UL 486A and 1059. All current carrying parts shall be made of copper or brass electroplated with tin/lead. Terminal connections shall be a screw clamp pressure plate connection, designed such that the clamping screw is not run directly into contact with the wire. The terminal block system shall be equal to Phoenix Contact UK or UT Series. Spring clamp type terminal blocks and ring tongue terminal blocks are not acceptable. D. Provide symmetrical aluminum assembly rails, end brackets, jumper bars, and other accessories as required for a complete terminal block assembly. All DIN Rail shall be 2-1/4" elevated aluminum top hat style equal to Allen-Bradley, Catalog No.1492-DR6 to bring all sockets and terminals up to an accessible level when mounted adjacent to wiring channels. E. Terminal blocks shall be uniquely numbered on the field and panel side to match the wire numbers from top to bottom with preprinted marking tags. Tags shall be white polyamide and hot printed with black symbols so that the print is permanent. The markers shall be equal to Phoenix Contact Type UC -TM6, Part Number 0818085 computer printer markers, horizontally marked with up to two (2) rows of numbers and letters to match the wire and terminal block numbers shown on the drawings. See the drawings for the complete wire and terminal block tag numbers and 1/0 addresses. F. All 4-20 MADC signals shall terminate on a surge protection terminal block in the PLC 1/0 panel(s). The surge protection terminal blocks shall be a Phoenix Contact plug-in terminal block assembly for two (2) 24 VDC, 4-20 MADC signal cables. The assembly shall be a PLUGTRAB PT series made up of a Cat. No. 2839208 type PT2X2-BE base and a Cat. No. 2838228 type PT2X2-24VDC-ST plug. 2.08 WIRING METHODS A. Panel wiring shall be neatly contained in panel wiring channels or ducts, including incoming and outgoing field control wiring. Panel wiring channels or ducts shall be white, restricted slot design, with matching snap on covers. Provide panel wiring channels with mounting holes and nylon "push" rivets for mounting. Panel wiring channel material shall be PVC. B. Provide a minimum of 2 inches of clearance between panel wire channel and wire terminations to allow for clear viewing of wire identification marking. C. Wiring run to control devices on the front door shall be tied together at short intervals and secured to the inside front door with adhesive mounts. Mounts shall be adjustable releasable clamp type for wire bundles 0.69 inch in diameter or smaller, or mounts with releasable nylon cable ties for bundles larger than 0.69 inch in diameter. Mounts shall be attached to front panel with adhesive. 2.09 PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLERS (PLC) 16950-8 144957001 1 1 fl f1 L� 1 1 1 11 J fl Li i A. The PLC system in all panels shall be the Allen-Bradley ControlLogix series with Ethernet networking communication ports or interfacing modules, without exception. All control panels shall be capable of being networked together back to a main PLC and Operator Interface Terminals (OIT) on an Ethernet communication network. The Ethernet communications port is necessary to complete the communication network and provide remote monitoring and alarm functions through a metallic or fiber optic Ethernet network. B. The minimum size CPU in any PLC panel shall be an Allen-Bradley ControlLogix series Cat. No. 1756-1-72 10 Mbytes of user memory, 0.98 Mbytes 1/0 memory, 2 GB nonvolatile memory storage with support for relay ladder logic, floating point math, at least 64k discrete 1/0, 4k analog 1/0, 128k total 1/0 maximum and 100 Ethernet IP nodes with one (1) USB communications port for local programming only. C. All optical communications modules (OCM'S), fiber optic to metallic media converters and industrial Ethernet switches shall be stand-alone modules by N -iron. The OCM'S shall provide fault tolerant, self -healing communications through diagnostic monitoring of the signals at each node on the network and detection and isolation of points of communications failure anywhere on the network. The backplane data transmission frequency shall be 2.6Gbits/sec on 62.5 micron multimode fiber. The OCM's shall have six (6) 10/100 Base TX RJ -45 Ethernet ports and two (2) 100 Base FX fiber optic ports with ST connectors, auto sensing10/100 Base TX, duplex and MDIX, redundant power inputs for 10-30 VDC, a 500-UTA89 metal Din Rail clip and N -View OLE for process control (OPC) server software for network traffic monitoring, trending and alarming. The stand alone OCM'S shall be N-Tron Model No. 508FX2-A-ST with ST connectors. RJ type cable connectors are not acceptable. D. All fiber optic wall -mountable interconnect center (WIC) panels will be for 12 -fibers in and 12 -fibers out with four (4) six (6) fiber connector panels with 24 ceramic inserts for ST connectors, radius guides, strain relief bracket and a guard with a hinged latching door to protect patch cord jumpers. WIC panel is Corning Cat. No. SPH -01P with a Cat. No. WIC -024 - LAN -GUARD patch cord jumper guard, radius guides, a strain relief bracket and one (1) twelve (12) fiber connector panel with 12 ceramic inserts for ST connectors (Cat. No. CCH-CP12-15T). WIC panels shall be provided in each panel connected to the Ethernet network. All panels connected to the Ethernet metallic network shall have Ethernet switches or hubs provide in the panel for tying the node into the network. If additional Ethernet switches are required in addition to the OCM's above, the switches shall be 8 -port industrial 10/100 Ethernet switches, N-Tron Model 508TX-A. 2.10 CURRENT TRANSMITTERS (IT'S): All power and control panels with motor starters for motors 5 HP and above shall have an individual two (2) wire current transducer and transmitter unit for each motor with an AC primary current in the range to have the motor FLA at about 75% and a 4-20 MADC output with a 24 VDC +/-10% power supply. The transducer and transmitter unit shall be equal to C R Magnetics Model CR4320 for the Amperes range required, or Instrument Transformers, Inc. in Clearwater, Florida Model Series PCM242 for the Amperes range required. 2.11 MOTOR STARTERS AND CONTACTORS 1 16950-9 144957001 A. All single phase and three (3) phase motor starters and power contactors shall be NEMA rated for the horsepower or current rating of the equipment they are operating. IEC starter and ratings are not acceptable. The minimum size starter will be a NEMA Size 1. B. Each motor starter shall have an integral or separately mounted, NEMA rated overload relay. There shall be an isolated auxiliary contact on each motor starter and overload relay that closes when the starter is energized and when the overload relay is tripped. The contacts shall be rated at 10 amperes at 120/240 VAC and 24 VDC and shall be wired to the field interface ' terminal blocks to provide a RUN and a TRIPPED input to a remote PLC. C. Each motor starter shall have a 600 VAC, adjustable magnetic trip only, 65 kAIC at 480 VAC, motor circuit protector (MCP) breaker ahead of each starter with the magnetic trip set at twelve (12) times the motor FLA. The MCP's shall be equal to Eaton Type HMCP. PART 3 - EXECUTION G 3.01 FACTORY TESTS: Control panels shall be inspected and tested for correct operation. Each circuit shall be tested for continuity, short circuits, and fault grounds. 3.02 SITE TESTS: Control panels shall be tested with all field wiring connected. Set all adjustable set points and time delays as required for proper operation of equipment. Check operation of control panel and field devices to verify correct operation. Perform all required adjustments as required for correct operation. The above scope of work detailed in sections 3.01 and 3.02 shall be provided by the Contractor in addition to all of the requirements specified in Section 01650 for startup and training. 16950-10 144957001 C! r� L L� u n APPENDIX A PALM BEACH COUNTY HEALTH DEPARTMENT PERMIT t 1 NOTICE OF PERMIT ISSUANCE Enclosed is Permit Number 138296 -040 -WC for the upgrade of an acid feed system for a community water treatment facility, issued pursuant to 403.087(1), Florida Statutes. This permit is final and effective on the date filed with the clerk of the Florida Department of Health Palm Beach County (the Department) unless a petition is filed in accordance with the paragraphs below or unless a request for extension of time in which to file a petition is filed within the required time frame and conforms to Rule 62-110.106(4), F.A.C. Upon timely filing of a petition or a request for an extension, this permit will not be effective until further Order of the Department. A person whose substantial interests are affected by this permit may petition for an administrative proceeding (hearing) in accordance with sections 120.569 and 120.57 of the Florida Statutes. The petition must contain the information set forth below and must be filed (received) with the Agency Clerk, Florida Department of Health Palm Beach County, Division of Environmental Public Health, 800 Clematis Street, West Palm Beach, Florida 33401, within 14 days of receipt of this Notice. Petitioner shall mail a copy of the petition to the applicant at the address indicated above at the time of filing. Failure to file a petition within this time period shall constitute a waiver of any right such person may have to request an administrative determination (hearing) under sections 120.569 and 120.57 of the Florida Statutes. Any subsequent intervention will only be at the approval of the presiding officer upon motion filed pursuant to Rule 28-106.205, F.A.C. Florida Department of Health Palm Beach County, Division of Environmental Public Health P.O. Box 29, 800 Clematis Street, West Palm Beach, FL 33402 PHONE: 561-837-5900 ^ FAX: 561-837-5294 FloridaHealth.goa, Flhealthpaimbeach.org Accredited Health Department Public Health Accreditation Board Rick Scott Mission: To protect, promote & improve the health of all in Florida through integrated Governor WMdi people state, county &community efforts. Celeste Philip, MD, MPH State Surgeon General & Secretary Vision: To be the Healthiest State in the Nation CERTIFIED MAIL RETURN RECEIPT REQUESTED In the matter of an Application for Permit by: Michael Couzzo DEP FILE: 138296-040-WC ' Village Manager County: Palm Beach Village of Tequesta Project: Water Treatment Plant Upgrades 345 Tequesta Drive Tequesta, FL 33469 mcouzzop_teguesta.org t 1 NOTICE OF PERMIT ISSUANCE Enclosed is Permit Number 138296 -040 -WC for the upgrade of an acid feed system for a community water treatment facility, issued pursuant to 403.087(1), Florida Statutes. This permit is final and effective on the date filed with the clerk of the Florida Department of Health Palm Beach County (the Department) unless a petition is filed in accordance with the paragraphs below or unless a request for extension of time in which to file a petition is filed within the required time frame and conforms to Rule 62-110.106(4), F.A.C. Upon timely filing of a petition or a request for an extension, this permit will not be effective until further Order of the Department. A person whose substantial interests are affected by this permit may petition for an administrative proceeding (hearing) in accordance with sections 120.569 and 120.57 of the Florida Statutes. The petition must contain the information set forth below and must be filed (received) with the Agency Clerk, Florida Department of Health Palm Beach County, Division of Environmental Public Health, 800 Clematis Street, West Palm Beach, Florida 33401, within 14 days of receipt of this Notice. Petitioner shall mail a copy of the petition to the applicant at the address indicated above at the time of filing. Failure to file a petition within this time period shall constitute a waiver of any right such person may have to request an administrative determination (hearing) under sections 120.569 and 120.57 of the Florida Statutes. Any subsequent intervention will only be at the approval of the presiding officer upon motion filed pursuant to Rule 28-106.205, F.A.C. Florida Department of Health Palm Beach County, Division of Environmental Public Health P.O. Box 29, 800 Clematis Street, West Palm Beach, FL 33402 PHONE: 561-837-5900 ^ FAX: 561-837-5294 FloridaHealth.goa, Flhealthpaimbeach.org Accredited Health Department Public Health Accreditation Board Village of Tequesta PWS 4501483 Michael Couzzo, Village Manager File No.: 138296 -040 -WC A petition must contain the following information: (a) The name and address of each agency affected and each agency's file or identification number, if known; (b) The name, address, and telephone number of the petitioner; the name, address, and telephone number of the petitioner's representative, if any, which shall be the address for service purposes during the course of the proceeding; and an explanation of how the petitioner's substantial interests will be affected by the agency determination; (c) A statement of how and when the petitioner received notice of the agency decision; (d) A statement of all disputed issues of material fact. If there are none, the petition must so indicate; (e) A concise statement of the ultimate facts alleged, including the specific facts which petitioner contends warrant reversal or modification of the Department's action; (f) A statement of the specific rules or statutes the petitioner contends requires reversal or modification of the Department's action, including an explanation of how the alleged facts relate to the specific rules or statutes; and (g) A statement of the relief sought by petitioner, stating precisely the action that the petitioner wants the Department to take. A petition that does not dispute the materials facts on which the Department's action is based shall state that no such facts are in dispute and otherwise contain the same information as set forth above, as required by Rule 28-106.301, F.A.C. Because the administrative hearing process is designed to formulate final agency action, the filing of a petition means that, the Department's final action may be different from the position taken by it in this Notice. Persons whose substantial interests will be affected by any such final decision of the Department on the petition have the right to petition to become a party to the proceeding, in accordance with the requirements set forth above. When the Order (Permit) is final, any party to the Order has the right to seek judicial review of the Order pursuant to section 120.68 of the Florida Statutes, by filing a Notice of Appeal pursuant to Rule 9.110 of the Florida Rules of Appellate Procedure, with the Clerk of the Department, Florida Department of Health Palm Beach County, Division of Environmental Public Health, 800 Clematis Street, West Palm Beach, Florida 33401; and by filing a copy of the notice of appeal accompanied by the applicable filing fees with the appropriate district court of appeal. The notice of appeal must be filed within 30 days from the date when the final order is filed with the Clerk of the Department. Executed in the City of West Palm Beach, Florida. STATE OF FLORIDA DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH PALM BEACH COUNTY Henry J. Hardman, P.E. Plan Review Supervisor Division of Environmental Public Health 800 Clematis Street, West Palm Beach, FL 33401 (561) 837-5900 Enclosures: Permit File No. 1 38296 -040 -WC 1 1 f� 1 r Page 2 1 Village of Tequesta PWS 4501483 Michael Couzzo, Village Manager File No.: 138296 -040 -WC CERTIFICATION OF SERVICE The undersigned duly designated deputy agency clerk hereby certifies that this Notice of Permit Issuance and all copies were mailed/electronically transmitted before the close of business on November ) 2017 to those persons listed. Clerk Stamp r FILING AND ACKNOWLEDGEMENT Filed, on this date, under section 120.52(7), Florida Statutes, with the designated Department Clerk, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged. �-7 Clerk Date Copies Furnished to: Engineer -of -Record: William D. Reese, P.E. Florida DEP: Kent Edwards r r r r r r r I Page 3 1 1 fl 1 t Mission: Rick Scott To protect, promote &improve the health Governor of all people in Florida through integrated 4 state, county & community efforts. onQL Celeste Philip, MD, MPH State Surgeon General & Secretary Vision: To be the Healthiest State in the Nation PERMITEE: Michael Couzzo Village Manager Village of Tequesta 345 Tequesta Drive Tequesta, FL 33469 mcouzzo@teguesta.org PWS ID No.: 4501438 Perm it/Certification: 138296 -040 -WC Date of Issue: 11/01/2017 Expiration Date: 10/31/2022 County: Palm Beach Utility: Village of Tequesta Project: Water Treatment Plant Upgrades This permit is issued under the provisions of Chapter(s) 403, Florida Statutes, and Florida Administrative Code Rule(s) 62-550, 62-555 & 62-560. The above named permitee is hereby authorized to perform the work or operate the facility shown on the application and approved drawing(s), plans and other documents attached hereto or on file with the department and made a part hereof and specifically described as follows: Construct: Modifications to the Acid Feed System, Including: • One (1) additional 600 GPD, '/2 HP acid feed pump Replacement of a 200 gallon acid feed day tank with a 100 gallon tank • Piping and appurtenances In Accordance With: Application Form DEP 62-555.900(1), design report and specifications and engineering drawing sheets G-01 through G-03, C-01, A-01 through A-01, M- 01 through M-07, E-01 through E-07 and 1-01 through 1-09 received October 5, 2017. Located: At the Water Treatment Plant at 901 N Old Dixie Hwy., Tequesta, Florida. ITo Serve: The Village of Tequesta Water Treatment Plant. Subject To: General Conditions 1-15, Regulatory Conditions 1-12, Construction Standards 1-9, Operational Requirements 1-5, Monitoring Requirements 1-3 and Clearance Requirements 1-3. ' Florida Department of Health Palm Beach County, Division of Environmental Public Health Accredited �i�a��l c�itlllt:rit P.O. Box 29, 800 Clematis Street, West Palm Beach, FL 33402 p PHONE: 561-837-5900 • FAX : 561-837-5294 : Public Health Accreditation Board FloridaHealth.gov, Flhealthpaimbeach.org PERMITEE: Michael Couzzo Village Manager A. General Conditions ID No.: 4501438 1 Perm it/Certification No.: 138296 -040 -WC The permittee shall be aware of and operate under the Permit Conditions below. These applicable conditions are binding upon the permittee and enforceable pursuant to Chapter 403, Florida Statutes. [F.A.C. Rule 62-555.533(1)] 1. The terms, conditions, requirements, limitations and restrictions set forth in this permit, are "permit conditions" and are binding and enforceable pursuant to Sections 403.141, 403.727, or 403.859 through 403.861, F.S. The permittee is placed on notice that the Department will review this permit periodically and may initiate enforcement action for any violation of these conditions. 2. This permit is valid only for the specific processes and operations applied for and indicated in the approved drawings or exhibits. Any unauthorized deviation from the approved drawings, exhibits, specifications, or conditions of this permit may constitute grounds for revocation and enforcement action by the Department. 3. As provided in Subsections 403.087(6) and 403.722(5), F.S., the issuance of this permit does not convey any vested rights or any exclusive privileges. Neither does it authorize any injury to public or private property or any invasion of personal rights, nor any infringement of federal, state, or local laws or regulations. This permit is not a waiver of or approval of any other department permit that may be required for other aspects of the total project which are not addressed in this permit. 4. This permit conveys no title to land or water, does not constitute State recognition or acknowledgment of title, and does not constitute authority for the use of submerged lands unless herein provided and the necessary title or leasehold interests have been obtained from the State. Only the Trustees of the Internal Improvement Trust Fund may express State opinion as to title. 5. This permit does not relieve the permittee from liability for harm or injury to human health or welfare, animal, or plant life, or property caused by the construction or operation of this permitted source, or from penalties therefore; nor does it allow the permittee to cause pollution in contravention of Florida Statutes and Department rules, unless specifically authorized by an order from the Department. 6. The permittee shall properly operate and maintain the facility and systems of treatment and control (and related appurtenances) that are installed and used by the permittee to achieve compliance with the conditions of this permit, as required by Department rules. This provision includes the operation of backup or auxiliary facilities or similar systems when necessary to achieve compliance with the conditions of the permit and when required by Department rules. 7. The permittee, by accepting this permit, specifically agrees to allow authorized Department personnel, upon presentation of credentials or other documents as may be required by law and at reasonable times (reasonable time may depend on the nature of the concern being investigated), access to the premises where the permitted activity is located or conducted to: a. Have access to and copy any records that must be kept under conditions of the permit; b. Inspect the facility, equipment, practices, or operations regulated or required under this permit; and c. Sample or monitor any substances or parameters at any location reasonably necessary to assure compliance with this permit or Department rules. 1 u 1 7 PERMITEE: ID No.: 4501438 Michael Couzzo Permit/Certification No.: 138296 -040 -WC Village Manager 8. If, for any reason, the permittee does not comply with or will be unable to comply with any condition or limitation specified in this permit, the permittee shall immediately provide the Department with the following information: a. A description of and cause of noncompliance; and b. The period of noncompliance, including dates and times; or, if not corrected, the _ anticipated time the noncompliance is expected to continue, and steps being taken to reduce, eliminate, and prevent recurrence of the noncompliance. The permittee shall be responsible for any and all damages which may result and may be subject to enforcement action by the Department for penalties or for revocation of this permit. 9. In this accepting permit, the permittee understands and agrees that all records, notes, monitoring data and other information relating to the construction or operation of this permitted source which are submitted to the Department may be used by the Department as evidence in any enforcement case involving the permitted source arising under the Florida Statutes or Department rules, except where such use is prescribed by Sections 403.111 and 403.73, F.S. Such evidence shall only be used to the extent it is consistent with the Florida Rules of Civil Procedure and appropriate evidentiary rules. 10. The permittee agrees to comply with changes in Department rules and Florida Statutes after a reasonable time for compliance; provided, however, the permittee does not waive any other rights granted by Florida Statutes or Department rules. A reasonable time for compliance with a new or amended surface water quality standard, other than those standards addressed in Rule 62-302.500, shall include a reasonable time to obtain or be denied a mixing zone for the new or amended standard. 11. This permit is transferable only upon Department approval in accordance with Rule 62- 4.120 and 62-730.300, F.A.C., as applicable. The permittee shall be liable for any non- compliance of the permitted activity until the transfer is approved by the Department. 12. This permit or a copy thereof shall be kept at the work site of the permitted activity. 13. This permit also constitutes: a. Determination of Best Available Control Technology (BACT) b. Determination of Prevention of Significant Deterioration (PSD) c. Certification of compliance with State Water Quality Standards (Section 401, PL 92- 500) ' d. Compliance with New Source Performance Standards 14. The permittee shall comply with the following: a. Upon request, the permittee shall furnish all records and plans required under Department rules. During enforcement actions, the retention period for all records will be extended automatically unless otherwise stipulated by the Department. Sb. The permittee shall hold at the facility or other location designated by this permit records of all monitoring information (including all calibration and maintenance records and all original strip chart recordings for continuous monitoring instrumentation) required by the permit, copies of all reports required by this permit, and records of all data used to complete the application for this permit. These 3 PERMITEE: ID No.: 4501438 Michael Couzzo Perm it/Certification No.: 138296 -040 -WC Village Manager materials shall be retained at least three years from the date of the sample, measurement, report, or application unless otherwise specified by Department rule. Records of monitoring information shall include: i. the date, exact place, and time of sampling or measurements; ii. the person responsible for performing the sampling or measurements; iii. the dates analyses were performed; iv. the person responsible for performing the analyses; v. the analytical techniques or methods used; vi. the results of such analyses. 15. When requested by the Department, the permittee shall within a reasonable time furnish any information required by law which is needed to determine compliance with the permit. If the permittee becomes aware the relevant facts were not submitted or were incorrect in the permit application or in any report to the Department, such facts or information shall be corrected promptly. B. Regulatory Section All construction must be in accordance with this permit. Before commencing work on project changes for which a construction permit modification is required per 62-555.536(1), the permittee shall submit to the Department a written request for a permit modification. Each such request shall be accompanied by one copy of a revised construction permit application, the proper processing fee and one copy of either a revised preliminary design report or revised drawings, specifications and design data. [F.A.C. Rule 62-555.536]. 2. Permitted construction or alteration of public water supply systems must be supervised during construction by a professional engineer registered in the State of Florida if the project was designed under the responsible charge of a professional engineer licensed in the State of Florida. The permittee must retain the service of a professional engineer registered in the State of Florida to observe that construction of the project is in accordance with the engineering plans and specifications as submitted in support of the application for this permit. [F.A.C. Rule 62-555.520(3)]. 3. If prehistoric or historic artifacts, such as pottery or ceramics, stone tools or metal implements, dugout canoe remains, or any other physical remains that could be associated with Native American cultures, or early colonial or American settlement are encountered at any time within the project site area, the permitted project should cease all activities involving subsurface disturbance in the immediate vicinity of such discoveries. The permittee, or other designee, should contact the Florida Department of State, Division of Historical Resources, Compliance and Review Section at 850.245.6333 or 800.847.7278, as well as the appropriate permitting agency office. Project activities should not resume without verbal and/or written authorization from the Division of Historical Resources and the permitting agency. In the event that unmarked human remains are encountered during permitted activities, all work shall stop immediately and the proper authorities notified in accordance with Section 872.05 Finririn Statutes. 4. If delays will cause project completion to extend beyond the expiration date of this permit, the permittee shall submit to the Department a request to extend the expiration date of this permit including the appropriate processing fee. This request shall specify the reasons for the delay and shall be submitted to the Department for approval prior to the expiration date of this permit. E] 1 r u 1 1 1 r JI C� PERMITEE: ID No.: 4501435 Michael Couzzo Perm it/Certification No.: 135296 -040 -WC Village Manager Note that no specific construction permit shall be extended so as to remain in effect longer than five years. [F.A.C. Rule 62-555.536(4)]. 5. In accordance with General Condition #11 of this permit, this permit is transferable only upon Department approval. Persons proposing to transfer this permit must apply jointly for a transfer of the permit within 30 days after the sale or legal transfer of ownership of the permitted project that has not been cleared for service by the Department using form, 62-555.900(6), Application for Transfer of a PWS Construction Permit along with the appropriate fee. [F.A.C. Rule 62- 555.536(5)] 6. This permit satisfies Drinking Water permitting requirements only and does not authorize construction or operation of this facility prior to obtaining all other necessary permits from other program areas within the Department, or required permits from other state, federal, or local agencies. 7. This permit is for CONSTRUCTION ONLY of the distribution system project. This permit shall not infer that the clearance necessary for connection will be granted. Any such clearance shall be granted only when the connection point has been permitted and cleared for use by the Department and the public water system to which the water main extension will be connected, has the capacity necessary to meet the design water demands of all customers to be served by the water main extension. Partial clearance may be granted, if required. ■ 6. If gasoline contamination is found at the construction site, work shall be stopped and the proper ■ authorities notified. With the approval of the Department, ductile iron pipe and fittings, and solvent resistant gaskets materials shall be used in the contaminated area. The ductile pipe shall be used in the contaminated area. The ductile iron pipe shall extend 100 feet beyond any solvent noted. Any contaminated soil that is excavated shall be placed on an impermeable mat, covered with waterproof covering, and held for disposal. If the site cannot be properly cleaned, then consultation with the Department is necessary prior to continuing with the proiect construction. ' 9. This permit does not constitute approval of construction on jurisdictional wetland areas; therefore such approval must be obtained separately from the Water Management District or from DEP ERP Section, as applicable, Permittee shall provide a copy of the permit approval to the Department if water main installation involves activities on wetlands. 10. Suppliers of water shall notify the appropriate DEP District Office or ACFID and affected water customers by no later than the previous business day before initiating any planned permanent or temporary conversion from free chlorine to chloramines or vice versa for disinfection. [F.A.C. Rule 62-555.350(10)(c)] 11. Permittee shall ensure that the well and drinking water treatment facilities will be protected to prevent tampering, vandalism, and sabotage as required by Rule 62-555.315(1) & 62- 555.320(5), F.A.C. 12. This permit covers only the specific items listed in this permit. Other systown components were not reviewed for compliance with current standards and issuance of this permit does not certify that those components meet current standards. PERMITEE: Michael Couzzo Village Manager C. Construction Standards ID No.: 4501433 1 Permit/Certification No.: 138296 -040 -WC 1. All products, including paints, which shall come into contact with potable water, either directly or indirectly, shall conform with National Sanitation Foundation (NSF) International, Water Chemicals Codex, Food Chemicals Codex, American Water Works Association (AWWA) Standards and the Food and Drug Administration, as provided in Rule 62-555.320(3), F.A.C. 2. Water supply facilities, including mains, pipe, fittings, valves, fire hydrants and other materials shall be installed in accordance with the latest applicable AWWA Standards and Department rules and regulations. The system shall be pressure and leak tested in accordance with AWWA Standard C600 C603, or C605, as applicable, and disinfected in accordance with AWWA Standard C651-653, as well as in accordance with Rule 62-555.340, F.A.C. 3. The installation or repairs of any public water system, or any plumbing in residential or nonresidential facilities providing water for human consumption, which is connected to a public water system shall be lead free in accordance with Rule 62-555.322, F.A.C. 4. When any existing asbestos cement (AC) pipes are replaced under this permit, the permittee shall do so in accordance with the applicable rules of Federal Asbestos Regulation and Florida DEP requirements. For specific requirements applicable to AC pipes, the permittee should contact the Air and Waste Management section at DOH Palm Beach County prior to commencing any such activities at (561) 837-5900 #3. Please be aware that a notification is required to be submitted to the Department for a regulated project 5. Setback distances between potable water wells and sanitary hazards shall be in accordance with 62-555.312, F.A.C. Reclaimed water land application areas must not be located within the setback distance from potable water supply wells established in Chapter 62-610, F.A.C. 6. Permittee shall maintain vertical clearance and horizontal separation between water mains and sanitary sewers, storm sewers, etc. unless approved otherwise by the Department, as provided in Rule 62-555.314, F.A.C., and Section 8.6 of Recommended Standards for Water Works, a manual adopted by reference in Rule 62-555.330(3), F.A.C. 7. The new or altered aboveground piping at the drinking water treatment plant shall be color coded and labeled as recommended in Section 2.14 of "Recommended Standards for Water Works, 1997 Edition". [F.A.C. Rule 62-555.320(10)] 8. Permittee shall ensure that there shall be no cross -connection with any non -potable water source in accordance with Rule 62-555.360, F.A.C. 9. The hydropneumatic tank that will be utilized for this project must meet ASME code requirements for the construction and installation of unfired pressure vessels, as provided in Rule 62-555.320(20), F.A.C., and Section 7.2 of Recommended Standards for Water Works, a manual adopted by reference in Rule 62-555.330(3), F.A.C. D. Operational Requirements 1. The supplier of water shall operate and maintain the public water system so as to comply with applicable standards in F.A.C. Rule 62-550 and 62-555.350. 2. The permittee shall provide an operation and maintenance manual for the new or altered treatment facilities to fulfill the requirements under subsection 62-555.350(13), F.R.C. The r 1 r r-7 I; L PERMITEE: ID No.: 4501438 Michael Couzzo Perm it/Certification No.: 138296 -040 -WC Village Manager manual shall contain operation and control procedures, and preventative maintenance and repair procedures, for all plant equipment and shall be made available for reference at the plant or at a convenient location near the plant. Bound and indexed equipment manufacturer manuals shall be considered sufficient to meet the requirements of the subsection. 3. The permittee shall submit a monthly operations report (MOR) DEP Form 62-555.900, to the Department no later than the tenth of each succeeding month. 4. The permittee shall have complete record drawings produced for the project in accordance with Rule 62-555.530(4), F.A.C. 5. The permittee or suppliers of water shall telephone the State Warning Point (SWP), at 1-800- 320-0519 immediately (i.e., within two hours) after discovery of any actual or suspected sabotage or security breach, or any suspicious incident, involving a public water system in accordance with the F.A.C. Rule 62-555.350(10). E. Monitoring Provisions 1. Permittee shall follow the guidelines of Chapters 62-550, 62-555, and 62-560, F.A.C., regarding public drinking water system standards, monitoring, reporting, permitting, construction, and operation. This facility is a Community Water System as defined in F.A.C. Rule 62-550.200(12) and shall comply with the applicable chemical, radiological, lead and copper, and bacteriological monitoring requirements of F.A.C. Rule 62-550. Such requirements shall be initiated within the quarter that the water treatment facility is placed into service (i.e. January—March or April— June, the preceding are examples of quarters) and the results submitted to the Department. 2. The water treatment plant shall maintain throughout the distribution system a minimum combined chlorine residual of 0.6 mg/l or its equivalent. A minimum system pressure of 20 psi must be maintained throughout the system. Also, safety, equipment shall be provided and located outside of chlorine room. 3. To address copper pipe corrosion control and potential black water issues, permittee shall collect at least one sample of raw water from each new well in accordance with F.A.C. Rule 62- 555.315(5). The sample shall be analyzed for alkalinity, dissolved iron, dissolved oxygen (D.O.), pH, total sulfide, and turbidity, and the results shall be submitted to the Department. 1 F. Clearance Requirements 1. The permittee must instruct the engineer of record to request system clearance from the Department within sixty (60) days of completion of construction, testing and disinfecting the system. Bacteriological test rP8ults shall be considered unacceptable if the test were completed more than 60 days before the Department received the results. [F.A.C. Rule 62- 555.340(2)(c)) Permitted construction or alteration of a public water system may not be placed into service until a letter of clearance has been issued by this Department. [F.A.C. Rule 62-555.345] PERMITEE: ID No.: 4501433' Michael Couzzo Perm it/Certification No.: 1332 -040 -WC Village Manager 2. Prior to placing this project into service, Permittee shall submit, at a minimum, all of the following to the Department for evaluation and approval for operation, as provided in Rules 62- 555.340 and 62-555.345, F.A.C.: a. the engineer's Certification of Construction Completion and Request for Clearance to Place Permitted PWS Components Into Operation {DEP Form 62-555.900(9)); b. certified record drawings, if there are any changes noted for the permitted project. c. copy of a satisfactory pressure test of the process piping performed in accordance with AWWA Standards. [F.A.C. Rule 62-555.320(21)(a)(1)] d. two consecutive days of satisfactory distribution bacteriological analytical results (see paragraph 3 below). e. For new Community or Nontransient Noncommunity water systems, the permittee must provide a list of positions with employee names, titles and responsibilities. For the required licensed operator(s) provide a copy of the license specific to the water system for each operator. If a position is vacant, indicate the projected hiring date. Indicate the positions/employees that are responsible for acting on behalf of the water system in case of emergency, those authorized to spend money, or to make other decisions. Provide telephone numbers and email contact addresses for these responsible positions/employees. Show only positions/employee information pertaining to the water system. [F.A.C. Rule 62-555.525] In order to facilitate the issuance letter of a of clearance, the Department requests that all of the above information be submitted as one package. 3. The new facilities shall be cleaned, disinfected, and bacteriologically cleared in accordance with Chapter 62-555, F.A.C. The bacteriological clearance data representative of the storage tank (two samples on consecutive days), the well discharge piping and distribution system (in ' accordance with the instructions for Bacteriological Sampling Locations shown below) and the untreated well water (two samples per day for 5 consecutive days collected at least six hours apart for each of the two wells) shall be submitted to the Department with the engineer's certification of construction completion. [Section 62-555.340 and 62-555.315(6)(b), F.A.C.] Bacteriological Sampling Locations: Copies of satisfactory bacteriological analyses taken from locations within the distribution system or water main extension to be cleared, in accordance r with Rules 62-555.315 (6), 62-555.340 and 62-555.330, F.A.C. and American Water Works Association (AWWA) Standard C 651-92 as follows: • The endpoint of the proposed addition; • Any water lines branching off a main extension; • Every 9, 200 feet of water main; • Each location shall be sampled on two separate days (at least 6 hours apart) with sample point locations and chlorine residual readings clearly indicated on the report and/or drawings. • Bacteriological sample results will be considered unacceptable if the tests were completed more than 60 days before the Department receives the results. ISSUED THIS JOS" DAY OF OCTOBER, 2017 FLORIDA DEPARTMENTF A OHEALTH -- __-- -- PALM BEACH COUNTY Alina Alonso, MD, Director Palm Beach County Health Department 8 i I L� 1 t APPENDIX B ASBESTOS SURVEY I1 Li 1 r 11 1 �-Z- LLC- RNC-hMRRWq A rt Building f ris cr nt, Ashestas To.. Amis, Me Addreaw. 901 N. Dixie t -o c hway, -1 uesia, F, We David Johanson, Geraiied Building lnspec�r .Awreied for Inspector under iSSA Tile IVAHERA Date Of L.Y. Septamber 4, 2013 P-9= Limited lire-lnterior Renas�aYion lnspec=00n Lire-ory BUlding T rds United r nOvat!en asbestos survey included the lab, hallway, shop, and cherrjcal r€orn. WOO- use Asbestos C*ntaining Sulllcft MatedEds Iden ed in Smay; irnyl baseboard and Glue, concrete block concrete �Tirags and slab fir, rne, glass,wood cabinets, and word Vft Styrofoam core doors. The concrete blydk els specified f€rr rernce Were opened and found empty, no insulation material. The rooms have Wall moaas:ted air d'[i cOnoner MRS �h ih no suspect thermal systema insulations. Suspect restosW1fing Stald"rAg In&aierials Zd9u'f€ed in Survey Gypsum board galls, callings and assodated joint compound syster€;s, plaster galls, vinyl floor sheEffing, black laboralory counter tops acid sink, exterior stucco, and asphalt shingle roofing. HaRway high ' vDhge electrical panels were energized and not arse - these panels may have suspact insulation panels andfor Vchng. Bu lding ffieterWs plecUed; Suspect asbestos -containing mateials except for suspect materials possbly Within high voltage electrical gels, Anal—S s hyFffie,had Used-. love Environmental 0-arporaton (EPA SOW SM Is Meihc--d) ern ; No asbe—�Aicas -vas detected in any of the susoe eerlais anaiwa' Assigns as asf���c�- raia iirsa %uspsOf ; gsaterials wiffiin rhe el ir�i parcels and any others 1bund €iurin� renovallordrepairs and coat identifed in this report until testing determ.1ne-s € tharMse. LabaTeton : y .ate �"cal and � cable summarizing results are atiacheid. Karan M. Meyer, Cll-1, Fl_-lFcn-r:sed Asbestus Consultant (AXOD00033), Vice President, Eco Advisors LLO, FL-licansed Asbasios Bustness t rrgg raiaa e ra (} revie red this report and the laboratory analyt and report. Consultant: Karen M. foyer, Ulf Florida Asbestos Consultant AXObDCW3 a }S { Signature: Adwb , l ads r a t EnzmemimzeCAMM l ASb---tr YAl Lead X 993--7 3931 RCA Blvd-, >a ie 311 , E ��ac1t Vi s, FL 33410 1 M561-627-1 -101 Fax TABI 1 t35 r�T ALdd-.ss: -�vf;ei3�aTrarai �ya� s -I abis'_ 991RMdeMgtg , Tem. Ia.3 ice- t1in� DEd-- d��: Sepiam zr4, 2013 2Avrr—A 3ppca ��sdcf r^'a^��^^� =z' Sri�m3-notj ty�v_3e} s zd[SEj�ciaa (L n^t�a;�,s.�r � t�z I r �aA ilPd) LSIL Shop, Hal KA MD41SDJDI-M Lab Counter Top ¢ S'rk WO Lab NA DRWMDJD4 € 05 vinyl Fk' shaaft MD Lab, H3 ffl , Baalh NA Cr9 413DJ0S 8Di Gypsum Baanujobit Carapm-nd Wa➢ S3S , WO Cbmtml Ream TSA M0413WOB %,p -m Boar&Joxt Go;t W-md GaErG %stant NASD Gne7i 4cag Roan NA DBD413DJID Ml Fir 5'tu= � NAD Usu rai Roott3 NA € Mdt3riJf2 & 7B iRoo5t,g coreiFlaslmtg WD Chw9cal Room M M'a443DJ14 &93 EiecYcal Panel onto 9or h,.-itt-fflon ar&or v&Mg Aast>r d M 2Avrr—A 3ppca ��sdcf r^'a^��^^� =z' Sri�m3-notj ty�v_3e} s zd[SEj�ciaa (L n^t�a;�,s.�r � t�z ll � � TeL ("41 n4-9274 CLIENT eC6 TesT AMIM/RP ASS X lA736 �* Swm �U-,T PAGE PALM BOU FL Mro JWE E i a 091 L W—T: }SAME Wj: a of IP�� �� En; t F ' �M WLR WE OF AMA,'YSjQ. 109107c is M-DXTFCTtD - '.- - tLoil;10% MWI ------------ Fq LAS_ � � l- � q F Ips . NOW FIBMS 10% PAW 03. WALL� � 'O t let AIM' im to wow -9-m stole iiL'414&ft• it Tolan ?to it" BtTl�_� a� am� s� � r ¢ 04 r e wgs fill L. am FMQ _ - Al a ' fthh Wo Wsm 1p pp �� 11 SAM M g-g � F ..£PR ;,ice L� € .W!a"KAUG wE ion CMS ' DLM - 7 VE -1. WIGN LAB TOP OF cotognis TYPE--. i Ti _rMM,�t 86% FLIL MKS Me ABY_ -- _ -___---�-- -__-- -- ----�- - --- _Lori: 03 DATE_3 OE-ITMOFED 10 1 RESIPZ CUM ¢ for b w Oda bo x13 illq aa is NO -4P.$4 Caw. .aiL4� .?sl r �—WeT y� s7 . I 11, e r l t � a-k�MT x r� Fes: WAG t 0 1 OM �_ Co&,_ - � 3 � Y Mizz: 0-6 ;1 � -"S 5y� ji�2k�Y A�3i ��� ..y�y ���yj9 � I i iOW t ftSiE I% ^iS��a '4.P���y =Wpy�yy�j c . {�axx3�. i �1 9G4'3HC- CG"+MMME �.a.v�i, 10% ulm Oq �.tK FM ^t-�. s a.t—�. ..i_y� as � SFi}z � 3p? � DUE Ftp Wi Asxx. : WX - i ? f� FS a RM RM MOM �j $3��y 11�iT#] 3iJ a M N..—._----.'{—_—.—e.—�..--ar_—.-- �'ksts 0-3 —..-09 vy—} a w DUMDUM �N- j i 1F Y --���Sy�� PES WE -�"EMOD "LE VIR€�� - 1 FIB z MAI- � l r lam- Ass x i LIT �. � !:i3F-: �L�rra. •:-� ��? }. �� G�- .�'��.iJ,���c'.�e$�Xg3 g9a �E �3�,�`u_�';'�'�.v0� e73 q ,.,.,g v= llairst I A 0 - -f-, - -�z nen �-t4- mat Pto Val _xDOVE ENVMIMN'AL l, ��- ()-742 �� j� r CLIW. rCD Aw�ruip iss-ac -A-E-3114 - ;" B m:.MD FLsmin R- WI -T: 901 N. rIft MY art E - 09101 LF "x V. , � z im �_ 0.2 a %� ���i: f TVE: NX-DETi EC CRIL 04 flarm: 8% R% ' PART, - ______ P -t---_ - -- € AMI FI -RM � - �� A t E AIMPIRA RUM mtw LAI M!, MOM MIN MERIM-Mo i tumt a co- klrrli�nr�IV9 I V M z SW -LE '---- DAME ofvo is x431 PA mpneatia us Stagy nwomme Im migu pat� a -spais iiaeg. mew at. ajan Ly aw" 64 tisbilt 8 - : �� - Er, €t € ' 33 �`�_`,. o' � 'k �i �= at a� =a -L-4 MWO CUMAM. R. �y d P, r p� c y:u � > lK _ 1`F �1�E� � ¢ks=yMOyiR �� . FM o� C E BM z W_ �- a 333' M14AMR ^ LI iiaa 'o._9 p ��ii??a��9 - g? £ £ Q e b. aY Y� T g at W,' i 1,�� v 2M^L�''t W Si4y rs._ro.osmR •at -s .. ra..'S.mi -.. 2x'lY �ry 4'-:T w'a�+J$��T': L9i Y+atya' •$�f��-'��a9i. '$x � 1 '� • C i r �r �� �j�y��G �+]�� Aj'�S� R y�x ��qy,� j L r 1WRI. _ �}�y� �'''e.� - n 3} c� .-`�c•33}} -------------- -------- xrr �i�o-gti3.T�� IMM. may, �. Nr -""'k Fs 3y��y} �!�,m'J : �ti ]yam; 23 pg �`�' � 5.c �. ' 4 r. o'�=_�__• _. _ re=ar ,�o.�..+.�-•`si-�r�w _ �-1�,_,_- - 9 _- ��? - s k' ,�.. ,t`i-���1�,,, Fpm• -m 7 �;5-a ca bw- eat.?; �••o.� a -n o�gi i�+:.i ,E 't +h-6-j?s� 'i�7 ��[l+^6-1S.�+a :rL���3C-'_ •e. �Y2' seiti3p? Com` �i v �3 v2 s ''�>, aa`- � [•� �4�.�_.�ir ��rsA�:ai-a �� �� is4� :S51y �'3.'_' i� �� � {i` ,=y�"+� �?3 �• � S �•65 v- tea m 'lg al '�`... -e °- e s- =r +:m ('-, f .a'2 � 'i' TL^'L�"'.C§ 5 �'vri , .•m �_ 3: '?' �- Sk' R a a o<���?3ii�i'sa93 � Wlj DOVE l--!-l%-WlRQNMENTAL CORP� 6SiD MIRAMAR PPUWA.Y surra 200, MIRAMAR, M- 330-2-6 eL (0541) 374-9274 F8X; 0-95-4) 6397�426 E -n -al- Dgyd-ahsQ4, * I Knotly Mm -At"Tras Dove cl�m* Made: TMI �am-u�. C04�; TO. -*If ax -#r- 5:42 �64 S--- ---------------- 65 At omig- 011 tab by: "fU MAW> 7 n 0 C ADDENDUM NOS. 1 AND 2 ' VILLAGE OF TEQ UESTA JULY 27 2018 ' WATER TREATMENT PLANT UPGRADES ADDENDUM NO. 1 This document forms a part of the Contract Documents and modifies the original plans and specifications ' dated May, 2018. All bidders are required to acknowledge receipt of this Addendum in the space provided on the bid form. Failure to do so may subject the bidder to disqualification. ' This Addendum consists of 1 page, 4 numbered items and no attachments. 1. Clarification: A request to alter the required bidder qualifications as set forth in the Instruction to ' Bidders, paragraph 1.09 has been received. No change to the qualifications criteria will be implemented. ' 2. Clarification: A request to modify the documents to accept an alternate manufacturer for the specified chemical dosing pump has been received. No change to the specifications for this purpose will be issued. ' 3. Plan Sheet E-18: Add the following note: ' "8. The VFD for motor M2550 is shown as located adjacent and south of CFPCP. The VFD (M2550CP) location shall be moved to directly above the CFPCP rather than to the south. The conduit and cable terminations are unchanged." ' 4. Plan Sheet E-09: Add the following note: ' "4. This contract includes the addition of heat tracing to the piping between the bulk tank and the pump, the pump and the above grade portion of the pump discharge piping. See specifications for the heat tracing requirements. The Contractor shall add a new 3/4 -inch ' aluminum conduit with 3 No. 12 THHN/THWN cables from the existing heat trace junction box to the location of the piping heat trace power connection and thermostat near motor M2502. The new cables will tie into the same 120V feeder that feeds the existing and new tank heater in the referenced junction box. 0 I KMP13_Civi11040097017 - Tequesta WTP Misc Upgrades\ConstructionlBiddinglAddendum No. IMdendum No.1 July 2018.docx D VILLAGE OF TEQUESTA AUGUST 8, 2018 ' WATER TREATMENT PLANT UPGRADES ADDENDUM NO.2 This document forms a part of the Contract Documents and modifies the original plans and specifications dated May, 2018. All bidders are required to acknowledge receipt of this Addendum in the space provided on the bid form. Failure to do so may subject the bidder to disqualification. ' This Addendum consists of 2 pages, 14 numbered items, 1 attachment and 3 drawings. 11 1. Clarification: A copy of the sign in sheet for the mandatory pre-bid conference is attached. 2. Specification Section 11301,2.02,2 d paragraph, second line from end: Add "or TENV" after the abbreviation "TEFC". 3. Specification Section 0 10 19, 1.19: Add the following — "Engineer's field office may be a dedicated lockable office with its own exterior entrance but located within the Contractor's office trailer." Delete the noted Engineer's field office dimensions. The Engineer's field office shall be minimum 8ftx10ft. 4. Clarification: The contract time shall be the same whether the Additive Alternate is awarded, or not. 5. Clarification: As noted in Specification Section 09800, 3.08B, the new valves and motor operators located at the filters are to be shop primed. Field finish coating is not required. 6. Clarification: As shown on Plan Sheet M-05, and A-03, the existing blower is to be relocated. The aluminum cover is new. The existing blower discharge piping is located adjacent to the new blower location. Existing air piping between the existing and new blower location shall be remove (approximately 30 feet, surface mounted to the building). 7. Specification Section 02610, 3.02 F: Delete the following sentence — "The R.O. pressure vessels may be disinfected and tested with the piping system, prior to the installation of the membranes." 8. Specification Section 02610, 3.02 I: Delete and replace with the following — "The Contractor shall supply suitable sample points on all new piping per Village standards to provide an ability to secure confirmatory bacteriological samples." 9. Specification Section 03100, 1.03: Delete first sentence. 10. Specification Section 05145, 1.04: Delete first sentence. 11. Clarification: Drawing E-01 does not show a scale. The same area is shown on drawing C-01 which is scalable. Refer also to Specification Section IB, 1.33. K:IWPB_Civi11040097017 - Tequesta WTP Misc Upgrades\Construction\BiddinglAddendum No. 21Addendum No. 2 Aug 2018.docx 12. Plan Sheet E-15: Add the following — "Conduit (FDR/1004) to and from the Harmonic Filter mounted above MCC100 for Motor M1004 is 3 -No. 1/0 AWG THHN/THWN and 1 -No. 6 AWG Ground in 1.5" conduit. Conduit (P1020) is the split power conduit from the power and control conduit (PC/1020) to DS1020 with motor leads and motor heater wires. (P1020) shall be 4 -No. 12 AWG and 2 -No. 14 AWG THHN/THWN in %" conduit. Conduit (C1020) shall be the control conduit from DS 1020 to H -O -A switch HS 1020. (C1020) will be 7 -No. 14 AWG THHN/THWN in a 3/4" conduit. 3 -No. 14 AWG wires will remain in DS 1020 for the control interlock input to PLC 100 and a spare." 13. Clarification: There is a conflict between Sheet E-05 and E-07, and, Plan Sheets E-02, E-08 and E-15. The details of TLPI, LP1 and LP1A located on E-02, E-08 and E-15 are correct. TLP1 is a new 45 kVA transformer to replace the existing 30 kVA transformer and will be in a new location above LP1 and LP1A. Both 100 Amperes 3-phase, 4 -wire panels LPI and LP1A as detailed on E-08 will be tied directly to the secondary of TLP1 with conduits (P/TLPI/LP1) and (P/TLPI/LP1A) as listed on E-15 and the 45 kVA transformer TLP1 will be fed from the 70 Amperes feeder breaker in MCC 100 as shown on E-02 with conduit (P/TLPI) as listed on E-15. 14. Specification Section 16040, 1.01: Add the following at the end of the last paragraph — "Refer to three additional plan sheets of the existing system included and attached to this Addendum for additional information." K:\WPB_Civi1\040097017 - Tequesta WTP Misc Upgrades\Construction\Bidding\Addendum No. 2\Addendum No. 2 Aug 2018,docx �II 0 a J� ti dIN FF, to V —� pu� rl lz 10, °'j'*. y o s a IV t 225 s I z HR a Q ' v U r� Village ofTequesta Water Treatment Plant Upgrades Mandatory Pre-Bid Conference July 26, 2018 at 9:30 a.m. Name (Please Print) Company Representing Address Email Phone -}TFFerLra Nr ell Ca J -`1y -ti�dG .iLC�/'r�� �� 33`7` f�i�SS/y' frau-�itGi✓E �L.Co r S`6/:S7.f``�z ^ Y/ M r' (`I°' e �Q/� ' ✓e („a�w'" 1� P SF JQ 1`d"� 1 �10Mpwto u 1 \, L 'S`30C o 2�G�urY. fjY q �Usa `704 - Z TE �' asrr�5'c311 qOr IV, Ott 11y.;c- Rw\( E/ l e ve 1. �p (1 Li �tQ �'w1e5 .dc �� _ 76 '" y 01.0 le?v U`C� ��x�j� 1� J Cl\\;�.,e �e�c �sttl ,z��j - G E 45 f) r PJC CONDOR, 36•MINIMUM0CNO BELOW GRAPE, WITH A 3CC - AINGTEND, WE CABLE TO THE FPL DEA FPL DEAD END POLE. II I IS DKWA FOR I 450/2MACWYE _ SECONDARY PAO MOUNT NEMA 4X HEAW DUTY - I MAIN SHUNF TRIP PUSHBUTTON OUTSIDE O ELECTRICAL BLQLDING. 5 ORM MNOMUM CURIIt IVYMLR 10 DATA PLUS B GROUNDING GRID�MUEfER01G UNR FOR INDICATION LUGS FOR 5-500YCM OF AMPS, VOLTS, WM % VARS AND POWER FACTOR COPPER CABLES PER SYSTEM MOUNDFOR ON LpgD SIDE OF 16 (WITHB) 4• SC OMC T N/TKWIS, EACH TRANSFORMER PAD ON MAIN BUS 50ORM300D AAP BS TRANSITION PHASE MAIN FDR NCC2G0 M �l. CON f50CMCM THHN/UINW AND BRACED FOR B6KAR: FROM 015200. r �e AT =MIGVACP. 600VAC co Ppa BS m 1-NO.400NCM TOY GROUNDING 1-1/Y RGS ro HE METER TII BS TO MCQ00 No CONTINUOUS, FOR FPL CABUCL MD xo sPucEs INSrALLP aeLs © METER C0 DIA - _ MD2A MD2B MD3A HWE PER GROUBU55 (3) to TYPE ELECTRODE ODE DINGAS KIK SOON, (2) �+ I BOER FRAME 7BOM teOW CONDUCLOR I 180/i2w I TM TM ( 1M L I� , - J 6069 TRIP 120M LAP im0.4 TRP CaNNEWERWWELD J �� 00S /\ GRWxO L -J R00(S) � 3000 5 WATER METALFOMIJOMUM CPS I2) M H kSE ON D'Ah�0.3 PIPE GROUNDING TO�MIN�I O ELECTRODE 5000 AMP SOLID WATT NEUTRAL BS 4.L/ TRANS. NCC ROOM %D An BARE0p ti- INTEGRAL ELECTRODE GROUND BS 4-2UNAOC SIGNALIN NarSU TO PLC IN NCP I/O CABINETGPoUND85W/WCS 300A TM�94/O AWG @ 7/4' z 2' CU.300DA 7RCOPPER CABLES MCC GND BUS MAIN DISTRIBUTIOW/WGS FOR INC01aNG DNE SECRON to FOR SWITCHGEAR MD200 BTH2OQ OPERATING 8-IaOMCA COPPERBOTTOM ENTRY CABLR OR BS3000 AMP. 60wPD MECHAIaSA1 CABLES OR GROUND MOPIEIENEW 7A W/GtSIQl5 BUS TRM'SIRON TR415IB05 1. A152O° TOSERVICE ENTRANCE THE 3000 AMP. 600JAC BS MRATED AUTOMATIC 200MwFROM A15200 TIE DISTRIBMON SWITCHGEAR. (4) FJOSTWGCEACH NEWONDUB6,TRANWITH T E SWITCH 20000 OOMw 7HHN/MWN PER PHASE ANO1-N0.4/°A1YG��,WITH 7fIB NA1N PND ANO8-400MCM THW GROUNDS FOR GR00ND. roNGwERAMR BRFAIQRL MECHANICALLY k P^'�'^•"Y BSro BS CONNECTIONS FROMSECTION N0.1 LS ]NIERLOCI�D BREAJIBRS AND TO FEEDER BREAIPROF MQZOO A75 SEE DWG. E-03. SECTION OF SWITCHGEAR. Iz ONTROL �(. 1200 AMP FRAME AND 1600 AMP. 30 EMERGENCY GENERATOR EC2 WITH I - TRIP MAIN BREAKER MAIN BREe_KFFUEL DR TANK IN FOR MCC300 FOR MCC20D RISE AND JACIOOI WATER NEATER EMERGENCY GENERATOR f - - FPL LEAD WITH A IHERMOSTAT. ENTIRE IN THE GREwSWO FILTER I 4aW FR I I I Aj$JDI ``� C CONTROL PANEL BNR IN IM A 'ANT ERPRO°F WATER PLANT3500 7R _ SWNCH IN GRESFIE,rylt TM BNIlDINGWfTH LIGHTS. FIECITOGL RO°N PAWLAUTOMATIC AUXILIARY BREAKER PANEL FILTER WATER PLANT ELECRpCAL BOOMI' 0.BP GEN - - - 3.6 MGD L- AN U`20D 0NM14MHx -EXPANSION IN 3/4.0 ROS FEEFDER ro PME180AR05 MO �- REMOTE ALMM PANEL SWBCHGFAR IN GREwSMD F'I_TER 075 FOR GENERATOR IN WATER PLANT ELECTRICAL. ROOM. TO MCP 1/0 CABINET TETE MCC R00M � CONTROL PANEL SECTION IN MCC ROOM CONTROL PANEL SECTION TO MoMM/OOP AND ON 3 PHASE, 1500 AMP. MOVING, COPPER BUS TRANSITION, 3.6 MGD OF GENERMOR TO MOP FOR INIFRlEC10NC BRACED FOR 661000 AT 4HwAC, FROM FRONT SECDONS WITH P-0 PUNT k AWN TORS REAR SECTOOF MCQBLE DO. CATRANSITION EXPANSION TO MLp I/O CABINET IN MCC ROOM SERVICE ATS200 TO KEIT WIL BE A MINIMUM OF FIVE (5) WOMCM 7HHN/THWN 70 CONTROL ROOM R.O. PWB ON THE 100DKW CABLES PER PHASE GENERATOR NO2 AND THE CREENSMD WATER PWB E ON THE FISTING 21UKW -- GENERATOR 0.1. y� 6DR TDR EAR 6 J='�aNT ? sw mxr > wRr ROMAN Dart i CT�"'9i Nm+1i� aY, T1� NAG CONTE X MG FROM J': S �� NT SECTIONS OF MCQ00 FOR SINGLE LINE NOTES, SEE DWG. E-03 DENOTES EXISTING EQUIPMENT THAT IS NOT INCLUDED IN THIS EXPANSION. MA�DC I I NA�OC 4-20 4-20 MAG LEGEND TO SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM: -3 P H45E, 1500 AMP, WwAC COPPER BUS, 65WYC AT 48wAC- FRAME SIZE FOR TM 4BwAC, 3 PHASE, 3 WIRE D/WER ONLY. CONI. AMPS FOR MAG -► EAR NA = THERMAL TM =THERMAL MAGNETIC MAGNETIC 7FIR TBR Q INTERLOCK TRIP FOR MAG OR TM -► MAG =MAGNETIC TRIP ONLY ADAC 3pA 71aP TM 1mA Calf NM OVERTEMPERATURE SWITCH ON THE SOLID BLANK - FULL VOLTAGE STARTER SIZE STATE REDUCED VOLTAGE STARTER POWER NON -REVERSING SSRV REDUCED VOLTAGE, 1, 2, 3, 4 OR 5 UNIT, WIRED TO THE CONTROL RELAY TO SHUTDOWN THE STARTER - (OR) AMPS FOR NON -REVERSING SOLID SPATE REDUCED VOLTAGE VM - VARIABLE EXTERNAL THERMAL OVERLOAD UNIT ON FREQUENCY DRIVE OL THE LOAD SIDE OFTHE SOLID STATE REDUCED VOLTAGE STARTER, WIRED TO STARTER & BREAKER THE CONTROL RELAY TO SHUTDOWN THE LEGEND STARTER NEMA 4X, CORROSION -RESISTANT, NON-METALLIC, AC HEAVY DUTY, O H -O -A FOUR (4) CIRCUIT' IT SELECTOR SWITCH WITH HAND- OFF -AUTO LEGEND. CROUSE-HWDS NO. NCS2124 LOR PROGRAMMING OIGRAL OPERATOR PANEL 3 PHASE, R E AMP, 600VAC, COPPER POR DISPLAY FOR ISYNS AT 40200, FROM BUB T SECTI NS PRONE SECTIONS (HAND -OFF -AUTO). RATIGETE, OPERATING PARMIER]6, H -O -A TO REPT SECTIONS OF YFIVE( CABLE TRANSITION TO SELECTION AND MANUAL SPEED CONTROL. WILL BE A MINIMUM OF FIVE (5) SOOMCM THwN/ITwN CABLES PER PHASE T- EXSING MOTOR CONTROL CENTER M°QOp WITH TR A 3 PHASE, 3 WIRE, 45wAC BERJECEpLMSE, WONRATED FOR BOwAC NEIIRVAL BUB. 7600 AMP, WwAC COPPER BUS 95NAIC AT 45wPL 4 AC, 3 PHASE, 3 WINE DISTRIBUTION ONLY. C` - - 1AF 3AF AAF 5AFIOOA ERMINE��18250 WiGp,`��`yx TRP amw n�O AMP VFDWEED flBB t2AF ASPEEDS & AMP AND SPEED CONmOLOr OL Or OL CUMWIUmOUPUS BELOW 11T'T TO TIONINPUr OF MCLS 4CQ00 FILTERS AND REALTOR��DF BCDf(, Wulf: MAW M.0F - - - 3-NO.12 THHN/ 1/4• x Y CU. THAN IN (PCoRo MCC GND BUB 37NEMA4X 4E. j1�1 AND IPORMY 12wAC TEA No.4/° AWG J-5DX r TO SPARE 300 HP BARE COPPER yQ7E_$ HPP MOmR M2200 FOR MOTOR GROUNDINGHEALER ELECTRODE CONDUCTOR lull (2) PT200 u,n^W. Li a U a ' IJ LBJ R00 MOTOR � M MOTOR H�A 3OO SPACE ME UO 0HEATER 12 SPACE 12 SPACE 3OO SPACE IM HEATER HEATER HEATER NOA RO BLOCK NO.S HIGH NO.6 HIGH NO.2 RO BLOCK HIGH PRESSURE SERVICE PUMP SERVICE PUMP HIGH PRESSURE PUMP MOTOR M210D MOTOR M1005 MOTOR M10O6 PUMP MOTOR M22OG C"B L- WnH ANG MOTOR COmROL CENTER Mar00 1 WLTH A 3 PHASE, 3 WITS, 46wAC SERVICE- MOGN 111 RATED FOR SOOVAC. ND NEUTRAL BITS. -3 P H45E, 1500 AMP, WwAC COPPER BUS, 65WYC AT 48wAC- 4BwAC, 3 PHASE, 3 WIRE D/WER ONLY. - EAR BBR 7ER 7FIR TBR 8DR 7;t7AR MAG - - MAG ADAC 3pA 71aP TM 1mA Calf NM Ma ISNf WDC ( -I I I FRI 4-20 4 2D LJ Lf coN HUED DN DWG. E-02 11Z.'✓� TR)7291I 4-20 420 4-20 PROM WELL ND2 WOC WOC VAEC M2p16 UNIT BBR = CABLES FRO>INDIA,4X r TT 01020 ro HSiQO C 501 , 1 6 Imo/ -30 AMP1 I (1 �1�➢S52m2 ,MR2at° f -L/se -I IN UNIT BLR 316 SS & MH702A NEW CONDUR ,1 NEMA 4X �I HEMA 4X PFPl'� TRMSRCN ON DWG. E -Z J-�L L I SEE DWG. E-2 N�1 - (T 6�FA TI SSa N� / FEED PUMPS J_SOX L_ J r 1D H02 R.O. -J WELL. PUMP 3 II0E-3 ER 'WO VOTER M2011 CONTROL PANEL ON OWES E-02 9 99 C I H -O -A NEW CONpUR 0 0 T� 6 1+1829.1T! 7SMID7� L CONTROL 70 ffIPOCHLERnE J NEM 4X MH10t0 H OMA I40D11 Netott 1Ls1Dt2 WNL. A182GQQ J1M2f$1 NB2@D2 ]SUlY13 IiE}O33 FEED PUMPS M2WI ,YIy5p7±M= Y.M1M I752D1D 316 55. y MOTOR H -0-A MOTOR R -0-A H -0-A WNL MOTOR X000 MOTOR MOTOR PANEL WNl H -O -A 7TWI M2906 AND MOTOR MOTOR \ SPACE 25 SPACE 25 MOUNT 3 BPACE 3D ao ROL d 5 SPACE SPACE 5 4 3 MOUNT TRANSFER PUMP M2607 40 SPACE 40 ALE E HEATER HEALER 1HERMOST'Ar HEATER HEATER HEATER THERMOSTAT SEE 11 6 HEATER HFAIEA NO.4 NO.5 ,EXHAUST FAN SCRUBBER NO.1 SCRUBBER NO.1 SCRUBBER N0.1 EXHAUST FAN HYPOCHLORITE CLEANING PUMP NO.1 R.O. TRANSFER PUMP TRANSFER PUMP HI H PR C UR BLOWER STAGE 1 NAGE 2 HIGH SERVICE FEED PUMPS MOTOR M2500 WELT PUMP �P NEMA ax JOB NO. 36125 MOTOR M7010 MOTOR M1011 PUMP ROOM MOTOR M26Do RECIRCULATION PUMP RECIRCULATION PUMP PUMP ROOM POWER &CONTROL MOTOR M2010 6.6 NON-FUSED - m6 els 30.8 30.8 FLA ,MQTOR M1012 MOTOR M2601 MOTOR M2602 .MOTOR M1013 PANF��P 801 W KaAI I6W����� REMOVE D RELOCATED TEDMOTREMOVE L]aRS Moron FOR SPAC FUTURE AND PDN RELOCATED MO ADO RELOCATED ROTOR MD NEW POWER ROTOR MO NEW POWER �� 3.6 MGD CIRCUii ENGINEERING CONDORM 052801 coxouIT FRou Dszeoz ro uDTDR..Ya»ra TO MOTDR. JIME.2 EXPANSION PA. Bax 610! L0.9A1N. FLORIDA, SYOI d -M KEYPIFtI - SEAL PROTEST MANAGER DEPARTMENT MANAGER LEAD DESIGN PROF. CHECKED BY ENGINEER: F2 ARCADIS VILLAGE OF TEQUESTA W. Reese T. Jensen J. Ham R. Garcia f 03 ROBFl.. ERT O iP3 WATER TREATMENT PLANT SHEET TU T00001 000N MBLR DRAWN J. PaWck '0 5/2/10 FOR BIDS 2 ARCADIS us., INC. EXIST7ING/MODIFIED V cd P2 6/5/09 FOR PERMITTING 2081 Vista Parkway 3,6 MGD EXPANSION MCC200 PROJECT NUMBER DRAWING NUMBER West Palm Beach, Florida 33411 ^-O� o P1 5/15/09 REVISE SCRUBBER PUMPS Tel: 561-697x:0, Fax: 561-697-7193 ELECTRICAL SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM WF109000 SHEET Na. I wwW.W.,. s-us.com OO REV. ISSUED DATE DESCRIPTION Certificate No. EB00007917 SHEET 1 OF 2 24 of 89 BCR 9AR MAD COMINUED FROM DWG. E-01 FROM N0.1 WELL =10 HS2010 & MH 010 ON E-01 NEW MOTOR CWRROL CENTER MCC2DpRI480VAC -- FORA 3 PHASE, 3 WSERVICE RATED COGNAC. NO NEUTRAL BUS 3 PH,V" . iWD ANP. 60pVAC WPPER BUS 831 AIC AT 48WAC FOR — -- 4BWPC, 3 PRASE.3 WINE E DISTRIBUTION ON -- 9DR ,TAR 10AR tOBR1OCR 10DR •`� MAD G tool mrlr YA mxr MAD caxr MAD tODRL tODRR eow 1RP --b soa>Rr 4� a.T� yam/ ss1 I� re TM sw rxML TM 16u RWE TM ID�Rw 4-za I YMC TRANSITION J Ox NEMSIX 316 i 316 SS. �- — 4-20 WDC ' NEW 4X -'Sm- 1 fin016 316 SS J -BOX. - ON E 88 NSA SIX P1020 316 SS uVA-Iouu S .H 8 1� LJ !J u o 9 u�a 0 0 NL ,y VACUUM SPACE J WATER SWITCH HEIMIR LEVEL o �.Nt�N6 x SIO SPACE HEATER M SPACE HEATER 3O 12- SPACE FORA VACUUM PUMP SYSTEM FUnJRF NEMA FOR HIGH SERVICE jNO.2 R.O. WELL PUMP p TRANSFER SIZE 2 PUMP SUGT[ONc_ FVNR STARTER MOTOR M1016 NEVA 4X MOTOR M2016 SS NON-FUSED =CAL PUMP MOTOR M1020 30.g FLA SYSTE1A —` 101 E%ITNC OtNN0Un5 ,(//- 10 OTRW EXISTING CONTROL J -90X AT TRANCFER PUMP STATION WITH G16 FOR Mialo & M1011 i (FCPPLC/DH) CHANGED TO (FCPPLC/FO). EXISTING ALLEN -BRADLEY DH AND METALLIC CABLE CHANGED TO FIBER OPTIC CABLE AND OPTICAL COMMUNICATIONS MODULE ADDED AS PER NOTE 2 ON OWG. E-26- - EXITING CABLES FROM M1C10 yCp PLC PANEL WrTH ULE ALL I/O MODULES POWER SUPPLIES 'OSIN, EMR G RAND RE ATS AND PR:LD T-9LOC16 - ONMlolIN DWE. E-01._05 CAR B OR JB1018 AT NON-FlLSED 3-_0.12 f 1•�nn 101 �1 SYSTE1A —` 101 E%ITNC OtNN0Un5 ,(//- 10 OTRW NSA SIX 316 SS SEE�DW^G. E-01. I 3/ WOV TO 1120/209WAC II l(II FDRN0.4 &NOS TRANSFER / r T PUMPS N .7010 W011. lro I WYE TM'��� GUMNOLS LJ I_ jlm= gma k= o f EQ,�2 RETORT MMM _CP2 HIGH PRESSURE PUMP ROOM AREA LIGHTING HIGH SERVICE PUMP ROOM BRIDGE. TROLEY & H0151 FEEDER BREAKER ip-iii VALVE 6/ O . WIN INP B CONTACM LCC= PANEL WI MCC ROOM, WITH M -6A MOTORS M1018A TO M1018C H�25QL At110/ OFP2/ON OPEN ,y y�:�2 pulp/ pEF%p�y MCC ROOM—� ROMIN1 WILL, Ip MCC ROO4 TANK 7' MYOPEN ,y ATDAY TRANSFORMER T2.00 SURFURIC ACT TRANSFER PUMP MOTOR M2501 CAUrn TRANSFER PUMP 'ISOKVA 120/208V FEEDER 30 480V - FOR LP200 BREAK LIT, EMERGENCY GENERATOR EM PLC I/O PANEL IN EXISTUNG Mn GREEiNSAND PLANT ELECTRICAL RON u„uccl/CCP 1P20w 3D CM.MCP 42 CM. Tae•• MLO N UPS 225 AMP MLD SECOND IN WORK ROOMA EQUIP. ROOMS yCp PLC PANEL WrTH ULE ALL I/O MODULES POWER SUPPLIES 'OSIN, EMR G RAND RE ATS AND PR:LD T-9LOC16 CONTINUM e" LEFT 30A. 3P M1017 AT J r 3 r 13 J610/7 AT N.TZP GN-FUS`U JB1018 AT NON-FlLSED POWER NEMANOiSCONNEW SYSTEM —� I DISCONNECT L L 101 �1 SYSTE1A —` 101 R II l(II �PM iI agp IIII lro CONTROLS GUMNOLS 1STAMM jlm= gma k= o f � RETORT MMM _CP2 HIGH PRESSURE PUMP ROOM HIGH SERVICE PUMP ROOM BRIDGE. TROLEY & H0151 FEEDER BREAKER BRIDGE. TROLLEY & HOIST 15 AMP, 480VAC DFF,<FS 15 AMP. 480VAC MOTORS M1017A TO M1017C MOTORS M1018A TO M1018C V. �OOFFICE lro RETORT MMM _CP2 V. �OOFFICE ROMIN1 PLC I/O PANEL IN COMML. EfhS@NG W CREENSWD PLANT C11 NE MGR9 MCP CP 2 DIG MCP NCP MCP M. ANG SYSTEM ROOM. .cn/OpP TILT OR Alii Oli2 MCP CP2 ON ALUM MCP M � KMnOp ON 1 CHLORINE 1ATNTENMEAC T �& kCE u NS OE-22 13 16 ON OW LAN I�NjERC ACE TERMINAL (LASOID TERMINAL (MGROM N THE LABORATORY N R E OFFICE N01OPERATOR "O'sIAN "O's NO2 (OM & 0112) INI. IN CONTROL ROOM `' z ,DER 9BR CCR 7CR BER 9CR 9ER 12AR 12BR 12CR 12DR 12ER 12FR] CONTINUED FROM 1OERL 10ERR caG ABOVE RIGH MAGlean �j{ TNaP 15w nm TM c TOW. TM tau L - FOR1019 b SPARE SIZE i 6' SPACES FOR FUTURE 12' SPACES FORA FUILRE MRIS LNEATOR r ABOVE IC,MIM ABOVE OFD, FOR SINGLE LINE NOTES, SEE DWG. E-03 ON _E WALL LD�D THE CLEANING F➢R MOVCP CIRCUIT NEMA SIZE 1 OR 2 100 100 HP, L CAT. N0. UHF -100 - SYSTEM TPNK IN THE RO ROOM FVNR 480-80-0D-E3R-W _ FM OIS DENOTES EXISTING EQUIPMENT THAT IS NOT 124 AMPS CONTINUOUS VM INCLUDED IN THIS EXPANSION. E .CEEC2 POWER k CONTROL 186 AMPS FOR ONE MNUIE W/4-20. SPEED - PANEL W/H-O-A'S, AND AMP OUTPUTS —._. VFDS, SREMRILS AND ALL CONTROLS FDR AND SPEED CONTROL INPUT FREE-STANDING I MCP 1019 SULFURIC ACID, SEPARATE FROM MCC AM]SfNNR AND CAUSTIC FEED PUMPS L J CIa19 C MCP r 1019 n JIffid? MANUAL P101a �� & ANO CONTROLS •�/ �/ Y4 Y4 •�/ y4 •�/ Y4 �/ Y4 �/ Y4 •�/ y4 VALVE N0.1 SU IRI . N0.2 RI N0.1 ANTISCALANT NO.2 A� eM NO.1 CAUSRC NO.2 CAL STT . NO.3 CAUSTIC MOTOR OPERATED 2 12• SPACES FOR A ACID FEED PUMP ACID FEED PUMP MOTOR M2503 MOTOR .2504 FEED PUMP MOTOR M2505 FEED PUMP MOTOR M2506 FEED PUMP MOTOR M2507 FEED PUMP MOTOR M2508 MOTOR FEED PUMP .2509 VALVES POWER & MOTOR E SPACE PREsuRE 75 HEATER SYMCH F111i1RE NEMA '� CONTROL PANEL FEEDER BREAKER eT7 1 OR FVNRRSSr'--ARTFR s CHEMICAL FEED PUMPS VS ANTISCALANT FEED PUMPS VS CAUSTTC FEED PUMPS VS iY.- N0.7 HIGH CONTROL PANEL CFPCP FEEDER BREAKER 90E1TROL PANEL EEEEIER BREAKER CONTROL PANEL FEEDER BREAKER SERVICE PUMP .MOTOR M101B I CFPCP P C CFPCP MCP 8 z SEAL ENGINEER: SEAL VILLAGE OF TEQUESTA PROJECT MANADEit DEPARTMENT MANAGER LEAD DESIGN PROF. CHECKED BY 1 4/21/11 ADD CONDUITS FROM MCP TO MCP2 ROBERT GARCUN P.E. FaARCADIS W. Reese T. Jensen J. Ham R. Garcia y FL REG. ND.: 31103 WATER TREATMENT PLANT 0 5/2/10 FOR BIOS SHMETASK/RUSE NUMBBt DRAWN BY JOB NO. 36125 p1`°�• ARCADIS U.S., INC. IXISTING/MODIFIED ODD01/0000 J. Patrick P2 6/5/09 FOR PERMIfTING PROJECT NUMBER DRAWING NUMBER -6 2081 Vata Perkway West Palm Beach, Florida 3.6 MGD EXPANSION MCC200 P, 5/15/09 ADD N0.4 & N0.5 NGOH PUMPS 06 ENGINEERING 33411 Tel: 561-697-7000, Fax: 561-697-7193 ELECTRICAL SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM E�U2 REW. ISSUED DATE, DESCRIPTION O WWW.aricateus.com WF109000 SHEET No. pp �, ,,,, „%D„�, ,,,,�; �„ Certificate No. E800007917 SHEET 2 OF 2 25 of 89 LEGEND TO SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM: FRAME SIZE FOR TM O INTERLOCK CONE. AMPS FOR NA = NONAUTOMATIC MAG -► TM = THERMAL MAGNETIC OVERTEMPERATURE SWITCH ON THE SOLID TRIP FOR MAG OR TM -+• MAG = MAGNETIC TRIP ONLY ❑STATE REDUCED VOLTAGE STARTER POWER BLANK - FULL VOLTAGE ,-► f- STARTER SIZE UNIT, WIRED TO THE CONTROL RELAY TO NONREVERSING 1, 2, 3, 4 OR 5 SHUTDOWN THE STARTER SSRV v REDUCED VOLTAGE, (OR) AMPS FOR NON -REVERSING SOLID STATE REDUCED VOLTAGE EXTERNAL, THERMAL OVERLOAD UNIT ON VFD - VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE THE LOAD SIDE OFTHE SOLID STATE OL REDUCED VOLTAGE STARTER, WIRED TO STARTER & BREAKER THE CONTROL RELAY TO SHUTDOWN THE STARTER LEGEND NEMA 4X, CORROSION -RESISTANT, NON-METALLIC, 3/4' HUB, © 600VAC, HEAVY DUTY, 3 -POSITION, FOUR (4) CIRCUIT SELECTOR SWITCH WITH HAND - H -0 A OFF -AUTO LEGEND. CROUSE -HINDS NO. NCS2124 DIPS FDR 5-SOOMCM (HAND-OFF-AUro). COPPER r.m ce PER PHASE ON LEAD WE OF 1200 MIP 1_MCR`R CONTROL CEMER MOO"' MAIN FOR MCMDo AND MAIN FIM A 3 PNASE. 3 WIRE, QWP SEM[CE. 'm BUS MCFiaD-] RAIEC FOR PHASE . 3 WOE NO NEUTRAL BUS. ONLY. BUS 48CJAC, 3 PODVA 3 PRISE, 1200 MP, 60CJAC COPPER BUS, 85MC AT 48WAC ,'°'F 2AF 3AF 36F 3CF 30F AAF 46F ACF 4DF AEF AFF eau axrt lou cart IF B 15A arta uaG 4wzW 11eP emr. nm MAG Irm OT OL CON11NUED BHDN LEFT m�)B�150/ 10/)4- 4-20 4-20MAOC MADC MARC MCC 11�GN0 BUS N 4X C 806 I 1 �1115�28�O6P �I r.o5Za0Z 316 S5. ,N�4 I -L- 1� BORE COPWPER IUQTEY NEW 4% NEMA 4X aRouNO PP (Exm_z fii --L" . NM L= iT IERUD K/ ELECTRODENQ1�3 xarF. CONDUCTOR gg N SCRUBBER M R SNN L BE L" LI u co NMOL u�mDR x oA s wNNecTED x MOTOR �CE30 CONTROLRU ERirm. 5 EL us a6 mom 160 PACE SPACE 5 PANES \ HEATER xEMEa ti i NO3 RO BI OCK 30' Sp. ACF C R B�BL7ER NO. SCRUBBER 02SCRUBBER�ZNO. 12' SPACES FOR A HIGH PRESSURE FUTURE NEMA PUMP MOTOR M t O MOTOR M2605 R IR TTON PUMP R CIR ATION P MP n 1 OR MOTOR M2606 MOTOR M2607 FVNR STARTER 3 PHISE. 12M MIP, MAC, COPPER BUS TRANSDRM, BRMED FOR SSKMC AT 4BOMAC, FROM FROM sECno s NS TO REAR SECnOOF MCMDO. MLE IWWS"'N WILL DE A 11.OF FNE (5) 500MCM THHN/TM'M GBU3 PER PNASE� 3.6 MGD EXPANSION NOTES: E SAF 6AF I �F 1. DENOTES EXISTING EQUIPMENT THAT IS NOT INCLUDED IN THIS EXPANSION. 5. CONDUITS (02300) AND TWO (2) (P2300) ARE EXISTING EMPTY CONDUITS ONLY FROM MCC300 TO STUB UPS JUST THRU THE FLOOR AT THE HPP3, THE AND MOTOR M2300 LOCATION. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL EXTEND THE EMPTY F -T 2 TYPE CONTRACTOR TYPE 4X,, SHALL 8- �6NIxHV 316N5S. JUNCTION BOX, CONDUITS WITH RIGID ALUMINUM CONDUIT ABOVE GRADE TO THE SH AND MOTOR, 01 HOFFMAN NO. A-8064CHNFSS6 AT THE LOCATION AND HEIGHT '}LEC 9LLESNICND�CATEDXDN 711E SCHEDULE, OIAAI(E ALL NI TERMINATIONS ANALL amus DETAILED ON THE DRAWINGS ALL MOUNTING HARDWARE, INCLUDING MARK ALL WIRING. THE CONDUITS 7N THE MCC SHALL HAVE GROUNDING k -� ANCHORS AND STRUCTURAL MEMBERS SUCH AS ANGLE STEEL, Bu�lffi'j� CHANNEL STEEL OR UNISTRUT STYLE CHANNEL SHALL BE 316 � BUSHINGS WITH N0.6 AWG MINIMUM GROUND WIRE RUN TO THE MAIN 9 CONrD FROM LV��-I- Y1 I STAINLESS STEEL GROUND GRID. ABOVE wcM r- I I 6. CONDUITSC24D0 AND TWO 2 P2400 ARE EXISTING EMPTY CONDUITS r5 I I 1 3. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL DISCONNECT AND REMOVE THE EXISTING ( ) () ( ) LMJ LO� ( I STAGE 1 AND STAGE 2 SCRUBBER RECIRCULATION PUMP MOTORS ONLY FROM MCC300 TO STUB UPS JUST RU THE FLOOR AT THE HPP4, c I I M2601 AND M2602, FURNISH AND INSTALL NEW 30 AMPERES MOTOR M2400 LOCATION. THE CONTRACTOORRSHALL EXTEND RIGID IT249O uccwo MCP2 Dtc DISCONNECTS 052601 AND 052602 ON 316 STAINLESS STEEL ALUMINUM CONDUIT ABOVE GRADE TO NEW J -BOX CJ824D0 AND PROVIDE E Cr(1) I I 120VAC POWER TO THE MOTOR HEATER FOR NEW SPARE HPP MOTOR M2400. ' S1-aZ//D r I I uCc3oo caz AW BRACKETS OVER THE EXISTING POWER CONDUITS (P2601) AND THE CONDUITS IN THE MCC SHALL HAVE GROUNDING BUSHING WITH (P2602) AND RUN THE EXISTING POWER CONDUITS AND CABLES NOX AWG MINIMUM GROUND WIRE RUN TO THE MAIN GROUND GRID. i MMC I I I I TO THE NEW DISCONNECTS 052601 AND 052602 50 THAT THE EXISTING CABLES WILL TIE INTO THE LINE SIDE OF THE To PLc I/o 7. COMPLETE NEW 1600 AMP FRAME, 1200 AMP TRIP, FIXED POWER BREAKER PANG. MW2 DISCONNECTS WITHOUT SPLICES DISCONNECTS ARE NON-FUSED, WITH ADJUSTABLE, LONG TIME, SHORT TIME, INSTANTANEOUS AND GROUND NEMA 4X S.S. ENCLOSED WIIH A 1-N.O. do 1-N.C. CONTROL INTERLOCK. FAULT (LSIG) TRIP UNIT. BREAKER Shall BE AN EATON MAGNUM DS o I I EACH DISCONNECT SHALL BE MOUNTED ON A 2' x 2' x 1/4' MINIMUM 65KAIC AT SGSVAC. FIXED POWER CIRCUIT BREAKER WITH AN LSIG 1 I J STRUCTURAL LE FRAMRO ATTACHED USING ALL 3 EXISTINGE ANCHORED TO THE SLAB HARDAND WARE. DIGITRIP 520M TRIP UNIT TO GO IN AN EXISTING EATON/WESTINGHOUSE SUPPORT FRAME DETAILCON THE DRAWINGS. 30 SEEPADS OR WALKWARETE AM AMPERES E PANEL POW -R -LINE C SWITCHBOARD. DISCONNECTS SHALL BE EQUAL TO CUTLER -HAMMER CAT. NO. a31S ss OH361UWK OR SQUARE D CLASS 3110, CAT NO. HU361DSEI. .T -Boz (NExT I CONTRACTOR SHALL CHANGE THE STARTER OVERLOADS FOR THE 5 HP MOTORS AND CHANGE THE SETTING OF THE MAGNETIC T- I TO 90 AMPEREOF THES OIR NG THE 30 5 HPE MOTOR MAG TRIP ONLY BREAKER (2) P2400 NEW SPARE 11C71� I �0� 4. FURNISH AND INSTALL 3/4' PWM. WITH 3-NO.14 THHN/THWN FROM m Ma FDR DISCONNECTS TO EXISTING CONTROL CONDUITS TO SCRUBBER LEVEL m FUTURE VSEL_ MM=R H�-0-A AND FLOW SWITCHES AND PULL WIRES IN THE EXISTING CONDUIT ALL E 300 HEATER THE WAY BACK TO THE SCRUBBER PANEL CP2600. NO.4 RO BLOCK 72' SPACE HIGH PRESSURE FOR UP TO A i JOB NO. 36125 PUMP MOTOR M2400 125 HP VFD x�a � M (FUNRE) 1�ENN�RI PA Bar 9104 MuiuR L Fla®A Ss9m ri z �� sEaL SEAL VILLAGE OF TEQUESTA PRQ Cr MANAGER TIEPARUME9Tr M4#ZER LEAD DESIGN PROF. CHECKED BY d ENGINEER: ARCADIS W' Reese T. Jensen J. Ham R. Garcia 4/2,10 TAG CONDUITS TO MCP2 ROBERT GNO.: P.E. WATER TREATMENT PLANT 0 5/2/10 FOR BIDS FL REG. NO.: 31103 SHEET 1RLE TASK/PWSE NUMBER DRAWN BY ARCADIS U.S., NC.�+ 0000,/0000 J. Patrick _ P2 6/5/09 FOR PERMITTING 2081 Vista Porkway 3.V MGD EXPANSION MCC300 PROJECT NUMBER ORAWING NUMBER West Palm Beach, Florida 33411 E�U3 o P1 5/15/09 ADD SCRUBBER BLOWER/PUMPS Tel: 561-697-7000, Fax: 561-697-7193 ELECTRICAL SINGLE UNE DIAGRAM wxw.arcodis-u72 RK � DATE DESOP ION Certificate No. EB00007917 WF109000 SHEET N.. Of 89